GIFT  OF 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


FOR    THE   USE   OF  COLLEGES 
AND   SCHOOLS 


BY 


SAMUEL   GARNER,    PH.D. 

RECENTLY   PROFESSOR   OF  MODERN   LANGUAGES, 
UNITED   STATES   NAVAL  ACADEMY 


"El  que  quiere  hablar  bien,  debe  principiar por  hablar  mal" 


NEW  YORK- :•  CINCINNATI-:- CHICAGO 

AMERICAN    BOOK    COMPANY 


SERVATION 
>Y  ADDED 


<M 


s, 


COPYRIGHT,  1901,  BY 
SAMUEL  GARNER. 

ENTERED  AT  STATIONERS'  HALL,  LONDON 


SPAN.    GRAM. 

W.  p.  5 


PREFACE 

THERE  are  already  extant  several  excellent  grammars 
for  the  study  of  Spanish,  but  most  of  them  present  the 
subject  with  such  a  mass  of  details  that  it  was  thought 
there  was  room  for  a  book  which  should  give,  in  clear 
and  concise  outlines,  the  essential  features  of  the  language. 
Considering  the  small  amount  of  time  devoted  to  the 
modern  languages  in  our  educational  institutions,  it  is  not 
possible  for  the  student  to  do  more  than  master  the  main 
facts  of  any  language.  The  minuter  details  can  be  ac- 
quired only  after  long  years  of  patient  study  and  observa- 
tion, and  to  present  them  in  a  book  intended  for  beginners 
must  prove  a  discouraging  and  confusing  obstacle  rather 
than  an  aid. 

Much  objection  has  been  latterly  brought  against  treat- 
ing the  pronunciation  of  foreign  languages  from  the  stand- 
point of  English  analogies,  but  the  objectors  so  far  have 
produced  no  system  sufficiently  simple  and  practical  to 
take  the  place  of  such  treatment.  Of  course,  nothing  will 
prove  a  substitute  for  the  living  teacher;  but  even  with 
such  aid,  the  learner  must  be  taught  how  to  make  the 
sounds  which  differ  from  those  of  his  native  language, 
and  this,  in  most  cases,  can  only  be  done  by  approxima- 
tion to  and  comparison  with  sounds  already  known.  The 
present  writer  has  found  no  sufficient  reason  for  attempt- 
ing any  other  mode  of  treatment,  and  he  believes  that, 
by  following  the  directions  given,  a  fairly  good  Spanish 
pronunciation  will  be  acquired. 


4  PREFACE 

The  following  method  of  using  this  book  is  suggested : 

After  a  few  days  spent  on  the  pronunciation,  the  Spanish 
exercises  being  used  for  practice  in  reading,  the  student 
may  be  set  to  work  on  the  lessons  assigned  at  the  head  of 
the  exercises,  page  248.  Where  it  is  desired  to  get  to 
reading  connected  texts  as  soon  as  possible,  the  translation 
of  the  English  exercises  may  be  omitted  until  the  Spanish 
exercises  have  been  completed.  After  a  careful  study  of 
these,  a  short  time  may  be  spent  on  the  remaining  tenses 
of  the  auxiliary  and  regular  verbs;  then  the  student  may 
pass  on  to  the  Spanish  reading  matter,  page  292,  and  at 
the  same  time  begin  the  writing  of  the  English  exercises. 
.  If  a  conversational  exercise  is  desired,  the  teacher  may 
address  to  the  student  a  question  on  each  of  the  sentences 
of  the  Spanish  exercises.  For  instance,  on  the  first  sen- 
tence he  might  ask :  ^  En  cndnto  tiempo  gira  la  tierra 
alrededor  del  sol?  The  student  would  answer:  La  tierra 
gira  alrededor  del  sol  en  un  ano.  And  so  for  the  rest. 
When  the  SPANISH  READINGS  are  begun,  the  same  exer- 
cise might  be  continued. 

In  the  syntax  only  such  a  general  outline  as  the  student 
will  have  time  to  master  has  been  attempted.  Anything 
more  than  this  would  prove  an  incumbrance  and  beyond 
the  scope  of  this  grammar.  The  prepositions  a,  en, para, 
and  par,  having  such  a  variety  of  uses,  no  better  plan  of 
treatment  could  be  devised  than  to  give  copious  examples. 
A  thorough  study  of  these  will  prove  of  more  utility  than 
any  amount  of  reasoning  about  them. 

In  recent  years  there  has  been  a  disposition  in  some 
quarters  to  condemn  exercises  based  on  detached  sen- 
tences, and  a  demand  for  connected  thought.  The  present 
author  has  never  been  in  sympathy  with  this  movement, 
chiefly  because  thought  that  has  to  be  guided  in  its  expres- 


PREFACE  5 

sion  by  the  exigencies  of  the  rules  of  syntax  can  not  but 
be  stilted,  and  hence  no  more  interesting  than  detached 
sentences,  and  not  nearly  so  useful  for  syntactical  illustra- 
tions. While  the  exercises  of  this  book  are  mostly  of  the 
latter  kind,  an  effort  has  been  made  to  render  the  sentences 
practical  and  interesting  by  confining  them  to  common, 
every-day  subjects.  It  is  hoped  they  will  be  found  an 
improvement  on  the  usual  grammatical  exercises. 

It  is  proper  to  offer  some  justification  for  inserting 
Spanish  composition  of  my  own  rather  than  selections 
from  Spanish  authors.  My  reason  for  this  was  twofold. 
First,  it  seemed  desirable  to  introduce  some  easy  dialogue ; 
but  most  Spanish  dialogue  is  too  difficult  for  beginners  on 
account  of  its  idiomatic  character.  Secondly  and  chiefly, 
I  wished  to  give  a  general  review  of  the  grammatical 
principles  previously  treated,  and  nothing  could  be  found 
in  a  short  space  suitable  for  the  purpose. 

In  the  making  of  a  grammar,  where  he  has  had  so 
many  predecessors,  an  author  can  lay  but  little  claim  to 
originality,  particularly  in  the  accidence,  to  which  neces- 
sarily belong  features  common  to  all  grammars.  The 
most  that  he  can  do  is  to  present  in  his  own  way  such 
matter  as  will  best  contribute  to  his  aims.  The  sources, 
both  European  and  American,  from  which  valuable  aid 
has  been  received,  are  so  numerous  that  only  a  general 
acknowledgment  can  here  be  made.  At  the  same  time  I 
would  say  that  I  have  not  adopted  anything  from  another 
without  fully  substantiating  it  by  my  own  researches. 

The  ESCENAS  SOCIALES  contains  one  or  two  passages 
where  I  have  paraphrased  some  thoughts  not  my  own. 
Some  of  the  pleasantries  will  also  be  recognized  as  old 
friends  ;  but  they  are  classical  in  a  way,  and  it  is  hoped 
they  will  be  revitalized  by  their  new  setting  and  dress. 


6  PREFACE 

The  selections  bearing  no  signature  have  in  most  cases 
been  gathered  from  newspapers.  Experience  proves  that, 
in  the  absence  of  opportunity  for  social  intercourse  with 
the  natives,  there  is  no  better  way  of  acquiring  a  practical 
knowledge  of  a  language  than  the  constant  reading  of  the 
daily  press ;  and  even  with  such  opportunity,  it  can  not  be 
too  highly  recommended  for  its  helpfulness. 

To  Mr.  Esteban  Banchs,  a  Spanish  gentleman  of  Balti- 
more, I  am  indebted  for  a  revision  of  the  Spanish  portions 
of  the  manuscript.  It  is  believed  that  the  care  with  which 
he  did  the  work  will  be  a  sufficient  guarantee  that  he 
missed  nothing  of  importance  that  needed  correction. 

Thanks  are  likewise  due  to  Messrs.  Ceballos  &  Co.  of 
New  York  for  the  business  letters  and  forms. 

S.  G. 

ANNAPOLIS,  MD. 


CONTENTS 


PREFACE 
CONTENTS    . 


I.     The  Spanish  alphabet  and  pronunciation 
Accentuation    .         .         .         .    '     . 
Punctuation  and  capitals 

II.     The  article  and  the  noun 

III.  Adjectives 

IV.  Numerals 

V.     Pronouns  —  personal        .         .         .         . 

—  demonstrative 

—  relative         . 

—  interrogative 

—  indefinite      .... 

VI.     Verbs  —  auxiliary    . 
—  regular       . 
Orthographic  changes    . 
Formation  of  tenses 
Passive  voice          .... 
Reflexive  verbs      .... 
Impersonal  verbs  .... 
Irregular  verbs       .... 
Defective  verbs      .... 
Irregular  past  participles 
Verbal  idioms         .... 
List  of  irregular  verbs   . 


PAGES 

3-6 
7-8 

SECTIONS 

6-9  £ 

10 

24-37 
38-43 

44-77 

78-89 

90-98 

99-106 

107-134 

135-140 
141-142 
143-143^ 
144-145^ 
146-148 
149-157 
158-160 
161-216 
217-221 
222-225 
226-228 
229 


VII.     Adverbs 230-242 


CONTENTS 


VIII.     Prepositions     

.    243-266 

IX.     Conjunctions  and  interjections 

.    267-274 

X.     Syntax  —  the  definite  article    . 

.    275-277 

The  indefinite  article    . 

.    278-2787 

Nouns  and  pronouns    . 

.    279-285 

The  adjective 

.    286-293 

The  verb  —  agreement 

.    294-300 

Tenses  of  the  indicative 

.    301-310 

Imperative  mood. 

311 

Tenses  of  the  subjunctive    . 

.    312-320 

The  infinitive 

•    321-327 

The  present  participle 

.        .        .           328 

The  gerund  .... 

.    329-329* 

The  past  participle 

•     330-33  i  c 

XI.     Forms  of  address    .... 

•     332-332  "< 

Spanish  abbreviations 

333 

•374—  317 

XII.     Exercises         

•              •              •       338-386 

XIII.     Spanish  Readings    .         . 

.      .       .       387-401 

PAGES 

ENGLISH  VOCABULARY       .... 

.        347-369 

SPANISH  VOCABULARY        .... 

.        370-412 

4I.V4IC 

THE   SPANISH    ALPHABET 

VOWELS 

1.  Spanish  vowels  are  uttered  as  clear  simple  sounds  and 
not,  as  in  English,  with  a  vanish.  It  is  especially  difficult 
to  avoid  this  in  final  vowels  ;  hence,  the  greatest  care  must 
be  taken  to  stop  the  vowel  sound  without  changing,  in  the 
slightest  degree,  the  position  of  the  vocal  organs.  Diph- 
thongs and  triphthongs  are  pronounced  in  one  uninter- 
rupted impulse  of  the  voice,  each  vowel  being  distinctly 
heard. 

The  vowel  bearing  the  syllabic  accent  in  each  word  is 
indicated  by  heavy  type. 

a%          fa  varies  between  a  in  ah  and  a  in  am  :    padre,  acta. 
Strong  \  e  varies  between  a  in  late  and  e  in  where  :  dedo,  jefe. 
I  o  varies  between  o  in  go  and  o  in  loft  :   am6,  arbol. 


Weak  aS  *  ™fati£ue  :   mi> 

u  as  u  in  rule  :    mulo. 


b.   DIPHTHONGS   (of  Strong  and  Weak  Vowels) 

ai,  ay  as  in  baile,  ay.  ia  as  in  diario. 

au  as  in  aula.  ua  as  in  cuando,  guarda. 

ei,  ey  as  in  veinte,  ley.  ie  as  in  miel. 

eu  as  in  deuda.  ue  as  in  luego. 

oi,  oy  as  in  oigo,  hoy.  io  as  in  dios. 

ou  as  in  bou.  uo  as  in  cuota. 


•10  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Note  that  in  diphthongs  formed  of  a  strong  plus  a  weak  vowel, 
or  of  a  weak  plus  a  strong,  the  chief  stress  is  on  the  strong  vowel. 
Where  this  is  not  true,  the  accent  is  marked  :  traigo,  but  traido. 

Also  that  strong  vowels  in  contact  make  separate  syllables,  but 
only  when  one  of  them  bears  the  stress  :  poeta,  but  linea. 

c.   DIPHTHONGS  (of  two  Weak  Vowels) 
iu  as  in  diurno  ui,  uy  as  in  ruin,  muy. 

Note  that  in  diphthongs  of  two  weak  vowels  the  last  is  stressed, 
unless  the  first  bears  the  written  accent :  buitre,  but  fliiido, 
where  the  diphthong  is  dissolved  by  the  accent. 

Also  that  in  all  unaccented  final  diphthongs  neither  vowel  has 
any  decided  stress  :  lirio,  antiguo. 

d.   TRIPHTHONGS  (of  a  Weak  plus  a  Strong  plus  a  Weak  Vowel) 
The  stress  is  on  the  strong  vowel. 

iai  as  in  estudiais.  uai,  uay  as  in  amortiguais,  guay. 

iei  as  in  pronunci&s.        uei,  uey  as  in  desagii&s,  buey. 

CONSONANTS 

2.  In  Spanish  nearly  all  consonants  are  pronounced 
much  more  indistinctly  than  in  English.  So  much  is  this 
the  case  that  many  careless  speakers  allow  them  to  be 
assimilated  or  absorbed  by  contiguous  sounds.  They  are 
best  studied  and  classified  from  their  relation  to  the  vocal 
organs. 

a.    LABIALS  (Lip  Sounds) 

v  as  in  vivo.  p  as.  in  pavo. 

f  as  in  faena.  m  as  in  mam&. 

b  as  in  bebo.  w  as  in  Wlber,  Windsor. 

NOTE.  —  Bring  the  lips  lightly  together  in  the  middle,  but  keep 
them  apart  in  the  corners  of  the  mouth.  Then  pronounce  the 
corresponding  English  letters,  V  and  /  are  the  weakest  and  are 


PRONUNCIATION  I  j 

made  by  the  merest  contact  of  the  lips  ;  b,  p,  and  m  require  a 
little  more  pressure.  W  occurs  only  in  foreign  proper  names.  In 
those  coming  from  German,  w  is  sounded  as  v,  while  in  English 
names  it  is  like  u  :  Weber  =  Ve"ber  /  Windsor  =  Uindsor. 

b.   DENTO-LINGUALS  (Tooth-Tongue  Sounds) 

c  before  e  and  i  \  .        .    f  cebo,  ciencia.     ' 

>asm  m  thin  \ 
z  in  all  positions  J  (  zapa,  baza. 

ch  as  ch  in  church  :  muchacho. 

d  as  d  in  did,  but  with  the  vanish  of  th  in  the :  dedo. 

I  as  /in  let:  lecho,  alma. 

II  as  li'vo.  filial:  bello,  llamo. 
n  as  n  in  bone :  uno,  mente. 

n  before  hard  g  and  c  as  n  in  ring:  tengo,  bianco, 
n  (n  with  the  tilde)  as  ni  in  union  :  nino. 
t  as  /  in  ten  :  todo,  entonces. 

Note  that  these  Spanish  sounds  are  produced  by  placing  the  tip 
of  the  tongue  against  the  lower  edge  of  the  upper  front  teeth, 
while  the  position  of  the  tongue  in  English  is  just  where  the  gums 
join  the  upper  teeth.* 

c.   ASPIRATES 

g  before  e  and  /  )        ,  .     .      f  agente,  gime. 

f .  [•  as  h  in  hat  \ 

j  in  all  positions  j  (.  bajo,  junto. 

NOTE.  — Set  the  vocal  organs  for  a  in  hat;  then  expel  the  breath 
lightly  a^s  if  clearing  the  throat.  It  is  much  more  strongly  aspirated 
than  our)  English  h. 

h  is  silent  in  all  positions  :  ahora,  hablar. 

d.    GUTTURALS  (Throat  Sounds) 


J  before  a,  o,  u,  and  ' 
\  before  a  consonant 
qu  before  e,  i 


(  cabo.  codo.  cuando,  acci6n. 
as  c  m  cat  \  ,  ,  . 

(  quedo,  aquf,  kiosco. 

k  in  all  positions 
*  Except,  however,  n  before  hard  g  and  c,  which  is  a  tongue-palate  sound. 


12  .        SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

J  before  a,  o,  u,  and  ] 

g  1  before  a  consonant     as  ^  in  ^  I  §flto'  Sota> 
gu  before  ,,  /  J  (  si§ue>  ^ 

NOTE.  —  When  the  u  of  £»*  and  gui  is  pronounced,  it  receives 
the  diaeresis  :  antigiiedad,  lingiiistica. 

e.   LIQUIDS  (trills) 

r    is  slightly  trilled  :  pero,  leer. 

r   initial  or  after  /,  n,  s  is  rana,  rosa,  malrotar, 

strongly  trilled  :  honra,  israelita. 

rr  strongly  trilled  :  perro,  tierra. 

NOTE.  —  The  finals  ar,  er,  ir,  or,  z/r  are  pronounced  with  a  short, 
clear  trill :  fiar,  comer,  vivir,  olor,  tahur.  Observe  also  that  the 
Spanish  r  is  made  with  the  tongue  vibrating  against  the  gums  just 
back  of  the  upper  teeth,  never  in  the  throat. 


f.   s  is  always  s  in  base :  casa,  sastre. 

x  is  a  double  consonant  and  is  generally  equivalent  to  kst  k 
very  slightly  pronounced  :  examen. 

y  is  a  consonant  only  when  initial  or  between  two  vowels  and  is 
y  in  yes :  yeso,  cay6. 

3.  Dialectic  and  other  peculiarities.  In  some  parts  of 
Spain  and  generally  in  Spanish  America  certain  consonants 
are  interchanged  with  others  and  certain  others  are  sup- 
pressed. This  is  not  uncommon  even  with  well-educated 
people. 

Vowels  coming  into  contact  with  each  other  in  the  same 
sentence  are  merged  into  a  single  sound :  <;  Que^estajiaci- 
endo?  What  is  he  doing?  De  esta  manera,  in  this  way; 
,;C6mo  esta  usted  ?  How  are  you?  This  is  done  by  all 
classes,  and  the  learner  should  adopt  it '  at  once. 


PRONUNCIATION  13 

4.  As  to  the  consonants  : 

b  interchanges  with  v,  and  vice  versa,  as  bibo  and  bivo  for  vivo, 
vevo  and  bevo  for  bebo. 

c  (before  e  and  t)  is  pronounced  as  s :  coser  for  cocer. 

c  and  p  before  /are  assimilated  :  perfetto  for  perfecto,  ratto  for 
rapto  (both  t's  being  sounded). 

d  final  and  between  two  vowels  is  absorbed :  verda  for  verdad, 
naa  for  nada,  vivio  for  vivido,  dao  for  dado. 

g  is  absorbed  before  u :  aua  for  agua. 

n  final  is  pronounced  as  though  followed  by  g:  Don(g) 
Juan(g). 

11  as  y  (consonant)  :  cabayo  for  caballo,  and  as  English//  llorar. 

x  loses  its  /^-element,  becoming  s:  espresar  for  expresar. 

s  is  dropped,  especially  when  final  and  before  consonants  :  pue  for 
pues.  i  C6mo  eta  ute  ?  for  <:  Como  esta  usted  ?  La  mima  cosas 
for  las  mis  mas  cosas. 

y  is  pronounced  as  English//  yo,  yeso. 

z  is  substituted  for  s,  and  vice  versa :  £  C6mo  eztd  ozte"  ?  for 
<J  C6mo  esta  usted  ?  =  How  are  you?  Casar  for  cazar,  to  hunt. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  are  some  of  the  more  common  peculiarities, 
which  are  frequently  heard  even  on  the  lips  of  fairly  well-educated 
people,  and  the  student  who  expects  to  talk  with  native  Spaniards 
should  learn  them  in  order  to  save  himself  much  perplexity. 

SYLLABICATION 

5.  The  question  of  syllabication  is  very  important,  as  on 
it  depends  a  good  pronunciation.     A  single  consonant  and 
the  letters  ch,  //,  and  rr  go  with  the  following_vo_w.el :  mo- 
ti-vo,  mu-cha-cho,  ba-ta-lla,  ba-rrp. 

a.  Two  or  more  consonants  between  vowels  are  separable  :  al-ma, 
cons-tan-te;  but  b,  c,  d,  f,g,p,  followed  by  /  or  r,  combine  with 
the  following  vowel :  li-brp,  pu-drir,  i-gle-sia.  T  and  r  combine, 
but  /  and  /  are  separated  :  a-troz,  a-tras ;  but  at-leta,  At-lante. 


14  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

b.  Compound  vowels  may  not  be  separated  :  bue-rio,  tie-ne ;  but 
ba-iil. 

c.  The  prefixes  dest  ab,  sub  are  excepted  from  the  above  rules, 
when  they  are  felt  as  prefixes  :  des-acordar,  ab-rogar,  sub-arriendo ; 
but  su-bir,  a-bundar. 

ACCENTUATION 

6.  In  words  of   two  or  more  syllables,  one  syllable  is 
enunciated  with  greater  emphasis  than  the  others.     This 
is  called  the  tonic  or  syllabic  accent,  and  the  pause  on  this 
syllable  is  longer  and  more  decided  than  in  English.     It 
is  hard  to  acquire,  and  persistent  practice  is  very  necessary. 

7.  Words  ending  in  y  or  a  consonant,  except  s  or  nf  have 
the  stress  on  the  ultima  or  final  syllable  :  animal,  sencillez, 
Echegaray. 

8.  Words  ending  in  a  vowel  or  in  n  or  s  are  accented  on 
the  penult  or  syllable  before  the  last :  padre,  joven,  lunes. 

9.  All   words   not  falling  under  these  two   rules  must 
bear  the  written  accent  on  the  stressed  syllable :  rincon, 
jovenes,  alferez,  ademas. 

a.  Note  that  when  the  terminations  iat  io,  ie,  ua,  ue,  uo  form 
separate  syllables,  the  accent  must  be  marked,:  astronornia,  navio, 
envie,    continiia,    continue,    continue ;    but   astucia,    serio,    serie, 
antigua,  pinglie,  exiguo.      Also  that  all  interrogative  and    many 
other  words  bear  the  written  accent  to  distinguish  them  graph- 
ically from  others  of  the  same  form  but  different  meaning,  while 
some  again  have  it  for  no  particular  reason  :  c6mo  (how?),  como 
(as),  tu  (thou),  tu  (thy),  and  e*  (and),  &  (to). 

b.  Note  further  that  all  syllables  preceding  and  following  the 
tonic  syllable   are  evenly  pronounced,   there   being  scarcely  any 
secondary  accent  in  Spanish  :  tipografico,  jurisdicci6n.     From  this 


PRONUNCIATION  1 5 

must  be  excepted  many  compounds  whose  component  parts  are 
felt  to  be  separate  words  :  jurisconsulto,  sobremanera,  salvaguardia. 
Here  belong  all  adverbs  compounded  of  an  adjective  and  the  noun 
mente  (manner)  :  solamente,  medianamente.  But  even  in  this 
case,  as  in  all  others,  great  care  must  be  taken  not  to  slight  the 
unaccented  syllables.  These  must  be  distinctly  and  evenly  uttered. 
Above  all,  don't  drawl  the  final  vowels,  making  them  into  diph- 
thongs like :  ahu,  ey-u,  e-u,  6-db-u,  o"b-u. 

PUNCTUATION    AND    CAPITALS 

10.  Spanish  punctuation  varies  but  slightly  from  the 
English.  The  only  differences  that  need  be  noted  here 
are  that  the  points  !  and  ?  are  placed  respectively  at  the 
beginning  (inverted  j  <;)  as  well  as  at  the  end  of  exclama- 
tory and  interrogative  sentences,  and  that  where  we  use  a 
dash  ( — )  to  indicate  an  interrupted  sentence,  Spaniards 
use  suspension  points  (.  .  .). 

a.  In  the  use  of  initial  letters,  the  chief  unlikeness  is  that  the 
pronoun  /(yo),  except  when  beginning  a  sentence,  the  names  of 
months  and  days,  proper  adjectives,  both  as  adjectives  (la  lengua 
espanola,  the  Spanish  language)  and  as  nouns  (los  espafioles,  the 
Spaniards),  are  written  with  small  initials.  Uniformity  in  this 
respect  is  not,  however,  always  observed. 


II 

THE   ARTICLE   AND   THE   NOUN 

11.  The  definite  article  has  three  forms  in  the  singular 
and  two  in  the  plural :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masculine,  el,  los. 

Feminine,  la,  las. 

Neuter,  lo,  (wanting) . 

a.  When  the  prepositions  de  and  d  are  used  before  el,  the  two 
are  contracted  into  one  word:    del    (of  the],2\   (to  ,the\.     This 
contraction  does  not,  however,  take  place  before  a  title  with  the 
article  :    El  autor  de  El  Bar6metro,  the  author  of  (the  play  called) 
The  Barometer;  Una  carta  a  El  Avisador,  A  letter  to  The  Adver- 
tiser (newspaper). 

b.  Before  feminine  singular  nouns  of  two  or  more  syllables  be- 
ginning with  tonic  a  or  ha,  el  takes  the  place  of  la  for  euphony : 
el  ave,  the  bird;  el  haba,  the  bean.     But  not  in  the  case  of  adjec- 
tives or  proper  names  :    la  alta  torre,  the  high  tower ;  la  Angela, 
la  Alvarez. 

12.  Indefinite  article. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Masculine,         un(o) )  unos  j  some,  a  few, 

Feminine,          una      j  unas  )      several. 

a.  At  the  present  day  the  usage  has  become  pretty  well  estab- 
lished to  use  un  before  the  nouns  of  the  above  category  (11  b} . 
Hence  :  un  aguila,  an  eagle;  un  hacha,  an  ax.  But  before  an 

16 


NOUN  17 

adjective,  neither  the  masculine  nor  the  feminine  is  abbreviated  : 
un  libro,  a  book;  uno  bueno,  a  good  one;  un  ave,  a  bird;  una 
buena,  a  good  one. 

DECLENSION 

13.  Nouns  have  no  case  endings  ;    they  vary  only  to  in- 
dicate the  plural.  •   Strictly  speaking,  therefore,  they  can 
not  be  said  to  be  declined  ;  but  it  is  found  convenient  to 
make  a  declension  by  means  of  prepositions. 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

Nom.   el  hombre,  the  man.  las  hombres,  the  men. 

Gen.     del  hombre,  of  the  man,  de  los  hombres,  of  the  men,  the 

the  marts.  men's. 

Dat.     al  hombre,  to  the  man.  a  los  hombres,  to  the  men. 

Ace.      el  or  al  hombre,  the  man.  los  or  a  los  hombres,  the  men. 

a.  The  declensions  with  the  other  articles,  definite  and  indefi- 
nite, are  made  in  the  same  way,  save  that  there  are  no  con- 

tractions. 

if 

NOTE.  —  The  form  of  the  accusative  with  a  is,  in  general,  used 
when  a  noun,  representing  a  person  or  other  animal,  is  the  object 
of  a  transitive  verb.  .In  other  cases  the  preposition  is  usually 
omitted  :  — 

El  maestro  castiga  al  discipulo,  The  teacher  punishes  the  pupil. 

El  muchacho  pega  a  los  perros,  The  boy  beats  the  dogs. 

Leo  el  libro,  la.  carta,  /  read  the  book,  the  letter. 

NUMBER 

14.  Nouns  ending  in  an  unaccented  vowel  (except  y\ 
or  in  /,  6,  u,  and  /#/#',  mama,  sofa,  take  s  in  the  plural  :  — 


SINGULAR  PLURAL 

la  casa,  the  house.  las  casas,  the  houses. 

la  mano,  the  hand.  las  manos,  the  hands. 

el  pie,  the  foot.  los  pies,  the'  feet. 

SPAN.    GRAM.  —  2 


1 8  SPANISH    GRAMMAR 

el  corse",  the  corset.  los  corses,  the  corsets. 

el  rond6,  the  rondeau.  .  los  rond6s,  the  rondeaux. 
la  tribu,  the  tribe.  las  tribus,  the  tribes. 

el  tisti,  the  tissue.  los  tisus,  the  tissues. 

NOTE.  — •  But  some  authors  add  es  to  nouns  in  o  or  u  :  rondoes, 
tisues.  This  is  the  teaching  of  the  Spanish  Academy. 

15.  Nouns  terminating  in  y,  in  any  consonant,  or  in  i  or 
d  (except  the  three  above  named)  and  all  the  letters  of  the 
alphabet,  add  es :  — 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

el  rey,  the  king.  los  reyes,  the  kings. 

el  rinc6n,  the  corner.  los  rincones,  the  corners. 

la  flor,  the  flower.  las  flores,  the  flowers. 

el  rubi,  the  ruby.  los  rubies,  the  rubies. 

el  baja,  the  pacha.  los  bajaes,  the  pachas. 

la  o,  the  o.  las  oes,  the  ojs. 

la  be,  the  b.  »  las  bees,  the  Vs. 

a.  Z  final  becomes  c  before  the  plural  ending  es :    El  pez,  the 
fish,  los  peces,  the  fish  (es) ;     la  cruz,  the  cross,  las  cruces,  the 
crosses. 

b.  The  unaccented  finald  -is,  -es,  and  proper  names  in  ez,  es, 
and  es,  and  most  other  proper  names,  have  the  same  form  in  the 
plural :  — 

la  crisis,  the  crisis.  las  crisis,  the  crises. 

la  tesis,  the  thesis.  las  tesis,  the  theses. 

el  lunes,  Monday.  los  lunes,  Mondays. 

And  so :  Los  Sanchez,  los  Gonzalez,  los  Cervantes,  los  Valde"s, 
los  Robespierre,  los  Danton,  los  Marat. 

NOTE.  —  Proper  names,  when  used  with  the  force  of  common 
nouns,  may  take  the  plural :  los  Castelares,  i.e.  the  great  orators 
like  Castelar. 


NOUN  19 

c.  Lord  and  milord  lose  d  in  the  plural :  lores,  milores. 

d.  The  tonic  accent  of  caracter  and  regimen  is  shifted  to  the 
following  syllable  :  caracteres,  regimenes. 

e.  When  any  noun,  not  accented  on  the  last  syllable,  receives 
es,  the  tonic  vowel  must  be  marked  in  the  plural.     On  the  other 
hand,  a  noun  having  the  written  accent  on  its  final  vowel  rejects 
the  accent  in  the  plural,  unless  this  vowel  is  weak  (/,  u)  :  — 

el  joven,  the  young  man.  los  j6venes,  the  young  men. 

la  naci6n,  the  nation.  las  naciones,  the  nations. 

el  baja,  the  pacha.  los  bajaes,  the  pachas. 

el  jabali,  the  wild  boar.  los  jabalies,  the  wild  boars. 

16.  Compound  nouns  are  pluralized  in  accordance  with 
the  above  rules,  the  last  part  of  the  compound  generally 
taking  the  plural  ending :  — 

la  salvaguardia,  the  safeguard.        las  salvaguardias,  the  safeguards. 
el  cortaplumas,  the  penknife.  los  cortaplumas,  the  penknives. 

el  ferrocarril,  the  railroad.  los  ferrocarriles,  the  railroads. 

17.  Finally,  certain  nouns  are  used  only  in  the  plural :  — 

• 

los  calzoncillos,  the  drawers.  los  viveres,  the  provisions. 

las  nupcias,  the  nuptials.  las  enaguas,  the  upper  skirt. 

a.  Here  should  be  noted  also  certain  masculine  nouns  which, 
in  addition  to  their  regular  plural  meaning,  frequently  indicate 
both  sexes  of  pairs  naturally  associated  ;  as,  los  padres,  'the  fathers > 
or  the  father  and  mother,  the  parents.  And  so  :  — 

los  reyes,  the  king  and  queen.  amos,  master  and  mistress. 

los  tios,  the  uncle  and  aunt.  esposos,  husband  and  wife. 

los  parientes,  the  kinsmen  (both  duques,  duke  and  duchess. 

sexes) .  hijos,  sons  and  daughters. 

los  hermanos,  the  brothers  and  abuelos,  grand  parents,  ances- 

sisters.  tors. 


f 
2O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

GENDER 

18.  Natural  gender.  —  Most  nouns  indicating  living  be- 
ings are  masculine  or  feminine  according  to  sex:  — 

el  h ombre,  the  man.  la  mujer,  the  woman. 

el  padre,  the  father.  la  madre,  the  mother. 

el  hijo,  the  son.  la  hija,  the  daughter. 

el  tio,  the  uncle.  la  tia,  the  aunt. 

el  caballo,  the  horse.  la  yegua,  the  mare. 

el  toro,  the  bull.  la  vaca,  the  cow. 

el  gallo,  the  cock.  la  gallina,  the  hen. 

NOTE.  —  It  is  well  to  learn  all  nouns  of  this  kind  in  pairs,  as 
they  are  more  easily  remembered  thus. 

19.  Grammatical  gender.  —  All  nouns  having  no  natural 
gender  are,  by  a  kind  of  grammatical  fiction,  treated  as 
either  masculine  or  feminine.     The  gender  of  such  nouns 
can  only  be  learned  by  observation.     The  best  aid  to  this 
is  to  attach  the.  proper  article  to  each  noun  when  learned. 
The  student  should  fix  in  his  mind  the  general  rule  that  o 
is  a  masculine  and  a  a  feminine  termination.     Hence  :  — 

a.  Excepting  la  mano,  hand,  la  nao,  ship,  la  seo,  cathedral 
church,  nouns  in  o  final  are  masculine  :  — 

el  vino,  wine.  siglo,  century.  deseo,  desire. 

el  vaso,  glass  (vessel) .  ano,  year.  fuego,  fire. 

el  vicio,  vice.  tiempo,  time.  patio,  yard,  court. 

el  vidrio,  glass.  verano,  summer.  espacio,  space. 

el  estado,  state.  viento,  wind.  encanto,  charm. 

b.  A  large  majority  of  nouns  ending  in  a  are  feminine.     Ob- 
serve  particularly    the   terminal   part,   in   heavy   type,    as   being 
characteristically  feminine  :  — 

la  pereza,  laziness.  afrenta,  affront.  gracia,  grace. 

,  fortune,  comida,  dinner.          doctrina,  doctrine. 


NOUN  2 I 

laabeja,  bee.  llanura,  evenness,  disputa,  dispute. 

la  lechuga,  lettuce.  linea,  line.  empresa,  undertaking. 

la  arrogancia,  arrogance,  alegria,/0y.  entrada,  entrance. 

ladiferencia,  difference,  derrota,  course.  escalera,  stairs. 

la  alianza,  alliance.  descarga,  discharge,  escena,  scene. 

la  prensa,  press.  fabula,  fable.  estufa,.j/0ztf. 

la  envidia,  envy.  fa\.\g&,  fatigue,  excusa,  excuse. 

la  divisa,  device.  entrega,  delivery.  flotilla,  flotilla. 

NOTE.  —  The  exceptions  under  this  heading  are  chiefly  words 
having  the  final  syllable  ma  :  — 

el  tema,  thente.  ^Q\>\Z\T\&,  problem,  idioma,  language. 

el  drama,  drama.          sistema,  system.  dilema,  dilemma. 

el  poema,  poem.  clima,  climate.  enigma,  enigma. 

Exceptions  :  la  diadema,  diadem  ;  la  rima,  rime. 

c.  Many  nouns  ending  in  consonants  are  masculine ;  but  the 
exceptions   are   too  numerous  to   make  a  rule   of  any  practical 
value.     All  phrases  and  parts  of  speech  used  as  nouns,  and  gener- 
ally the  names  of  ships,  are  masculine:  el  si,  the  consent  (yes); 
el  por  que",  the  why ;  los  vivas,  the  hurrahs  ;  el  comer,  the  eating; 
El  Reina  Regente,  El  Vizcaya,  El  Oquendo,  El  Plut6n. 

d.  Feminine  are  the  letters  of  the  alphabet  and  all  nouns  end- 
ing in  ion,  tad,  dad,  tud,  umbre,  ie,  and  abstract  nouns  in  ez :  — 

la  pasi6n,  passion.  mitad,  half.  virtud,  virtue. 

la  naci6n,  nation.  libertad,  liberty.  esclavitud,  slavery. 

la  creaci6n,  creation.        edad,  age.  serie,  series. 

la  estaci6n,  season.  bondad,  goodness,  especie,  species. 

la  muchedumbre,  crowd,  vejez,  old  age.  sencillez,  simplicity. 

FORMATION   OF  FEMININE  NOUNS 

20.  The  feminine  of  nouns  denoting-  living  beings  is 
expressed  either  by  changing  the  ending  of  the  mascu- 
line, by  a  different  word,  or  by  using  macho,  male,  or 
hembra,  female. 


22  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  The  ending  o  becomes  a  :  — 

el  abuelo,  the  grandfather.  la  abuela,  the  grandmother. 

el  hijo,  the  son.  la  hija,  the  daughter. 

el  hermano,  the  brother.  la  hermana,  the  sister. 

el  tio,  the  uncle.  la  tia,  the  aunt. 

el  primo,  the  cousin.  la  prima,  the  cousin  (/em.). 

el  sobrino,  the  nephew.  la  sobrina,  niece. 

el  viudo,  the  widower.  la  viuda,  the  widow. 

b.  Most  nouns  ending  in  a  consonant  add  a :  — 

el  patr6n,  the  patron.  la  patrona,  the  patroness. 

el  Ie6n,  the  lion.  la  leona,  the  lioness. 

el  traidor,  the  traitor.  la  traidora,  the  traitress. 

el  lector,  the  reader.  la  lectora,  the  reader  (fern.), 

el  marque's,  the  marquis.  la  marquesa,  the  marchioness. 

el  ingle's  the  Englishman.  la  inglesa,  the  Englishwoman. 

el  senor,  the  gentleman.  la  senora,  the  lady. 

el  capitan,  the  captain.  la  capitana,  /5for  captain's  wife. 

el  dios,  /-#£  god.  la  diosa,  //z<?  goddess. 

c.  The  same  form  for  both  genders  :  — 

el,  la  compatriota,  the  compatriot,  el,  la  martir,  the  martyr. 

el  angel,  the  angel  (11,  b) .  el,  la  reo,  the  criminal. 

el,  la  homicida,  the  homicide.  el,  la  testigo,  M<?  witness. 

d.  The  following  are  some  of  the  many  that  can  not  be  arranged 
under  any  regular  rule  :  — 

el  actor,  the  actor.  la  actriz,  the  actress. 

el  bar6n,  the  baron.  la  baronesa,  the  baroness. 

el  conde,  the  count.  la  condesa,  the  countess. 

el  poeta,  the  poet.  la  poetisa,  the  poetess. 

el  sastre,  the  tailor.  la  sastra,  tailoress,  or  tailor's  wife. 

el  rey,  the  king.  la  reina,  the  queen. 

el  he"roe,  the  hero.  la  heroina,  //z^  heroine. 

el  principe,  the  prince.  la  princesa,  the  princess. 

el  pariente,  //*<?  relative.  la  parienta,  /$<?  relative  (fern.). 


NOUN  23 

e.  The  feminine  is  expressed  by  a  different  word  :  — 

el  hombre,  the  man.  la  mujer,  the  woman. 

el  toro,  the  bull.  la  vaca,  the  cow. 

el  caballo,  the  horse.  la  yegua,  the  mare. 

f.  Lastly  the  names  of  most  insects  and  small  animals  have  but 
one  form  for  both  genders :  — 

el  aguila,  the  eagle.  la  hormiga,  the  ant. 

el  rat6n,  the  mouse.  la  mosca,  the  fly. 

el  gorri6n,  the  sparrow.  la  pulga,  the  flea. 

el  ruisenor,  the  nightingale.  la  trucha,  the  trout. 

la  codorniz,  the  quail.  la  perdiz,  the  partridge. 

NOTE.  —  When  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  sex  in  these  words, 
macho  or  hembra  is  used ;  i.e.  la  hembra  del  gorri6n  or  el  gorri6n 
hembra,  the  hen  sparrow. 

QUALIFYING  SUFFIXES 

21.  Spanish  is  very  rich  in  qualifying  suffixes.     They 
abound  in  satirical,  humorous,  popular,  domestic,  and  famil- 
iar language  and  are  joined  to  nouns,  adjectives,  participles, 
adverbs,  and  even  sometimes  to  gerunds,  to  express  various 
shades  of  meaning  which  are  usually  rendered  in  English 
by  adjectives   and   adverbs.      It  is  very  difficult   for   an 
English-speaking  person  to  employ  them  freely  without 
making  ludicrous   mistakes,    and  he   should   avoid   them 
whenever  he  is  not  perfectly  sure  that  he  is  on  safe  ground. 
This  he  can  always  do  by  the  use  of  qualifying  words. 

The  feminines  are  made  in  the  same  way  as  for  other 
nouns. 

AUGMENT  ATI  VES 

22.  On  and  eton  are  simply  augmentative  :  — 
hombre,  man.  hombr6n,  big  man. 
mujer,  woman.  mujerona,  big  woman. 
mozo,  lad.  mocet6n,  big  fellow. 


24  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  Azo  and  ada  express  largeness  with  the  concomitant  idea  of 
ungainliness ;  but  more  commonly  these  endings  mean  a  blow  or 
thrust  with,  or  the  contents  of  the  thing  implied  in  the  noun  to 
which  they  are  attached  :  — 

libfazo,  large  ungainly  book,  or  blow  with  a  book. 
bocaza,  large,  wide  mouth  ;  bocada,  mouthful. 
cucharazo,  blow  with  a  spoon  ;  cucharada,  spoonful. 
asnazo,  big  jackass  ;  big  brutal  fellow. 
fusilazo,  blow  with  a  gun,  gunshot,  report  of  a  gun. 
punalada,  thrust  with  a  dagger;  sudden  shock  of  pain. 
canonazo,  large  cannon,  shot,  report  of  a  cannon: 

b.  Acho,   ucho,    ote    give    an    idea   of   ridicule,    disdain,    de- 
preciation :  — 

populacho,  the  rabble  ;  vinacho,  bad  wine. 
animalucho,  ugly,  hideous  animal,  vile  beast. 
casucha,  shanty,  hut ;  poor  old  house. 
amigote,  old  cranky  friend ;  librote,  bad  old  book. 

c.  Arron,  ejon,  eron,  achon,  gon,  astro  are  augmentative,  pejora- 
tive, depreciative  :  — 

nubarr6n,  great  black  cloud. 

ventarr6n,  violent  wind  storm. 

callej6n,  alley,  side  street ;  pedrej6n,  large  loose  stone. 

caser6n,  large  house  in  a  bad  condition. 

poblach6n,  large  town  with  houses  huddled  together. 

narigon,  large  long  nose ;  raig6n,  -51///;;?/,  snag. 

politicastro,  unscrupulous  wire  puller ;  peanut  politician. 

DIMINUTIVES  AND   CARITATIVES 

23.  The  forms  of  these  are  much  more  numerous  than 
those  of  the  augmentatives  and  are  applied  both  to  com- 
mon and  proper  nouns.  The  idea  of  smallness  is  not 
always  present. 


NOUN  25 

a.  Ito,  cito,  ecito  express   smallness,  affection,  commiseration, 
good-natured  irony,  etc. :  — 

hijito,  (dear)  little  son.  hijita,  (dear)  little  daughter. 

Juanito,  Johnnie.  Juanita,  Jennie. 

pobrecito,  poor  fellow.  mujercita,  (dear]  little  woman. 

jovencito,  stripling.  florecita,  (pretty]  little  flower. 

primito,  little  cousin  (m.).  primita,  little  cousin  (f.). 

b.  Ico,  cico,  ecico  have  about  the  same  meaning  as  the  above  (a\ 
but  their  use  is  local  and  dialectic  rather  than  general :  — 

perrico,  little  dog.  ovecico,  small  egg. 

jovencico,  youngster.  avecica  (f.),  little  bird. 

Juanico,  Jack,  Johnnie.  manecica  (f.),  little  hand. 

c.  Illo,  cillo,  ecillo,  in  addition  to  diminutiveness,  frequently  add 
a  waggish,  arch,  pejorative,  or  commiserative  turn  to  the  word  :  — • 

Luisillo,  (arch)  little  Lou.  loquilla,  silly  little  girl. 

amorcillo,  flirtation.  mujercilla,  dawdling  woman. 

viejecillo,  poor  old  man.  manecilla,  small  hand,  index. 

d.  Uelo,  zuelo,  ezuelo,  ichuelo,  achuelo,  are  diminutive,  and  besides 
express  lowness,  vileness,  pettiness,  roguish  banter,  etc. :  — 

hijuelo,  young  child  or  son.  jovenzuelo,  vile  youth. 

reyezuelo,  petty  king.  portezuela,  small  door. 

portichuelo,  narrow  entrance,      riachuelo,  rivulet. 

e.  Other  suffixes  of  similar  import  are  ete,  cete,  ejo,  in,  ino  :  — 
mocete,  small  boy.  pobreta,  poor  girl. 
lugarete,  small  town.  animalejo,  animalcule. 
espadin,  small  short  sword.          palomino,  young  pigeon. 

/.    Finally,  it  should  be  noted  that  many  words  have  some  of 
the  above  endings  without  being  augmentative  or  diminutive  :  — 
bunuelo,  bun,  fritter.  panuelo,  handkerchief. 

tornillo,  screw.  mantequilla,  butter. 

calzoncillos,  drawers.  ladrillo,  brick. 

chaqueta,/#<r&?/,  coat.  anzu&lo,  fishhook. 

mallorquin,  Majorcan.  cascar6n,  eggshell,  vault. 


Ill 

ADJECTIVES 

24.  Spanish  adjectives  usually  change  their  forms  to 
agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  nouns  they  qualify. 
The  terminations  are  about  the  same  as  those  of  nouns, 
and  the  modifications  they  undergo  follow  the  same  general 
rules.  The  augmentative  and  diminutive  suffixes  are  the 
same  likewise  and  are  modified  similarly. 

POSITIVE   DEGREE 
Two  TERMINATIONS 

a.  Adjectives  ending  in  o,  ete,  ote,  change  the  final  vowel  to  a 
to  form  the  feminine  :  — 

bianco,  blanca,  white.  blancos,  blancas. 

negro,  negra,  black.  negros,  negras. 

rojo,  roja,  red.  rojos,  rojas. 

amarillo,  amarilla,  yellow.  amarillos,  amarillas. 

regordete,  -a,  fat  and plump.  regordetes,  regordetas. 

grandote,  -a,  rather  big.  grandotes,  grandotas. 

b.  Those  ending  in  an,  on,  in,  or  (except  comparatives  in  or) 
and  proper  adjectives  in  es  add  a,  rejecting  the  written  accent  of 
the  masculine  :  — 

holgazdn,  -a,  lazy.  holgazanes,  holgazanas. 

aleman,  -a,  German.  alemanes,  alemanas. 

burlon,  -a,  roguish.  burlones,  burlonas. 

chiquitin,  -a,  wee.  chiquitines,  chiquitinas. 

26 


ADJECTIVES  27 

traidor,  -a,  traitorous.  traidores,  traidoras. 

emprendedor,  -a,  enterprising,  emprendedores/emprendedoras. 

francos,  -a,  French.  franceses,  francesas. 

ingles,  -a,  English.  ingleses,  inglesas. 

escoce"s,  -a,  Scotch.  escoceses,  escocesas. 

portugue"s,  -a,  Portuguese.  Portugueses,  portuguesas. 

NOTE.  —  Ruin,  mean,  low,  and  comparatives  in  or  remain 
unchanged  in  the  singular  (see  32,  a)  ;  and  espanol  and  andaluz 
take  a  for  the  feminine. 

ONE  TERMINATION 

c.  Adjectives  in  a,  e,  i,  I,  en,  un,  r,  z,  and  common  adjectives 
in  es  have  but  one  form  for  both  genders  :  — 

agricola,  agricultural.  agricolas. 

persa,  Persian.  persas. 

verde,  green.  verdes. 

grave,  grave,  weighty.  graves, 

carmesi,  crimson.  carmesies. 

he\,  faithful;  azul,  blue.  fieles,  azules. 

facil,  easy  ;  de"bil,  weak.  faciles,  de"  biles, 

joven,  young;  comun,  common.  j6venes,  comunes. 

impar,  odd;  familiar,  familiar,  impares,  familiares. 

corte"s,  polite;  gris,  gray.  corteses,  grises. 

capaz,  capacious,  fit.  capaces. 

feliz,  happy.  felices  (15,  a). 

APOCOPATION 

25.  The  following  adjectives  drop  final  o,  when  they 
stand  immediately  before  a  masculine  noun  :  — 

alguno,  some,  any.  ninguno,  no,  not  any,  none. 

bueno,  good;  malo,  bad.  primero,  first. 

postrero,  latter,  last.  tercero,  third. 

Ex.  Ningun  hombre,  el  primer  tren  (train}  ;  but :  ninguno  de 
mis  amigos  (my  friends). 


28  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  Before   feminine   nouns    beginning   with   tonic   a   and   ha 
(see  12  a),  good*  usage  also  allows  the  apocopation  of  the  above 
adjectives  :' algun  aguila,    some   eagle;    and    some   authors   even 
drop  the  feminine  a  before  all  nouns. 

b.  Santo,  saint,  loses  its  syllable  to  before  the  names  of  most  of 
the  saints :  San    Pablo,    San    Pedro,   San   Juan.     Except :  Santo 
Tomas  (or  Santo  Tome"),  Santo  Toribio,  Santo  Domingo. 

Note  also  Santiago,  St.  James  (in  one  word). 

c.  Grande,  great,  stands  before  its  noun  and  may  or  may  not 
lose  its  final  de :  gran   senor,   great  lord  or  gentleman.     When 
grande  means  large,  it  is  placed  after  the  noun  :  una  casa  grande, 
a  large  house. 

d.  Cualquiera,   pi.  cualesquiera,   whatever,  any,  is  treated   as 
grande.     It  may  retain  or  drop  a  according  to  its  position  :  — 

Cualquier(a)    casa  (house),   cualesquier(a)    casas :    Una    casa 
cualquiera,  cualquiera  de  las  casas. 

e.  Cada,  each,  every,  and  demas,  other,  remaining,  are  invari- 
able :  Cada  seis  dias,  eveiy  six  days ;  los  demas,  the  others;  lo  demas, 
the  remainder. 

/.   Ambos,  both,  and  sendos,  one  each,  as  many,  have  no  singular. 


QUALIFYING   SUFFIXES 

26.  These  suffixes  having  been  treated  at  some  length 
under  nouns,  it  will  suffice  here  to  give  only  a  few  examples 
of  the  adjectives  :  — 

rico  (rich],  ricacho,  ricach6n,  ricazo,  ricote. 

chico  (small),  chiquito,  chiquitito,  chiquirritito,  chiquillo, 
chiquitin. 

guapo  (elegant,  pretty,  brave) ,  guapet6n,  guapito,  guapazo. 

rubio  (red,  blond),  rubito,  rubi6n. 

pobre  (poor),  pobrete,  pobret6n,  pobrecito,  pobrecillo,  pobre- 
zuelo,  pobrecico. 


ADJECTIVES  29 

bueno  (good,  nice,  neat),  bonito,  bonacho,  bonach6n,  bonazo, 
bonico,  bonillo,  bonitillo. 

NOTE. — Very  many  adjectives,  possibly  the  majority,  rarely,  if 
ever,  take  the  diminutive  or  augmentative  forms ;  and  very  few 
have  as  many  modifications  as  those  just  cited. 


COMPARATIVE  DEGREE 

27.  The  comparative  degree  is  formed  by  placing  mas 
(more),  menos  (less),  or  tan  (as,  so),  before  the  positive  and 
que  or  de  (than),  de  lo  que  (than),  or  como  (as),  cual  (as) 
before  the  second  term  of  the  comparison. 

a.  Mas  forms  the  comparative  of  superiority :    Mi  casa  es  mas 
alta  que  la  de  mi  amigo,  My  house  is  higher  than  that  of  my  friend. 

b.  Menos    expresses    the    comparative    of    inferiority :    Este 
libro  es  menos  interesante  que  el  otro.  This  book  is  less  interesting 
than  the  other  one. 

NOTE.  —  De  takes  the  place  of  que  before  numerals  in  affirma- 
tive sentences,  but  either  que  or  de  may  be  used  when  the  sentence 
is  negative  in  any  way  :  He  estado  en  Paris  mas  de  diez  veces, 
7  have  been  to  Paris  more  than  ten  times  ;  Tengo  menos  de  cinco 
pesos  en  mi  cartera,  I  have  less  than  five  dollars  in  my  pocket-book  ; 
but :  No  tiene  mas  que  tres  manzanas,  He  has  no  more  than 
three  apples  ;  No  hay  menos  de  seis  perros  en  el  jardin,  There  are 
no  less  than  six  dogs  in  the  garden. 

c.  When  the  second  member  of  the  comparison  contains  a  verb  I 
different  from  that  of  the  first,  than  is  rendered  by  de  lo  que : ) 
Es  mas  hermosa  de  lo  que  dicen,  She  is  prettier  than  they  say; 
but  when  the  comparison  depends  on  a  noun  instead  of  an  adjec-7 
tive,  than  is  translated  by  del  que,  de  la  que,  de  los  que  or  de  las) 
que,  according  to  the  gender  and  number  of  said  noun  :    Tenia 
menos  deudas  de  las  que  pensaba,  He  had  fewer  debts  than  he 
thought. 


30  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

d.  Tan  (a  contraction  of  tanto)  .  .  .  como  forms  the  comparative 
of  equality :  Esta  mercancia  es  tan  barata  como  aquella,  This 
merchandise  is  as  cheap  as  that. 

NOTE. — Tan  may  be  omitted  and  cual  may  take  the  place  of 
como,  the  article  before  the  following  noun,  in  the  latter  case, 
being  dropped :  Su  tez  es  como  la  nieve,  or,  cual  nieve,  blanca, 
complexion  is  as  white  as  snow  (white  like  snow) . 


28.  Tanto  (so  much,  as  much,  many)  .  .  .  como  is  used 
when  nouns  are  compared :    Compra  tantos  melocotones 
como  peras,   He  buys  as  many  peaches  as  pears. 

a.  But  tanto  .  .  .  cuanto  is  the  formula  when  a  different  verb  is 
used  in  the  second  member  :  Tenemos  tantos  dependientes  cuantos 
(or  como)  necesitamos,  We  have  as  many  clerks  as  we  need. 

See  also  96,  Note. 

NOTE.  —  Certain  irregular  comparatives,  for  the  Sake  of  con- 
venience, will  be  treated  in  the  following  section  (see  32) . 

SUPERLATIVE   DEGREE 

29.  The  relative  superlative  is  formed  by  placing  the 
definite  article,  or  one  of  the  possessive  adjectives,  before 
the  comparative  degree.     The  three  degrees  may  be  illus- 
trated by  hermoso,  pretty,  and  poblado,  populous : — 

POSITIVE      COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE  PLURAL 

hermoso,  mas  hermoso,  el  mas  hermoso,  los  mas  hermosos, 

hermosa,  mas  hermosa,  la  mas  hermosa,  las  mas  hermosas, 

pretty,  prettier,  (the)  prettiest,  (the)  prettiest. 

poblado,  menos  poblado,  el  menos  poblado,  los  menos  poblados, 
poblada,  menos  poblada,  la  menos  poblada,  las  menos  pobladas, 
populous,  less  populous,  (the)  least  populous,  (the)  least  populous. 


ADJECTIVES  31 

a.  When  the  article,  or  possessive  adjective,  precedes  the  noun, 
and  the  adjective  follows  it,  the  latter  usually  rejects  the  article  : 
la  naci6n  mas  adelantada,  the  most  progressive  nation  ;  mi  amigo 
mas  querido,  my  dearest  friend. 

b.  The  adjective,  used  predicatively,  rejects  the  article  when 
there  is  no  comparison  and  retains  it  when  there  is  :  Ella  es  mas 
carifiosa  cuando  esta  buena,  She  is  most  affectionate  when  she  is 
well;  but :  Ella  es  la  menos  carinosa  de  mis  hermanas,  She  is  the 
least  affectionate  of  my  sisters. 

c.  When  used   independently,  or  when  qualifying  a  noun  in 
apposition,  the  superlative  requires  the  article:    Mi'buen  tio,  el 
mas  noble  de  los  hombres,  vive  en  Boston,  My  good  uncle,  the  most 
noble  of  men,  lives  in  Boston;    Canovas  del  Castillo,  estadista 
espanol  el  mis  ce"lebre,  muri6  debido  a  un  asesinato,  crimen  el 
mas  atroz,  Canovas  del  Castillo,  a  most  celebrated  Spanish  states- 
man, died  by  assassination,  a  most  atrocious  crime. 

\ 

30.  The  absolute  superlative  indicates  a  very  high  de- 
gree of  the  quality  of  the  adjective  without  any  idea  of 
comparison.     It  is  made  in  one  of  two  ways  :  — 

a.  First,  by  putting  before  the  adjective  muy,  very,  bien,  very, 
well,  sumamente,  highly,  or  any  other  adverb  which  enhances  the 
force  of  the  adjective  :   muy  dulce,  very  sweet ;   bien  rico,  very 
rich ;  sumamente  grato,  highly  pleasing. 

b.  Secondly,  by  affixing  to  the  positive  the  termination  isimo 
(sometimes  rimo)  :  querido,  dear,  queridisimo,  very  dear. 

31.  In  the  formation  of  the  absolute  superlative  the  ad- 
jective is  subject  to  the  following  changes  :  — 

a.  A  final  vowel,  or  diphthong,  is  usually  dropped  :  amplio, 
full,  amplisimo,  very  full ' ;  limpio,  clean,  limpisimo,  very  clean. 

Except:  agrio,  sour,  agriisimo ;  pio,  pious,  piisimo;  frio,  cold> 
friisimo. 


32  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

b.  Final  co,  go,  z  become  respectively  qu,  gu,  c :   rico,  rich, 
riquisimo ;     vago,    restless,    vague,    vaguisimo ;     atroz,    atrocious, 
atrocisimo. 

c.  The  ending  die  is  changed  to  bil :  amable,  amiable,  ama- 
bilisimo. 

Except  feble,  feeble,  endeble,  weak,  and  doble,  double,  which 
are  regular  (31,  a)  :  feble,  feblisimo,  very  feeble,  etc. 

d.  Tonic  ie  and  ue  revert  to  e  and  o,  the  primitive  Latin  vowels  : 
ardiente,  ardent,  ardentisimo ;   cierto,  certain,  certisimo ;   nuevo, 
new,  novisimo  ;  fuerte,  strong,  fortisimo. 

e.  The  following  form  their  absolute  superlative  in  accordance 
with  their  Latin  radicals  :  — 

acre,  sour,  ace"rrimo.  libre,y)r<?,  liberrimo. 

am\%p,  friendly,  amicisimo.  magnifico,    splendid,    magnifi- 

antiguo,  ancient,  antiquisimo.  centisimo. 

aspero,  harsh,    rude,   aspe"rrimo,  misero,  wretched,  mise"rrimo. 

asperisimo.  munifico,   liberal,    munificenti- 
bene"nco,  beneficent,  beneficent!-         simo. 

simo.  pobre,    poor,    pobrisimo    and 
benevolo,  kind,  benevolentisimo.         paupe"rrimo. 

celebre,  noted,  celebe"rrimo.  sacro,       , 

*•*'"  sacratisimo. 


K,0,  }     **. 


cruel,  cruel,  crudelisimo.  sagrad< 

h&,  faithful,  fidelisimo.  salubre,  healthy,  salube"rrimo. 

integro,  candid,  integ^rrimo.  sabio,  wise,  sapientisimo. 

NOTE.  —  Fdcil  and  diflcil  affix  either  Isimo  or  imo. 

f.  It  should  be  observed  that  all  adjectives  do  not  customarily 
take  this  termination.  Many  ending  in  io,  io,  i,  I,  n,  r  prefer  the 
form  with  muy. 

NOTE.  —  Occasionally  adjectives  with  the  prefix  re  are  used  in 
popular  language  with  the  force  of  absolute  superlatives  :  rebueno, 
very  good. 


ADJECTIVES  33 

IRREGULAR  COMPARISONS 

32.  Besides  their  regular  comparison,  a  few  adjectives 
have  an  irregular  one  based  on  the  Latin. 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE 

bueno,  good.  major,  better. 

malo,  bad.  peor,  worse. 

grande,  great.  mayor,  greater,  older. 

pequeno,  small.  menor,  smaller,  younger. 

mucho,  much.  mas,  more. 

poco,  little.  menos,  less. 

SUPER.  RELAT.  SUPER.  ABSOL. 

(6ptimo,     ] 

el  meior,  the  best.  \very  good. 

{  bonisimo,  J 

el  peor,  the  worst.  pe"sirno,  very  bad. 

(greatest. ") 

el  mayor,  \  \  maximo,  very  great, 

{oldest.     } 

(smallest,  } 

el  menor,  <  >  minimo,  very  small, 

{youngest. } 

los  mas  (de),  the  most.  muchisimo,  very  much. 

los  menos  (de),  the  fewest.        poquisimo,  very  few. 

a.  The  comparatives  and  relative  superlatives  of  the  above  ad- 
jectives, as  well  as  all  comparative  forms,  such  as  superior,  inferior, 
interior,  exterior,  etc.,  have  but  one  termination  for  the  mascu- 
line and  feminine  :  la  mayor  parte,  the  greater  part;  el  mejor  de 
mis  amigos,  the  best  of  my  friends. 

33-  Participles  used  as  adjectives  undergo  all  the  modi- 
fications of  the  latter :  querido,  dear  (from  querer,  to  love), 
mas  querido,  dearer,  el  mas  querido,  the  dearest,  queridi- 
simo,  very  dear. 

POSITION    OF    ADJECTIVES 

34.  The  adjective  may  stand  either  before  or  after  the 
noun  it  qualifies,  but  its  position  is  not  altogether  arbitrary. 

SPAN.   GRAM.  —  3 


34  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

While  in  some  instances  it  depends  on  the  choice  of  the 
speaker,  in  others  the  harmony  of  the  sentence  or  usage 
determines  its  place. 

35.  The  more  common  position  is  after  the  noun,  es- 
pecially when  it  is  desired  to  attribute  to  a  noun  a  quality 
which  does  not  necessarily  belong  to  it.  Many  adjectives 
which  follow  the  noun  may  be  ranged  under  certain 
headings :  — 

i  st.  The  names  of  colors  and  other  qualities  appreciable  to 
the  senses  :  un  caballo  bianco,  a  white  horse ;  una  vaca  negra,  a 
black  cow;  vino  tinto,  red  wine  ;  la  fiebre  amarilla,  the  yellow  fever  ; 
una  mesa  redonda,  a  round  table ;  una  superficie  liana,  a  smooth 
surface. 

2d.  Adjectives  derived  from  proper  names :  la  lengua  cas- 
tellana,  the  Castilian  language ;  las  dependencias  espanolas,  the 
Spanish  dependencies ;  la  musica  alemana,  the  German  music. 

NOTE.  —  Nouns  used  as  adjectives  invariably  follow  :  el  proceso 
Dreyfus,  the  Dreyfus  case. 

3d.  Participial  or  verbal  adjectives  :  una  hija  amada,  a  beloved 
daughter;  un  edificio  cuadrado,  a  square  edifice ;  un  deseo  ar- 
diente,  an  ardent  desire ;  una  herida  penetrante,  a  deep  wound. 

4th.  Adjectives  modified  by  adverbs  or  containing  more  syl- 
lables than  the  nouns  they  qualify  :  un  hombre  tan  bueno,  such  a 
good  man;  un  tiempo  demasiado  largo,  too  long  a  time;  una 
romeria  sumamente  grata,  a  highly  agreeable  pilgrimage ;  un  dis- 
curso  kilome"trico,  a  speech  a  mile  long;  una  mujer  doctisima,  a 
very  learned  woman. 

5th.  Two  or  more  adjectives  qualifying  a  noun  in  the  plural : 
Las  lenguas  italiana,  espanola  y  francesa  se  derivan  del  latin,  The 
Italian,  Spanish  and  French  languages  are  derived  from  the  Latin; 
los  capitulos  primero  y  segundo,  the  first  and  second  chapters. 


ADJECTIVES  35 

36.  The  adjective  stands  before  the  noun  :  — 

i  st.  When  it  expresses  a  characteristic  quality :  la  dulce 
miel,  the  sweet  honey  ;  el  duro  hierro,  the  hard  iron. 

2d.  When  used  figuratively :  una  negra  acci6n,  a  dark  deed; 
la  dulce  y  encantadora  voz  del  ruisenor,  the  sweet  and  enchant- 
ing voice  of  the  nightingale ;  la  meliflua  armonia,  the  mellifluous 
harmony. 

3d.  For  rhetorical  effect :  \  Dichosa  edad  y  siglo  dichoso 
aquel !  Happy  age  and  happy  century  that!  Las  claras  fuentes  y 
corrientes  rios  les  ofrecian  sabrosas  y  transparentes  aguas,  The  clear 
fountains  and  running  streams  offered  them  delicious  and  trans- 
parent water. 

4th.  When  expressing  quantity :  mas  dinero,  more  money  ; 
con  toda  prisa,  with  all  speed;  muchas  riquezas,  much  riches ; 
tanto  ardor,  so  much  ardor;  demasiado  calor,  too  much  heat; 
poco  pan,  little  bread ;  menos  oro,  less  gold. 

NOTE.  —  Mero,  mere,  bueno,  good,  malo,  poor,  regularly 
stand  before  the  noun,  but  observe  :  e"!  lado  malo  6  el  lado  bueno 
de  la  medalla,  the  wrong  or  the  right  side  of  the  medal. 

37.  The  meaning  of  certain  adjectives  may  vary  accord- 
ing as  they  precede  or  follow,  while  others  may  take  either 
position  without  any  appreciable  difference  in  meaning :  — 

Una  mala  pluma,  a  bad  pen  ;  un  hombre  malo,  a  wicked  man  ; 
un  gran  libro,  a  great  book  ;  un  libro  grande,  a  large  book  ;  ciertas 
palabras,  certain  wt>rds  ;  una  promesa  cierta,  a  sure  promise ;  un 
pobre  poeta,  a  poor  poet ;  un  poeta  pobre,  a  poet  without  means  ; 
el  caballero  de  la  triste  figura,  the  knight  of  the  rueful  countenance  ; 
un  asunto  triste,  a  sad  affair. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  rules  must  not  be  taken  as  absolute  guides. 
In  many,  if  not  the  majority  of  cases,  the  rhythmical  balance  of 
the  sentence,  more  than  anything  else,  determines  the  position 
of  the  adjective. 


IV 

38. 

NUMERALS 

CARDINALS 

ORDINALS 

Cero, 

0 

Uno,  -a, 

i 

Primero, 

ISt 

Dos, 

2 

Segundo, 

2d 

Tres, 

3 

Tercero, 

3d 

Cuatro, 

4 

Cuarto, 

4th 

Cinco, 

5 

Quinto, 

5th 

Seis, 

6 

Sexto  (sesto), 

6th 

Siete, 

7 

Septimo  (setimo), 

7th 

Ocho, 

8 

Octavo, 

8th 

Nueve, 

9 

Noveno  (nono), 

9th 

Diez, 

10 

De"cimo, 

loth 

Once, 

n 

Undecimo, 

nth 

Doce, 

12 

Duodecimo, 

1  2th 

Trece, 

13 

De"cimotercio, 

i3th 

Catorce, 

14 

De"cimocuarto, 

1  4th 

Quince, 

15 

Decimoquinto, 

i5th 

Dieciseis, 

16 

Decimosexto, 

1  6th 

Diecisiete, 

17 

Decimoseptimo, 

1  7th 

Dieciocho, 

18 

D£cimoctavo, 

i8th 

Diecinueve, 

19 

De"cimonono  (-noveno), 

1  9th 

Veinte, 

20 

Vigesimo, 

2Oth 

Veintiuno, 

21 

Vigesimo  primero  (primo), 

2ISt 

Veintid6s, 

22 

Vigesimo  segundo, 

22d 

Veintitr6s, 

23 

Vigesimo  tercero, 

23d 

Veinticuatro, 

24 

Vigesimo  cuarto, 

24th 

Veinticinco, 

25 

Vigesimo  quinto, 

25th 

NUMERALS 


37 


Veintiseis, 

26 

Vige"simo  sexto, 

26th 

Veintisiete, 

27 

Vig£simo  se"ptimo, 

27th 

Veintiocho, 

28 

Vige"simo  octavo, 

28th 

Veintinueve, 

29 

Vige"simo  nono, 

29th 

Treinta, 

30 

Trig£simo, 

30th 

Treinta  y  uno, 

3i 

Trige"simo  primo, 

3ISt 

Cuarenta, 

40 

Cuadrage"simo, 

40th 

Cincuenta, 

5° 

Quincuage'simo, 

5oth 

Sesenta, 

60 

Sexage"simo, 

6oth 

Setenta, 

70 

Septuage"simo, 

7oth 

Ochenta, 

80 

Octoge"simo, 

8oth 

Noventa, 

90 

Nonage"simo, 

90th 

Ciento, 

100 

Cente*simo, 

looth 

Ciento  (y)  uno, 

IOI 

Centesimo  primo, 

TOISt 

Ciento  (y)  dos, 

102 

Cent£simo  segundo, 

I02d 

Doscientos,  -as, 

2OO 

Ducent^simo, 

2OOtll 

Trescientos,  -as, 

300 

Trecent^simo, 

30oth 

Cuatrocientos,  -as, 

4OO 

Cuadragent^simo, 

4ooth 

Quinientos,  -as, 

500 

Quingent^simo, 

5ooth 

Seiscientos,  -as, 

6OO 

Sexcent^simo, 

6ooth 

Setecientos,  -as, 

700 

Septengent^simo, 

7ooth 

Ochocientos,  -as, 

800 

Octogent^simo, 

Sooth 

Novecientos,  -as, 

9OO 

Nonagent^simo, 

90oth 

Mil, 

IOOO 

MiMsimo, 

loooth 

Dos  mil, 

20OO 

Dosmil^simo, 

2000th 

Cien  mil, 

IOO,OOO 

Cien  mile"simo, 

ioo,oooth 

Doscientos,  -as  mil, 

2OO,OOO 

Doscientos  mil^simo, 

2OO,OOOth 

Un  mil!6n, 

1,000,000 

Millon^simo,              i 

,ooo,oooth 

Diez  millones, 

10,000,000 

Diez  millone"simo,    10 

,ooo,ooOth 

Cien  millones,        100,000,000 

Cien  millon£simo,  ioo,ooo,oooth 

CARDINALS 

39.    Except  nno,  ciento,  and  the  higher  numbers,  mil, 
millon,  etc.,  the  cardinals  are  treated  as  invariable  adjectives. 


38  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  Uno,  -a,  being  the  same  as  the  indefinite  article,  drops  o 
when  it  precedes  a  noun  :  un  libro,  one  book.     When  preceded  by 
another  number,  both  o  and  a  are  dropped  before  nouns  :  veintiun 
plumas,  21  pens  ;  treinta  y  un  manzanas,  31  apples.    See  also  12,  a. 

b.  The  numbers  16  to  19  and  21  to  29  are  likewise  written 
separately  :  diez  y  sets,  veinte  y  uno,  etc.,  but  custom  is  fast  decid- 
ing in  favor  of  the  forms  given  in  the  list. 

c.  Ciento  is  invariable  for  gender  but  loses  the  final  to,  if  followed 
immediately  by  a  noun  or  adjective  :    cien  ciruelas,  a  hundred 
plums;  cien  buenos  poemas,  a  hundred  good  poems.     When  multi- 
plied or  used  as  a  noun,  ciento  takes  the  plural  sign :  doscientas 
aves,  two  hundred  birds ;  unos  cientos  pesos,  some  hundreds  of 
dollars ;    cientos  de  hombres,  hundreds  of  men.     But  centena  or 
centenar  may  be  used  in  the  latter  case. 

d.  Mil  is  used  as  an  invariable  adjective :    mil  hombres,  dos 
mil  mujeres,  or  as  synonymous  with  millar :  miles  de  or  millares 
de  soldados,  thousands  of  soldiers. 

e.  Millon  is  a  noun  :    un  mi!16n  de  gracias,  a  million  thanks 
(a  Spaniard's  exaggerated  way  of  saying :    many  thanks) ;    dos 
millones  de  duros,  two  million  dollars. 

f.  After    1000,   numbers   are   expressed   by   thousand(s)    plus 
hundred (s)  :  mil  doscientos  caballos,  1200  horses ;  tres  mil  qui- 
nientos  habitantes,  3500  inhabitants. 

g.  The  conjunction  y  (and)  is  usually  placed  between  the  last 
two  numbers,  when  the  last  number  is  one  of  the  units  from  i  to  9, 
inclusive:  mil  ochocientos  noventa  y  nueve,  1899;  but  even  in 
this  case  y  may  be  omitted  :  ciento  seis  ciudades,  106  cities. 


ORDINALS 

40.  The  ordinals  are  grammatically  treated  as  adjectives 
and  vary  for  gender  and  number.  They  usually  stand  after, 
but  may  stand  before,  the  noun  :  leccion  primera,  the  first 
lesson;  la  decimocuarta  fila,  the  1 4th file. 


NUMERALS  39 

a.  For  the  apocopation  si  primero  and  tercero,  see  25. 

b.  The  Spanish  ordinals  are  little  used  beyond  vigesimo,  20 th, 
and  not  always  up  to  that  point.     The  cardinals  take  their  place, 
because  shorter,  and  when  so  used  are  always  placed  after  the 
noun:    pagina  veintiuna,  page  twenty-one;  el  dia  dos  de  mayo, 
the  second  day  of  May. 

c.  To  distinguish  rulers,  when  there  has  been  more  than  one  of 
the  same  name,  the  ordinals  are  used  up  to  decimo  and  generally 
the   cardinals   thereafter :    Carlos   segundo,  Felipe  cuarto,   Luis 
catorce. 

d.  In   numbering  the  days  of  the  month  primero  is  used  for 
the  first,  but  the  cardinal  numbers  for  all  the  rest :  el  primero  de 
marzo,  March  ist ;  a  doce  de  abril,  on  the  \2th  of  April. 

e.  The  ordinals  may  be  abbreviated  in  writing  or  printing,  as 
follows  :   i°,  3%  io08,  20as,  etc. 

FRACTIONS 

41.  With  the  exception  of  \  to  tenths,  which  generally 
correspond  to  the  English  method  of  formation,  Spanish 
fractions  have  special  forms. 

La  mitad    ]  t             Un  quinto  \ 

Un  medio  )                                   Un  sexto  £ 
Uno  y  medio  )                  !           Un  se"ptimo 

Una  y  media  )                             Un  octavo  (ochavo)  \ 

Un  tercio  \            Un  noveno  \ 

Un  cuarto  J            Un  de"cimo  -fa 

a.   From  decimo  on,  avo  is  added  to  the  ordinals  :  — 

Un  onzavo  -fa  cinco  cincuentavos  -fa 

Un  trezavo  TV  tres  setentavos  -fa 

Dos  quinzavos  •£%  doce  noventavos  -J-f 

Un  diecisieteavo  YV  ^os  centavos      1  2 

Tres  veintiunavos  ^-  dos  cente"simos  / 

Siete  treintavos  -fa  quince  mile'simos  io8-o 


40  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

b.  As  in  English,  fractions  may  be  expressed  by  parte,  part: 
la  cuarta  parte,  the  4th  part;  la  decimoquinta  parte,  the  i$th  part. 

COLLECTIVES 

42.  Collectives  generally  express  approximate  numbers ; 
as,  una  decena,  about  ten.     Other  forms  are  :  — 

un  par,  a  pair,  couple.  una  treintena,  thirty. 

una  docena,  a  dozen.  una  cuarentena,/<?r/y. 

una  qu'mcena,  fifteen,  una  centena,  a  hundred. 

una  veintena,  twenty.  una  gruesa,  a  gross. 

NOTE.  —  Approximate  number  may  be  expressed  by  adding 
poco  mas  6  menos,  cosa  de,  unos  or  d  eso  de :  cincuenta  dias,  poco 
mas  6  menos,  about  jo  days ;  cosa  de  veinte  pesos,  a  matter  of 
20  dollars  ;  unos  doscientos  soldados,  some  two  hundred  soldiers  ; 
a  eso  de  las  cuatro,  towards  4  o'clock. 

MULTIPLICATIVES 

43.  These  are  formed  on  the  cardinals  by  means  of  a 
suffix,  meaning  to  fold  :  — 

simple,  single,  simple.  quintuple,  -a,  fivefold. 

doble,  duplo,  -a,  double.  sextuple,  -a,  sixfold. 

triple,  triplice,  triplo,  -a,  triple.  d£cuplo,  -a,  tenfold. 

cuadruplo,  -a,  cuadruple,  quadruple,  centuplo,  -a,  a  hundredfold. 

NOTE.  —  There  are  also  participial  forms  such  as  duplicado, 
triplicado,  etc.,  from  duplicar,  triplicar,  etc.,  to  double,  to  triple. 


44.       SUBJECT 

Yo,7, 

Tu,  thou, 
Usted,  you, 
El,  he,  it, 
Ella,  she,  it, 
Ello,  //, 


V 

PRONOUNS 

PERSONAL 

OBJECT  OF  VERB 

me,  me,  to  me, 
te,  thee,  to  thee, 


OBJECT  OF  PREPOSITION 

mi,  me. 
ti,  thee. 


le  (in.),  la  (f),you,  to  you,     usted, 


61,  /£/;;/,  //. 
ella,  >^^r,  zV. 
ello,  i/. 
si  {reflexive). 

nosotros,  -as 

}us. 
nos 

vosotros,  -as 
vos 


lo,  le,  him,  to  him,  it, 
la,  le,  her,  to  her,  it, 
lo,  le,  //,  to  it,  so, 
se  (reflexive), 

Nosotros,  -as] 

Nos  jo/<?,nos,  us,  to  us, 

Vosotros,-asj 

Vos  J 

Ustedes,  you,          les  (m),  las  (f.),you,  to  you,  ustedes,  you. 

Ellos,  (m.),  they,     los,  les,  them,  to  them,  ellos,  them. 

Ellas,  (/.),  they,      las,  les,  them,  to  them,  ellas,  them. 

se  (reflexive),  si  (reflexive). 

NOTE.  —  Se  and  J/  mean  :  himself,  herself,  itself,  yourself,  your- 
selves, themselves. 

45.  Yo  occasionally  occurs  after  a  preposition  in  connec- 
tion with  another  pronoun  :  con  usted  y  yo,  with  you  and  me. 

46.  Nos  for  nosotros,  -as,  is  employed  in  official  language 
somewhat  like  our  editorial  "  we." 

41 


42  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

47.  Tu  is  the  pronoun  of  familiar  address  and  is  used 
in  the  family,  between  intimate  friends  and  relatives,  in 
poetry,  and  in  speaking  to  little    children    and   domestic 
animals. 

48.  Vos  is  always  singular  though  it  governs  its  verb  in 
the  second  person  plural.     It  is  more  respectful  and  defer- 
ential than  tu,  and  is  employed  as  an  intermediary  between 
the  familiar  tu  and  the  formal  usted. 

49.  Vosotros  (fern,  vosotras)  is  used  as  the  plural  of  tu 
and  vos,  and  also  in  addressing  public  assemblies  by  persons 
who  are  actually,  or  by  implication,  on  intimate  terms  with 
their  hearers. 

50.  Usted,  you  (pi.    ustedes,    contracted   from   vuestra 
merced,  your  grace,  vuestras  mercedes,  your  graces)  is  the 
common  form  of  polite  address  and  is  the  one  which  the 
foreigner  should  always  use  for  you,  except  when  speaking 
to  little  children  and  animals.     Owing  to  their  etymology 
the  verbs  agreeing  with  usted  and  ustedes  will  be  in  the 
third  person.    They  are  abbreviated  to  V.  or  Vd.  and  W. 
or  Yds. 

51.  Se,  si,  are  the  reflexive  forms  of  the  third  person  and 
of  usted  and  ustedes  for  all  genders  and  numbers,  while 
for  the  first  and  second  persons  the  forms  in  the  second 
column  are  used  as  reflexives  :  — 

yo  me  engano,  /  deceive  myself,     nosotros,  -as,  nos  enganamos,  we, 

etc. 

tu  te  enganas,  thou  deceives  t,  etc.    vosotros,  -as,  os  enganais, you,  etc. 
usted  se  engafia,  you  deceive,  etc.    ustedes  se  enganan,  yout  etc. 
61  se  engana,  he  deceives,  etc.         ellos  (m.)  se  engana,  they,  etc. 
ella  se  engana,  she  deceives,  etc.     ellas  (/)  se  enganan,  they,  etc. 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  43 

52.  The  forms  in  the  second  column  (44)  are  also  em- 
ployed as  the  object  of  the  verb,  both  direct  and  indirect. 
The  latter  has  all  the  force  of  a  dative  case  and  is  variously 
translated  by  to,  for,  from,  etc.,  while  at  times  it  is  merely 
expletive  and  is  left  untranslated.     Pleonastically  the  prep- 
ositional forms  are  constantly   used  along  with  the  verb 
forms  for  purposes  of  clearness  or  emphasis.     He  gives  me 
a  book  is  el  me  da  un  libro  or  a  mi  me  da  un  libro,  or  again : 
el  me  da  un  libro  a  mi.     Other  examples  :  Digo  a  usted  or 
le  digo  a  usted,  I  tell  you.     Te  quita  la  pluma,  or  te  quita 
a  ti  la  pluma,  He  takes  the  pen  from  thee. 

53.  Self  is  expressed  by  adding  mismo,  -a,  -os,  -as  (less 
frequently  propid)  to  the  subject  or  prepositional  forms  :  — 

yo  mismo,  usted  mismo,  mi  misma. 

tii  misma,  ustedes  mismas,  ti  mismo. 

el  mismo,  vosotros  mismos,  ti  misma. 

ella  misma,  ellos  mismos,  si  mismos. 

Si  mismo,  oneself,  yourself,  himself,  herself,  itself,  etc. 

54.  The  pronouns  must  agree  with  the  nouns  to  which 
they  refer  in  gender  and  number :  <;  Tiene  V.  mi  pluma  ? 
Si,  la  tengo,  Have  you  my  pen?     Yes,  I  have  it ;   c?D6nde 
estan  mis  zapatos  ? — Los  veo  en  el  rincon,  Where  are  my 
shoes  ?     I  see  them  in  the  corner. 

55.  Ello,  lo,  the  neuters,  are  used  to  represent  nouns  not 
named  or  specified,  as  a  circumstance,  a  thought,  or  sentence, 
and  also  with  ser,  estar,  to  be,  as  predicating  the  truth  or 
falsity  of  a  statement  made  or  a  question  asked  :  ,;  Es  usted 
su  sobrino  ? — Lo  soy,  Are  yon  his  nephew?     I  am  (if)', 
I  Esta  61  contento  ? — Si  no  lo  estuviera,   lo  dirfa,   Is  Jie 
satisfied?     If  he  were  not  (if),  he  would  say  so  (it).     No 
lo  es,  It  is  not  so. 


44  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

NOTE.  —  But  when  the  English  it  refers  back  to  the  subject  of 
the  sentence,  lo  is  always  omitted  :    <i  Es  usted  ? — Si,  yo  soy,  Is  it 
you  ?     Yes,  it  is  I  (lit.  I  am).    ^  Quien  es  ? — El  es,  mi  hermano, 
Who  is  it  ?     It  is  he,  my  brother. 

56.  Le,  lo,  la,  los,  las  are  likewise  used  as  indefinite  pro- 
nouns in  the  sense  of  some,  one,  any,  sncJi :  Es  un  pillo,  si 
los  hubiera,  He  is  a  rascal,  if  tJiere  ever  was  one.     <;  Hay 
tinta  en  el  tintero  ?  —  La  hay,  Is  there  any  ink  in  the  ink- 
stand?    There  is  (some).     Encontrara  V.  manzanas  sobre 
la  mesa,  si  las  quiere,  You  will  find  apples  on  the  table,  if 
you  desire  any. 

57.  The  prepositions  de  and  d  do  not  now,  as  with  the 
article,  make  contractions  with  any  of  the  personal  pro- 
nouns.    Hence :  Hablo  de  £1,  de  ella,  de  ello,  /  speak  of 
him,  of  her,  of  it ;  Le  pregunto  a  el,  I  ask  him. 

NOTE.  —  Formerly  de  was  contracted  with  the  pronouns,  making 
del,  delta,  dello,  dellos,  dellas,  and  they  are  so  pronounced  at  the 
present  day  but  are  always  written  separately. 

58.  Mi,  ti,  si,  when  used  with  con,  with,  are  lengthened 
into  migo,  tigo,  sigo  and  become  conmigo,  contigo,  consigo, 
written  as  one  word. 


POSITION  OF  THE  PRONOUNS 

59.  The  subject  pronouns  regularly  stand  before  the  verb 
in  declarative,  and  after  it  in  interrogative,  sentences ;  but 
the  order  may  be  reversed  for  rhetorical  effect.  The 
subject  pronouns  are,  however,  for  the  most  part,  omitted 
when  not  emphatic  or  when  the  context  or  the  personal 
ending  of  the  verb  shows  clearly  enough  the  subject :  — 


PERSONAL  PRONOUNS  45 

Yo  quiero  a  mis  amigos,  I  love  my  friends. 
Eso  lo  digo  yo,  That  say  I. 

i  Sale  usted  a  paseo  ?  or  <i  Usted  sale  a  paseo  ?  Are  you  going 
out  to  walk  ? 

NOTE. —  Us  ted  may  be  omitted,  but  its  constant  use  is  considered 
more  polite.  A  disagreeable  repetition  of  it,  however,  should  be 
avoided. 

60.  Pronouns  which  are  the  objects  of  a  verb  are  suf- 
fixed to  and  form  one  word  with  the  verb,  whenever  the 
latter  is  in  the  affirmative  imperative,  in  the  gerund  or  in 
the  infinitive,  or  in  the  present  subjunctive  used  affirm- 
atively as  an  imperative.  They  always  precede  the  negative 
imperative,  however :  — 

Digame  V.  lo  que  quiera.  Tell  me  whatever  you  will.  * 

Dadmelo,  si  gustais.  Give  it  to  me,  if  you  please. 

Voy  a  decirle  por  que".  I  am  going  to  tell  you  why. 

Y  saludandome  parti6.  And  saluting  me  he  went  away. 

Habtemosle  en  seguida.  Let  us  speak  to  him  at  once. 

Muy  bien ;  diganmelo.  Very  well ;  let  them  tell  me  so. 
No  me  lo  de  V. ;  no  lo  quiero.  Don't  give  it  to  me  ;  I  don't  want  it. 

NOTE.  —  Exceptions  to  the  above  rule  may  occur  when  the 
gerund  and  infinitive  depend  on  a  preceding  verb,  in  which  case 
their  objects  may  be  transferred  to  this  verb  :  — 

Lo  estoy  haciendo.  I  am  doing  it. 

No  lo  quiero  aceptar.  I  don't  wish  to  accept  it. 

No  me  vuelvas  a  hablar.  Don't  speak  to  me  again. 

a.  In  other  cases  than  those  above  named  the  objective  pro- 
noun may  precede  or  follow  the  verb  in  simple,  and  the  auxiliary 
in  compound,  tenses.  But  when  it  follows,  it  is  always  treated  as 
an  enclitic,  i.e.  is  attached  to  the  verb  as  its  final  syllable. 


46  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Yo  le  doy  un  peso.  I  give  him  a  dollar. 

Tu  me  das  cuatro  peras.  Thou  givest  me  four  pears. 

V.  le  escribe  una  carta.  You  write  him  a  letter. 

No  me  hable  V.  ahora.  Don't  speak  to  me  now. 

But — 

Dej6me   en   seguida   y   rue"  He   left   me   immediately,   and 

a  casa.  went  home. 

Sali61e  a  buscar,  pero  no  le  He  went  out  to  look  for  him, 

hal!6.  but  did  not  find  him. 

NOTE.  —  The  pronoun  is  appended  to  the  past  participle  when 
the  auxiliary  is  omitted  :  — 

Ya  le  habia  visto  y  dichole       He  had  already  seen  him  and 
que  viniera.  told  him  he  should  come. 

61.  All  the  rules  for  the  position  of  one  objective  pro- 
noun apply  equally  when  the  verb  is  accompanied  by  more 
than  one.  When  this  occurs,  the  pronouns  stand  as  fol- 
lows with  reference  to  each  other.  The  full-faced  type 
indicates  the  indirect  object  (dative) :  — 

Me  le,  to,  /a,  les,  los,  las.  Nos  le,  lo,  la,  les,  los,  las. 

Te  le,  lo,  la,  les,  los,  las.  Os  le,  lo,  la,  les,  los,  las. 

Se  le,  lo,  la,  les,  los,  las.  Se  le,  lo,  la,  les,  los,  las. 

a.  From  the  above  it  appears  that  the  indirect  object  always 
stands  before  the  direct  when  the  latter  is  in  the  third  person  :  — 

Mi  padre  me  lo  dice.  My  father  tells  it  to  me. 

Tu  tio  te  los  ha  dado.  Thy  uncle  has  given  them  to  thee. 

Su  madre  se  las  pide.  Her  mother  asks  them  of  her. 

Diganoslo,  si  le  gusta.  Tell  it  to  us,  if  you  please. 

Viene  a  pediroslos.  He  comes  to  ask  them  of  you. 

Se  las  dan  a  ustedes.  They  give  them  to  you  (pL)« 


PERSONAL   PRONOUNS 


47 


NOTE. — The  se  in  the  above  examples  must  not  be  mistaken 
for  the  reflexive.  It  is  a  euphonic  substitute  for  le,  les,  and  las. 
Whenever  two  pronouns  beginning  with  /  come  together,  the  first 
is  changed  to  se.  Hence  le  lo,  les  los,  las  lo,  etc.,  become  se  lo,  se 
los,  se  lo,  etc. 

b.  When  the  reflexive  se  is  used  with  other  pronouns,  it  stands 
first,  and  the  following  pronoun  will  be  the  indirect  object  (dative). 
Such  combinations  are  generally  a  substitute  for  the  passive  voice. 


Se  me,  se  te,  se  le  ;  se  le     . 
Se  nos,  se  os,  se  les ;  se  les  . 


a  usted. 
a  ustedes. 


No  se  me  da  un  higo  que 

venga  6>no. 

Se  le  compra  una  naranja. 
Se  te-pide  una  limosna. 
A'mis  amigos  se  les  pregunt6 

si  vendrian. 
Se  les  ofrece  una  copa  de 

agua  fresca. 


I   care   not   a   fig   whether    he 

comes  or  not. 

An  orange  is  bought  for  him. 
An  alms  is  asked  of  thee. 
My  friends  were  asked  whether 

they  would  come. 
A  glass  of  cool  water  is  offered 

you  (pi.). 


62.  The  prepositional  forms  of  the  pronouns,  when  used 
for  direct  or  indirect  object,  or  after  neuter  verbs  of 
motion,  may  stand  either  before  or  after  the  verb:  — 

A  el  no  le  quiere  nadie.  No  one  likes  him. 

Se  lo  dar£  a  usted  y  no  a  ella.  I  will  give  it  to  you,  and  not  to  her. 

<iLo  destina  V.  le"!  6  a  mi?  Do  you  intend  it  for  him  or  for 

A  usted.  me  ?     For  you. 

Vino  a  mi  y  ire  lo  reve!6  He  came  to  me  and  revealed  to 

todo.  me  all. 


POSSESSIVE    ADJECTIVES 

63.  Possessive  adjectives  are  designated  as  prepositive 
and  postpositive,  because  the  former  always  precede,  and 
the  latter  always  follow,  the  noun. 


48  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

PREPOSITIVE  POSTPOSITIVE 


SING.  PLUR.  SING.  PLUR. 

mi  mis  my  mio,  -a         mios,  -as 

tu  tus  thy  tuyo,  -a       tuyos,  -as 

f  his,  her*  its* ) 

su  sus  J  '  [  suyo,  -a       suyos,  -as 

{your,  one  s    } 

nuestro,  -a     nuestros,  -as      our  nuestro,  -a   nuestros,  -as 

vuestro,  -a     vuestros,  -as      your  vuestro,  -a   vuestros,  -as 

su  sus  their,  your       suyo,  -a        suyos,  -as 

64.  The  most  of  the  above  forms  vary  for  'gender  and 
number,  but  they  agree  with  the  gender  and  number  of 
the  person  or  thing  possessed,  and  not,  as  in  English,  with 
the  possessor ;  so  that  sn  casa  may  mean /££$•,  her,  its,  one's, 
your,  or  their  house,  according  to  its  grammatical  connection. 

Mi  bota,  mis  betas.  My  boot,  my  boots. 

Tu  media,  tus  medias.  Thy  stocking,  thy  stockings. 

Su  cenojil,  sus  cenojiles.  His  garter,  his  garters. 

Nuestro  sacabotas.  Our  bootjack. 

Vuestras  camisas.  Your  shirts. 

Sus  vestidos  de  usted.  Your  clothes. 

65.  It  has  been  shown  (64)  that  su  may  have  any  one  of 
six  meanings.     When  it  becomes  necessary  to  specify  the 
ownership  more  clearly,  it  is  done  by  adding  the  requisite 
personal  pronoun  preceded  by  de.     So  we  have  such  com- 
binations as :  — 

Su  or  el  cortaplumas  de  £1.  His  penknife. 

Su  or  la  cara  de  ella.  Her  face. 

Su  or  el  abrigo  de  usted.  Your  overcoat. 

Sus  or  los  impermeables  de  ellos.  Their  raincoats. 

Sus  levitas  de  ustedes.  Your  frock-coats. 

NOTE.  —  Both  forms  may  be  used,  as  in  the  last  example. 


POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES  49 

66.  Own  is  rendered  by  propio :  — 

Mis  propios  parientes.  My  own  relatives. 

Tu  propio  parentesco.  Thy  own  relationship. 

Sus  propios  cufiados.  His  own  brothers-in-law. 

Su  propio  suegro.  Her  own  father-in-law. 

67.  The  postpositive  forms  take  the  place  of  the  pre- 
positive in  direct  address,  when  the  noun  is  not  qualified 
by  an  adjective,  and  in  the  conventional  letter  headings, 
also  when  the  noun  is  used  in  a  kind  of  partitive  sense :  — 

Muy  senor  mio,  muy  senores  nues-     My  dear  sir,  (our)  dear  sirs,  etc. 

tros,  etc. 
Padre  nuestro  que  estas  en  los     Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven. 

cielos. 
Hijita  mia,  ven  aca.  My  (dear)  little  daughter,  come 

here. 

Un  discipulo  mio  quiere  verme.       A  pupil  of  mine  wishes  to  see 

me. 

Observe,  however,  the  address  of  a  subordinate  to  his 
superior :  — 

Si,  mi  general )  no,  mi  amo.  Yes,  general ;  no,  master. 

68.  But  when  an  adjective  accompanies  the  noun,  the 
possessive  may  stand  either  before  or  after :  — 

Mi  estimado  amigo.      ) 

A         ...         •         ,      r  My  esteemed  friend. 

Apreciable  amigo  mio.  J 

69.  When  the  noun  is  not  in  direct  address,  one  of  the 
articles  usually  precedes  it,  if  the  possessive  follows  it ;  but 
there  are  certain  conventional  expressions  which  omit  the 
article :  — 

SPAN.  GRAM.  —  4 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


El  hermano  mio  que  muri6. 
Un  conocido  suyo  Ileg6  ayer. 

But- 

De  parte  tuya,  suya. 
A  fe  mia,  tuya. 
A  casa  nuestra. 
A  pesar  mio. 
A  costa  suya. 


The  brother  of  mine  who  died. 
An  acquaintance  of  his  arrived 
yesterday. 

On  thy,  his  part. 
On  my,  thy  faith. 
To  our  house. 
In  spite  of  me. 
At  his  expense. 


70.  Contrast  or  emphasis  is  sometimes  aimed  at  by 
placing  the  possessive  after  the  noun ;  but  for  the  most 
part  the  position  is  a  mere  matter  of  taste.  Emphasis 
may,  however,  be  very  effectively  secured  by  using  the 
demonstrative :  — 


Este  tu  hermano  muerto  era,  y 
revivi6. 


This  thy  brother  was  dead  and 
(revived)  is  alive  again. 


71.  In  speaking  of  the  parts  of  the  body,  its  faculties 
and  clothing,  possession,  under  certain  circumstances,  is 
expressed  by  putting  the  article  before  the  thing  possessed 
and  the  indirect  personal  pronoun  corresponding  to  the 
possessor  before  the  verb ;  but  frequently  the  article  alone 
suffices :  — 


Me  limpio  las  ufias. 

Me  ha  cortado  la  mano. 

Le  duelen  los  dientes. 

La  bala  le  Hev6  la  cabeza. 

Le  pidi6  la  mano. 

Perdi6  la  vida  en  un  naufragio. 

Tengo  en  la  mano  una  pluma- 

fontana. 

Esta  en  mangas  de  camisa. 
Muri6  sin  recobrar  los  sentidos. 


I  clean  my  nails. 

He  has  cut  my  hand. 

His  teeth  ache. 

The  ball  knocked  off  his  head. 

He  asked  for  her  hand. 

He  lost  his  life  in  a  shipwreck. 

I  have  in  my  hand  a  fountain- 
pen. 

He  is  in  his  shirt  sleeves. 

He  died  without  recovering  his 
senses. 


POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS  51 

72.  But  there  are  many  instances  where  the  above  con- 
struction can  not  be  used  and  where  recourse  must  be  had 
to  the  possessives  :  — 

Mi   sombrero   esta  en   casa  del  My  hat  is  at  the  hatter's. 

sombrerero. 

El  perrito  duerme  sobre  mis  ro-  The  little  dog  sleeps  on   my 

dillas.  knees. 

En  torno  de  su  boca  jugaba  una  Around  her  mouth  played  an 

sonrisa  encantadora.  enchanting  smile. 

El  dia  del  gozo  de  su  coraz6n.  The   day   of  rejoicing   of  his 

heart. 

NOTE.  —  The  usage  with  clothing  and  the  faculties  is  not  con- 
stant, as  we  may  say  :  — 

El  salteador  de  caminos  le  quit6    The    highwayman   took   away 

su  or  la  capa.  from  him  his  cloak. 

Se  quit6  su  propia  vida.  He  took  his  own  life. 

Note  also  the  conventional  el  colega,  my,  our,  colleague,  etc. 

POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS 

73.  Possessive  pronouns  are  so  called,  because  they  stand 
for  or  in  place  of  the  omitted  noun.     They  are  formed  by 
means  of  the  definite  article  and  the  postpositive  possessive 
adjectives. 

MASCULINE  FEMININE  NEUTER 

el  mio,  los  mios,  la  mia,  las  mias,  lo  mio,         mine. 

el  tuyo,  los  tuyos,  la  tuya,  las  tuyas,  lo  tuyo,        thine. 

el  suyo,  los  suyos,  la  suya,  las  suyas,  lo  suyo,  his,  hers, 

its, yours,  theirs. 

el  nuestro,  los  nuestros,  la  nuestra,  las  nuestras,  lo  nuestro,    ours. 

el  vuestro,  los  vuestros,  la  vuestra,  las  vuestras,    lo  vuestro,  yours. 

el  suyo,  los  suyos,  la  suya,  las  suyas,  lo  suyo,  his,  hers, 

See  66.  yours,  theirs. 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


74.  The  prepositions  de  and  d  contract  with  el,  making 
del  and   al,  but   remain  unchanged  with   the  remaining 
articles :  — 

Tu  bote  y  el  mio.  Thy  boat  and  mine. 

Tiene  nuestro  dinero  y  el  suyo.        He   has   our   money  and   his 

(own). 
El  color  de  su  pelo  y  el  del  mio    The  color  of  his  hair  and  mine 

es  negro.  is  black. 

Habl6  a  tu  tio  y  al  mio.  He  spoke  to  thy  uncle  and  to 

mine. 

75.  As  in  the  case  of  the  possessive  adjectives  (see  64 
and  65),  confusion  may  arise  in  regard  to  the  meaning  of 
the  third  personal  singular  and    plural   forms.      This  is 
avoided,  when  necessary,  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  case 
of  the  possessive  adjectives  or  by  the  use  of  el  de,  la  de, 
los  de,  las  de,  that,  those  of  :  — 


Este  lapiz  es  suyo  or  de  ella. 
He"  aqui  mi  pafiuelo  y  el  suyo  or 

el  de  usted. 
Mis  vestidos  y  los  de  ustedes. 


This  pencil  is  hers. 

Here  is  my  handkerchief  and 

yours. 
My  clothes  and  yours. 


76.  With  the  verb  ser,  to  be,  the  article  is  omitted  in 
expressing  simple  possession  and  retained  to  mark  a 
contrast  or  emphasis  :  — 

Thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the 
power,  and  the  glory. 

The  ring  is  mine. 

This  watch  is  mine  and  that 
is  thine. 


es  el  reino,  y  el  poder,  y  la 

gloria. 

El  anillo  es  mio. 
Este  reloj  (pr.  re!6)  es  el  mio  y 

e"se  es  el  tuyo. 


77.   The  masculine  plural  and  the  neuter  are  used  abso- 
lutely as  substantives : — 


DEMONSTRATIVES  53 

La  ley  delo  mio  y  de  lotuyo.          The   law  of  mine    and  thine 

(meum  and  tuum). 
El  enemigo  atac6  a  los  nuestros     The  enemy  attacked  our  (sol- 

a  eso  de  las  dos.  diers)  about  2  o'clock. 

j  Expresiones  a  los  suyos  !  My  regards  to  your  folks  ! 

DEMONSTRATIVES 

78.  These  may,  for  convenience,  be  called  demonstra- 
tives of  the  first  person  (este,  estos,  etc.),  because  indicating 
proximity  to  the  speaker;  demonstratives  of  the  second 
person  (ese,  esos,  etc.),  proximity  to  the  person  addressed; 
and  demonstratives  of  the  third  person  (aquel,  -la,  aquellos, 
etc.),  distance  from  both.      The  adjectives,  which   stand 
before  the  nouns,  are:  — 

MAS.  FEM.  NEUT. 

First     ( este,          esta,          esto,  this,    ) 

/  x     J7    '    r  near  me,  us. 

person   (  estos,         estas,         (wanting)    these, ) 

Second  (  ese,  esa,  eso,  that,  \ 

person  \  esos,          esas,  those,  i  n 

Third   (  aquel,        aquella,     aquello,        that.  )    , 

{•  distant  from  both. 
person  (  aquellos,   aquellas,  those,  ) 

Pro-       (el,  la,  lo,  that, 

nouns    \  los,  las,  those. 

79.  Otro,  other,  is  joined  to  the  above,   making  such 
combinations  as :  — 

Estotro,  -a  (-os,  -as),  this  other,  these  others. 
Esotro,  -a  (-os,  -as),  that  other,  those  others. 
Aquel  otro,  aquella  otra,  that  other. 

Aquellos  otros,  aquellas  otras,      those  others. 

But  these  may  be  written  separately  :    este  otro,  estos  otros,  etc. 

80.  The  prepositions  de  and  d  contract  only  with  el: 
del,  al.     De  formerly  made  one  word  with  the  other  forms 


54  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

beginning  with  e:  deste,  dese,  and  they  are  so  pronounced 
.at  the  present  day  but  are  always  written  separately. 

81.  For  emphasis  the  demonstrative  adjectives  are  some- 
times placed  after  the  noun,  but  the  latter  is  then  always 
preceded  by  the  definite  article  :  — 

La  ventana  esta.  This  window  (here). 

La  e"poca  aquella.  That  (remote)  epoch. 

82.  Ese,  like  the  English  that,  may  be  used  to  express 
contempt :  — 

i  Ese  hombre  un  rival  mio  !  That  man  a  rival  of  mine  ! 

i  Ese   caballo  llevarse  el  primer    That  horse  carry  off  the  first 
premio  !  prize  ! 

83.  Aquel,  when  used  of  the  past,  applies,  in  general,  to 
time  remote  from  the  present,  while  ese  fixes  the  period 
within  the  more  recent  personal  experience  of  the  speaker 
and  his  auditors  :  — 

Dichosa  edad  y  siglos  dichosos  Happy  age  and  happy  cen- 

aque"llos  a  quien  los  antiguos  turies  those,  to  which  the 

pusieron  nombre  de  dorados.  ancients  gave  the  name  of 

—  Don  Quijote.  golden. 

Esos  dias  no  se  asemejan  en  nada  Those  days  resemble  in  no  way 

a  aquellos  dichosos  de  nuestra  those  happy  ones  of  our 

juventud.  youth. 

84.  In  a  correspondence  en  esta  and  en  esa  are  used 
elliptically  for  en  esta  ciudad,  in  this  city  (where  I   am), 
and  en  esa,  in  that  city  (where  you  are). 

85.  Esto,  eso  and  aquello  are  used  only  as  pronouns  and 
represent  a  thought,  statement,  or  circumstance;  also  an 
object,  but  one  not  specifically  named  or  easily  recogniz- 


DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS 


55 


able   at   sight;    otherwise,  the  demonstrative  must  agree 
grammatically  with  the  name  of  the  object  specified :  — 

Esto   no  me   agrada  de  ningun     This   does   not  please   me   in 

modo. 

Aquello  no  me  importa. 
Esto   es  vidrio,  eso  es  madera, 

pero  aquello  es  piedra. 


But  — 

Esta  es  la  carta  de  mi  tio. 
Ese  es  un  libro  que  halle". 


any  way. 

That  does  not  concern  me. 
This  is  glass,  that  (near  you)  is 

wood,  but  that  (yonder)  is 

stone. 


This  is  the  letter  of  my  uncle. 
That  is  a  book  which  I  found. 


DEMONSTRATIVE    PRONOUNS 

86.  The  same  forms  are  used  for  the  pronouns  as  for 
the  adjectives,  but  they  are  distinguished  from  the  latter 
by  the  written  accent :   este,  /se,  aqnel,  etc.,  usually,  but  not 
always,   rendered  in   English  by :    this  one,  that  one,  the 
one  (that  one)  yonder;  in  the  plural:   these,  those:  — 

Esta  casa  es  la  mia,  e"sa  es  de  This  house  is  mine,  that  one  is 
usted,  y  aque"lla  es  de  mi  yours,  and  the  one  yonder  is 
padre  politico.  my  father-in-law's. 

87.  When   two    persons   or   things    have  already  been 
mentioned  and  it  is  desired  to  contrast  them  by  an  addi- 
tional  statement,   este  means   the   latter,    and   aque'l,   the 
former:  — 

Isabel  y  Cristina  han  sido  reinas  Isabella  and  Cristina  have  been 
de  Espafia ;  e"sta  es  ahora  reina  queens  of  Spain ;  the  latter 
regente,  y  aquella  es  ex-reina  is  now  queen  regent,  and 
y  vive  en  Paris.  the  former  is  ex-queen  and 

lives  in  Paris. 

NOTE.  —  But  the  order  of  este  and  aquel  may  be  reversed,  and 
primero  may  take  the  place  of  aquel,  and  ultimo  that  of  este. 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


88.  In  the  expression:  mi  periodico  y  el  de  mi  amigo, 
my  newspaper  and  that  of  my  friend,  el  is  not,  in  any 
proper  sense,  a  demonstrative,  but  the  article  agreeing 
with  periodico  understood ;  but  as  that  and  those  conven- 
iently translate  el  and  its  variations,  they  may  be  called 
demonstratives.  Their  functions  are  as  follows  :  — 

ist.    To  represent  a  noun  already  expressed  :  — 
Esta   mi  finca  linda  con  la  del    This   estate   of  mine   is    con- 


gobernador. 

Estos  barcos  y  los  del  enemigo  son 

blindados. 
Entre  los  muertos  por  la  fiebre. 


tiguous    to     (that    of)     the 

governor  ('s). 
These  ships  and  those  of  the 

enemy  are  ironclad. 
Amongst   those  killed   by  the 

fever. 


2d.    To  serve  as  antecedent  to  the  relative  qne:  — 

El  que  no  sabe  eso  no  sabe  nada.     He  who  does  not  know   that 

does  not  know  anything. 
Little  suffices  for  him  who  is 

contented. 

Those  (they)  who  do  not  admit 
the  immortality  of  the  soul 
are  few. 


Al  que  esta  contento  basta  poco. 

Los  que  no  admiten  la  inmortali- 
dad  del  alma  son  pocos. 


NOTE. — We  may  also  say  :    aquel  que,  aqtiellos  quet  etc. 

3d.    To  represent  a  noun  omitted  in  the  second  term  of 
a  comparison : — 

Ahora  tengo  menos  dinero  del     Now   I  have  less  money  than 
que  tuve  no  ha  mucho  tiempo.          (that  which)  I  had  not  long 

ago. 

Tuvo  que  pagar  por  su  hijo  mas     He  had  to  pay  more  debts  for 
deudas  de  las  que  pensaba.  his  son  than  (those  which) 

he  thought. 


DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS  57 

89.   The  neuter  lo  is  used, 

I  st.    Pronominally  in  the  sense  of  the  matter,  the  affair:  — 

Lo  del  oro  y  de  la  plata.  The  question  of  gold  and  silver. 

Lo  de  Dreyfus.  The  Dreyfus  affair. 

Lo  del  Maine  es  de  lo  mas  serio.     That  matter  of  the  Maine  is  of 

the  most  serious  kind. 

2d.    To  form  adverbial  phrases  of  manner:  — 

Lo  representa  a  lo  vivo.  He  represents  it  in  a  life-like 

manner. 
A  lo  Victor  Hugo.  In  the  style  of  Victor  Hugo. 

3d.  As  the  antecedent  to  the  neuter  relative  que,  which, 
making  lo  que,  that  which,  what.  It  can  not  be  omitted  as 
that  in  English :  — 

Lo  que  usted  dice  es  verdad.  What  you  say  is  true. 

De  lo  que  me  alegro  mucho.  At  which  I  rejoice  greatly. 

4th.  In  a  comparison  where  two  degrees  of  quality  of 
the  same  subject  are  compared  :  — 

Es  mas  bonita  de  lo  que  yo  pen-     She  is  prettier  than  (that  which) 
saba.  I  thought. 

5th.  As  an  adverb  of  quantity  in  the  sense  of  how,  how 
much,  etc. :  — 

i  Lo  que  es  el  no  tener  nada  que  How  nice  it  is  not  to  have  any- 

hacer  !  thing  to  do  ! 

Usted  no  sabe  lo  buena  que  es  You  don't  know  how  kind  Sister 

Sor  Luisa.  Louise  is. 

i  Lo  que  cuesta  al  mundo  la  igno-  That  is  just  what  ignorance 

rancia  !  costs  the  world  ! 

j  Si  e"!  supiera  lo  que  le  quiero  !  If  he  (only)  knew  how  much  I 

love  him  ! 


S8  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

RELATIVE   PRONOUNS 

90.  Relative  pronouns  are  so  called,  because  they  relate 
to  nouns  already  mentioned  or  implied,  which  are  termed 
their  antecedents. 


!•  who,  which,  that. 


que, 

quien,  quenes, 

el  cual,  los  cuales,/.  la  cual,  las  cuales,  ) 

.  ,  .  \  who,  which. 

el  que,  los  que,/.  la  que,  las  que,  ) 

cuyo,  cuyos,/.  cuya,  cuyas,  which,  of  which,  whose. 
tal  .  .  .  cual,  such  .  .  .  as. 

tanto  .  .  .  cuanto,  as  much,  so  much,  many  .  .  .  as. 
lo  cual,  which,  lo  que,  that  which,  what. 

NOTE.  —  El,  in  the  above  forms,  being  the  article,  is  contracted 
with  de  and  a  into  del  and  al.  There  are  no  other  contractions. 

91.  Que  is  used  for  all  genders  and  numbers  and  for 
both  persons  and  things  but  not  for  persons  when  the 
relative  is  governed  by  a  preposition:  — 

El  hombre  que  corre.  .  The  man  who  runs. 

La  mujer  que  viene.  The  woman  who  comes. 

La  ciudad  que  es  grande.  The  city  which  is  large. 

Las  casas  que  son  altas.  The  houses  which  are  high. 

Los  hombres  que  aman.  The  men  whom  they  love. 

La  iglesia  a  que  voy.  The  church  to  which  I  go. 

Las  plumas  de  que  hablo.  The  pens  of  which  I  speak. 

NOTE.  —  The  relative  in  English,  when  the  object  of  a  verb,  may 
be  omitted,  but  in  Spanish  it  must  always  be  expressed  :  el  libro 
que  leo,  the  book  I  am  reading. 

92.  Quien  (pi.  quienes}  may  be  used, 

ist.  As  a  nominative,  when  both  the  principal  and  rel- 
ative clause  may  be  turned  into  independent  clauses 
connected  by 


RELATIVE  PRONOUNS  59 

Vino  a  mi  casa  un  hombre,  quien  There  came  to  my  house  a  man 

me  lo  dijo.  who  told  it  to  me. 

Vino  un  hombre  a  mi  casa  y  me  lo  A  man  came  to  my  house  and 

dijo.  told  it  to  me. 

But- 

<[Viveelhombre^<?noseaegoista  Is  the  man  living  who  is  not 
poco  mas  6  menos  ?  more  or  less  selfish  ? 

2d.    When  the  relative  refers  to  a  person  and  is  governed 
by  a  preposition :  — 

Es  aquel  hombre  a  quien  debo  25  It  is  that  man  to  whom  I  owe 

pesos.  25  dollars. 

Aqui  estan  las  mujeres  de  quienes  Here  are  the  women  of  whom  I 

hable".  spoke. 

3d.    In  a  compound   sense  embracing  both  antecedent 
and  relative:  — 

Quien  se  bate  y  huye,  vivira  para  He  who  fights  and  runs  will  live 

batirse  otra  vez.  to  fight  again. 

No  faltan  quienes  afirman  lo  con-  There  are  not  wanting  those 

trario.  who  affirm  the  contrary. 

4th.    In  a  partitive  sense,  meaning  some,  being  marked 
in  this  case  with  the  written  accent :  — 

Derepenteseescondieron,  quienes  Suddenly  they  hid  themselves, 
bajo  la  mesa,  quienes  detras  de  some  under  the  table,  some 
la  puerta.  behind  the  door. 

NOTE.  —  Cudl  may  also  be  used  in  this  last  sense,  and  it,  as 
well  as  quien,  may  be  either  singular  or  plural. 

93.    Quien,  though  usually  singular,  is  found  as  a  relative 
to  a  plural  antecedent :  — 

Los  he" roes  a  quien  celebramos.        The  heroes  whom  we  honor. 
Los  siete  sabios  a  quien  venera  la     The    seven    wise    men   whom 

Grecia.  Greece  venerates. 


6o 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


NOTE.  —  The  grammars  say  that  quien  is  no  longer  used  of 
things,  but  the  two  following  sentences  are  found  as  part  of  the 
text  of  the  last  edition  of  the  Gramdtica  de  la  Real  Academia 
E  spa  no  la  :  — 


La  particula  que  no  se  pospone 
nunca  al  nombre  6  verbo  a 
quien  rige. 


The  particle  que  is  never  placed 
after  the  noun  or  verb  which 
it  governs. 


Hay  tambie"  n  nombres  a  quienes  el     There  are  also  nouns  to  which 


uso  ha  dado  ya  verdadera  sig- 
nificaci6n  de  . 


usage  has  given  the  decided 
signification  of .... 


94.  El  que  and  el  cual,  used  of  both  persons  and  things, 
enable  the  speaker  to  avoid  a  disagreeable  repetition  of 
other  forms  of  the  relative  and  likewise,  by  means  of  their 
inflection,  to  secure  greater  precision  when  the  relative  is 
separated  from  its  antecedent :  — 


El  Oquendo  que  sali6  del  puerto 
y  del  que  depende  el  £xito  de 
la  empresa. 

La  pluma  de  mi  hermano,  la  cual 

esta  en  la  mesa. 
Mi   tia    di6  dos  tertulias  en  su 

quinta,  a  las  cuales  me  con- 

vid6. 


The  Oquendo,  which  went  out 
of  port  and  on  which  de- 
pends the  success  of  the 
undertaking. 

My  brother's  pen,  which  is  on 
the  table. 

My  aunt  gave  at  her  country 
seat  two  evening  parties,  to 
which  she  invited  me. 


95.    Cuyo,  whose,  of  which,  agrees  in  gender  and  number 
with  the  noun  by  which  it  is  limited  :< — 

Aquel  hombre  cuyo  nombre  es  That  man  whose  name  is  a 

sin6nimo  de  honradez.  synonym  for  integrity. 

Los  griegos  cuyas  arquitectura  y  The  Greeks,  whose  architecture 

escultura  aun  hoy  quedan  sin  and  sculpture  remain  even 

rivales.  to-day  without  rivals. 


INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS  6 1 

96.  Tal .  . .  cual2J\&  tanto  .  .  .  cuanto,  as  correlatives,  find 
their  place  here :  — 

Tal  es  su  conducta  cual  era  de  His  conduct  is  such  as  was  to  be 

esperar.  expected. 

Tendra  V.  tantos  honores  cuantos  You  will  have  as  many  honors 

quiera.  as  you  may  desire. 

NOTE.  —  Tanto  is  frequently  omitted,  and  cuanto,  or  todo  cuanto, 
includes  both  antecedent  and  relative  :  — 

Tenemos  cuantos  discipulos  de-     We  have  as  many  pupils  as  we 

seamos.  desire. 

Todo  cuanto  posee  no  bastard.         All  that  he  owns  will  not  suffice. 

See  also  28  and  28,  a. 

97.  Lo  cual  and  lo  que  never  relate  to  a  personal  noun 
but  represent  a  previous  assertion  or  situation :  — 

Declar6  que  moriria  antes,  lo  cual  He  declared  he  would  die  first, 
caus6  gran  rumor  en  la  sala.  which  created  a  great  stir  in 

the  hall. 

Estamos  rodeados  por  los  siti-  We  are  surrounded  by  the  be- 
adores,  lo  que  es  muy  peli-  siegers,  which  is  very  dan- 
groso.  gerous. 

98.  Donde,  like  its  English  synonym,  where,  frequently 
takes  the  place  of  a  relative  governed  by  a  preposition:— 

La  ciudad  donde  vivimos.  The  city  where  (in  which)  we 

live. 
El  teatro  a  donde  vamos.  The  theatre   to  which  we  are 

going, 

INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS 

99.  Quien,  quienes,  who?   que,  what?  what  (a)/ 
Cuyo,  cuyos,  f.  cuya,  ciiyas,  ) 

De  quien,  pi.  de  quienes,    ) 


62  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Cual,  pi.  cuales,  which?   what? 
Que  tal,  que"  tales,  what  kind  of?  how  ? 
Cuanto,  pi.  cuantos,  how  mucH?   how  many? 
Qu6  tanto,  how,  how  much  ? 

NOTE.  —  Observe  that  the  chief  difference  between  the  relatives 
and  interrogatives  is  the  written  accent  of  the  latter. 

100.  Qutin  is  used  only  of  persons: — 

£  Quie'n  se  lo  ha  dicho  a  V.  ?  Who  told  it  to  you  ? 

I  Quienes  son  aquellos  forasteros  ?    Who  are  those  strangers  ? 
I  Sabe  V.  con  quie"  n  vino  ?  Do  you  know  with  whom  he 

came  ? 

101.  Que  is  invariable  and  is  used  both  as  pronoun  and 
adjective  and  for  both  numbers  and  genders:  — 

<j  Que"  come  usted  ?  .       What  are  you  eating  ? 
,1  Que"  libros  compr6  V.  ?  What  books  did  you  buy  ? 

<?  Que"  pluma  quiere  V.  ?  What  pen  do  you  want  ? 

<J  Que"  es  geografia  ?  What  is  geography  ? 

NOTE. —  Que,  like  lo  que  (see  89,  5th),  is  used  in  exclamatory 
sentences  in  the  sense  of  how,  what,  what  a: — 

j  Que"  feliz  soy  yo  !  How  happy  I  am  ! 

j  Que"  buen  tiempo  !  What  fine  weather  ! 

j.  Que"  casa  mas  bonita  !  What  a  most  beautiful  house  ! 

REMARK. — When  the  noun  is  followed  by  an  adjective,  the  latter 

may  be  strengthened  by  tan :  — 

• 
j  Que"  asunto  tan  molesto  !  What  a  (so)  troublesome  affair  ! 

102.  De  qutin  and  cuyo  are  synonymous,  except  that  the 
latter  is  limited  by  the  noun  and  the  former  not.     As  an 
interrogative,  cuyo  is  less  frequently  used  than  de  quien:  — 


INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS  63 

£  De  quien  es  esta  casa  ? 

^Cuya  es  esta  casa?  v  Whose  house  is  this  ? 

<iCuya  casa  es  esta? 

<;  De  cuyos  poemas  habla  usted  ?     Of  whose  poems  do  you  speak  ? 

NOTE. — The  answer  must  always  correspond  syntactically  to 
the  question.     In  replying  to  the  above  questions,  we  might  say  :  — 

Es  de  mi  tio  ;  es  mia.  It  is  my  uncle's  ;  it  is  mine. 

De  los  de  Cadalso.  Of  Cadalso's. 

103.  Cudl  (  pi.  cuales}  seeks  information  about  individuals 
of  a  class  or  number  of  persons  or  things  specified,  either 
actually  or  by  implication.     Consequently  it  is  usually  fol- 
lowed either   by  de,  expressed    or  understood,  or  by  the 
verb  to  be.     It  is  also  used  adjectively:  — 

^  Cudl  de  los   dos  perros  es   de     Which    of    the    two    dogs    is 

usted  ?  yours  ? 

£  Cual  es  la  hora  de  la  siesta  ?  What  is  the  hour  of  the  mid- 

day nap  ? 

i  Cuales  son  sus  primos  ?  Which  are  his  cousins  ? 

<i  Cual  poesia  prefiere  usted  ?   f        Whose  poetry  do  you  prefer  ? 
<i  Que"  poesia  prefiere  usted  ?  What  (kind  of)  poetry  do  you 

prefer  ? 

<|Cual  es  la  gramdtica  ?  Which  is  the  grammar? 

iQue"  es  gramdtica?  What  is  grammar? 

Digame  cuales  son.  Tell  me  which  (ones)  they  are. 

104.  Qu£  tal  is  used  adjectively  and  adverbially,  as  well 
as  pronominally: — 

<?  Que"  tal  tiempo  hace  ?  What  kind  of  weather  is  it  ? 

<?Qu<4  tales  son  las  muestras  ?  What  kind  of  samples  are  they  ? 

^  Qu£  tal  sigue  usted  ?  How  are  you  getting  along  ? 

(How  are  you  ?) 


64  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

105.  Cudnto  varies  for  gender  and  number  and  is  used 
adjectively  and  pronominally.     As  an  adverb,  it  is  abbrevi- 
ated to  cudn  before  an  adjective  or  adverb: — • 

I  Cudnto  dinero  perdi6  usted  ?          How  much  money  did  you  lose  ? 

<:  Cuantos  caballos  compr6  £1  ?          How  many  horses  did  he  buy  ? 

<;Cuanto  cost6  a  V.  esamaquina  ?  How  much  did  that  machine 
—  No  recuerdo  cuanto.  cost  you  ?  I  don't  remem- 

ber how  much. 

j  Cuan  dichosa  es  ella  !  How  fortunate  she  is  ! 

j  Cuan  airadamente  se  condujo  1  How  angrily  he  conducted 

himself ! 

106.  Qtie*  tanto  is  similar  to  cudnto  in  all   its  uses  and 
variations  and  loses  the  final  to  under  the  same  circum- 
stances:— 

<i  Qu£  tanto  se  diferencia  del  otro  ?     How  much  does  it  differ  from 

the  other  one  ? 

I  Qu£  tantas  deudas  tiene  ?  How  many  debts  has  he  ? 

Usted  ignora  qu6  tan  airosa  es  You  don't  know  how  graceful 
la  anciana.  the  old  lady  is. 

See  also  101,  Remark. 


INDEFINITE    PRONOUNS 

^07.  Indefinite  pronouns  are  so  called  because  of  their 
indeterminate  or  impersonal  meaning.  Being  pronouns, 
strictly  so  called,  they  can  not  qualify  nouns  : — • 

alguien,  somebody.  fulano,       )  such,  such  and 

algo,  something,  somewhat.  mengano,  [•      such  a  one, 

cosa,  something,  anything.  zutano,      J  so  and  so. 

cada  uno,  )  each  one,  nadie,  nobody,  no  one. 

cada  cual,  \  every  one.  quienquiera,  whoever. 

nada,  nothing.  uno,  one. 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS  65 

108.  Alguien,  somebody,  is  applied  only  to  persons  and 
can  not  be  qualified  or  limited  by  an  adjective  or  dependent 
genitive :  — 

Alguien  llama ;  vaya  a  abrir.  Somebody  is  knocking ;  go  open 

the  door. 
Es  alguien  que  pide  limosna.  It  is  some  one  who  asks  alms. 

109.  Algo  and  cosa,  or  alguna  cosa,  something,  anything, 
differ  but  slightly  in  their  use.     Algo  is  used  adverbially, 
and  cosa  de  in  the  sense  of  something  like,  about.     When 
algo  is  qualified  by  an  adjective,  it  may  be  connected  with 
it  by  means  of  the  preposition  de :  — 

Si  quiere  algo  bueno.  If  he  desires  something  good. 

<:  Sabe  V.  algo  de  nuevo  ?  Do  you  know  anything  new  ? 

Eso  es  cosa  que  hay  que  averiguar.     That  is  something  which  has  to 

be  investigated. 

Mi  madre  esta  algo  indispuesta.       My  mother  is  somewhat  indis- 
posed. 

Creo  que  costara  cosa  de  veinte     I  think  it  will  cost  something 
duros.  like  twenty  dollars. 

110.  Cada  uno  and  cada  cual,  every  one,  each  one,  differ 
only  in  that  the  former  varies  for  the  feminine,  but  neither 
can  be  used  in  the  plural :  — 

Cada  uno  tiene  su  manera  de  Every  one  has  his  own  way  to 

matar  pulgas.  (kill  fleas)  do  things. 

Cada  cual  es  digno  de  su  salario.  Each  one  is  worthy  of  his  hire. 

Cada  una  de  las  ninitas  di6  su  Each  one  of  the  little  girls  gave 

blanca.  her  mite. 

111.  Nada,  ninguna  cosa,  nothing,  not  anything,  have 
these  meanings  only  when  standing  alone  or  before  the 

SPAN.   GRAM.  —  5 


66 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


word  they  modify.  When  the  verb  is  accompanied  by  no, 
they  have  a  positive  meaning.  This  is  true  of  other 
Spanish  negatives.  In  fact,  their  corresponding  positive 
forms,  except  alguno,  can  not  be  used  in  a  negative  sen- 
tence. Even  with  alguno  the  noun  must  be  expressed. 
The  adjective  with  nada  may  be  preceded  by  de :  — 


Contest6  que  nada  sabia  mas. 

No  tiene  nada  de  invidiable  una 

vida  sin  contrastes. 
<:  Qu£  ha  vendido  listed  ?  —  Nada. 
Este  pacto  no  obliga  en  modo 

alguno  a  Rusia. 
Han  llegado  noticias  nada  favo- 

rables  al  gobierno. 


He  replied  that  he  knew  noth- 
ing more. 

A  life  without  contrasts  has 
nothing  enviable. 

What  have  you  sold  ? — Nothing. 

This  compact  does  not  oblige 
Russia  in  any  way. 

News  not  at  all  favorable  to 
the  government  has  arrived. 


a.  Nada,  in  the  sense  of  anything,  is  used  in  sentences 
where  the  negation  is  merely  implied.  This  occurs  par- 
ticularly after  sin  (que),  antes  (quc),  after  comparatives,  and 
after  certain  verbs,  such  as  negar,  to  deny,  rehusar,  to  re- 
fuse, guardarse,  to  beware,  etc.,  and  when  a  negative  answer 
is  expected  to  a  question  :  — 


Sali6  sin  responder  nada. 

Antes  que  hubo  oido  nada  que  yo 

decia. 
Es  mas  gustoso  que  nada  que  ha 

sido  exhibido. 
Negarle  nada  seria  inutil. 

<jQuie"n  hubiera  imaginado  nada 
tan  disparatado? 


He  went  out  without  replying 
in  any  way. 

Before  he  had  heard  anything 
I  was  saying. 

It  is  more  enjoyable  than  any- 
thing that  has  been  exhibited. 

To  deny  him  anything  would 
be  useless. 

Who  could  have  imagined  any- 
thing so  silly? 


INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS  67 

b.   Nada  and  en  nada,  as  more  emphatic,  take  the  place 
of  the  simple  negative  no,  when  desirable :  — 

Nada  me  gustan  sus  modales.  His  manners  don't  please  me 

at  all. 

Todo  eso  en  nada  altera  su  fria     All  that  does  not  change  in  any 
indiferencia.  way  his  cool  indifference. 

112.  Fulano  (QI  fulano  de  tal),  zutano  and  mengano  serve 
to  designate  persons  whose  names  are  either  unknown  or 
intentionally  suppressed.    They  generally  occur  in  the  order 
given,  according  as  one,  two,  or  more  persons  are  intended. 
The  forms  vary  for  gender,  but  have  no  plural :  — 

Fulano  (de  tal)  me  lo  ha  dicho.  So-and-so  told  it  to  me. 

He  oido  decir  que  Don  Fulano  I  have  heard  that  Mr.  So-and- 

se  cas6  ayer  con  la  Senorita  so  married  Miss  So-and-so 

Zutana.  yesterday. 

^  Piensa  V.  que  yo  crea   todo  Do  you  think  that  I  believe 

lo  que  me  dicen  fulano,  zu-  everything  that  Tom,  Dick 

tano  y  mengano?  and  Harry  tell  me? 

NOTE.  —  A  fourth  form,  perengano,  -a,  is  sometimes  heard,  and 
in  Spanish  America  parencejo  is  very  common. 

113.  Nadie,  nobody,  differs  but  slightly  in  its  syntax  from 
nada  (see  111  and  111,  a).     It  is  invariable  in  form  and 
applicable  only  to  persons.      Like  alguien,  its  opposite,  it 
can  not  be  limited  by  de  and  a  following  noun :  — 

Nadie  lo  sabe  mejor  que  el  No  one  knows  it  better  than  he. 

No  encuentro  a  nadie  que  pueda  I  do  not  find  any  one  who  is 

hacerlo.  able  to  do  it. 

^Quie'n   quiere   ayudarme?—  Who    is   willing    to    aid    me? 

Nadie.  Nobody. 


68  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.    See  ill,  a  for  analogous  constructions  with  nada :  — 

Se  fu£  antes  de  hablar  a  nadie.  He  went  away  before  speak- 
ing to  any  one. 

Me  lo  di6  sin  que  yo  tuviera  He  gave  it  to  me  without  my 

que  pedirlo  a  nadie.  having  to  ask  any  one  for  it. 

Vende   sus   ge"neros   a   precios  He  sells  his  goods  at  lower 

mas  bajos  que  nadie.  prices  than  any  one. 

Es  la  casa  mas  bonita  que  nadie  It  is  the  prettiest  house  that 

pueda  imaginarse.  One  can  imagine. 

4 Yo  rehusar  nada  a  nadie?  I  refuse  anybody  anything? 

iQuie'n   pudiera  amar  a  nadie  Who  could  love  any  one  more 

mas  que  yo  a  ella?  than  I  do  her? 

114.  Quienquiem,  whoever,  any  one  soever,  applies  to 
persons  only  and  is  rarely  used  in  the  plural,  quienesquiera, 
or  in  the  shortened  form,  quienqnier:  — 

Quienquiera    que    lo    diga,   se  Whoever    says    so    is    mis- 

equivoca.  taken. 

A  quienquiera  que  vea  V.,  digale  Whomsoever  you  see,  tell  him 

que  venga.  to  come. 

NOTE.  —  For  quien  used  indefinitely,  see  92,  3d. 

115.  Uno,  ima,  one,  is  more  personal  than  the  correspond- 
ing words  in  other  languages  (Germ,  man,  Fr.  on),  and  is 
consequently  not  so  much  used,  other  expressions  taking 
its   place.      In   the   present   restricted    sense    it    has    no 
plural : — 

Cuando  uno  no  tiene  nada  que  When  one  has  nothing  to  do, 

hacer,  <ic6mo  se  puede  ser  how  is  it  possible  to  be 

feliz?  happy? 

Y  entonces  una  se  acalora  y  And  then  one  gets  hot  and 

pierde  la  cabeza.  loses  her  head. 


INDEFINITE  ADJECTIVES  69 

INDEFINITE  ADJECTIVES 

116.  The  indefinite  adjectives  differ  syntactically  from 
the  pronouns  in  that,  while  they  may  be  used  as  pronouns, 
they  also  exercise  all  the  functions  of  true  adjectives,  agree- 
ing in  gender  and  number  with  the  nouns  they  limit. 

Ajeno,  another's,  other  people's.  Ninguno,  none,  no,  no  one. 

Alguno,  some,  some  one.  Otro,  other,  another. 

Ambos,  both.  Poco,  little,  few. 

Cada,  each,  every.  Sendos,  one  each,  as  many. 

Cierto,  a  certain,  certain.  Ta],  such,  such  a. 

Cual<\mei2i,whichever,whatever.  Tamano,  as  mztch,  great. 

Cuanto,  as  much,  as  many.  Todo*,  all,  every. 

Mismo,  same,  self.  Uno  y  otro,  both. 

Mucho,  much,  many.  Unico,  solo,  only,  alone. 

117.  Ajeno  is  an  adjective  indicating  what  belongs  to 
another,  foreign  to  (to  =  de  or  a) :  — 

No  codiciaras  los  bienes  ajenos.  Thou  shalt  not  covet  other 

people's  goods. 

A  menudo   los   asuntos  ajenos  Often   other  people's  affairs 

nos    interesan  mas    que    los  interest  us  more  than  our 

nuestros  propios.  own. 

Ajeno  al  asunto.  Foreign  to  the  subject. 

Eso  es  ajeno  de  la  cuesti6n  que  That  is  foreign  to  the  question 

discutimos.  we  are  discussing. 

No  tendras  dioses  ajenos  delante  /Thou  shalt  have  none  other 

de  mi.  gods  but  me. 

For    causas    ajenas    a   mi    vo-  For   reasons   foreign   to   my 

luntad.  wish. 

118.  Alguno,  as  a  pronoun,  has  the  same  meaning  as 
algnien  (see  108),  but  unlike  alguien  may  be  limited  by  a 


7O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

following  noun  preceded  by  de.  As  an  adjective  it  means 
some,  a  few  and,  in  this  sense,  may  be  replaced  in  the 
plural  by  ttnos  or  unos  cuantos :  — 

<i  Ha  llegado  alguno  ?  Has  any  one  arrived  ? 

Algunas    de    sus    palabras    no  .  Some  of  his  words  did  not 

llegaron  a  mi.  reach  me. 

,iTiene  V.  algunos  Idpices? — Si,  Have  you  any  pencils?    Yes, 

unos  cuantos.  a  few. 

See  also  111. 

119.  Ambos,  -as,  both,  have  as  substitutes  los  dos,  en- 
trambos,  ambos  a  dos  and  entrambos  a  dos :  — 

Apoy6  ambos  codos  en  la  mesa.          He  rested  both  elbows  on  the 

table. 

Ambas   a   dos   la   sacaron    del          Between  the  two  they  pulled 
agua.  her  out  of  the  water. 

120.  Cada,  each,  every,  is  an  adjective  of  one  termina- 
tion.    Like  its  English  equivalents  it  can  be  used  in  the 
plural  only  before  numbers  :  — 

Cada  mes  me  envia  mi  padre  Every  month  my  father  sends 

veinte  pesos.  me  twenty  dollars. 

Cada  diez  anos  se  hace  el  censo  Every  ten  years  the  census  is 

en  los  Estados  Unidos.  taken  in  the  United  States. 

Cada  oveja  con  su  pareja.  Every  Jack  has  his  Jill. 

121.  Cierto,  -a,  a  certain,  pi.  ciertos,  -as,  certain,  has  this 
meaning  of  indefmiteness  only  when  it  precedes  the  noun. 
Standing  after  the  noun  or  after  the  verb  to  be,  it  means 
sure,  reliable.     In  the  former  sense  it  is  never  preceded  by 
the  indefinite  article,  but  the  latter  may  take  its  place  :  — 


INDEFINITE  ADJECTIVES  *]\ 

Cierto  amigo  mio  viene  a  verme  A  certain  friend  of  mine  comes 
ciertos  dias  de  cada  semana.  to  see  me  certain  days  each 

week. 

Plant6  un  hombre  una  vina.  A  certain  man  planted  a  vine- 

See  37.  yard- 

122.  Cualquierciy  pi.  cualesquiera,  whatever,  any  soever, 
has  but  one  termination  for  gender.     It  loses  its  final  a 
when  immediately  before  the  noun  it  limits.     The  full  form 
may  stand  after  the  noun,  but  only  in  the  singular :  — 

Cualquier  comida  es  mejor  que  Any  dinner  whatsoever  is  better 

ninguna.  than  none. 

Un  libro  cualquiera  me  bastara.  Any  book  soever  will  suffice  me. 

Cualesquiera  de  los  libros  que  Whichever  of  the  books  you  may 

V.  halle,  enviemelos.  find,  send  them  to  me. 

123.  Cuanto  and  todo  cuanto,  as  much,  many,  all  that, 
vary  throughout  for  gender  and  number.     For  examples 
see  28,  a,  and  96,  Note. 

124.  Mismo,  self,  same,  very,  has  a  superlative  mismi- 
simo,  the  very  same.     When  preceded  by  the  indefinite 
article,  mismo  means  similar:  — 

Raras  veces  en  dos  idiomas  Rarely  in  two  different  languages 

distintos  tienen  las  mismas  do  the  same  words  have  the 

palabras  el  mismo  significado.  same  meaning. 

Los  mismos  amigos  del  preso  The  very  friends  of  the  prisoner 

admiten  su  delito.  admit  his  guilt. 

Cometi6  otra  vez  el  mismisimo  He  committed  again  the  very 

crimen.  same  crime. 

Tienen  que  hacer  un  mismo  They  have  a  similar  duty  to 

deber.  perform. 

A  r  ii  me  ha  dicho  lo  mismo.  He  told  me  the  same  thing. 

NOTE.  —  For  mismo  meaning  self,  see  examples  under  53. 


72  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

125.  Mucho,  much,  many,  is  rarely  modified   by  muy, 
very,  but  has  the  superlative  muchisimo,  very  much,  many. 

Mucho  ruido  y  pocas  nueces.  Much  ado  about  nothing  (lit. 

much  noise  and  few  nuts). 

El   despotismo    de   los    pocos  The  despotism  of  the  few  over 

sobre  los  muchos.  the  many. 

Tengo  mucho  que  hacer.  I  have  much  to  do. 

Me  relat6  muchisimos  ejemplos  He  related  to  me  a  great  many 

de  su  caridad.  instances  of  her  charity. 

126.  Ninguno,  nobody,  no  one,  none,  no,  like  all  other 
Spanish  negatives,  has  a  positive  meaning,  unless  it  is  the 
second  member  of  a  comparison,  stands  before  the  verb,  or 
the  verb  is  negatived  by  no  or  some  other  word.     For  an 
explanation  and    illustrations  of    this   principle,    see   111, 
111,  a,  and  113  :  - 

No  entiende  ninguna  palabra.  He  does  not  understand  a  word. 

Ningunos  de   mis  amigos  han  None  of  my  friends  have  come. 

venido. 

Un  libro  cualquiera  es   mejor  Any   book   is   better   than    no 

que  ningun  libro.  book. 

El  hombre  huye  el  ser  esclavo  Man  shuns  becoming  a  slave  of 

de  ninguno  y  concluye   por  any  one  and  ends  by  becom- 

ser  esclavo  de  si  mismo.  ing  a  slave  of  himself. 

Arrib6   al   puerto    sin    ningun  She  [the  ship]   arrived  at  the 

accidente.  port  without  any  accident. 

See  25. 

a.    Alguno  que  otro  is  possibly  a  little   more  indefinite 
than  the  simple  alguno :  — 

Lo  hare"  alguno  que  otro  dia.  I  shall  do  it  some  day  or  other. 

Por  supuesto  vendran   algunas       Of  course,  some  or  others   (of 
que  otras.  them)  will  come. 


INDEFINITE  ADJECTIVES  73 

127.  Otro,  another,  other,  differs  from  the  English,  in 
that  it  does  not  take  the  indefinite  article  uno :  — 

Comio  dos  manzanas  y  se  le  di6  He  ate  two  apples  and  another 

otra.  was  given  him. 

Otros  tiempos,  otras  costumbres.  Other  times,  other  manners. 

No  vino  el  primer  dia,  el  otro  He  did  not  come  the  first  day, 

si.  the  other  (day)  he  did. 

a.  Los,  las,  lo  demds  may  take  the  place  of  los  otros,  etc., 
in  the  sense  of  the  rest,  the  remainder:  — 

Los  demas  carecendetodo  valor.      The  rest  are  lacking  in  value  of 

any  kind. 
Deme  V.  lo  demas.  Give  me  the  remainder  of  it. 

NOTE.  —  The  article  may  be  omitted,  and  demds  is  then  equiv- 
alent to  otros :  — 

Guerin   y   demas   corifeos    del       Guerin   and   other    leaders   of 
anti-semitismo.  anti-semitism. 

b.  Otro  tanto,  just  as  much,  as   much  again,  pi.   otros 
tantos,  just  as  many,  as  many  more :  — 

Eso  no  le  basta ;  necesitara  otro       That  is  not  enough  for  him  ; 

tanto.  he  will  need  as  much  more. 

Compraremos  otros  tantos  ma-       We   shall   buy  as   many  more 

nana.  to-morrow. 

• 

128.  Poco,  little,  few,  has  a  superlative  poquisimo,  a  very 
little,  few,  but  may  also  be  modified  by  muy,  very :  — 

Lo  poco  que  recibo  me  satisface.  The  little  that  I  receive  satisfies 

me. 

Muchossonllamados,  maspocos  Many  are  called,  but   few  are 

escogidos.  chosen. 

Hay  muy  poca  diferencia.  There  is  very  little  difference. 

Las  poquisimas  veces  que  lo  he  The  very  few  times  I  have  seen 

visto.  him. 


74  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

D£le  V.  un  poco  de  pan  y  carne.       Give   him   a   little   bread   and 

meat. 
Canta  un  poco ;  canta  poco.  She  sings  a  little ;  she  sings  but 

little. 

129.  Sendos,  -as,  one  each,  as  many,  is  used  only  in  the 
plural : — 

Entraron  cinco  j6venes  llevando  There  came  in  five  young  men 
del  brazo  a  sendas  j6venes.  each  having  on  his  arm  a 

young  lady. 

130.  Tal,  pi.  tales,  such  a,  such :  — 

Tal  cosa  jamas  me  hubiera  Such  a  thing  never  would  have 

ocurrido.  occurred  to  me. 

Tales  son  sus  pretensiones  que  Such  are  his  claims  that  I  reject 

las  rechazo  todas.  them  all. 

No  son  tales  como  se  me  han  They  are  not  such  as  were 

prometido.  promised  me. 

Tal  me  parece  diflcil.  Such  a  thing  seems  to  me  dif- 
ficult. 

a.  Tal,  when  preceded  by  the  definite  article,  may  be 
variously  rendered  by  this,  the  said,  in  question,  frequently 
with  an  added  idea  of  satire  or  contempt :  — 

S61o  sabia  de  la  tal  carta  por  He  only  knew  of  the  so-called 

los  peri6dicos.  letter  by  the  newspapers. 

Y  el  tal  Sancho  queria  ser  go-  And  the  said  Sancho  wished  to 

bernador  de  una  isla.  be  governor  of  an  island. 

NOTE.  —  Tal  alone  sometimes  conveys  the  same  meaning  :  — 

Repuso  ella  furiosa  que  no  era  Furious  she  replied  that  she 
tal  mujer.  was  not  that  kind  of  a  woman. 

Sali6  a  luz  la  parte  que  tom6  tal  The  part  which  this  rascally 
espia  en  el  asunto.  spy  took  in  the  affair  came 

to  light. 


INDEFINITE   ADJECTIVES  75. 

b.  Tal,  when  preceded  by  the  indefinite  article,  means 
one,  a  certain:  — 

Se  prendi6  fuego  a  la  casa  de       Fire  broke  out  in  the  house  of 
un  tal  Martin.  one  Martin. 

c.  Tal,  joined  to  its  correlative  cual,  sometimes  expresses 
a  comparison,  but  at  other  times  no  such  idea  is  implied  :  — 

El  £xito  de  la  empresa  ha  sido       The  success  of  the  undertaking 
tal  cual  deseaba.  has  been  such  as  he  desired. 

Tal  cual  vez  no  viene.  Sometimes  he  does  not  come. 

Tal  cual  carga  de  pan.  A  few  loads  of  bread. 

Tal  para  cual.  A  Roland  for  an  Oliver   (Tit 

for  tat). 

131.  Tamano,  as  great,  so  great:  — 

Tamana   resultaria  la  empresa       The  attempt  to  face  the  forces 
de  hacer  frente  a  las  fuerzas  of  France  would  be  just  as 

de  Francia.  great. 

132.  Todo,  -a,  -os,  -as,  may,  for  the  most  part,  be  treated 
under  two  general  headings  :  — 

ist.  It  stands  alone  unlimited  by  such  words  as  the 
definite  article  or  the  demonstrative  or  possessive  adjectives, 
whenever  the  idea  is  an  indefinite  or  general  concept :  — 

Todo  buen  ciudadano  lo  siente.  Every  good  citizen  regrets  it. 

En  todo  caso  es  muy  impro-  In  any  case  it  is  very  improb- 

bable.  able. 

Hay  intrigas  de  todo  genero.  There  are  all  kinds  of  intrigues. 

Todo  libro  que  instruye  es  buen  Every    instructive    book    is   a 

libro.  good  book. 

Todos  piensan  como  yo.  All  think  as  I  do. 

Generos   de   todas   clases  y  a  Goods  of  all  kinds  and  at  all 

todos  precios.  prices. 

El  Ie6n  comi6  todo  un  carnero.  The  lion  ate  a  whole  sheep. 


76  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

2d.  Todo  is  followed  by  a  word  limiting  its  application 
to  a  specific  concept :  — 

Quede  en  Europa  todo  el  ano.        I  remained  in  Europe  the  whole 

year. 
Pas6  conmigo  toda  la  semana.         He  passed  with  me  the  whole 

week. 

He"  aqui  todos  mis  libros.  Here  are  all  my  books. 

Salgo  a  paseo  todos  los  dias.  I  go  out  to  walk  every  day. 

Da  una  Iecci6n  de  musica  todos       She  takes  a  music  lesson  every 

los  viernes.  Friday. 

Todo  el  mundo.  Everybody. 

NOTE.  —  In  the  plural,  whole  or  entire  is  never  expressed  by 
todo,  but  by  entero.  In  the  singular  either  may  be  used  :  — 

Pasa  horas  enteras  asomada  £       She  passes  whole  hours  looking 

la  ventana.  out  of  the  window. 

El  dia  entero  or  todo  el  dia.  The  entire  day. 

a.  The  neuter  todo,  except  as  an  adverb,  can  not  stand 
alone  in  a  sentence,  but  requires  an  appositive  (generally 
lo)  always  to  be  expressed  :  — 

Me  lo  ha  dicho  todo.  He  has  told  me  all. 

Todo  lo  que  digo  es  verdad.  All  I  say  is  true. 

133.  Unoy  -a,  and  otro,  -a,  with  their  plurals,  are  used  as 
distributives  in  various  combinations  :  — 

Uno  y  otro  lo  hacen.  Both  of  them  do  so. 

Ni  uno  ni  otro  lo  dicen.  Neither  of  them  says  so. 

El   uno   dice   que   si,    el    otro       The  one  says  yes,  the  other  no. 

que  no. 

Uno  u  otro ;  unos  u  otros.  Either  of  the  two  ;  either  of  the 

two  sets. 


INDEFINITE  ADJECTIVES  77 

134.  Unico,  solo.  The  general  distinction  is  that  unico 
refers  to  individuals,  where  there  are  no  more  of  their  kind, 
while  solo  means  alone,  solitary,  without  company  :  — 

Mi  hijo  unico  esta  solo  en  la  My  only  son  is  alone  in   the 

casa.  house. 

Vivir  honrado  y  morir  lamen-  To   live   honored   and   to    die 

tado,   estos   son   sus   unices  lamented,  these  are  his  only 

deseos.  desires. 

Es  el  unico  de  su  especie.  It  is  the  only  one  of  its  kind. 


VI 

VERBS 

135.  The  Spanish  language  has  all  the  moods  and  tenses 
of  the  English  and  some  which  English  does  not  have.  This 
comes  chiefly  from  the  fact  that  we  have  almost  wholly 
abandoned  the  use  of  the  subjunctive.  The  multiplicity 
of  forms  of  the  Spanish  conjugation  may  seem  a  little 
discouraging  to  the  learner  at  first,  but  he  will  soon  find 
that  they  are  very  easily  acquired,  when  once  he  has 
mastered  certain  mnemonic  rules  for  the  derivation  of  the 
various  moods  and  tenses.  These  will  be  given  when  we 
come  to  the  conjugation  of  the  regular  verbs. 

a.  The  English   meanings  of  the  Spanish  moods   and 
tenses  can  be  given  only  approximately  in  the  paradigms. 
This  is  especially  true  of  the  subjunctive,  owing,  as  has 
already  been  said,  to  the  almost  total  lack  of  this  mood 
in  our  language.     The  particular  form  of  the  English  verb 
to  be   used,  in  translating  any  given   Spanish  verb,  will 
depend  on  the  context  of  the  latter  and  its  syntactical  rela- 
tions.    Canto,  for  instance,  means  /  sing,  I  do  sing,  I  am 
singing ;  Cantaba,  /  sang,  I  was  singing,  I  did  sing,  or  / 
used  to  sing ;  No  creo  que  venga,  /  dont  think  he  will 
come ;  Es  posible  que  venga,  It  is  possible  he  may  come ; 
No  es  posible  que  venga,  It  is  riot  possible  that  he  will  come, 
etc.     The  translation    given  in  the  paradigms,  therefore, 
must  be  considered  as  only  one  of  several  that  the  verb 
might  have  according  to  its  connection. 

b.  As  the  pronouns  yo,  I,  tu,  thou,  //,  he,  ella,  she,  noso- 

78 


VERBS  79 

tros,  -as,  we,  vosotros,  -as,  you,  ellos,  m.,  they,  ellas,  f.,  they, 
are  usually  omitted,  except  where  emphasis  or  clearness 
requires  them  to  be  expressed,  they  are  only  given  in  the 
present  tenses.  They  can  be  easily  supplied  with  the  other 
tenses  when  needed.  On  the  other  hand,  usted(y.\  you 
and  pi.  2istc'des(VV.),  you,  being  so  commonly  used  will  be 
given. 

c.  There  are  two  verbs  to  have,  haber  and  tener,  and  two 
verbs  to  be,  ser  and  estar.  Their  differences  will  be  ex- 
plained later. 

AUXILIARY  VERBS 

SIMPLE  TENSES 
136.  Infinitive  Mood 

To  have  To  be 

Haber  tener  Ser  estar 

Gerund 

Having  Being 

Habiendo  teniendo  Siendo  estando 

Past  Participle 

Had  Been 

Habido  tenido  Sido  estado 

tr 

Indicative  Mood 

PRESENT 
/  have,  thou  hast,  etc.  I  am,  thou  art,  etc. 

1.  yo  he  tengo  soy  estoy 

2.  tti  has  "tienes  eres  estas 

2.  usted  ha  V.  tiene  V.  es  V.  esta 

3.  e"l,ellaha  tiene  es  esta 

1.  nosotros  hemos  tenemos  somos          estamos 

(habemos) 

2.  vosotros  habeas    tennis  sois  estais 

2.  ustedes  han         VV.tienen  W.  son       VV.  estan 

3.  ellos,  -as  han      tienen  son  estan 


8o 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


IMPERFECT 


/  had,  was  having,  etc. 

/  wa  s,  used  to  be,  etc. 

i.   habia 

tenia 

era               estaba 

2.    habias 

tenias 

eras              estabas 

2.   V.  habia 

V.  tenia 

V.  era           V.  estaba 

3.   habia 

tenia 

era               estaba 

i.   habiamos 

teniamos 

e"ramos         estdbamos 

2.    habiais 

teniais 

erais             estabais 

2.   VV.  habian 

VV.  tenian 

VV.  eran      VV.  estaban 

3.   habian 

tenian 

eran             estaban 

PRETERIT 

I  had 

I  was 

i.   hube 

tuve 

fui                estuve 

2.   hubiste 

tuviste 

fuiste            estuviste 

2.   V.  hubo 

V.  tuvo 

V.  fu£           V.  estuvo 

3.   hubo 

tuvo 

fue"                estuvo 

i.»  hubimos 

tuvimos 

fuimos          estuvimos 

2.    hubisteis 

tuvisteis 

fuisteis          estuvisteis 

2.   VV.  hubieron  VV.  tuvieron 

VV.  fueron  VV.  estuvieron 

3.   hubieron 

tuvieron 

fueron          estuvieron 

FUTURE 

I  shall 

(will)  have 

I  shall  (will)  be 

i.   habre" 

tendre" 

sere"              estare" 

2.    habras 

tendrds 

seras             estaras 

2.   V.  habrd 

V.  tendra 

V.  sera         V.  estard 

3.    habrd 

tendrd 

serd              estard 

i.    habremos 

tendremos 

seremos        estaremos 

2.    habre"is 

tendre"is 

serais            estare"is 

2.  W.  habrdn     VV.  tendrdn 


VV.  serdn    VV.  estardn 


3.   habrdn 


tendrdn 


serdn 


estardn 


VERBS 


8l 


CONDITIONAL 


I  would  (should)  have 


1 .  habria 

2.  habrias 

2.  V.  habria 

3.  habria 

1 .  habriamos 

2.  habriais 


tendria 

tendrias 

V.  tendria 

tendria 

tendriamos 

tendriais 


2.  VV.  habrian    VV.  tendrian 

3.  habrian  tendrian 


I  would  (should )  bt 


seria 
serias 
V.  seria 
seria 
seriamos 
seriais 
VV.  serian 
serian 


estaria 
estarias 
V.  estaria 
estaria 
estariamos 
estariais 
VV.  estarian 
estarian 


Imperative 

Mood 

fc. 

Let  me 

be,  etc. 

igayo)1 

(sea) 

(est*) 

tu 

86" 

esta 

tengas 

no  seas 

no  este"s 

raV. 

seaV. 

este  V. 

rael 

sea  el 

este"  el 

ramos 

seamos 

estemos 

id 

sed 

estad 

:engais 

no  seais 

no  estels 

jan  VV.  . 

scan  W. 

este"n  W. 

ran 

scan 

este"n 

Let  me  have,  etc. 

1.  let  me  have 

2.  have  (thou) 

2.  have  (thou)  not 

2.  have  (you) 

3.  let  him  have 

1.  let  us  have 

2.  have  ye 

2.  have  ye  not 

2.  have  (you) 

3.  let  them  have 

NOTE.  —  The  imperative  of  haber  is  :  he  tu,  haya  el,  V.,  hayamos, 
habed,  hayan  ellos,  VV.,  but  it  hardly  can  be  said  to  be  in  use. 
See  also  150,  NOTE. 

1  Of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  imperative  of  Spanish  verbs  it  should 
be  stated  that  it  occurs  very  seldom,  and  being  the  same  as  the  first  person  of 
the  subjunctive,  it  need  not  be  given  as  a  special  form.  It  is  used  in  genera)  - 
statements  not  addressed  to  any  one  as  a  command,  as :  — 


Ande  yo  caliente  y  n'ase  la  gente. 

Conserve  yo  la  vida  y  muera  mi 
enemigo. 

SPAN.  GRAM.  —  6 


Let  me  be  (go)  warm,  and  people  may 

laugh. 
Let  me  preserve  my  life  and  let  my 

enemy  die. 


82  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Subjunctive  Mood 

PRESENT 

/  may  have 

/  may  be 

i.    haya 

tenga 

sea 

este" 

2.   hayas 

tengas 

seas 

este"s 

2.   V.  haya 

V.  tenga 

V.  sea 

V.  est£ 

3.   haya 

tenga 

sea 

este 

i.    hayamos 

tengaraos 

seamos 

estemos 

2.   hayais 

tengais 

seais 

•  este"  is 

2.   VV.  hayan 

W.  tengan 

VV.  scan 

W.  est£n 

3.   hayan 

tengan 

sean 

este"n 

IMPERFECT.  —  FIRST  FORM 

/  would  have 

/  would  be 

i.    hubiera 

tuviera 

fuera 

estuviera 

2.   hubieras 

tuvieras 

fueras 

estuvieras 

2.   V.  hubiera 

V.  tuviera 

V.  fuera 

V.  estuviera 

3.   hubiera 

tuviera 

fuera 

estuviera 

i.  hubie"ramos 

tuvi£ramos 

fiie"  ram  os 

estuvie"ramos 

2.    htibierais 

tuvierais 

fuerais 

estuvierais 

2.   W.  hubieran 

W.  tuvieran 

VV.  fueran 

W.  estuvieran 

3.   hubieran 

tuvieran 

fueran 

estuvieran 

IMPERFECT. 

—  SECOND  FORM 

I  should  have 

/  should  be 

i.   hubiese 

tuviese 

fuese 

estuviese 

2.   hubieses 

tuvieses 

fueses 

estuvieses 

2.   V.  hubiese 

V.  tuviese 

V.  fuese 

V.  estuviese 

3.   hubiese 

tuviese 

fuese 

estuviese 

i.   hubie"semos 

tuvie"semos 

fue"semos 

estuvie"semos 

2.   hubieseis 

tuvieseis 

fueseis 

estuvieseis 

2.   W.  hubiesen 

W.  tuviesen 

VV.  fuesen 

W.  estuviesen 

3.   hubiesen 

tuviesen 

fuesen 

estuviesen 

VERBS 


FUTURE 


I  shall  have 

1.  hubiere  tuviere 

2.  hubieres          tuvieres 

2.  V.  hubiere       V.  tuviere 

3.  hubiere  tuviere 

1.  hubi£remos      tuvieremos 

2.  hubiereis         tuviereis 

2.  VV.  hubieren  tuvieren 

3.  hubieren         tuvieren 


I  shall  be 

fuere  estuviere 

fueres  estuvieres 

V.  fuere  V.  estuviere 

fuere  estuviere 

fu£remos  estuvieremos 

fuereis  estuviereis 

W.  fueren  W.  estuvieren 

fueren  estuvieren 


COMPOUND  TENSES 
Infinitive 


To  have  had 

haberl  habido 
(  tenido 


Having  had 

habiendo    \  habido 
(  tenido 


To  have  been 
sido 
estado 


haber 


Gerund 


Having  been 

habiendo  -j  sido 

(  estado 


Indicative 


REMARK.  —  As  the  compound  tenses  are  formed  by  adding  the 
past  participle  of  the  respective  verbs  to  the  simple  tenses  of 
haber,  only  the  first  person  singular  of  each  compound  tense  will 
be  here  given.  The  learner  can  turn  back  and  get  the  others  for 
himself. 

PERFECT 

/  have  had  I  have  been 

,      (  habido  ,      (  sido 

he  \  he  \ 

(  tenido  (  estado 


PLUPERFECT 


habia 


/  had  had 
(  habido 
(  tenido 


/  had  been 
sido 
estado 


habia 


84  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

PAST  ANTERIOR 

When  I  had  had  When  I  had  been 

,    ,          (  habido  ,  (   sido 

cuando  hube  •<  cuando  hube  « 

(  temdo  (  estado 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

/  shall  have  had  I  shall  have  been 

,    ,    .    (   habido  ,    ,    ,    (   sido 

•     habr£  -J  habr£  \          , 

(  tenido  (   estado 

CONDITIONAL  PERFECT 

I* might  (would)  have  had       I  might  (would)  have  been 

(   habido  ...     (   sido 

habna  -J         . ,  habria  ]  , 

(  tenido  .(  estado 

Subjunctive 
PERFECT 

/  may  have  had  I  may  have  been 

.         j   habido  ,         j   sido 

(  tenido  (  estado 

PLUPERFECT.  —  FIRST  FORM 

/  might  have  had  I  might  have  been 

(  habido  (   sido 

hubiera  \         . ,  hubiera  \          , 

(  tenido  (  estado 

PLUPERFECT.  —  SECOND  FORM 

/  might  have  had  I  might  have  been 

(   habido  (   sido 

hubiese  •<  hubiese  •<          . 

(   temdo  (  estado 

FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  (should)  have  had        I  shall  (should)  have  been 

(   habido  (   sido 

hubiere  \  hubiere  \  , 

(  temdo  (   estado 


VERBS  85 

NOTE.  —  Verbs  are  made  negative  by  placing  no,  or  some  other 
negative,  before  them  (see  237),  and  interrogative  by  inverting 
the  order  of  the  subject  and  predicate  as  in  English :  — 

Creo  que  no  vendra.  I  believe  he  will  not  come. 

£  Ha  llegado  mi  hermano  ?  Has  my  brother  arrived  ? 

Nunca  lo  aceptar£  yo.  I  will  never  accept  it. 

No  se  le  ocurre  jamas.  It  never  occurs  to  him. 


USES  OF  haber,  tener,  ser,  estar 

137.  The  principal  office  of  haber  is  that  of  an  auxiliary 
to  form  the  compound  tenses  of  other  verbs,'  as  illustrated 
above.  The  participle  in  such  compounds  never  changes 
its  form.  Other  uses  are  :  — 

a.  As  an  independent  verb,  followed  by  de  and  an  in- 
finitive, to  express  futurity,  dttty,  obligation  :  — 

He  de  escribir  una  carta.  I  have  to  write  a  letter. 

Hemos  de  salir  esta  manana.  We  are  to  go  out  this  morning. 

Habria  de  ser  muy  docto.  He    must     have     been    very 

learned. 
Habrd  de  cantar.  He  will  have  to  sing. 

b.  The  third  person  singular  throughout  all  moods  and 
tenses  is  used  as  an  impersonal  verb, 

i.    In  expressions  of  time  and  some  others:  — 

Si,  le  vi  no  ha  mucho  tiempo.          Yes,  I  saw  him  not  long  ago. 
<?Cuanto  ha  que  vino  aqui?  How  long  ago  is  it  since  he 

came  here? 
Ha  lugar  de  creerlo.  There  is  reason  for  believing 

so. 
Ha  menestef  mas  brazos.  More  hands  are  needed. 


86  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

2.  With  que  and  an  infinitive,  to  imply  a  general  idea 
of  necessity  or  obligation.     In  this  and  the  following  im- 
personal uses,  y  (there)  is  added  to  the  present  indicative, 
making  hay :  — 

Eso  es  lo  que  hay  que  notar.  That  is  what  has  to  be  noted. 

Habra  que  tener  presente.  It  will  be  necessary  to  keep  in 

mind. 

3.  In  the  sense  of  there  is,  there  are :  — 

Hay  cientos  de  hombres  en  la    There  are  hundreds  of  men  in 

calle.  the  street. 

Habria  bastante  tiempo.  There  would  be  time  enough. 

4.  In  speaking  of  distances  :  — 

<i  Cuanto  hay  de  aqui  a  Boston  ?       How   far  is   it    from    here   to 

Boston? 
Hay  mas  de  treinta  millas.  It  is  more  than  thirty  miles. 

c.  While  haber  is  no  longer  used  with  the  general  mean- 
ing of  to  hold,  to  possess,  there  are  certain  relics  of  its 
former  use :  — 

Consejo  habido,  anunciamos  nues-  A  council  having  been  held, 

tra  politica.  we  announced  our  policy. 

Nuestro  pobre  amigo  (j  que  Dios  Our  poor  friend  (whom  may 

haya  !)  God  have  !) 

Alia  se  las  haya.  Let  him  look  to  that. 

d.  In  the  exclamations  he*  aqui  (here  is,  are),  he"  alii 
(there  is,  are),  he1  ahi  (there  is,  are),  the  grammars  usually 
treat  h<?  as  part  of  haber.     Diez,  however,  derives  it  from 
•vide  ( =  ve  =  f e  =  he).     This  would  seem  to  be  probable 
from  the  analogous  French  words,  void,  voila :  — 

H£  aqui  mi  libro  ;  t6melo.        Here  is  my  book ;  take  it 
He"me  aqui ;  he"le  ahi.  Here  I  am  ;  there  he  is. 

Helos  alii  que  vienen.  There  they  are,  coming. 


VERBS  87 

138.    Tener,  to  hold,  to  possess,  to  have,  has  the  follow- 
ing uses :  — 

1.  In  its  primary  meaning:  — 

Tengo  una  pluma  en  la  mano.          I  hold  a  pen  in  my  hand. 

V.  tendra  manana  cuanto  quiera.     You   will    have    to-morrow   as 

much  as  you  will  want. 
No  tuvo  e"xito  alguno.  He  did  not  have  any  success. 

2.  Idiomatically  with  certain  nouns,  where  we  should 
use  the  verb  to  be  and  the  adjective :  — 

Tener  hambre,  to  have  hunger,  hence,  to  be  hungry. 

"      sed,  "         thirst,         "          "      thirsty. 

"      miedo,        "         fear,  "          "      afraid. 

"      sueno,         "         sleep,         "          "      sleepy. 

"     frlo,  "         cold,          "          "      cold. 

"      calor,  heat,          "          "      warm. 

"      verguenza,  "         shame,       "          "      ashamed. 

"      razon,  reason,      "          "      right. 

No  tener  razon,  not  to  have  reason,  hence,  to  be  wrong. 

3.  With  que  and  an  infinitive  to  express  duty  or  obli- 
gation :  — 

Tengo  que  estudiar  mi  Iecci6n.        I  have  to  study  my  lesson. 
Tuvo  que  volver  a  casa.  He  had  to  return  home. 

NOTE. —  Que,  however,  in  such  connections,  frequently  means 
something,  anything: — 

i  Tiene  V.  que"  comer  ?  —  No,  no     Have   you   anything    to    eat  ? 
tengo  (nada)  que  comer.  —  No,  I  have  nothing  to  eat. 

4.  As   an   auxiliary  to  form    the  compound  tenses    of 
transitive  verbs,  especially  in  cases  where  we  should  put 
the  participle  after  the  object.     Unlike  haber,  the  parti- 
ciple agrees  with  the  object  in  gender  and  number:  — 


88  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Tengo  escritas  dos  cartas.  I  have  two  letters  written. 

Tiene  cumplido  su  deber.  He  has  done  his  duty. 

But— 

He  escrito  dos  cartas.  I  have  written  two  letters. 

NOTE. — Llevar,    to   carry,    and   dejar,   to    leave    (and   some 
others),  are  also  used  as  auxiliaries,  the  past  participle,  as  in  the 
case  of  tener,  agreeing  with  the  object :  — 
Lleva  acabada  su  tarea.  He  has  finished  his  task. 

Dejaron  dicho  que  vendrian  esta    They    left    word    they   would 

manana.  come  this  morning. 

139.  Ser  predicates  in  the  subject  what  is  permanent, 
characteristic,  essential,  while  estar,  from  the  Latin  stare 
(to  stand),  indicates  position,  state,  condition,  what  is 
transitory,  changeable,  etc.  A  few  sentences  will  help 
to  make  the  distinction  clear :  — 

Lq.  casa  esta  en  la  colina.  The  house  is  on  the  hill. 

La  casa  es  alta.  The  house  is  high. 

El  hierro  esta  caliente.  The  iron  is  hot. 

El  hierro  es  duro.  Iron  is  hard. 

La  sopa  es  buena.  The  soup  is  good. 

La  sopa  esta  fria.  The  soup  is  cold. 

Mi  hermano  es  listo.  My  brother  is  clever. 

Mi  hermano  esta  listo.  My  brother  is  ready. 

Juan  estd  malo.  John  is  (in  a  bad  way)  sick. 

Juan  es  malo.  John  is  wicked,  bad. 

a.  De  following  estar  indicates  occupation,  para,  readi- 
ness, and/w,  futurity: — 

El  soldado  esta  de  servicio.  The  soldier  is  on  duty. 

Estoy  para  irme.  I  am  ready  to  go. 

Esta  por  hacer.  It  is  yet  to  be  done. 

NOTE.  —  See  146,  147,  and  148. 


VERBS  89 

140.  It  has  been  seen  (135,  a)  that  the   Spanish  verb 
may  be  turned  into  English  by  one  of  several  forms,  canto 
meaning :  I  sing,  I  do  sing,  or  I  am  singing.     This  latter, 
the  progressive  form,  may  be  expressed  by  estar  and  the 
gerund: — 

Ella  esta  cantando  una  balada.         She  is  singing  a  ballad. 
Estuvieron  combatiendo  toda  la     They  were  fighting  the  whole 

noche.  night. 

Estare  entonces  cruzando  la  mar.     I    shall   then   be  crossing  ths 

sea. 

.  a.    Venir,  to  come,  and  seguir,  to  follow,  to  continue,  are 
used  somewhat  in  the  same  way :  — 

Todo  lo  que  vengo  diciendo  es  All  that  I  have  been  saying  is 

verdad.  true. 

Hace  diez  afios  que  viene  traba-  It  is  now  ten  years  that  he  has 

jando  en  mi  casa.  been  working  in  my  house. 

Sigo  aun  buscando  mi  libro.  I  am  still  looking  for  my  book. 

See  215,  a. 

REGULAR  VERBS 

141.  There   are   three   conjugations    of   regular   verbs. 
The    infinitive    of   the    first   conjugation    ends   in   -ar,   as 
amar,  to  love ;   that  of  the  9 second,   in  -er,  as  temer,   to 
fear;  and  that  of  the  third,  in  -ir,  as  vivir,  to  live. 

When  learning  a  verb,  fix  in  the  mind  the  following 
parts,  which  will  serve  as  a  mnemonic  key  to  the  whole 
conjugation  (see  145-146):  — 

1.  The  first  person  singular  of  the  present  indicative. 

2.  The  present  infinitive. 

3.  The  first  person  singular  and  third  person  plural  ot 
the  preterit. 

4.  The  past  participle. 


)  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

142.  P.  Ind.  amo,  Inf.  amar,  Pret.  ame",  P.  Part,  amado. 
"  temo,  "  temer,  "  temi,  "  temido. 
"  vivo,  "  vivir,  "  vivi,  "  vivido. 

Gerunds:     amando,       temiendo,      viviendo. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION 

I  love,  thou  loves  ty 
etc. 

yo  am-o 
tii  am-as 
usted  am-a 
e"!  am-a 

nosotros  am-amos 
vosotros  am-dis 
ustedes  am-an 
ellos  am-an 


SIMPLE  TENSES 
Indicative  Mood 

PRESENT 
SECOND  CONJUGATION 

I  fear,  thoufearest, 
etc. 

tem-o 
tem-es 
V.  tem-e 
tem-e 
tem-emos 
tem-e'is 
W.  tern-en 
tem-en 


THIRD   CONJUGATION 

I  live,  thou  lives ty 
etc. 

viv-o 
viv-es 
V.  viv-e 
viv-e 
viv-imos 
viv-is 

VV.  viv-en 
viv-en 


IMPERFECT 

/  lovedt  feared,  lived ;  was  loving,  fearing,  living;  used  to  love, 
fear,  live  (135,  a) 


am-aba 
am-abas 
V.  am-aba 
am-aba 
am-abamos 
am-abais 
W.  am-aban 
am-aban 


tem-ia 
tem-ias 
V.  tem-ia 
tem-ia 
tem-iamos 
tem-iais 
W.  tem-ian 
tem-ian 


viv-ia 
viv-ias 
V.  viv-ia 
viv-ia 
viv-iamos 
viv-iais 
VV.  viv-ian 
viv-ian 


VERBS 


P.  Ind.  I  love,      Inf.  to  love,      Pret.  I  loved,       P.  Part,  loved. 
I  fear,         "    to  fear,          "    I  feared,            "        feared. 

"       I  live,         "     to  live,          "    I  lived,              "        lived. 

Gerunds  : 

loving,       fearing, 

living. 

Imperative  Mood 

FIRST  CONJUGATION 

SECOND   CONJUGATION 

THIRD   CONJUGATION 

Let  me  love,  etc. 

Let  me  fear,  etc. 

Let  me  live,  etc. 

am-e  yo 

tem-a  yo 

viv-a  yo 

am-a  tti 

tem-e  tti 

viv-e  tti 

no  am-es  * 

no  tem-as  * 

no  viv-as  * 

am-e  V.,  el 

tem-a  V.,  el 

viv-a  V.,  e"l 

am-emos 

tem-amos 

viv-amos 

am-ad 

tem-ed 

viv-id 

no  am-e"is  * 

no  tem-ais  * 

no  viv-dis  * 

am-en  VV.,  ellos 

tem-an  VV.,  ellos 

viv-an  VV.,  ellos 

Subjunctive  Mood 

PRESENT 

/  may  love 

I  may  fear 

/  may  live 

am-e 

tem-a 

viv-a 

am-es 

tem-as 

viv-as 

V.  am-e 

V.  tem-a 

V.  viv-a 

am-e 

tem-a 

viv-a 

am-emos 

tem-amos 

viv-amos 

am-els 

tem-ais 

viv-dis 

VV.  am-en 

VV.  tem-an 

VV.  viv-an 

am-en 

tem-an 

viv-an 

*  See  150,  Note. 


92 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


Indicative 

PRETERIT 

/  loved 

I  feared 

Hived 

am-e' 

tem-i 

viv-i 

am-aste 

tem-iste 

viv-iste 

V.  am-6 

V.  tem-i6 

V.  Viv-i'6 

am-6 

tem-i6 

viv-i6 

am-amos 

tem-imos 

viv-imos 

am-asteis 

tem-isteis 

viv-isteis 

VV.  ama-ron 

VV.  temie-ron 

VV.  vivie-ron 

ama-ron 

temie-ron 

vivie-ron 

I  shall  (will)  love 
amar-e" 
amar-ds 
V.  amar-d 
amar-d 
amar-emos 
amar-e"is  . 
VV.  amar-dn 
amar-dn 


/  would  (should) 

love 
amar-ia 
amar-ias 
V.  amar-ia   ; 
amar-ia-   - 
amar-iamos 
amar-iais 
VV.  amar-ian 
amar-ian 


FUTURE 

I  shall  (will)  fear 
temer-e" 
temer-as 
V.  temer-a 
temer-a 
temer-emos 
temer-e'is 
VV.  temer-an 
temer-dn 

CONDITIONAL 

/  would  (should) 
fear 

temer-ia 
temer-ias 
V.  temer-ia 
temer-ia 
temer-iamos 
temer-iais 
VV.  temer-ian 
temer-ian 


I  shall  (will)  live 
vivir-^ 
vivir-ds 
V.  vivir-d 
vivir-d 
vivir-emos 
vivir-e"is 
VV.  vivir-dn 
vivir-an 


I  would  (should) 

live 

vivir-ia 
vivir-ias 
V.  vivir-ia 
vivir-ia 
vivir-iamos 
vivir-iais 
VV.  vivir-ian 
vivir-ian 


VERBS 


93 


Subjunctive 

IMPERFECT  —  FIRST  FORM 

I  should  (would) 
love 

I  should  (would) 
fear 

I  should  (would) 
live 

ama-ra 

temie-ra 

vivie-ra 

ama-ras 

temie-ras 

vivie-ras 

V.  ama-ra 

V.  temie-ra 

V.  vivie-ra 

ama-ra 

temie-ra 

vivie-ra 

a  ma-  ram  os 

temie'-ramos 

vivie"-ramos 

ama-rais 

temie-rais 

vivie-rais 

VV.  ama-ran 

VV.  temie-ran 

VV.  vivie-ran 

am  a-  ran 

temie-ran 

vivie-ran 

IMPERFECT  —  SECOND  FORM 

I  should  (would) 
love 

I  should  (wotild) 
fear 

I  should  (would) 
live 

ama-se 

temie-se 

vivie-se 

ama-ses 

temie-ses 

vivie-ses 

V.  ama-se 

V.  temie-se 

V.  vivie-se 

ama-se 

temie-se 

vivie-se 

ama-semos 

temie'-semos 

vivie"-semos 

ama-seis 

temie-seis 

vivie-seis 

VV.  ama-sen 

VV.  temie-sen 

W.  vivie-sen 

ama-sen 

temie-sen 

vivie-sen 

FUTURE 

/  shall  love 

/  shall  fear 

/  shall  live 

ama-re 

temie-re 

vivie-re 

ama-res 

temie-res 

vivie-res 

V.  ama-re 

V.  temie-re 

V.  vivie-re 

ama-re  • 

temie-re 

vivie-re 

ama-remos 

temie"-remos 

vivie"-remos 

ama-reis 

temie-reis 

vivie-reis 

VV.  ama-ren 

W.  temie-ren 

VV.  vivie-ren 

ama-ren 

temie-ren 

vivie-ren 

94 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


COMPOUND  TENSES 

Infinitive 

haber  am  ado  —  temido  —  vivido 
to  have  loved — feared — lived 


I  have  loved 
he  amado 


Gerund 

habiendo  amado  —  temido  —  vivido 
having  loved — feared — lived 

Indicative 
PERFECT 

I  have  feared  I  have  lived 

he  temido  he  vivido 


/  had  loved 
habia  amado 


PLUPERFECT 
/  had  feared 
habia  temido 


/  had  lived 
habia  vivido 


/  had  loved 
hube  amado 


PAST  ANTERIOR 
/  had  feared 
hube  temido 


/  had  lived 
hube  vivido 


/  shall  (will)  have 
loved 

habr6  amado 


FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  shall  (will)  have 
feared 

temido 


/  shall  (will)  have 
lived 

liable*  vivido 


/  may  have  loved 
haya  amado 


VERBS 

COMPOUND  TENSES 
Subjunctive 

PERFECT 

I  may  have  feared 
haya  temido 


95 


/  may  have  lived 
haya  vivid  o 


/  had  (should  have} 
loved 

hubiera  amado 


PLUPERFECT  —  FIRST  FORM 

/  had  (should  have) 
feared 

hubiera  temido 


/   had    (should 
have)  lived 

hubiera  vivido 


/  had  (should  have) 
loved 

hubiese  amado 


PLUPERFECT — SECOND  FORM 

/  had  (should  have) 
feared 

hubiese  temido 


/    had    (should 
have)   lived 

hubiese  vivido 


/  should  (shall)  have 
loved 

hubiere  amado 


FUTURE  PERFECT 

I  should  (shall)  have 
feared 

hubiere  temido 


I  should  (shall) 
have  lived 

hubiere  vivido 


CONDITIONAL  PERFECT 

/  would  (should)  have    I  would  (should)  have  I  would  (should) 

loved                               feared  have  lived 

habria  amado                  habria  temido  habria  vivido 


96  SPANISH    GRAMMAR 

ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES 

143.  In  the  conjugation  of  some  regular,  as  well  as  ir- 
regular, verbs,  it  is  necessary,  before  certain  terminations, 
to  change  the  final  letters  of  the  stem  before  adding  the 
personal  endings.  The  Spanish  method  of  spelling  re- 
quires this,  in  order  to  preserve,  throughout  the  conjuga- 
tion, the  consonantal  sound  which  immediately  precedes  the 
infinitive  ending.  All  such  verbs  may  be  reduced  to  the 
following  ten  classes.  Verbs  whose  infinitives  terminate  — 

1.  in  car  change  c  to  qu 

2.  in  gar  insert  u 

..    before  e. 

3.  in  guar  change  u  to  u 

4.  in  zar        "        z  to  c 

5.  in  cer  preceded  by  a  consonant  change  c  to  z 

6.  in  cir         "  "          "  "        c  to  z 


7.   in  ger  change  g  to  j 


before  a  or  o. 


8.  in  gir        "      g  to  /     . 

9.  in  quir     "      qu  to  c 

10.   ingutrdiopu 

These  changes  can  occur  only  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar of  the  present  indicative  and  preterit,  in  the  present 
subjunctive,  and  in  the  imperative. 

EXAMPLES 

Tocar,  touch :    Pres.  Sub.   toque,  toques,  etc.      Pret   toque,  to- 

caste,  etc. 
Pagar,  pay :    Pres.    Sub.    pague,    pagues,    etc.      Pret.    pague", 

pagaste,  etc. 
Averiguar,    investigate:      Pres.     Sub.     averigiie,    averigiies,     etc. 

Pret.  averigiie^  averiguaste,  etc. 
Forzar,  force:    Pres.    Sub.  fuerce,    fuerces,    etc.      Pret.    force", 

forzaste,  etc. 


VERBS  97 

Veneer,   conquer:    Pres.    Ind.    venzo,   vences,    etc.     Pres.   Sub. 

venza,  venzas,  etc. 
Resarcir,   compensate :     Pres.   Ind.   resarzo,  resarces,   etc.     Pres. 

Sub.  resarza,  resarzas,  etc. 
Coger,  gather :   Pres.    Ind.   cojo,   coges,   etc.     Pres.   Sub.   coja, 

cojas,  etc. 
Dirigir,    direct:     Pres.    Ind.    dirijo,    diriges,    etc.      Pres.    Sub. 

dirija,  dirijas,  etc. 
Delinquir,   transgress:   Pres.  Ind.  delinco,  delinques,  etc.     Pres. 

Sub.  delinca,  delincas,  etc. 
Distinguir,    distinguish:     Pres.    Ind.    distingo,    distingues,    etc. 

Pres.  Sub.  distinga,  distingas,  etc. 

a.  Verbs  in  -cer  and  -cir  (5  and  6),  when  these  endings 
are  preceded  by  a  vowel,  insert  z  before  c,  when  c  comes 
before  a  or  o :  — 

Conozco,  conocer,  conoci,  conocido,  to  know. 

Pres.  Ind.  conozc-o, conoces, conoce, conocemos,  conoce"is,  conocen. 

Pres.  Sub.  conozc-a,  conozcas,  conozca,  conozcamos,  conozcais, 

conozcan. 
Imperat.     (conozc-a)    conoce,    conozca,    conozcamos,    conoced, 

conozcan. 

Luzco,  lucir,  luci,  lucido,  to  shine,  display. 
Pres.  Ind.  luzc-o,  luces,  luce,  lucimos,  lucis,  lucen. 
Pres.  Sub.  luzc-a,  luzcas,  luzca,  luzcamos,  luzcais,  luzcan. 
Imperat.  (luzc-a),  luce,  luzca,  luzcamos,  lucid,  luzcan. 

Except  decir,  -ducir,  and  hacer  and  their  compounds,  all  of 
which  are  provided  for  elsewhere,  the  verbs  of  the  above  class  are 
regular  in  their  other  tenses. 

Except  also  mecer,  to  rock,  empecer,  to  injure,  cocer,  to  boil, 
to  bake,  and  escocer,  to  smart,  which  follow  class  5,  above. 

b.  There  is  a  considerable  number  of  verbs  in  iar  and 
uar,  which  receive  the  tonic  accent  on  the  i  and  u  before 
all    one-syllable    endings.     This    accent    must    then    be 

SPAN.   GRAM.  —  7 


98  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

marked :  e.g.  guio,  I  guide,  continua,  he  continues,  tele- 
grafian,  they  telegraph,  etc.  But  as  there  are  many  excep- 
tions, these  verbs  have  to  be  learned  by  practice. 

c.  When  preceded  by/,  //,  ;!,  the  diphthongs  ie  and  i6t 
of  verb-endings,  lose  the  i: — 

Decir,  to  say :   pret.  3d.  pi  dijeron  (not  dijieron). 
Imp.  Sub.   i.  dijera,  2.  dijese,  fut.  sub.  dijere. 
Bullir,  to  boil:  gerund  bullendo  (not  bulliendo). 
Pret.  build,  bulleron  (not  bullio,  bullieron). 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  bullera,  2.  bullese,  fut.  sub.  bullere. 
Bruiiir,  to  burnish  ;  gerund  brunendo  (not  bruniendo) . 
Pret.  bruno,  bruneron  (not  brunio,  brunieron). 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  brunera,  2.  brunese,  fut.  sub.  brunere. 

d.  It  is  a  principle  of  the  Spanish  vowel-system  that  i, 
at  the  beginning  of  a  word  and  followed  by  a  vowel,  or  in 
the  middle  of  a  word  between  two  vowels,  unless  in  this 
case  it  bears  the  syllabic  accent,  is  changed  to  y  as  in 
jj/ear,  i.e.  is  consonantized.     It  will  be  particularly  helpful 
to  remember  this  in  conjugating  Spanish  verbs  :  — 

Ir,  to  go  :  gerund  yendo  (not  iendo). 

Leer,  to  read :  gerund  leyendo  (not  leiendo). 

Pret.  leyo,  leyeron  (not  lew,  leierori). 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  leyera,  2.  leyese,  fut.  sub.  leyere. 

Huir,  to  flee :  gerund  huyendo  (not  huiendo). 

Pret.  huyo,  huyeron  (not  huio,  huieron) . 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  huyera,  2.  huyese,  fut.  sub.  huyere. 

MEMORY-AIDS  TO  LEARNING  THE  CONJUGATIONS 

144.  A  comparison  of  the  second  and  third  conjugations 
shows  that  the  terminations  of  the  third  are  the  same  as 
those  of  the  second,  except  in  the  first  and  second  persons 
plural  of  the  present  indicative  and  in  the  second  person 


VERBS  99 

plural  of   the  imperative.     These  have   been   printed   in 
heavy  type  to  attract  attention. 

145.  The  following  synopsis  will  show  that  it  is  pos- 
sible, by  a  small  effort  of  memory,  to  grasp  the  whole 
machinery  of  the  Spanish  verb-system.  This  scheme, 
once  thoroughly  mastered,  will  greatly  aid  in  learning  both 
the  regular  and  irregular  verbs,  as  the  exceptions  are 
confined  to  certain  irregular  verbs  of  such  frequent  use 
that  they  are  soon  acquired.  The  parts  in  parenthesis  are 
to  be  dropped,  leaving  the  stem,  which  is  to  be  added  to 
the  various  endings  that  follow. 

FORMATION    OF    TENSES 

a.  The  present  indicative,  first  person  sing,  forms:  — 

ram-(o)  — am-e,  es,  e,  emos,  e"is,  en. 
The  pres.  subj.  |  tem-(o)  — tem-a,  as,  a,  amos,  ais,  an. 
I  viv-  (o)  —  viv-a,  as,  a,  amos,  dis,  an. 

Six  exceptions. 

b.  The  infinitive  forms :  — 

!am-  (ar)  —  am-ando. 
tern-  (er)  — r  tem-iendo. 
viv-  (ir)  —  viv-iendo. 

Twenty-three  exceptions. 

( am-(ar)  — am-ado. 

2.  P.  Part.      ]  tem-(er) — tem-ido. 

I  viv-(ir)  —  viv-ido. 

About  a  dozen  exceptions. 

( am-  (ar)  —  am-aba,  abas,  aba,  dbamos,  abais,  aban. 

3.  Imp.  Ind.  |  tern-  (er) —  tem-ia,  las,  ia,  iamos,  iais,  ian. 

iviv-(ir)  — viv-ia,  ias,  ia,  iamos,  las,  ian. 


100  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Only  three  exceptions :  ser,  era,  ver,  vei'a,  ir,  iba. 

{amar-e,  as,  a,  emos,  eis,  an. 
temer-e,  as,  a,  emos,  eis,  an. 
vivir-e,  as,  a,  emos,  eis,  an. 

iamar-ia,  ias,  ia,  iamos,  iais,  ian. 
temer-ia,  ias,  ia,  iamos,  iais,  ian. 
vivir-ia,  ias,  ia,  iamos,  iais,  ian. 

Twelve  exceptions  for  the  future  and  conditional. 
Observe  that  the  endings  for  all  three  conjugations  are 

the  same.* 

t  am-(ar)  — am-a,  am-ad. 

6.   Imperative  2d  sing,  and  pi.  j  tem-(er)  — tem-e,  tem-ed. 

I  viv-  (ir)  — viv-e,  viv-id. 

Twelve  exceptions  for  the  2d  sing.  The  other  parts  of 
the  imperative  are  identical  with  the  corresponding  per- 
sons of  the  present  subjunctive. 

c.  The  preterit  third  person  plural  forms  the  imper- 
fect subjunctive,  first  and  second  forms,  and  the  future 
subjunctive:  — 

(ame) 

.  f  ama-ra,  ras,  ra,  ama-ramos,  ama-rais,  ran. 

ama-(ron)  |  ama-se,  ses,  se,  amd-semos,  ama-seis,  sen. 

I  ama-re,  res,  re,  ama-remos,  ama-reis,  ren. 

*This  comes  from  the  fact  that  the  future  and  conditional  are,  strictly 
speaking,  compound  tenses,  being  formed  from  the  infinitive  and  the  present 
and  imperfect  indicative  of  haber:  he,  has,  ha,  etc.,  and  habia,  habias,  habia, 
etc.,  contracted  to  hia,  hias,  hia,  etc.,  the  h  being  finally  dropped  when  the 
two  words  were  run  together.  In  the  older  books  the  parts  will  be  found 
separated  :  — 

Contarle  he  de  donde  la  risa  procedio.  I  shall  tell   you   from  whence   the 

—  Lazarillo  de  Tonnes.  laugh  proceeded. 

Responderles  hia  yo,  etc.  I  would  reply  to  them,  etc. 
—  Don  Quijofe. 


VERBS 


IOI 


temie-ra,  ras,  ra,  temie'-ramos,  temie-rais,  ran. 
temie-(ron)  \  temie-se,  ses,  se,  temie"-semos,  temie-seis,  sen. 
temie-re,  res,  re,  temie"-remos,  temie-reis,  ren. 

(vivie-ra,  ras,  ra,  vivie"-ramos,  vivie-rais,  ran. 
vivie-se,  ses,  se,  vivie"-semos,  vivie-seis,  sen. 
vivie-re,  res,  re,  vivie"-remos,  vivie-reis,  ren. 

Note  that  the  terminations  of  these  three  tenses  in  all  three 
conjugations  are  the  same  throughout.  The  third  person  plural  is 
taken  as  a  stem,  because  it  is  the  only  form  which  furnishes  no 
exceptions  either  for  regular  or  irregular  verbs. 

d.  The  past  participle,  with  the  simple  tenses  of  haber, 
forms  all  the  compound  tenses  :  — 


Perf. 
Plup. 
P.  Ant. 
F.Perf. 
Con.  Perf. 
Perf.  Sub. 

1.  Plup.  Sub. 

2.  Plup.  Sub. 


he 

habia 

hube 

habre" 

habria 

hay  a 

hubiera 

hubiese 

hubiere  J 


amado,  temido,  vivido. 


F.  Perf.  Sub. 

NOTE.  —  While  haber  is  the  usual  auxiliary  for  both  transitive 
and  intransitive  verbs,  ser  is  occasionally  found  with  some  verbs 
of  motion :  — 

"Mi  amado  era  ya  ido,  ya  habia 

pasado." 
"  Diez  y  seis  dias  eran  pasados 

cuando    volvi    a    Madrid    por 

ultima  vez." 
"  Son  venidos  a  tan  extremo  infor- 

tun;o  que  han   perdido  ya  la 

defensa  que  aun  a  los  animales 

brutos  es  otorgado." 


My  beloved  was  already  gone, 
had  already  passed. 

Sixteen  days  had  passed  when 
I  returned  to  Madrid  for  the 
last  time. 

They  have  come  to  such  ex- 
treme misery  that  they  have 
already  lost  the  shelter  which 
is  accorded  even  to  beasts. 


I0'2  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

PASSIVE  VOICE 

146.  Active  transitive  verbs,  as  in  English,  admit  of  a 
passive  voice,  which  is  formed  by  means  of  the  verb  ser, 
in  all  its  moods  and  tenses,  and  the  past  participle  of  the 
verb  to  be  conjugated.  This  past  participle,  but  not  the 
past  participle  of  ser,  agrees  in  gender  and  number  with 
the  subject.  As  ser  has  already  been  conjugated  and  is 
supposed  to  be  known  by  this  time,  it  is  not  deemed  neces- 
sary to  give  the  full  conjugation  of  all  the  tenses. 

Infinitive :  ser  amado,  a,  os,  as,  to  be  loved. 
Gerund:  siendo  amado,  a,  os,  as,  being  loved. 

SIMPLE  TENSES 
Indicative 

PRESENT  Imperative 

I  am,  thou  art,  etc.,  loved  Let  me  be,  be  thou,  etc.,  loved 

soy  amado,  a  sea  yo  amado,  a 

eres  amado,  a  se"  tii  amado,  a 

V.  es  amado,  a  no  seas  amado,  a 

61  es  amado  sea  V.  amado,  a 

ella  es  amada  sea  £1,  ella,  amado,  a 

somos  amados,  as  seamos  amados,  as 

sois  amados,  as  sed  amados,  as 

VV.  son  amados,  as  no  seais  amados,  as 

ellos  son  amados  scan  VV.  amados,  as 

ellas  son  amadas  scan  ellos,  ellas,  amados,  as 
i 

Subjunctive 

IMPERFECT  PRESENT 

/  was  loved  I  may  be  loved 

era  amado,  a  sea  amado,  a 


VERBS  IO3 

PRETERIT  IMPERFECT  —  FIRST  FORM 

/  was  loved  I  should  (would)  be  loved 

fui  amado,  a  fuera  arnado,  a 

FUTURE  IMPERFECT  —  SECOND  FORM 

I  shall  (will)  be  loved  I  should  (would)  be  loved 

ser£  amado,  a  fuese  amado,  a 

CONDITIONAL  FUTURE 

/  should  (would)  be  loved  I  shall  (will)  be  loved 

seria  amado,  a  fuere  amado,  a 

COMPOUND  TENSES 

Infinitive :  haber  sido  amado,  a,  os,  as,  to  have  been  loved. 
Gerund:  habiendo  sido  amado,  a,  os,  as,  having  been  loved. 

Indicative  Subjunctive 

PERFECT  PERFECT 

/  have  been  loved  I  may  have  been  loved 

he  sido  amado,  a  haya  sido  amado,  a 

PLUPERFECT  PLUPERFECT  —  FIRST  FORM 

I  had  been  loved  I  should  (would)  have  been  loved 

habia  sido  amado,  a  hubiera  sido  amado,  a 

PAST  ANTERIOR  PLUPERFECT  —  SECOND  FORM 

I  had  been  loved  I  should  (would)  have  been  loved 

hube  sido  amado,  a  hubiese  sido  amado,  a 

FUTURE  PERFECT  FUTURE  PERFECT 

/  shall  have  been  loved  I  shall  have  been  loved 

habre"  sido  amado,  a  hubiere  sido  amado,  a 

CONDITIONAL  PERFECT 

I  should  (would)  have  been  loved 

habria  sido  amado,  a 


104  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

PASSIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS 

147.  While  the  passive  is  a  well-recognized  principle  of 
Spanish  grammar,  its  use  is  extremely  restricted  as  com- 
pared with  the  English  passive.  As  a  substitute  we  may 
employ  the  active  and  say,  for  instance,  Mis  padres  me 
aman,  My  parents  love  me,  instead  of  Yo  soy  amado  de 
mis  padres,  /  am  loved  by  my  parents.  Another  and"  more 
common  substitute  is  the  reflexive  verb,  which  will  be 
treated  further  on.  See  154  and  following  sections. 

By  is  rendered  by  por,  if  the  action  is  an  outward,  visible 
one,  and  preferably  by  de,  although  por  may  be  used,  when 
the  action  of  the  verb  concerns  the  faculties  of  the  mind 
and  heart,  as,  to  love,  hate,  fear,  esteem,  honor,  etc.:  — 

El   perro   es   conducido   por   el  The  dog  is  led  by  the  boy. 

muchacho. 

El  discipulo   ha   sido   castigado  The  pupil  has  been  punished 

por  el  maestro.  by  the  teacher. 

El  mundo  fiie"  hecho  por  Dios.  The  world  was  made  by  God. 

Ella  era  amada  de  todos  por  su  She  was  loved  by  all  for  her 

bondad.  goodness. 

V.  es  estimado  de  (por)  todo  el  You   are   esteemed    by  every- 

mundo.  body. 

148.  When  andar,  ir,  to  go,  and  quedar,  to  remain,  are 
substituted  for  ser,  they  not  infrequently  imply  a  continuous, 
permanent,  or  definite  action,  while  estar  (see  139)  ex- 
presses a  state,  condition,  etc. :  — 

Ande  yo  caliente,  y  riase  la  gente.  Let  me  be  (go)  warm,  and 

people  may  laugh. 

Todo  va  envuelto  con  cuidado.  Everything  is  (goes)  carefully 

wrapped  up. 

Ahora  quedo  satisfecho.  Now  I  am  satisfied. 

Qued6se  concluido  el  asunto.  The  affair  was  definitely  settled. 


VERBS  IO5 

Esta  agitada  el  agua.  The  water  is  agitated. 

Mi  hermana  esta  casada  en  Nueva     My  sister  is  married  (and  lives) 
York.  in  New  York. 

NOTE  —  A  few  other  verbs  are  similarly  constructed,  such  as  : 
continuar,  to  continue,  hallarse  (encontrarse) ,  to  find  oneself, 
verse,  to  see  oneself,  sentirse,  to  feel. 


REFLEXIVE  VERBS 

149.  Generally  speaking,  a  reflexive  verb  may  be  said  to 
be  one  whose  action  is  turned  or  reflected  back  upon  a  pro- 
noun which  represents  the  same  person  or  thing  as  the 
subject.  This  pronoun  may  be  either  the  direct  or  in- 
direct object;  but  the  verb  need  not  necessarily  be  transi- 
tive to  admit  of  the  reflexive  form.  In  fact,  this  species 
of  expression  is  so  very  common  in  Spanish,  that  almost 
any  verb,  whatever  its  nature,  may  be  conjugated  reflex- 
ivety.  Aside  from  the  addition  of  the  reflexive  pronouns, 
the  conjugation  differs  in  no  way  from  other  verbs,  and  the 
conjugation  of  a  model  verb,  through  all  moods  and  tenses, 
will  not  be  requisite.  The  reflexive  nature  of  the  verb 
will  not  always  appear  in  the  English  rendering.  For  in- 
stance:  Me  alabo,  I  praise  myself,  Se  lisonjea,  He  flatters 
himself ;  but  Me  marcho,  /  am  going  (away),  Nos  levanta- 
mos,  We  rise. 

a.  Note  the  suppression,  in  the  imperative,  of  the  s  of 
the  first  person  plural,  and  the  d  of  the  second  person 
plural,  when  the  pronoun  is  attached  to  the  end  of  the 
verb :  portemonos  for  portemosnos,  let  us  behave  ourselves, 
and  portaos  for  portados-,  behave  yourselves.  The  only 
exception  is  idos  from  irse,  to  go  away. 

REMARK.  —  The  accent  has  to  be  marked  in  verbs  of  the  3d 
conjugation  :  vestios,  dress  yourselves. 


io6 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


150.  MODEL  VERB 

Infinitive :  portarse,  to  behave  oneself. 
Gerund :     portdndose,  behaving  oneself. 


Indicative  —  PRESENT 
I  behave  myself,  etc. 

me  porto 
te  portas 
V.  se  porta 
se  porta 
nos  portamos 
os  portdis 
W.  se  portar> 
se  portan 

a.         Affirmative 

p6rtate,  behave  (thou) 
p6rtese  V.,  behave  (you) 
p6rtese,  let  him  behave 
port£monos,  let  us  behave 

portaos,  behave  (ye) 
p6rtense  VV.,  behave  (you) 
p6rtense,  let  them  behave 


Subjunctive  —  PRESENT 
/  may  behave  myself,  etct 

me  porte 
te  portes 
V.  se  porte 
se  porte 
nos  portemos 
os  porteis 
VV.  se  porten 
se  porten 


Imperative 


Negative 

no  te  portes,  behave  (thou)  not 
no  se  porte  V.,  behave  not 
no  se  porte,  let  him  not  behave 
no  nos  portemos,  let  us  not  be- 
have 

no  os  porteis,  behave  (ye)  not 
no  se  porten  VV.,  behave  not 
no  se  porten,  let  them  not  be- 
have 


Note  that,  in  the  affirmative,  the  reflexive  pronouns  follow  and 
are  attached  to  the  verb,  while,  in  the  negative,  they  precede ; 
also  that  the  negative  forms  of  the  26.  person  singular  and  plural 
(familiar  address)  differ  from  the  affirmative.  This  is  true  of  the 
imperative  of  all  verbs,  that  is,  the,  affirmative  forms  can  not  be  used 
with  a  negative  ;  but  the  corresponding  persons  of  the  present 
subjunctive  mast  be  substituted  therefor. 

See  59  to  63  for  full  explanation  of  the  position  of  all  pronouns. 


VERBS 


TO/ 


SYNOPSIS   OF  OTHER   FORMS 


b.  Indicative 

Imp.  me  portaba 
Pret.  me  port£ 
Fut.  me  portare" 
Cond.  me  portaria 
Perf.  me  he  portado 
Plup.  me  habia  portado 
P.  Ant.  me  hube  portado 
Fut.  Perf.  me  habr£  portado 


Subjunctive 
Imp.  i.  me  portara 
Imp.  2.  me  portase 
Fut.  me  portare 
Perf.  me  haya  portado 
Plup.  i.  me  hubiera  portado 
Plup.  2.  me  hubiese  portado 
Fut.  Perf.  me  hubiere  portado 
Cond.  Perf.  me  habria  portado 


Inf.  haberse  portado         Gerund.  habie"ndose  portado 

151.  Emphasis  is  secured  for  the  reflexive  pronoun  by 
using  the  corresponding  prepositional  forms  of  the  pronoun 
and  mismo  Q?  propio  (see  52  and  53)  :  — 


Me  felicito  a  mi  mismo. 

V.  se  engana  a  si  mismo. 

Ella  se  figura  a  si  misma. 

Nos  armamos  a  nosotros  mismos. 

W.  se  lisonjean  a  si  mismas. 


I  congratulate  myself. 
You  deceive  yourself. 
She  imagines  (to  herself)- 
We  arm  ourselves. 
You  flatter  yourselves. 


a.  This  form  of  construction  is,  of  course,  only  possible, 
where  the  reflexive  verb  is,  of  itself,  transitive,  and  hence 
capable  of  case-government.  Should  this  not  be  so,  mismo 
must  go  with  the  subject-pronoun  :  — 


Me  voy  yo  mismo. 
Marche"monos  nosotros  mismos. 
Ella  misma  se  arrepiente. 


I  am  going  away  myself. 
Let's  be  off  ourselves. 
She  herself  repents. 


RECIPROCAL  VERBS 

152.    Certain  reflexive  verbs  represent  two  or  more  per- 
sons, or  things,  as  mutually  acting  upon  each  other.     In 


108  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

such  cases,  instead  of  mismos,  el  uno  .  .  .  el  otro  or  uno  .  .  . 
otro  may  be  used  for  emphasis,  the  first  of  the  pair  being 
syntactically  nominative,  the  second,  governed  by  a  prepo- 
sition :  — 

Nos.felicitamos  el  uno  al  otro.  We  congratulate  each  other. 

VV.  se  acercan  los  unos  a  los  otros.  You  approach  one  another. 

Se  aman  imas  a  otras.  They  love  one  another. 

Se  chancean  los  unos  con  los  otros.  They  joke  with  one  another. 

Se  rien  el  uno  del  otro.  They  laugh  at  each  other. 

El  hombre  y  la  mujer  se  ayudan  Man  and  woman  are  mutually 
el  uno  al  otro.  helpful  to  each  other. 


OTHER   REFLEXIVE  CONSTRUCTIONS 

153.  An  occasional  reflexive  construction  occurs,  in  which 
the  agent  is  represented  by  a  pronoun  in  the  dative  case 
and  the  verb  is  conjugated  reflexively  in  the  third  person :  — 

Se  le  crey6  todo  perdido.  He  (they)  thought  he  had  lost 

everything. 

Se  me  ha  olvidado  el  libro.  I  have  forgotten  the  book. 

Se  les  figura  que  V.  no  vendra.        They    imagine    you    will    not 

come. 

154.  When  serving  as  a  substitute  for  the  passive,  the 
reflexive  may  be  employed  — 

a.    To  avoid  a  direct  personal  construction  :  — 

Se  me  ha  enterado  ya.  They  have  already  told  me. 

No  se  le  imputa  tal  cosa.  We  do  not  attribute  to  him  any 

such  thing. 

Se  nos  engafia.  They  or  you  are  deceiving  us. 

Se  me  pidi6  una  limosna.  Some  one  asked  alms  of  me. 

Se  me  concede  mas  tiempo.  I  am  granted  more  time. 


VERBS 


I09 


b.    On  signs  and  in  public  notices  and  other  general 
statements :  — 

Se  componen  zapatos  en  seguida.     Shoes  mended  while  you  wait. 
Aqui  se  habla  espanol. 


No  se  regatea  en  nuestra  casa. 


En  aquella  fonda  se  come  bien. 


Spanish  spoken  here. 

You  don't  have  to  drive  bar- 
gains in  our  house  (we  have 
but  one  price). 

In  that  hotel  they  keep  a  good 

'  table. 


c.  As  a  true  passive  in  speaking  of  things  and  of  such 
actions  as  animate  beings  can  not  perform  for  themselves : — 
Esa  novela  se  escribi6  por  Juan  That  novel  was  written  by  Juan 

Valera. 

Eso  se  cree  de  todo  el  mundo. 
La  ropa  sucia  se  debe  lavar  en 

casa. 
Se  venden  caballos  a  precios  bara- 

tisimos. 


Valera. 

That  is  believed  by  everybody. 
Dirty  linen  ought  to  be  washed 

at  home. 
Horses  sold  at  very  low  prices. 


NOTE.  —  But  whenever  a  wrong  meaning  would  ensue,  the  verb 
must  be  conjugated  impersonally  and  the  subject  represented  by  a 
pronoun  or  noun  in  the  dative,  usually  by  both,  when  the  noun  is 
necessarily  expressed  :  — 

John  was  asked. 

The  horse  will  be  thrown  into 

the  water. 
They  were  killed  at  once. 


A  Juan  se  le  pregunt6. 

Al  caballo  se  le  arrojara  al  agua. 


Se  les  mat6  en  el  acto. 
No  se  les  puede  creer. 
But  — 

Juan  se  pregunt6. 

El  caballo  se  arrojara  al  agua. 

Se  mataron  en  el  acto. 
No  se  pueden  creer. 


They  can  not  be  believed. 

John  asked  himself. 

The  horse  will  throw  himself 

into  the  water. 

They  killed  each  other  at  once. 
They  can  not  believe  each  other. 


no 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


155.  There  is  a  certain-  use  of  the  reflexive  pronoun, 
which  is  evidently  an  echo  of  the  Latin  dative  of  advantage 
and  disadvantage :  — 

Me  lo  bebi  todo.  I  drank  it  all  (to  myself). 

Se  come  las  uvas  con  gran  sabor.     He  eats  the  grapes  with  much 

relish. 
Se  los  tragaron  uno  a  uno.  They  swallowed  them  down  one 

by  one. 
Me  hall£  una  buena  colocaci6n.       I  found  me  a  good  position. 

156.  Intransitive  verbs  used  impersonally  take  the  re- 
flexive pronoun  to  limit  their  meaning.     From   this  has 
doubtless  come  the  custom  of  applying  the  reflexive  to 
such  verbs  conjugated  personally:  — 


Se  vive  bien  en  esta  ciudad. 
Por  aqui  se  va  a  la  entrada. 
No*se  entra  por  esta  puerta. 

Estemonos  bajo  el  toldo. 

"  £rase  un  hombre  a  una  nariz 

pegado." 
•Me  quedar£  aqui  por  dos  dias. 


Living  is  pleasant  in  this  city. 

This  is  the  way  to  the  entrance. 

No  entrance  allowed  by  this 
door. 

Let's  stand  under  the  awning. 

"There  was  (once)  a  man  at- 
tached to  a  nose." 

I  shall  remain  here  for  two 
days. 


157.  While  the  use  or  omission  of  the  reflexive  with 
some  intransitive  verbs  makes  no  appreciable  difference 
in  meaning,  with  others  it  does.  Such  are :  — 


Ir,  to  go. 

Marchar,  to  march. 
Venir,  to  come. 
Volar,  to  fly. 
Dormir,  to  sleep. 
Morir,  to  die. 


Irse,  to  go  away. 
Marcharse,  to  go  away. 
Venirse,  to  come  along. 
Volarse,  to  fly  away. 
Dormirse,  to  go  to  sleep. 
Morirse,  to  be  dying. 


VERBS  1 1 1 

IMPERSONAL  VERBS 

158.  Strictly  defined,  an  impersonal  verb  should  be  one 
which  has  no  personal  agent,  but  this  definition  must  not 
be  taken  too  literally.  Where  not  susceptible  of  a  personal 
construction,  these  verbs  are  confined  to  the  infinitive,  the 
gerund,  and  the  third  person  singular  of  the  various  moods 
and  tenses.  The  most  generally  impersonal  are  those 
which  indicate  the  workings  of  the  laws  of  nature,  but  even 
in  their  case,  Diost  God,  and  some  few  other  words  are,  at 
times,  employed  as  personal  subjects.  The  most  common 
of  this  class  only  will  be  here  given :  — 

Infinitive  Pres.  Ind.  Pres.  Sub. 

Alborear,  to  dawn.  alborea.  alboree. 

Amanecer,  to  dawn.  amanece.  amanezca. 

Anochecer,  to  become  night.  anochece.  anochezca. 

Escampar,  to  stop  raining.  escampa.  escampe. 

Granizar,  to  hail.  graniza.  granice. 

Helar,  to  freeze.  hiela.  hiele. 

Deshelar,  to  thaw.  deshiela.  deshiele. 

Llover,  to  rain.  llueve.  llueva. 

Lloviznar,  to  drizzle.  #       llovizna.  llovizne. 

Nevar,  to  snow.  nieva.  nieve. 

Tronar,  to  thunder.  truena.  truene. 

Relampaguear,  to  lighten.  relampaguea.  relampaguee. 

a.  The  other  tenses  of  the  above  are  all  regular  and 
follow  the  conjugations  indicated  by  their  respective  in- 
finitive endings.  Amanecer  and  anochecer  are  used  per- 
sonally in  the  sense  of  to  arrive  at  dawn  and  to  arrive  at 
nightfall :  — 

Amaneci  en  Madrid  y  anocheci     I  arrived  in  Madrid  at  dawn 

en  Segovia.  and  in  Segovia  at  nightfall. 

Amaneceran  mejores  dias.  Better  days  will  dawn. 


112 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


b.  Hacer,  to  do,  to  make  (conjugated  in  197),  is  used 
impersonally  in  numerous  combinations  in  speaking  of  the 
weather  and  time  :  — 


Hace  calor,  frio. 

Hacia  buen,  mal  tiempo. 

Hizo  viento,  sol,  lima. 

Hara  fresco  en  la  sombra. 
Hace  un  ano,  dos  rneses,  ocho 
dias,  un  siglo. 


It  is  hot,  cold. 

It  was  good,  bad  weather. 

It  was  windy,  the  sun  shone, 

there  was  moonlight. 
It  will  be  cool  in  the  shade. 
A  year,  two  months,  eight  days, 

a  century  ago. 


See  137,  b,  for  haber  used  impersonally." 

159.  The  following  are  used  both   personally  and  im- 
personally  but,    from   their   nature,  usually  in  the   third 
person :  — 

Acaecer,     ^  Constar,  to  be  evident. 

Acontecer,  I  to  haPPen>  Convenir,  to  suit,  be  proper. 

Suceder,      J  "  Importar,   to   concern,   be   im- 

portant. 
Bastar,  to  suffice.  Parecer,  to  seem,  appear. 

160.  There  are  numerous  other  expressions  which  occur 
impersonally.     Some  of  the  more  important  will  be  seen 
in  the  following  :  — 

Mas  vale  tarde  que  nunca. 

Mas  valdria  or  mejor  seria  que 

viniera. 

Es  precise,  necesario. 
Es  ve.rdad,  mentira. 
<:  Qu£  hora  es?  0r«iqu6  horas  son?     What  time,  what  o'clock  is  it? 

It   is   one   o'clock,    it   is    two 
o'clock,  etc. 


It  is  better  late  than  never. 
It   would   be   better    that    he 

came. 

It  is  necessary. 
It  is  true,  false. 


Es  la  una,  son  las  dos,  etc. 
Se  dice,  diz,  dicen. 


It  is  said,  they  say. 


VERBS  113 

Note,  in  the  last  line,  the  impersonal  use  of  the  third  person 
plural :  dicen.  This  construction  occurs  with  other  verbs  and  is 
exactly  analogous  to  our  English  indefinite  they  say,  they  think,  etc. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS 

161.  In  the  broadest  sense,   an  irregular  verb  is  one 
whose  conjugation  does  not  agree  in  every  particular  with 
one  of  the  three  model  verbs  given  in  142.     So  denned, 
there  are  over  eight  hundred  irregular  verbs  in  Spanish, 
and  if  each  one  had  to  be  learned  individually,  it  would  be 
a  formidable  task ;  but  it  is  found  that  all  but  about  thirty 
may  be  arranged  in  certain  classes,  in  which  the  variation 
from  the  model  will  be  regular  and  constant.      Many  of 
these  variations  are  mere  letter-changes  made  to  conform 
to  the  Spanish  method  of  spelling.     These  have  been  fully 
explained  in  143,  and  should  now  be  reviewed  and  mas- 
tered.    The  rules  for  the  formation  of  tenses,  set  forth  in 
145,  should  also  be  learned. 

162.  In  the  development  of  Spanish  words  from  Latin, 
it  is  found  that  e  breaks  up  into  ie  and  o  into  ue  whenever 
the  tonic  (syllabic)  accent  falls  on  these  letters :  — 

LATIN  SPANISH 

Dens  (dentis},  tooth.  diente. 

Certus,  certain.  cierto. 

Nego,  I  deny.  niego. 

Fans  (fontis),  fountain.  fuente. 

Bonus,  good.  bueno. 

Dormio,  I  sleep.  duermo. 

It  is  of  trie  highest  importance  to  keep  this  simple  prin- 
ciple in  mind  when  learning  Spanish  irregular  verbs,  as  the 
greater  number  have  no  other  irregularities.  It  will  be 

SPAN.  GRAM.  —  8 


114  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

seen  that  the  vowel  changes  under  the  influence  of  the 
tonic  accent,  but  as  soon  as  this  accent  shifts  to  another 
syllable,  the  original  vowel  is  restored.  This  vowel-change 
is  indicated  by  heavy  type,  which  is  also  used  to  call  atten- 
tion to  the  stems  from  which  the  derivative  tenses  are 
formed  (see  145). 

NOTE.  —  As  usted  and  ustedes  take  always  the  same  form  as  the 
third  person  :  us  fed,  el  ama,  ustedes,  ellos  aman,  only  one  form  for 
both  will  be  given  in  conjugating  the  irregular  verbs. 

163.  All  verbs  referrible  to  any  one  of  the  following 
classes  have  uniformly  the  same  irregularities  that  appear 
in  the  model-verb  of  their  respective  classes,  and  no  others, 
where  none  are  specified.     As  the  imperative  of  the  first 
person  singular  occurs  very  seldom,  and  its  existence  is 
even  denied  by  some  grammarians,  it  will  not  be  given  in 
the  irregular  verbs. 

CLASS  I 

164.  Pienso,  pensar,  pense,  pensado,  to  think. 

Pres.  Ind.  piens-o,  piensas,  piensa,  pensamos,  pensais,  piensan. 
Pres.  Sub.  piens-e,  pienses,  piense,  pensemos,  pensais,  piensen. 
Imperat.  piensa,  piense,  pensemos,  pensad,  piensen. 

REGULAR  TENSES 

Imperf.  pensaba,  -abas,  -aba,  pensabamos,  pensabais,  pensaban. 
Fut.  pensar-^,  -as,  -d,  pensaremos,  pensareis,  pensaran. 
Cond.  pensar- ia,  -ias,  -ia,  pensariamos,  pensariais,  pensarian. 
Gerund,  pensando. 
Pret.  pense",  pensastc,  pens6,  pensamos,  pensasteis,  pensa-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  pensa-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  pensaramos,  pensareis,  pensaran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  pensa-se,  -ses,  -se,  pensasemos,  pensaseis,  pensasen. 
Fut.  Sub.  pensa-re,  -res,  -re,  pensaremos,  pensareis,  pensaren. 


VERBS  1 1  5 

165.  Errar,  to  err,  miss,  falls  under  Class  I>  but  is  also 
subject    to   the    orthographic    law   laid    down    in   143,    d. 
Hence :  — 

Pres.  Ind.  yerr-o,  yerras,  yerra,  erramos,  errais,  yerran. 
Pres.  Sub.  yerr-e,  yerres,  yerre,  erremos,  errais,  yerren. 
Imperat.  yerra,  yerre,  erremos,  errad,  yerren. 

Other  tenses  like  pensar  above. 

166.  Entiendo,  entender,  entendi,  entendido,  to  under- 
stand. 

Pres.  Ind.  entiend-o,  entiendes,  entiende,  entendemos,  -eis,  en- 

tienden. 

Pres.  Sub.  entiend-a,  -as,  -a,  entendamos,  entendais,  entiendan. 
Imperat.  entiende,  entienda,  entendamos,  entended,  entiendan. 

REGULAR  TENSES 

Imperf.  entendia,  -ias,  -ia,  entendiamos,  entendiais,  entendian. 
Put.  entender-e",  -as,  -d,  entenderemos,  entender£is,  entenderan. 
Cond.   entender-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  entenderiamos,  entenderiais,  enten- 

derian. 

Gerund,  entendiendo. 
Pret.  entendi,  -iste,  -i6,  entendimbs,  entendisteis,  entendie-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  entendie-ra,   -ras,  -ra,  entendie"ramos,  entendierais, 

entendieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  entendie-se,  -ses,  -se,  entendie"semos,  entendieseis, 

entendiesen. 

Put.  Sub.  entendie-re,  -res,  -re,  entendieremos,  entendiereis,  en- 
tendieren. 

CLASS  II 

167.  Cuento,  contar,  conte,  contado,  to  count,  relate. 

Pres.  Ind.  cuent-o,  cuentas,  cuenta,  contamos,  contais,  cuentan. 
Pres.  Sub.  cuent-e,  cuentes,  cuente,  contemos,  conte"is,  cuenten. 
Imperat.  cuenta,  cuente,  contemos,  contad,  cuenten. 


Il6  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

REGULAR  TENSES 

Imperf.  contaba,  -abas,  -aba,  contabamos,  contabais,  contaban. 
Put.  contar-e,  -as,  -a,  contaremos,  contare"is,  contaran. 
Cond.  contar-ia,  ^ias,  -ia,  contariamos,  contariais,  contarian. 
Gerund,  contando. 
Pret.  cont-e",  -aste,  -6,  contamos,  contasteis,  conta-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  conta-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  contaramos,  contarais,  contaran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  conta-se,  -ses,  -se,  contasemos,  contaseis,  contasen. 
Fut.  Sub.  conta-re,  -res,  -re,  contaremos,  contareis,  contaren. 

a.  When  g  precedes  the  tonic  o  in  verbs  of  this  class,  a 
diaeresis  must  be  placed  over  the  u,  when  o  becomes  ue. 
In  all  other  respects  they  are  conjugated  like  contar :  — 

Degiiello,  degollar,  degolle,  degollado,  to  behead. 

Pres.  Ind.  degiiell-o,  -iiellas,  -iiella,  degollamos,  -ais,  degiiellan. 
Pres.  Sub.  degiiell-e,  -es,  -e,  degollemos,  degolle"is,  degiiellen. 
Imperat.  degiiella,  -iielle,  degollemos,  degollad,  degiiellen. 

168.  The  u  of  jugar  becomes  ue  analogously  to  the  o  of 
contar,  and  g  changes  to  git  before  e  in  accordance  with 
143,  2.     Hence:  — 

Juego,  jugar,  jugue,  jugado,  to  play. 

Pres.  Ind.  jueg-o,  juegas,  juega,  jugamos,  jugais,  juegan. 
Pres.  Sub.  juegu-e,  juegues,  juegue,  juguemos,  jugue"is,  jueguen. 
Imperat.  juega,  juegue,  juguemos,  jugad,  jueguen. 
Pret.  jugue",  jugaste,  jug6,  jugamos,  -asteis,  jugaron. 

Other  tenses  like  contar  above. 

169.  Desosar,   to  bone,  and  desovar,   to  spawn,  take  h 
before  ue. 

Pres.  Ind.  deshues-o,  -as,  -a,  desosamos,  -ais,  deshuesan. 
Pres.  Sub.  deshues-e,  -es,  -e,  desosemos,  -£is,  deshuesen. 
Imperat.  desues-a,  -e,  desosemos,  desosad,  deshuesen. 

And  so  desovar.     Other  tenses  regular. 


VERBS  117 

170.  Muerdo,  morder,  mordi,  mordido,  to  bite. 

Pres.  Ind.  muerd-o,  -es,  -e,  mordemos,  morde"is,  muerden. 
Pres.  Sub.  muerd-a,  -as,  -a,  mordamos,  mordais,  muerdan. 
Imperat.  muerd-e,  muerda,  mordamos,  morded,  muerdan. 

REGULAR  TENSES 

Imperf.  mordia,  -ias,  -ia,  mordiamos,  mordiais,  mordian. 
Fut.  morder-£,  -as,  -a,  morderemos.  mordere"is,  morderan. 
Cond.  morder-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  morderiamos,  morderiais,  mordenan. 
Gerund,  mordiendo. 
Pret.  mordi,  -iste,  -16,  mordimos,  mordisteis,  mordie-roti. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  mordie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  mordie"ramos,  mordiefaist  mo* 

dieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  mordie-se,  -ses,  -se,  mordie"semos,  mordieseis,  mor- 

diesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  mordie-re,  -res,  -re,  mordie'remos,  mordiereis,  mordieren. 

171.  Vuelvo,  volver,  volvf,  vuelto,  to  return. 
Absuelvo,  absolver,  absolvi,  absuelto,  to  absolve. 
Disuelvo,  disolver,  disolvi,  disuelto,  to  dissolve. 
Resuelvo,  resolver,  resolvi,  resuelto,  to  resolve. 

All  verbs  in  -olver  change  their  stem-vowels  like  mordery 
and  have  the  past  participle  in  -uelto,  but  are  otherwise 
regular  in  their  class. 

172.  Tonic  o  of  oler  changes  to  hue.     The  addition  of 
this  //  is  a  device  dating  from  the  time  when  it  was  necessary 
to  distinguish  the  initial  vowel  u  from  the  consonant  u  (v). 

Huelo,  oler,  oil,  olido,  to  smell. 

Pres.  Ind.  huel-o,  hueles,   huele,  olemos,  ole"is,  huelen. 
Pres.  Sub.  huel-a,  huelas,  huela,  olamos,  olais,  huelan. 
Imperat.  huele,  huela,  olamos,  oled,  huelan. 
Olia,  olere",  oleria,  oli,  oliera,  oliese,  oliere. 
Gerund,  oliendo. 


Il8  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


CLASS  III 

173.  Verbs  of  this  class  belong  exclusively  to  the  third 
conjugation.     They  not  only  break  up  the  tonic  vowels  e 
and  o  into  ie  and  ue  respectively,  but  substitute  i  and  u  for 
them  in  the  first  and  second  persons  plural  of  the  subjunc- 
tive and  first  person  plural  of  the  imperative  as  well  as  in 
third  person  singular  and  plural  of   the  preterit  and  the 
tenses  derived  from  the  latter. 

174.  Siento,  sentir,  sentf,  sentido,  to  feel,  regret. 

Pres.  Ind.  sient-o,  sientes,  siente,  sentimos,  sentis,  sienten. 
Pres.  Sub.  sient-a,  sientas,  sienta,  sintamos,  sintais,  sientan. 
Imperat.  siente,  sienta,  sintamos,  sentid,  sientan. 
Imperf.  sentia,  -ias,  -ia,  sentiamos,  sentiais,  sentian. 
Fut.  sentir-e",  -as,  -a,  sentiremos,  sentirels,  sentiran. 
Cond.  sentir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  sentiriamos,  sentiriais,  sentirian. 
Pret.  senti,  -iste,  sinti6,  sentimos,  sentisteis,  sintie-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  sintie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  sintie"ramos,  sintierais,  sintieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  sintie-se,  -ses,  -se,  sintie"semos,  sintieseis,  sintiesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  sintie-re,  -res,  -re,  sinti£remos,  sintiereis,  sintieren. 
Gerund,  sintiendo. 

175.  Erguir,  to  straighten  up,  to  strut  with  pride,  has  as 
a  tonic  stem  either  yerg  or  irg.     Elsewhere  it  follows  the 
conjugation  of  sentir. 

°  '  I  erguir,  ergui,  erguido. 
Irgo,    J 

Pres.  Ind.  yerg-o,  yergues,  -e,  j         j  fa  fyerguen. 

irg-o,  irgues,  -e,      J  [  irguen. 

Pres.  Sub.  yerga,  -as,  -a,  h  s>  {    Ais  (yergan. 

irga,  -as,  -a,    j  ^irgan. 

Imperat.  yergue,  yerga,  |  .  id  |  yergan. 

irgue,  irga,       j  ( irgan. 


VERBS  119 

Pret.  ergui,  -iste,  irgui6,  erguimos,  erguisteis,  irguie-ron. 
Sub.  i.  irguie-ra,  2.  irguie-se,     Put.  Sub.  irguie-re. 
Gerund,  irguiendo. 

176.  The  present  stem-vowel  of  adquirir,  to  acquire,  and 
inquirir,  to  inquire  for,  changes  to  ie,  when  accented,  like 
the  e  of  sentir,  but  remains  intact  elsewhere :  — 

Adquiero,  adquirir,  adquiri,  adquirido. 

Inquiero,  inquirir,  inquiri,  inquirido. 

Pres.  Ind.  adquier-o,  -es,  -e,  adquirimos,  adquiris,  adquieren. 

Pres.  Sub.  adquier-a,  -as,  -a,  adquiramos,  adquirais,  adquieran. 

Imperat.  adquier-e,  -a,  adquiramos,  adquirid,  adquieran. 

And  so  inquirir.     All  other  parts  regular. 

177.  Duermo,  dormir,  dormi,  dormido,  to  sleep. 

Pres.  Ind.  duerm-o,  duermes,  duerme,  dormimos,  dormis,  duermen. 
Pres.  Sub.  duerm-a,  -as,  -a,  durm^imos,  durmais,  duerman. 
Imperat.  duerm-e,  duerma,  durmamos,  dormid,  duerman. 
Imperf.  dormia,  -ias,  -ia,  dormiamos,  dormiais,  dormian. 
Fut.  dormir-e",  -as,  -a,  dormiremos,  dormire"is,  dormiran. 
Cond.  dormir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  dormiriamos,  dormiriais,  dormirian. 
Pret.  dormi,  -iste,  durmi6,  dormimos,  dormisteis,  durmie-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  durmie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  durmie'ramos,  -erais,  durmieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  durmie-se,  -ses,  -se,  durmie'semos,  -eseis,  durmiesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  durmie-re,  -res,  -re,  durmie"remos,  -ereis,  durmieren. 
Gerund,  durmiendo. 

178.  Morir,  to  die,  premorir,  to  die  before  another,  are 
conjugated  exactly  like  dortnir  above,  but  have  the  past 
participles  muerto  and  premuerto. 

NOTE.  —  The  past  participle  muerto  is  also  used  with  an  active 
signification :  — 

Fu6  muerto  uno  de  ellos.  One  of  them  was  killed. 

El  policia  ha  muerto  al  Iadr6n.        The  policeman  has  killed  the 

thief. 


I2O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

179.  Pudrir  and  podrir,  to  rot,  has  had  a  double  conjuga- 
tion based  on  the  two  infinitives,  but,  excepting  the  past 
participle  podrido,  the  Spanish  Academy  recommends  that 
it  be  conjugated  regularly  throughout  QT\  pudrir. 

CLASS  IV 

180.  In  the  conjugation  of  verbs  of  the  fourth  class  the 
e  of  the  infinitive  stem,  when  accented,  becomes  i.     This 
change  is  likewise  extended  to  the  unaccented  stem-vowel 
in  the  third  persons  singular  and  plural  of  the  preterit  and 
to  the  derivative  forms  of  the  latter. 

181.  Pido,  pedir,  pedi,  pedido,  to  ask  for,  beg. 

Pres.  Ind.  pid-o,  pides,  pide,  pedimos,  pedis,  piden. 
Pres.  Sub.  pid-a,  pidas,  pida,  pidamos,  pidais,  pidan. 
Imperat.  pide,  pida,  pidamos,  pedid,  pidan. 
Imperf.  pedia,  -ias,  -la,  pediamos,  pediais,  pedian. 
Fut.  pedir-e",  -as,  -a,  pediremos,  pedirels,  pediran. 
Cond.  pedir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  pediriamos,  pediriais,  pedirian. 
Pret.  pedi,  -iste,  pidi6,  pedimos,  pedisteis,  pidie-ron. 

1.  /;;//.  Sub.  pidie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  pidie"ramos,  pidierais,  pidieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  pidie-se,  -ses,  -se,  pidiesemos,  -eseis,  pidiesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  pidie-re,  -res,  -re,  pidie"remos,  -ereis,  pidieren. 
Gerund,  pidiendo. 

182.  Verbs  of  this  class  terminating  in  -eir  not  only 
change  e,  when  accented,  to,/,  but  also  lose  this  i  before  id 
and   ie  of  the  preterit  and  its  derivatives.     The  written 
accent  is  also  necessary  to  separate  certain  vowels. 

Desli'o,  desleir,  deslei,  desleido,  to  dilute. 

Pres.  Ind.  desli-o,  deslies,  deslie,  desleimos,  desleis,  deslien. 
Pres.  Sub.  desli-a,  -ias,  -ia,  desliamos,  desliais,  deslian. 
Imperat.  deslie,  deslia,  desliamos,  desleid,  deslian. 


VERBS  121 

Imperf.  desleia,  desleias,  desleia,  desleiamos,  desleiais,  desleian. 
Fut.  desleir-6,  -as,  -a,  desleiremos,  desleire"is,  desleiran. 
Cond.  desleir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  desleiriamos,  desleiriais,  desleirian. 
Pret.  deslei,  desleiste,  desli6,  desleimos,  -isteis,  deslie-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  deslie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  deslieramos,  -erais,  deslieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  deslie-se,  -ses,  -se,  desli£semos,  -ieseis,  desliesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  deslie-re,  -res,  -re,  deslie"remos,  -ereis,  deslieren. 
Gerund,  desliendo. 

a.  Reir  is  conjugated  like  desleir,  but  may  retain 
the  i  in  the  preterit  stem  and  its  derivatives,  and  the 
following  i  then  changes  to  7,  according  to  rule  (143,  d) :  — 

Riy6,  riye-ron,  riyera,  riyese,  riyere,  riyendo,  for  ri6,  etc. 

183.  The  following  have  two  past  participles  :  — 

Freir,  to  fry,  freido  and  frito. 

Refreir,  to  overfry,  refreido  "    refrito. 

Sofreir,  to  underfry,  sofreido  "    sofrito. 

CLASS  V 

184.  To  the  fifth  class  belong  all  verbs  in  -uir  (except 
inmiscuirse,  to  meddle  with)  and  -giiir.     Their  peculiarity 
is  that,  except  before  z,  they  retain,  in  the  present  stem, 
the   i  of  the  infinitive,    and   this   z,   falling  between  two 
vowels,  is  consonantized  to  y  according  to  the  orthographic 
law  stated  in  143,  d.     The  diaeresis  of  those  in  -giiir  is 
dropped  as  unnecessary  before  the  consonant  y. 

185.  Huyd,  huir,  hui,  huido,  to  flee,  run  away. 

Pres.  ~Ind.  huy-o,  huyes,  huye,  huimos,  huis,  huyen. 
Pres.  Sub.  huy-a,  -as,  -a,  huyamos,  huyais,  huyan. 
Imperat.  huye,  huya,  huyamos,  huid,  huyan. 
Imperf.  huia,  -ias,  -ia,  huiamos,  huiais,  huian. 
Fut.  huir-£?  -as,  -a,  huiremos,  huireis,  huirdn, 


122  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

Cond.  huir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  huiriamos,  huiriais,  huirian. 
Pret.  hui,  -iste,  huyo,  huimos,  huisteis,  huye-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  huye-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  huyeramos,  -erais,  huyeran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  huye-se,  -ses,  -se,  huye"semos,  -eseis,  huyesen. 
Put.  Sub.  huye-re,  -res,  -re,  huye'remos,  -ereis,  huyeren. 
Gerund,  huyendo. 

186.  Arguyo,  arguir,  argiii,  argiiido,  to  argue. 

Pres.  Ind.  arguy-o,  arguyes,  arguye,  arguimos,  argiiis,  arguyen. 
Pres.  Sub.  arguy-a,  -as,  -a,  arguyamos,  arguyais,  arguyan. 
Imperat.  arguye,  arguya,  arguyamos,  argiiid,  arguyan. 
Imperf.  argiiia,  -ias,  -ia,  argiiiamos,  argiiiais,  argiiian. 
Put.  arguir-e",  -as,  -a,  argiiiremos,  argiiire'is,  argiiirdn. 
Cond.  argiiir-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  arguiriamos,  -iais,  argiiirian. 
Pret.  argiii,  -iste,  arguy6,  arguimos,  argiiisteis,  arguye-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  arguye-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  arguyeramos,  -erais,  arguyeran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  arguye-se,  -ses,  -se,  arguye" semos,  -eseis,  arguyesen. 
Put.  Sub.  arguye-re,  -res,  -re,  arguye"rernos,  -ereis,  arguyeren. 
Gerund,  arguyendo. 

UNCLASSABLE    IRREGULAR  VERBS 

187.  A  few  verbs,  while  having  in  some  tenses  certain 
irregularities  in  common,  vary  in  others  to  such  an  extent 
that  it  becomes  impossible  to  make  a  logical  classification. 
The  best  that  can  be  done  is  to  group  together  those  that 
have   similarities  of  tense-formation  in  order   that  these 
may  be  easily  seen  and  associated  in  the  mind.     As  the 
regular  endings  have   been  repeated  so  often,  it  is   not 
now  deemed  necessary  to  give  the  conjugation  of  every 
verb  in  full. 

188.  Ando,  andar,  anduve,  andado,  to  go,  walk. 

Pres.  Ind.  and-o,  -as,  -a,  -amos,  -ais,  andan. 
Pres.  Sub.  and-e,  -es,  -e,  -emos,  -e"is,  anden. 


VERBS  123 

Imperat.  and-a,  -e,  -emos,  andad,  anden. 

Imperf.  and-aba,  -abas,  -aba,  -abamos,  -abais,  andaban. 

Put.  andar£,     Cond.  andaria. 

Gerund,  andando. 

Pret.  anduve,  anduviste,  anduvo,  -imos,  -isteis,  anduvie-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  anduvie-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  -frames,  -erais,  anduvieran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  anduvie-se,  -ses,  -se,  -esemos,  -eseis,  anduviesen. 
Fut.  Sub.  anduvie-re,  -res,  -re,  -£remos,  -ereis,  anduvieren. 

^x 

NOTE.  —  Andar  is  to  go,  to  walk,  with  no  definite  aim,  and 
hence  would  be  said  of  animals  and  things,  but  is  not  confined  to 
them.  Ir  is  to  go  when  the  aim  or  limit  is  named  :  — 

El  barco,  mi  reloj,  el  caballo,  la    The  ship,  my  watch,  the  horse, 
maquina  anda  bien.  the  engine  goes  well. 

But  — 

Yo  voy  a  casa,  a  palacio,  a  la     I  am  going  home,  to  the  palace, 
iglesia,  al  baile.  to  the  church,  to  the  ball. 

189.    Doy,  dar,  df,  dado,  to  give. 

Pres.  Ind.  d-oy,  das,  da,  damos,  dais,  dan. 

Pres.  Sub.  d-e,  des,  de,  demos,  de~is,  den. 

Imperat.  da,  de,  demos,  dad,  den. 

Imperf.  daba,  dabas,  daba,  etc. 

Fut.  dar-£,     Cond.  dar-ia. 

Gerund,  dando. 

Pret.  di,  diste,  di6,  dimos,  disteis,  die-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  die-ra,  2.  die-se,     Fut.  Sub.  die- re. 

Idioms  with  dar. 

Doy  a  usted  los  buenos  dias.  Good    morning   to   you,   or  I 

wish  you  good  day. 

Dar  el  pesame.  To  condole. 

Dar  a  Iuz0  To  publish,  bring  to  light. 


124  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

El  reloj  va  a  dar  las  cinco.  The  clock  is  going  to  strike  five. 

Dar  con  alguno.  To  fall  in  with,  to  meet  any  one. 

La  ventana  da  a  la  calle.  The  window  opens  on  the  street. 

Da  cuerda  a  su  reloj.  He  winds  up  his  watch. 

Vamos  a  dar  un  paseo.  Let's  take  a  walk. 

No  se  me  da  un  higo.  I  don't  care  a  fig. 

A  mi  me  da  lo  mismo.  It's  all  the  same  to  me. 

El  nino  di6  a  reir.  The  child  began  to  laugh. 

190.  Asgo,  asir,  asi,  asido,  to  seize. 

Pres.  Ind.  asg-o,  ases,  ase,  asimos,  asis,  asen. 

Pres.  Sub.  asg-a,  asgas,  asga,  asgamos,  asgais,  asgan. 

Imperat.  ase,  asga,  asgamos,  asid,  asgan. 

Regular,  asia,  asir-£,  asir-ia,  asiendo,  asi,  asiera,  asiese,  asiere. 

NOTE.  —  The  irregular  forms  of  asir  are  rarely  used. 

191.  Yazco,  yazgo,  yago,   yacer,   yaci,  yacido,   to   lie, 
recline. 

Pres.  Ind.  yazc-o,  yazg-o,  yag-o,  yaces,  -e,  yacemos,  -e"is,  yacen. 
Pres.  Sub.  yazc-a,  yazg-a,  yag-a,  -as,  -a,  -amos,  -ais,  -an. 
Imperat.  yace  or  yaz  tii,  yazc-a,  etc.,  yasc-amos,  yaced,  yazcan,  etc. 
Regular,  yacia,  yacere",  yaceria,  yaciendo,  yaci,  yaciera,  yaciese, 
yaciere. 

192.  Caigo,  caer,  cai,  cai'do,  to  fall.     , 

Pres.  Ind.  caig-o,  caes,  cae,  caemos,  cae"is,  caen. 
Pres.  Sub.  caig-a,  caigas,  caiga,  caigamos,  caigais,  caigan. 
Imperat.  cae,  caiga,  caigamos,  caed,  caigan. 
Imperf.  caia,  caias,  caia,  caiamos,  caiais,  caian. 
Fut.  caere",  caeras,  etc.,      Cond.  caeria,  caerias,  etc. 
Pret.  cai,  caiste,  cay6,  caimos,  caisteis,  caye-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  \.  cayera,  2.  cayese,     Fut.  Sub.  cayere. 
Gerund,  cayendo. 


VERBS  125 

Idioms  with  caer. 

Va  caigo  en  ello.  Now  I  have  it  (understand  it) . 

Las  ventanas  caen  al  rio.  The  windows  overlook  the  river. 

Se  cayo  en  la  cuenta  de  que  ...  It  was  discovered  that  . .  . 

Ese  traje  le  cae  a  usted  bien.  That  suit  becomes  you  very  well. 

Cai  malo  (enfermo)  en  Madrid.  I  fell  sick  in  Madrid. 

'Este   color   cae    bien    con    este  This  color  matches  this  other 

otro.  one  very  well. 

Al  caer  el  sol.  At  sunset. 

Estoy  cayendome  de  sueno.  I  am  ready  to  drop  with  sleep. 

193.  Traigo,  traer,  traje,  trai'do,  to  bring. 

Pres.  2nd.  traig-o,  traes,  trae,  traemos,  trae"is,  traen. 

Pres.  Sub.  traig-a,  traigas,  traiga,  traigamos,  traigais,  traigan. 

Imperat.  trae,  traiga,  traigamos,  traed,  traigan. 

Imperf.  traia,  traias,  traia,  traiamos,  teaiais,  traian. 

Fut.  traere",  traeras,  etc.,     Cond.  traeria,  traerias,  etc. 

Gerund,  trayendo. 

Pret.  traje,  -iste,  trajo,  trajimos,  trajisteis,  traje-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  trajera,  2.  trajese,     Fut.  Sub.  trajere. 

194.  Oigo,  oi'r,  of,  oido,  to  hear.    , 

Pres.  Ind.  oig-o,  oyes,  oye,  oimos,  ois,  oyen. 
Pres.  Sub.  oig-a,  oigas,  oiga,  oigamos,  oigais,  oigan. 
Imperat.  oye,  oiga,  oigamos,  old,  oigan. 
Imperf.  oia,  oias,  oia,  oiamos,  oiais,  oian. 
s  Fut.  oire,  oiras,  etc.,     Cond.  oiria,  oirias,  etc. 
Pret.  oi,  oiste,  oy6,  oimos,  oisteis,  oye-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  oyera,  2.  oyese,     Fut.  Sub.  oyere. 
Gerund,  oyendo. 

195.  Digo,  decir,  dije,  dicho,  to  say,  tell. 

Gerund,  diciendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  dig-o,  dices,  dice,  decimos,  decis,  dicen. 


126  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Pres.  Sub.  dig-a,  digas,  diga,  digamos,  digais,  digan. 

Imperat.  di,  diga,  digamos,  decid,  digan. 

Imperf.  decia,  decias,  decia,  deciamos,  deciais,  decian. 

Put.  dire,  diras,  dira,  diremos,  dire"is,  diran. 

Cond.  dir-ia,  dirias,  diria,  diriamos,  diriais,  dirian. 

Pret.  dije,  dijiste,  dijo,  dijimos,  dijisteis,  dije-ron. 

Imp.  Sud.  i.  dijera,  2.  dijese,     Fut.  Sub.  dijere. 

NOTE.  —  An  antiquated  form  diz  for  dice  still  occurs,  in  familiar 
style,  in  the  sense  of  dicese,  it  is  said,  or  dicen,  they  say :  Diz  que 
habrd  guerra,  It  is  said  (they  say)  there  will  be  war. 

196.  Like  decir  are  conjugated  all  its  compounds  with  a 
few  variations.     Among  these  are  :  — 

ist.  That  they  all  have  the  imperative  second  person 
singular  -dice  instead  of  -di. 

2d.  That  bendecir,  to  bless,  and  maldecir,  to  curse,  have, 
besides  bendicho  and  maldicho,  the  older  participles  bendito 
and  maldito ;  although  the  latter  are  only  used  as  adjectives. 

3d.  That  these  two,  while  occasionally  occurring  with 
the  contracted  future  of  decir,  now  regularly  have  the 
future  stem  -decir:  — 

Fut.  bendecire,  bendeciras,  etc.,     Cond.  bendecir-ia,  -ias,  etc. 
Fut.  maldecire",  maldeciras,  etc.,     Cond.  maldecir-ia,  -ias,  etc. 

197.  Hago,  hacer,  nice,  hecho,  to  do,  make. 

Gerund,  haciendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  hag-o,  haces,  hace,  hacemos,  haceMs,  hacen. 
Pres.  Sub.  hag-a,  hagas,  haga,  hagamos,  hagais,  hagan. 
Imperat.  haz,  haga,  hagamos,  haced,  hagan. 
Imperf.  hacia,  hacias,  hacia,  haciamos,  haciais,  hacian. 
Fut.  har-e",  haras,  hard,  haremos,  hare"is,  haran. 
Cond.  har-ia,  harias,  haria,  hariamos,  hariais,  harian. 
Pret.  hice,  -iste,  hizo,  hicimos,  hicisteis,  hicie-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  hicie-ra,  2.  hiciese,     Fut.  Sub.  hiciere. 


VERBS 


127 


Idioms.  Hacer  occurs  in  numerous  idiomatic  expressions, 
some  of  which  we  have  seen  in  158,  b.  A  few  others 
are :  — 


Yo  hago  hacer  un  traje  nuevo. 
Voy  a  hacerme  la  barba. 
Hace  las  veces  del  capitan. 

Ese  actor  hace  el  papel  de  Hamlet. 

Ha  hecho  bancarrota. 
Lo  hare  venir  manana. 
Hacia  de  escribano  ayer. 

Hizo  gran  papel  en  Paris. 

Hacer  cara  or  frente  a  .  .  .  • 
Hacer  penetencia  con  alguno. 
Hicimos  vela  or  nos  hicimos  a  la 

vela  para  San  Juan. 
Hago  por  acabarlo. 


I  am  having  made  a  new  suit. 

I  am  going  to  shave. 

He  is  discharging  the  duties  of 
the  captain. 

That  actor  plays  the  part  of 
Hamlet. 

He  has  failed  (in  business). 

I  will  send  for  it  to-morrow. 

He  was  acting  as  notary  yester- 
day. 

He  cut  a  great  figure  in 
Paris. 

To  face,  to  resist  .  .  . 

To  take  pot-luck  with  any  one. 

We  set  sail  for  San  Juan. 

I  am  trying  to  finish  it. 


198.  All  the  compounds  of  hacer  are  conjugated  like  it. 
Some  of  them  appear  with  the  older  form  -facer,  but  this 
does  not  cause  them  to  vary  from  those  in  -hacer.     Satis- 
facer,  to  satisfy,  alone  has  the  two  imperatives  satisfaz  and 
satisface  tu.     The  Academy  condemns  the  regular  forms 
satisf&ciera,  satisf&ciese,  and  satisf&ciere,  which  are  some- 
times found. 

199.  Salgo,  salir,  sail,  salido,  to  go  or  come  oiit,  depart. 

Pres.  Ind.  salg-o,  sales,  sale,  salimos,  sails,  salen. 
Pres.  Sub.  salg-a,  saigas,  saiga,  salgamos,  salgais,  salgan. 
Imperat.  sal,  saiga,  salgamos,  salid,  salgan. 
Imperf.  salia,  salias,  salia,  saliamos,  saliais,  salian. 


128  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Fut.  saldr-e,  -as,  -a,  saldremos,  saldreis,  saldran. 

Cond.  saldr-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  saldriamos,  saldriais,  saldrian. 
Pret.  sail,  saliste,  sali6,  salimos,  salisteis,  salie-ron.  , 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  saliera,  2.  saliese,     Fut.  Sub.  saliere. 

Gerund,  saliendo. 

Idioms  with  salir. 

El  sol  sale.  The  sun  rises. 

Saiga  lo  que  saliere.  Come  out  of  it  what  may. 

El  caballo  me  sali6  en  cien  pesos.  The  horse  cost  me  a  hundred 

dollars. 

El  libro  saldra  a  luz  el  diez  del  The  book  will  be  published  on 
corriente.  the    loth    of    the    current 

month. 

Ella  salia  de  si.  She  was  in  raptures. 

Ese  barril  se  sale.  This  barrel  leaks. 

Ha  salido  con  la  suya.  He  has  carried  his  point. 

A  causa  del  arancel  salen  caros  Because    of    the    tariff,   those 

esos  generos.  goods  come  dear. 

Salir  a  caballo,  en  coche.  To  go  riding,  driving. 

200.   Valgo,  valer,  vali,  valido,  to  be  worth. 

Pres.  Ind.  valg-o,  vales,  vale,  valemos,  val£is,  valen. 
Pres.  Sub.  valg-a,  valgas,  valga,  valgamos,  valgais,  valgan. 
Imperat.  val  or  vale,  valga,  valgamos,  valed,  valgan. 
Imperf.  valia,  valias,  valia,  valiamos,  valiais,  valian. 
Fut.  valdr-£,  -as,  -a,  valdremos,  valdreis,  valdran. 
,  Cond.  valdr-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  valdriamos,  valdriais,  valdrian. 
Pret.  vali,  -iste,  vali6,  valimos,  valisteis,  valie-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  valiera,  2.  valiese,     Fut.  Sub.  valiere. 
Gerund,  valiendo. 

Idioms  with  valer. 

Mas  vale  saber  que  haber.  Wisdom  is  better  than  riches. 

No  vale  la  pena  de  hacerlo.  It  is  not  worth  while  to  do  it. 


VERBS  129 

No  se  valdra  de  su  ventaja.  He  will  not  avail  himself  of  his 

advantage. 

i  Valgame  Dios  !  Good  gracious  !    Gracious  me  ! 

Vale  lo  que  pesa.  He  is  worth  his  weight  (in  gold) . 

Mas  vale  tarde  que  nunca.  Better  late  than  never. 

Sera  dificil  hacerlo  valer.  It  will  be  difficult  to  make  use 

of  it. 

Valga  lo  que  valiere.  Let  whatever  may,  come  to  pass. 

No  se  puede  valer  con  61.  It  is  not  possible  to  manage  him. 

201.    Pongo,  poner,  puse,  puesto,  to  put,  put  on. 

Gerund,  poniendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  pong-o,  pones,  pone,  ponemos,  poneis,  ponen. 
Pres.  Sub.  pong-a,  pongas,  ponga,  pongamos,  pongais,  pongan. 
Imperat.  pon,  ponga,  pongamos,  poned,  pongan. 
Imperf.  ponia,  -ias,  -ia,  poniamos,  poniais,  ponian. 
Fut.  pondr-e,  -as,  -a,  pondremos,  pondreis,  pondran. 
Cond.  pondria,  -ias,  -ia,  pondriamos,  pondriais,  pondrian. 
Pret  puse,  pusiste,  puso,  pusimos,  pusisteis,  pusie-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  pusiera,  2.  pusiese,     Fut.  Sub.  pusiere. 

NOTE. — The  compounds  of  poner  are  conjugated  in  the  same 
manner. 

Idioms  with  poner. 

El  sol  se  pone.  The  sun  is  setting. 

Se  pone  el  sombrero  y  despue"s         He  puts  on  his  hat  and  then 

se  lo  quita.  takes  it  off. 

Se  me  pone  carne  de  gallina.  My  flesh  creeps  (I  have  goose 

flesh). 

Puse  ayer  un  telegrama.  I  sent  a  telegram  yesterday. 

Puso  fin  a  su  vida  por  medio  de     He  put  an   end  to  his  life  by 

gas  del  alumbrado.  means  of  illuminating  gas. 

Pongalo  V.  por  escrito.  Put  it  down  in  writing. 

Ponerse  palido,  Colorado,  malo.        To  grow  pale,  to  blush,  to  get 

sick. 

SPAN.    GRAM. 9 


130  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Se  pone  en  jarras.  He  sets  his  arms  akimbo. 

Ella  se  puso  a  llorar.  She  began  to  weep. 

Ponerse  bien  con  Dios.  To  make  one's  peace  with  God. 

202.  Vengo,  venir,  vine,  venido,  to  come. 

Pres.  Ind.  veng-o,  vienes,  viene,  venimos,  venis,  vienen. 
Pres.  Sub.  veng-a,  vengas,  venga,  vengamos,  vengais,  vengan. 
Imperat.  ven,  venga,  vengamos,  venid,  vengan. 
Imperf.  venia,  -ias,  -ia,  veniamos,  veniais,  venian. 
Fut.  vendr-e,  -as,  -a,  vendremos,  vendreis,  vendran. 
Cond.  vendria,  -ias,  -ia,  vendriamos,  vendriais,  vendrian. 
Pret.  vine,  viniste,  vino,  vinimos,  vinisteis,  vinie-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  viniera,  2.  viniese,     Fut.  Sub.  viniere. 
Gerund,  viniendo. 

NOTE. — All  compounds  of  venir  have  the  same  irregularities  as 
above. 

Idioms  with  venir. 

Esa  chaqueta  no  me  viene.  That  jacket  does  not  fit  me. 

Vino  a  conseguir  la  plaza.  He  has  obtained  the  place. 

Vengo  con  quien  vengo.  That's   my   business   and    not 

yours. 

Venga  lo  que  viniere.  Come  what  may  come. 

Se  viene  durmiendo.  He  is  falling  to  sleep. 

Vengamos  al  caso.  Let's  come  to  the  point. 

203.  Tengo,  tener,  tuve,  tenido,  to  have,  hold. 
The  full  conjugation  is  given  in  136. 

The  compounds  of  tener  have  the  same  conjugation. 
Idioms  with  tener  have  been  given  in  138,  2  and  3,  and 
only  a  few  others  will  be  set  down  here  :  — 

Que  no  tenga  V.  novedad.  I  hope  you  will  find  things  all 

right  at  home. 
Buenos  dias  tenga  usted.  I  wish  you  good  morning. 


VERBS  131 

Tenga    V.    la    bondad    de  Have    the    goodness    to     tell 

decirme  .  .  .  me  .  .  . 

Tiene  mucho  de  miserable.  He   has  a  good   deal   of  the 

miser  about  him. 
No  se  podia  tener  en  pie.  He  could  not  stand  up. 

204.   Quepo,  caber,  cupe,  cabido,  to  hold,  be  contained. 

Gerund,  cabiendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  quep-o,  cabes,  cabe,  cabemos,  cabeis,  caben. 

Pres.  Sub.  quep-a,  quepas,  quepa,  quepamos,  quepais,  quepan. 

Imperat.  cabe,  quepa,  quepamos,  cabed,  quepan. 

Imperf.  cabia,  -ias,  -ia,  cabiamos,  cabiais,  cabian. 

Fut.  cabr-£,  -as,  -a,  cabremos,  cabreis,  cabran. 

Cond.  cabr-ia,  -ias,  -ia,  cabriamos,  cabriais,  cabrian. 

Pret.  cupe,  -iste,  cupo,  cupimos,  cupisteis,  cupie-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  cupiera,  2.  cupiese,     Fut.  Sub.  cupiere. 

Idioms  with  caber. 

Este    hombre    no    cabe    por    la     This  man  can't  get  in  through 

puerta.  the  door. 

No  cabe  duda.  There  is  no  doubt  about  it. 

Si  cabe.  If  it  be  possible. 

£  Cabe  usted  ?  Is  there  room  for  you  ? 

No  caben  tantas  personas  en  la    The  church  will  not  contain  so 

iglesia.  many  people. 

No  cabe  mas.  That  settles  it,  caps  the  climax. 

No  cabe  en  el  mundo.  The  world  is  not  big  enough  to 

hold  him. 
Cabe   suponer   se    tratara    de    la     There  is   room   for  supposing 

guerra  y  no  de  la  paz.  it  will  be  a  question  of  war 

and  not  of  peace. 

Todo  cabe  en  fulano.  •  So  and  so  is  capable  of  any- 

thing. 
Yo  no  quepo  de  gozo.  I  am  overjoyed. 


132  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

205.  Veo,  ver,  vi,  visto,  to  see. 

Pres.  Ind.  ve-o,  ves,  ve,  vemos,  ve"is,  ven. 
Pres.  Sub.  ve-a,  veas,  vea,  veamos,  veais,  vean. 
Imperat.  ve,  vea,  veamos,  ved,  vean. 
Imperf.  veia,  veias,  vela,  veiamos,  veiais,  veian. 
Put.  ver-e,  veras,  vera,  veremos,  vere"is,  veran. 
Cond.  ver-ia,  verias,  veria,  veriamos,  veriais,  verian. 
Pret.  vi,  viste,  vi6,  vimos,  visteis,  vie-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  viera,  2.  viese,     Put.  Sub.  viere. 
Gerund,  viendo. 

NOTE.  —  Occasionally  in  poetry  are  found  the  old  forms  of  the 
imperfect :  via,  vias,  via,  viamos,  vlais,  vlan,  and  the  populace 
still  use  the  old  preterits  yo  vide  for  vl  and  el  vido  for  vib. 

206.  The  compounds  of  ver  are  inflected  like  the  simple 
verb.     The  infinitive  was  formerly  veer,  and  this  form  ap- 
pears in  some  of  the  compounds.     In  that  case  the  con- 
jugation is  regular  like  any  other  verb  in  -eer,  as  leer,  creer, 
poseer,  in  whose  conjugation  unaccented   i  between  two 
vowels  becomes  y.     See  143,  d. 

Proveo,  proveer,  provei,  proveido  or  provisto,  to  provide. 

Pres.  Ind.  proveo,  provees,  provee,  etc.     Imperf.  proveia,  etc. 

Pres.  Sub.  provea,     Imperat.  provee, , ,  proveed, . 

Put.  proveer^,     Cond.  proveeria. 

Pret.  provei,  -iste,  provey6,  proveimos,  -isteis,  proveye-ron. 
Imp.  Sub.  i.  proveyera,  2.  proveyese,     Put.  Sub.  proveyere. 
Gerund,  proveyendo. 

Idioms  with  ver. 

Eso  esta  de  ver.  That  is  worth  seeing. 

Eso  esta  por  ver.  That  remains  to  be  seen. 

A  ver  or  vamos  a  ver.  Let's  see. 

Ya  se  ve.  It  is  evident,  to  be  sure. 


VERBS  133 

No  te  veras  en  ese  espejo.  You  will  not   see   yourself  in 

that  glass,  i.e.  will  not  suc- 

•  ceed  in  that  way. 

Hagamelo  ver.  Show  it  to  me. 

Yo  le  har£  ver  las  estrellas.  I  will  make  him  see  stars. 

207.  Ducir,  to  lead,  as  an  independent  verb,  is  no  longer 
in  use,  but  it  has  several  compounds  which  are  conjugated 
in  the  present  stem  according  to  143,  a.     In  the  preterit 
the  stem  changes  to  duj. 

Induzco,  inducir,  induje,  inducido,  to  induce. 

Gerund,  induciendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  induzc-o,  induces,  induce,  -imos,  -is,  inducen. 

Pres.  Sub.  induzc-a,  -as,  -a,  induzcamos,  -ais,  induzcan. 

Imperat.  induce,  induzca,  -amos,  inducid,  induzcan. 

Imperf.  inducia,  -ias,  -ia,  induciamos,  -iais,  inducian. 

Put.  inducire,      Cond.  induciria. 

Pret.  induje,  -iste,  indujo,  -imos,  -isteis,  induje-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  indujera,  2.  indujese,     Put.  Sub.  indujere. 
» 
NOTE.  —  For  loss  of  i  in  preterit  stem  see  143,  c. 

208.  Placer,  to  please,  is  of  infrequent  use  and  is  con- 
fined to  the  third  person,  chiefly  singular,  i.e.  as  an  im- 
personal verb.     Its  place  is  usually  taken  by  other  verbs, 
as  agradar,  to  please,  gustar,  to   suit,  please,   querer,  to 
wish,  etc. 

Place,  placer,  plugo  (placio),  placido,  to  please. 

Gerund,  placiendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  place.  i.  Imp.  Sub.  pluguiera  (placiera). 

Pres.  Sub.  plazca  (plegue).  2.  Imp.  Sub.  pluguiese  (placiese). 

Imperat.  plegue  (plega).  Fut.  Sub.  pluguiere  (placiere). 

Imperf.  placia.  Fut.  Ind.  placera. 

Pret.  plugo  (placi6).  Cond.  placeria. 


134  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

NOTE.  —  DesjUacer,  to  displease,  is  found  in  about  the  same 
forms,  and  an  occasional  plural  form  of  both  verbs  occurs.  The 
Academy  is  of  opinion  that  there  is  no  special  reason  why  both 
should  not  be  conjugated  in  full  like  other  verbs  in  -cer,  but  that 
as  an  impersonal  the  forms  above  are  preferable. 

Complacer,  to  oblige,  may  be  conjugated  regularly  in 
full,  inserting  z  before  c  when  this  letter  comes  before 
a  or  o:  — 

Pres.  Ind.  complazco,  complaces,  complace,  etc. 
Pres.  Sub.  complazca,  complazcas,  etc. 

See  143,  a. 

209.  The  following  verbs  are  grouped  together,  because 
they  perform  many  of  the  functions  of  the  English  modal 
auxiliaries.  Deber  is  regular,  but  is  given  for  convenience. 

Puedo,  poder,  pude,  podido,  to  be  able,  may,  can. 

Se",  saber,  supe,  sabido,  to  know,  can. 

Quiero,  querer,  quise,  querido,  to  wish,  will,  like. 

Debo,  deber,  debl,  debido,  to  owe,  ought,  must. 

Gerunds :  pudiendo,  sabiendo,  queriendo,  debiendo. 

PRESENT  INDICATIVE 

puedo  s£  quiero  debo 

puedes  sabes  quieres  debes 

puede  sabe  quiere  debe 

podemos  sabemos  queremos  debemos 

pod£is  sabe"is  quere"is  debels 

pueden  saben  quieren  deben 

PRESENT  SUBJUNCTIVE 

pueda  sepa  quiera  deba 

puedas  sepas  quieras  debas 

pueda  sepa  quiera  deba 

podamos  sepamos  queramos  debamos 

podais  sepais  querais  debais 

puedan  sepan  quieran  deban 


VERBS 


135 


IMPERATIVE 

puede 

sabe                         quiere 

debe 

pueda 

sepa                         quiera 

deba 

podamos 

sepamos                   queramos 

debamos 

poded 

sabed                       quered 

debed 

puedan 

sepan                       quieran 

deban 

IMPERFECT  INDICATIVE 

podia 

sabia                        queria 

debia 

podias 

sabias                       querias 

debias 

podia 

sabia                         queria 

debia 

podiamos 

sabiamos                  queriamos 

debiamos 

podiais 

sabiais                      queriais 

debiais 

podian 

sabian                       querian 

debian 

FUTURE  INDICATIVE 

podre" 

sabr£                       querr£ 

debere 

CONDITIONAL 

podria 

sabria                      querria 

deberia 

PRETERIT 

pude 

supe                        quise 

debi 

pudiste 

supiste                     quisiste 

debiste 

pudo 

supo                         quiso 

debi6 

pudimos 

supimos                   quisimos 

debimos 

pudisteis 

supisteis                   quisisteis 

debisteis 

pudie-ron 

supie-ron                 quisie-ron 

debie-ron 

i.   IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE 

pudiera 

supiera                    quisiera 

debiera 

2.   IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE 

pudiese 

supiese                    quisiese 

debiese 

FUTURE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

pudiere 

supiere                    quisiere 

debiere 

136 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


210.  Poder  expresses  physical  or  moral  ability,  possi- 
bility, liability,  authority,  permission,  etc.  It  is  constructed 
with  a  dependent  infinitive  and  is  variously  equivalent  to 
our  may,  can,  might,  could ;  but  as  these  may  have  differ- 
ent shades  of  meaning,  it  is  best,  when  there  is  any  doubt, 
to  resolve  them  into  the  equivalent  forms  of  the  verb  to  be 
able.  The  following  examples  will  show  some  of  the  many 
uses  of  poder :  — 


No  puede  alcanzarlo. 

No  pueden  menos  de  sentirlo. 
Yo  no  puedo  verle. 

Mama,  <J  puedo  salir  a  jugar? 
Podemos  hacer  lo  que  nos  guste. 

i  Cuidado  !     puede    V.    caer    al 

agua. 
Me  dijo  que  podia  venir. 

Estaba    desalentado ;     no    podia 

(pudo)  mas. 
Se  conso!6  como  mejor  pudo. 

Hasta  ahora  no  he  podido  encon- 

trarlo. 
Yo  habia  dicho  todo  lo  que  habia 

podido. 
Yo  podre*  hacerlo  manana. 

Me  asegur6  que  no  podria  venir. 

Se  hubiera  podido  escapar  de  la 
cdrcel. 


He  can  not   (is  not  able  to) 

reach  it. 

They  can  not  help  regretting  it. 
I  can  not  bear  to  look  at  him, 

i.e.  I  detest  him. 
Mama,  may  I  go  out  to  play? 
We  can  (have  the  authority  to) 

do  whatever  we  please. 
Look  out !    you  may  fall  into 

the  water. 
He  told  me  he  could  (was  able 

to)  come. 
He    was   out    of    breath ;    he 

could   (do)   no  more. 
He  consoled  himself  as  best  he 

could. 
Up  to  the  present  I  have  not 

been  able  to  find  it. 
I  had  said  all  that  I  could  (had 

been  able  to)  say. 
I  can  (shall  be  able  to)  do  it 

to-morrow. 
He  assured  me  he  could  not 

(would  not  be  able  to)  come. 
He  might  have  escaped  from 

the  prison. 


VERBS  137 

Puede  haberlo  olvidado.  He  may  have  forgotten  it. 

Podria  haberlo  perdido.  He  might  have  lost  it. 

Puede  ser,  podra  ser.  It  may  be  so. 

Eso  no  se  puede.  That  can  not  be  (done). 

211.  Saber  expresses  mental  ability  —  to  know  how,  as 
knowledge  is  power.  Hence  it  may  take  the  place  of 
poder,  whenever  this  idea  is  present.  Its  use,  however,  as 
an  auxiliary  is  not  very  extensive,  and  a  few  examples  will 
suffice : — 

Tiene  ya  doce  afios  y  no  sabe  He  is  already  twelve  years  old 

todavia  escribir.  and  he  can  not  write  yet. 

Era  muy  rico  pero  no  sabia  He  was  very  rich,  but  he  did 

guardar  su  dinero.  not  know  how  to  (could  not) 

keep  his  money. 

Si  se  me  acomete,  yo  sabre  de-  If  I  am  attacked,  I  shall  be 

fenderme.  able  to  defend  myself. 

a.  As  an  independent  verb  saber  means  to  have  such 
knowledge    as   comes   from   the    exercise    of    the    mental 
faculties  —  subjective  knowledge.     Hence  :  — 

Yo  s6  la  musica,  la  geografia,  la  I    know    (understand)    music, 

lengua  castellana,   mi  Iecci6n,  geography,  the  Spanish  lan- 

que  mi  hermano  esta  en  Boston,  guage,  my  lesson,   that    my 

etc.  brother  is  in  Boston,  etc. 

b.  Conocer  (see  143,  a),  on  the  other  hand,  is  to  know 
persons   and   things   by    external    observation  —  objective 
knowledge.     Hence :  — 

Yo  conozco  al  capitan,  el  libro,  el  I  know  the  captain,  the  book, 
camino,  la  casa  del  maestro,  la  the  road,  the  teacher's  house, 
cortesia,  la  buena  crianza,  etc.  politeness,  good  breeding, 

etc. 


138  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

212.  Querer,  with  a  dependent  infinitive,  is  used  instead 
of  the  future  and  conditional  forms  of  the  verb,  whenever 
will  and  would  mean  willingness,  wish,  inclination  :  — 

jjQuie'n   quiere   prestarme    cinco     Who  will  (is  willing  to)  lend 

duros?  me  five  dollars? 

Le  pregunte  si  queria  ir  al  teatro,     I  asked  him  whether  he  would 

(wished  to)  go  to  the  theater. 
No  quiso  contestar.  He  would  not  (was  not  willing 

to)  answer. 
Dijo  que  no  querria  venir.  He  said  he  would  not  (would 

not  be  willing  to)  come. 
Dudo  que  quiera  aceptarlo.  I  doubt  whether  he  will  (will 

be  willing  to)  accept  it. 
Quisiera  ir  con  usted.  I  should  like  to  go  with  you. 

a.   Querer,  when  not  employed  as  an  auxiliary,  means  to 
love,  wish,  desire,  etc. :  — 

Quiero  a  mis  amigos.  I  love  my  friends. 

<i Qu£  mas  quiere?  What  more  does  he  desire? 

<jQu£  quiere  decir  eso?  What  does  that  mean? 

Como  usted  quisiere.  As  you  will,  wish. 

213.  Deber  is  constructed  through  all  its   moods   and 
tenses  with  a  dependent  infinitive,  and  thus  has,  in  English, 
various  equivalents,  the  most  common  of  which  are  should, 
must,  ought;  but  these,  where  they  are  defective  in  mood 
and  tense  forms,  have  to  be  supplemented  by  other  verbs 
which  have  full  inflections,  such  as  to  have  to,  to  be  obliged, 
compelled,  etc.     A  careful  study  of  a  few  examples  will 
enable  the  student  to  gain  some  insight  into  this  rather 
complex  subject :  — 

Los  juramentos  6  no  deben  ha-     Oaths  either  ought  not  to  be 
cerse  6  deben  cumplirse.  made  or  ought  to  be  kept. 


VERBS 


139 


6l  debe  ir  a  la  ciudad  hoy  por  la 

manana. 
Esta  escena  debia  quedar  como 

un  secreto  entre  la  muerte  y  yo. 

El  general  opin6  que  la  campana 

debia  proseguirse. 
Yo  tampoco  debi  someterme  a  tal 

debilidad. 
Debi6    de    recibir    alguna    mala 

nueva. 
Hemos  debido  hacer  frente  a  un 

nuevo  peligro. 

No  debe  de  haber  llegado  todavia. 
6l   habia  debido  venir  a  caballo  a 

causa     del     mal     estado     del 

camino. 
Debian  de  haber  atacado  la  forta- 

leza  antes  de  la  salida  del  sol. 
Si  usted  quiere  ir  de  caza  con- 

migo  debera   estar  aqui  a  las 

cuatro  en  punto. 
Usted  no  deberia  aceptarlo. 

El     congreso     debiera     reunirse 
cuanto  antes. 


He  has  to  go  to  the  city  this 

morning. 
This  scene  was  to  remain  as  a 

secret    between   death   and 

myself. 
The  general  thought  that  the 

campaign  ought  to  go  on. 
Nor  was  I  to  subject  myself  to 

such  weakness. 
He  must  have  received  some 

bad  news. 
We  have  been  compelled   to 

face  a  new  danger. 
He  can  not  have  arrived  yet. 
He  had  been  obliged  to  come 

on  horseback  because  of  the 

bad  condition  of  the  road. 
They  must  have  attacked  the 

fort  before  sunrise. 
If    you   wish    to    go   hunting 

with  me,  you  will  have  to  be 

here  at  four  o'clock  sharp. 
You  should  not  (ought  not  to) 

accept  it. 
Congress    should    (ought    to) 

meet  as  soon  as  possible. 


NOTE. — The  preposition  de  is  used  as  a  connective  between 
deber  and  the  infinitive,  when  it  is  desired  to  express  a  doubt,  a 
supposition,  or  an  inference.  The  Academy  condemns  the  use  of 
de,  when  no  such  idea  is  present,  very  properly  maintaining  that 
there  is  a  wide  difference  between  Juan  debe  estar  agradecido, 
John  ought  to  be  grateful,  and  Juan  debe  de  estar  agradecido, 
John  must  be  grateful.  Good  writers,  however,  do  not  always 
observe  the  distinction. 


140  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.   Deber,  in  its  primary  meaning  of  to  owe,  takes  the 
direct  object :  — 

Me  debe  500  pesos  con  interns.         He  owes  me  five  hundred  dol- 
lars with  interest. 

Es  una  obligaci6n  que  debo  a  la     It   is   an   obligation    which   I 
amistad.  owe  to  friendship. 

214.  Voy,  ir,  fui,  ido,  to  go  (with  a  definite  limit). 

Gerund,  yendo. 

Pres.  Ind.  voy,  vas,  va,  vamos,  vais  van. 

Pres.  Sub.  vay-a,  vayas,  vaya,  vayamos,  vayais,  vayan. 

Imperat.  ve,  vaya,  vamos,  id,  vayan. 

Imperf.  iba,  ibas,  iba,  ibamos,  ibais,  ibai\. 

Put.  ir-e^  irds,  ira,  iremos,  ireis,  iran. 

Cond.  ir-ia,  irias,  iria,  iriamos,  iriais,  irian. 

Pret.  fui,  fuiste,  fue,  fuimos,  fuisteis,  fue-ron. 

1.  Imp.  Sub.  fue-ra,  -ras,  -ra,  fu^ramos,  fuerais,  fueran. 

2.  Imp.  Sub.  fue-se,  -ses,  -se,  fue"semos,  fueseis,  fuesen. 
Put.  Sub.  fue-re,  -res,  -re,  fueremos,  fuereis,  fueren. 

See  188,  Note. 

215.  Ir  a,  with  a  dependent  infinitive,  is  used  to  express 
intention  or  an  immediate  future :  — 

6l  va  a  oir  misa.  He  is  going  to  hear  mass. 

Yo  voy  a  partir  para  Europa  esta     I  am  going  to  start  for  Europe 
tarde.  this  afternoon. 

a.    Other  idioms  with  ir. 

Eso  es  lo  que  voy  diciendo.  That  is  just  what  I  am  saying. 

A  despecho  de  todo  iba  pidiendo  In  spite  of  everything  he  went 

limosna.  on  asking  alms. 

Ella  no  va  a  medias.  She   does   not    do    things   by 

halves. 

Ya   se   ve   que   V.  no  va  sobre  It  is  evident  that  you  are  not 

seguro.  on  safe  ground. 


VERBS  141 

Ha  ido  en  busca  de  su  amigo.  He  has  gone  in  search  of  his 

friend. 

Vamos  d  pie,  si  no  hallamos  coche.  Let's  walk,  if  we  do  not  find  a 

carriage. 

Vaya  V.  con  Dios.  Farewell  (God  be  with  you). 

Mucho  va  de  Pedro  d  Pedro.  There  is  a  great  difference  be- 

tween men  and  men. 

Por  donde  fueres,  haz  como  vieres.  If  you  go  to  Rome,  do  as  the 

Romans. 

216.  Acabar,  to  complete,  finish,  when  followed  by  de 
and  an  infinitive,  means  to  have  just  done  the  action  ex- 
pressed by  the  infinitive,  i.e.   it  expresses  an   immediate 
past :  — 

Acabo  de  escribir  mi  tema.  I  have  just  finished  writing  my 

composition. 

Acababamos  de  comprar  la  casa.       We  had  just  bought  the  house. 
Acabo  de  llegar.  He  had  just  arrived. 

Note  that  acabar  de,  with  a  negative,  may  have  a  different 
meaning :  — 

No  acabo  de  maravillarme.  I  can  not  help  wondering. 

DEFECTIVE  VERBS 

217.  Teri  verbs  are  defective  only  in  the  present  stem, 
as  indicated  by  the  dashes  below  (a).    The  other  tenses  are 
complete.     The  first  six  are  regular ;  the  others  are  con- 
jugated according  to  the  models  of  the  paragraphs  set 
opposite  them. 

abolir,  abolish.  reg.  manir,  ma%e  tender  (of  meat),  reg. 

desmarrirse,  become  sad.     "  aguerrir,  accustom  to  war.     174. 

despn  vorir,  be  terrified.       "  arrecirse,  grow  numb.  " 

embair,  deceive.  "  aterirse,  grow  numb.  " 

garantir,  guarantee.  "  empedernir,  harden.  181. 


142  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

MODEL 
a.  abolir,  aboli,  abolido,  to  abolish. 

Pres.  Ind. , , ,  abolimos,  abolis, 

Pres.  Sub. , , , , , 

Imperat. , , ,  abolid, . 


Imperf.  abolia,  -ias,  -ia,  -iamos,  -iais,  -ian. 

Put.  abolir£,  -as,  etc.     Cond.  aboliria,  -ias,  etc. 

Pret.  aboli,  -iste,  -16,  -imos,  -isteis,  abolie-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  aboliera,  2.  aboliese,     Put.  Sub.  aboliere. 

Gerund,  aboliendo. 

218.  Raer,  to  erase,  is,  for  the  most  part,  superseded  by 
other  words.    When  it  occurs,  it  follows  the  conjugation  of 
caer  (192),  but  in  addition  has    1st  per.  sing.  pres.  ind. 
rayo  and  the  present  subjunctive :  ray  a,  ray  as,  raya,  etc. 

219.  Roer,  to  gnaw,  has  :  — 

Pres.  Ind.  roo,  roigo,  and  royo,  roes,  roe,  etc.,  regular. 
Pres.  Sub.  ro-a,  roig-a,  and  roy-a,  -as,  -a,  etc. 
Imperf.  roia,  roias,  roia,  etc. 

a.   Corroer,  to  corrode,  has  :  — 

Pres.  Ind. , ,  corroe, , ,  corroen. 

Pres.  Sub. , ,  corroa, , ,  corroan. 

220.  The  following  three  verbs  occur  sporadically  in  the 
third  persons  only  :  — 

a.  Aplacer,  to  please. 

Pres.  Ind. , ,  aplace, , ,  aplacen. 

Imperf. , ,  aplacia, , ,  aplacian. 

Note  the  proverb  :  Todo  lo  nuevo  aplace,  all  novelty  is  pleasing. 

b.  Ataner,  to  appertain. 

Pres.  Ind. , ,  atane, , ,  atafien. 


VERBS  143 

c.   Concernir,  to  concern,  pp.  concernido. 

Pres.  Ind.  concierne,  conciernen,     Pres.  Sub.  concierna,  -an. 

Imperf.  concernia,  concernian. 

Put.  concernira,  -an,     Cond.  concerniria,  -ian. 

Pret.  concerni6,  concernie-ron. 

Imp.  Sub.  i.  concernieia,  2.  concerniese,    Put.  Sub.  concerniere. 

Gerund,  concerniendo. 

221.  Soler,  to  be  accustomed,  has  the  present  and  im- 
perfect indicative  and  an  occasional  compound  with  the 
past  participle  solido  :  — 

Pres.  Ind.  suelo,  sueles,  suele,  solemos,  sole*is,  suelen. 
Imperf.  solia,  solias,  solia,  soliamos,  soliais,  solian. 

REMARK.  —  There  are  other  verbs  which,  though  having  all 
their  forms,  are  of  infrequent  use  except  in  the  third  persons, 
but  they  present  no  peculiarities  which  require  presentation  here. 

IRREGULAR  PAST  PARTICIPLES 

222.  Four  verbs  and  their  compounds  have  no  other 
irregularities  than  their  past  participles :  — 

abrir,  open,  pp.  abierto.  escribir,  write,  pp.  escrito. 

cubrir,  cover,  pp.  cubierto.  imprimir,  print,  impress,   pp. 

impreso. 

a.    Two  compounds  of  escribir  have  two  participles  :  — 

inscribir,  inscribe,  pp.  inscripto,  inscrito. 
proscribir,  proscribe,  pp.  proscripto,  proscrito. 

223.  The  following  have  two  participles,  but  are  other- 
wise regular :  — 

oprimir,  oppress,  pp.  oprimido,  opreso. 
suprimir,  suppress,  pp.  suprimido,  supreso. 
prender,  catch,  pp.  prendido,  preso. 
romper,  break,  pp.  rompido,  roto. 


144  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

NOTE. — The  regular  participles  of  oprimir  and  suprimir  are 
preferred,  while  preso  and  roto  are  more  frequently  used  than  the 
regular  participles. 

224.  The  grammars  usually  give  a  long  list  of  verbs  said 
to  have  two  past  participles,  one  regular  and  another  de- 
rived from  the  Latin ;  but  as  the  latter  are  listed  in  the 
dictionaries  as  adjectives  or  substantives  and  are  only  used 
as  such,  there  seems  to  be  no  good  reason  why  a  grammar 
should  be  encumbered  with  them.     They  are,  therefore, 
omitted  here. 

225.  Quite  a  number  of  past  participles,  properly  be- 
longing  to  the  dictionaries,   have,   notwithstanding   their 
passive  form,  an  active  meaning.     A  few  examples  will 
suffice : — 

agradecer,  to  thank,  pp.  agradecido,  grateful. 
atreverse,  to  dare,  pp.  atrevido,  daring. 
entender,  to  understand,  pp.  entendido,  intelligent. 
fingir,  to  feign,  pp.  fingido,  dissembling. 

OTHER  VERBAL  IDIOMS 

226.  Become  and  its  synonym  get  are  variously  rendered 
in  Spanish  — 

1.  By  ponerse  :  — 

Al  oir  la  noticia  se  puso  muy  triste.  On  hearing  the  news  he  be- 
came very  sad. 

Venga  V.,  que  sepone  fria  la  sopa.  Come  along,  for  the  soup  is 

getting  cold. 

2.  By  vol verse,  tornarse  :  — 

Se  volvi6  alegre  al  ver  a  su  hijo.       He  became  cheerful  on  seeing 

his  son. 
De  palido  que  esta  se  torna  livido.     From  pale  he  becomes  livid. 


VERBS  145 


3.    Byhacerse:  — 


El  padre  se  me  hacia  cada  dia    The  father  was  getting  daily 
mas  intolerable.  more  intolerable  to  me. 

4.  By  salir :  — 

Si    continua    asi,   saldra    un    a-     If  he  continues  thus,  he  will 
farmdo  orado'r.  become  a  famous  orator. 

5.  By  venir  a  ser,  meter  se  a,  llegar  a  ser,  ser :  — 

Vino  a  ser  el  valido  de  la  reina.  He  became  the  favorite  of  the 

queen. 

Me   dijo   que   queria  meterse   a  He  told  me  he  wished  to  be- 

actor.  come  an  actor. 

Dudo   que   llegue   a   ser  primer  I  doubt  whether  he  will  be- 

ministro.  come  prime  minister. 

<;  Qu£  habia  sido  de  el  ?  What  had  become  of  him  ? 

6.  By  quedar :  — 

Quedo  convencido  de  su  error.          He  became  convinced  of  his 

error. 

NOTE.  —  There  are  many  other  ways  of  translating  become, 
particularly  by  certain  verbs  in  -ecer,  as  enfurecerse,  to  become 
furious,  envejecer,  to  become  old,  envanecerse,  to  become  proud. 

227.  Volver  a  (see  171),  followed  by  an  infinitive,  gen- 
erally indicates  a  repetition  of  the  action  expressed  by  the 
infinitive.  It  frequently  translates  our  again  or  prefix  re, 
the  latter  being  little  used  in  Spanish  :  — 

Vuelvo  a  leer  el  dictado.  I  read  again  the  dictation. 

Volvera  a  escribir  el  tema,  si  se     He  will  rewrite  the  exercise  if 

lo  mando.  I  order  him  to. 

Volvamos  a  decirselo.  Let's  repeat  it  to  him  again. 

SPAN.    GRAM.  —  10 


:-: 


7.:    :::     V 


::    -. 


,..:.-     r- ...:::     - 
:     :„-:.:  ;   :::   :.:!-: 


i:  I-: 


L    -    '    . 


*u 

COBPCT  ~DQK*  fa  IKulOU 


LIST  OF  IRREGULAR   VERBS 

229.  The  figures  refer  to  the  paragraphs  of 
mar  and  mean  ffrat  the  verbs  after  which  they 
are  conjugated  fike  the  ones  in  the  paragraphs  indicated. 

This  list,  while  not  complete,  contains  all  the  iaipuilaril 
verbs,  — more,  in  fact,  than  the  student  will  ever  need  to 
learn.  The  definitions  have  been  gwen  in  the  hope  of 
adding  some  interest,  as  well  as  value,  to  an  otherwise  dull 
catalogue  of  meaningless  words.  The  t*  of  the  Engfirib 

IT. ".Ill    r   -~lr    I'trH. 


Acostarr  IfiT.  fay  dovn,  put  to 


Aiirzif  :e:    1«    ;   T  _:  :: 


148 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Apretar,  164.  squeeze. 
Aprobar,  167.  approve. 
Argliir,  186.  argue. 
Arrecirse,  217.  grow  numb. 
Arrendar,  164.  rent. 
Arrepentirse,  174.  repent. 
Ascender,  166.  ascend. 
Asentar,  164.  set  down. 
Asentir,  174.  coincide. 
Aserrar,  164.  saw. 
Asir,  190.  grasp. 
Asoldar,  167.  hire. 
Ataner,  220,  b.  appertain. 
Atender,  166.  attend  to,  care  for, 
Atenerse,  136.  abide  by. 
Atentar,  164.  attempt  a  crime. 
Aterirse,  217.  grown  numb. 
Atraer,  193.  attract. 
Atravesar,  164.  cross. 
Atribuir,  185.  attribute. 
Atronar,  167.  thunder,  stun. 
Aventar,  164.  winnow. 
Avergonzar,  167,  a.  shame. 

B 

Bendecir,  196.  bless. 
Bienquerer,  209.  wish  well. 
Blancjuecer,  143,  a.  bleach. 
Brunir,  143,  c.  burnish. 
Bullir,  143,  c.  boil. 


Caber,  204.  be  contained. 
Caer,  192.  fall. 
Calentar,  164.  warm. 


Canecer,  143,  a.  get  gray. 

Carecer,  143,  a.  lack. 

Cegar,  143,  2,  164.  blind. 
*4Cenir,  143,  c,  181.  gird. 

Cerner,  166.  sift. 

Cerrar,  164.  close. 

Cimentar,  164.  found. 

Circuir,  185.  surround. 

Clarecer,  143,  a.  dawn. 
"\Cocer,  143,  5,  &  a.  boil,  bake, 

Colar,  167.  strain. 
^Colegir,  143,  8,  181.  collect. 
-^Colgar,  143,  2,  167.  hang  up. 
JComenzar,  143,  4,  164.  begin . 

Compadecer,  143,  a.  pity. 

Comparecer,  143,  a.  appear. 

Competir,  181.  compete. 

Com  placer,  143,  a.  please. 

Componer,  201.  compose. 

Comprobar,  167.  verify. 

Concebir,  181.  conceive. 

Concernir,  220,  c.  concern. 

Concertar,  164.  concert. 

Concluir,  185.  conclude. 

Concordar,  167.  agree. 

Condescender,166.  condescend. 

Condolerse,  170.  condole. 

Conducir,  207.  conduct. 

Conferir,  174.  confer. 

Confesar,  164.  confess. 

Conmover,  170.  affect,  stir. 

Conocer,  143,  a.  know. 

Conseguir,  143,  10,  181.  obtain, 
accomplish. 

Consentir,  174.  consent. 


VERBS 


149 


Consolar,  167.  console. 
Constituir,  185.  constitute. 
Construir,  185.  construct. 
Contar,  167.  count,  relate. 
Contender,  166.  contend. 
Contener,  136.  contain. 
Contorcerse,  143,  5, 167.  writhe. 
Contradecir,  196.  contradict. 
Contraer,  193.  contract. 
Contrahacer,  197.  counterfeit. 
Contraponer,  201.  compare. 
Contravenir,  202.  contravene. 
Contribuir,  185.  contribute. 
Controvertir,  174.  controvert. 
Convalecer,  143,  a.  convalesce. 
Convenir,  202.  agree,  suit. 
Convcrtir,  174.  convert. 
Corregir,  143,  8,  181.  correct. 
Corroer,  219,  a.  corrode. 
Costar,  167.  cost. 
Crecer,  143,  a.  increase,  grow. 
Creer,  206.  think,  believe. 
Cubrir,  222.  cover. 

D 

Dar,  189.  give. 
Decaer,  192.  decay. 
Decir,  195.  say,  tell. 
Decrecer,  143,  a.  decrease. 
Deducir,  207.  deduce. 
Defender,  166.  defend. 
Deferir,  174.  defer. 
Degollar,  167,  a.  throttle. 
Demoler,  170.  demolish. 
Demostrar,  167.  demonstrate. 


Denegar,  143,  2,  164.  deny. 

Denegrecer,  143,  a.  blacken. 

Denostar,  167.  insult. 

Dentar,  164.  teeth. 

Deponer,  201.  depose. 

Derrengar,  143,  2,  164.  sprain 
the  hip. 

Derretir,  181.  melt. 

Derrocar,  143,  i,  167.  throw 
from  a  rock. 

Derruir,  185.  demolish. 

Desabastecer,  143,  a.  deprive  of 
provisions. 

Desacertar,  164.  err. 

Desacordar,  167.  forget. 

Desagradecer,  143,  a.  be  un- 
grateful. 

Desalentar,  164.  put  out  of 
breath. 

Desamoblar,  167.  unfurnish. 

Desandar,  188.  go  back. 

Desaparecer,  143,  a.  disappear. 

Desapretar,  164.  loosen. 

Desaprobar,  167.  disapprove. 

Desarrendar,  164.  shake  off  the 
bridle. 

Desasir,  190.  loosen. 

Desasosegar,  143,  2,  164.  dis- 
quiet. 

Desatender,  166.  disregard. 

Desatentar,  164.  perplex. 

Desavenir,  202.  disconcert. 

Desbravecer,  143,  a.  tame. 

Descender,  166.  descend. 

Descenir,  143,  c,  181.  ungird. 


ISO 


SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


Descolgar,  143,  2,  167.  unhang. 

Descollar,  167.  surpass. 

Descomedirse,  181.  be  rude. 

Descomponer,  201.  discompose. 

Desconcertar,  164.  disconcert. 

Desconocer,  143,  a.  disown. 

Desconsentir,  174.  dissent. 

Desconsolar,  167.  afflict. 

Descontar,  167.  discount. 

Desconvenir,  202.  disagree. 

Descordar,  167.  unstring. 

Descornar,  167.  dishorn. 

Descrecer,  143,  a.  grow  less. 

Descubrir,  222.  discover,  un- 
cover. 

Desdecir,  196.  charge  with  false- 
hood. 

Desdentar,  164.  draw  teeth. 

Desembellecer,  143,  a.  disem- 
bellish. 

Desembravecer,  143,  a.  tame. 

Desempedrar,  164.  unpave. 

Desempobrecer,  143,  a.  quit 
poverty. 

Desencerrar,  164.  set  at  liberty. 

Desencordar,  167.  unstring. 

Desenfurecerse,  143,  a.  calm 
oneself. 

Desengrosar,  167.  attenuate. 

Desenmohecer,  143,  a.  remove 
rust. 

Desenmudecer,  143,  a.  break 
silence. 

Desensoberbecer,  143,  a.  hum- 
ble. 


Desentenderse,  166.  ignore. 

Desenterrar,  164.  disinter. 

Desentorpecer,  143,  a.  free  from 
torpor. 

Desentristecer,  143,  a.  enliven. 

Desentumecer,  143,  a.  free  from 
numbness. 

Desenvolver,  171.  unfold. 

Deservir,  181.  fail  in  duty. 

Desfallecer,  143,  a.  pine  away. 

Desfavorecer,  143,  a.  disfavor. 

Desflaquecerse,  143,  a.  pine 
away. 

Desflorecer,  143,  a.  lose  flowers. 

Desfortalecer,  143,  a.  dismantle. 

Desgobernar,  164.  misgovern. 

Desguarnecer,  143,  a.  dis- 
garrison. 

Deshacer,  197.  undo. 

Deshelar,  158.  thaw. 

Desherbar,  164.  remove  herbs. 

Desherrar,  164.  remove  horse- 
shoes. 

Deshumedecer,  143,  a.  dry. 

Desleir,  182.  dilute. 

Deslucir,  143,  a.  tarnish. 

Desmedirse,  181.  be  unreason- 
able. 

Desmembrar,  164.  dismember. 

Desmentir,  174.  give  the  lie. 

Desmerecer,  143,  a.  demerit. 

Desnegar,  143,  2, 164.  retract. 

Desnevar,  158.  thaw. 

Desobedecer,  143,  a.  disobey. 

Desoir,  194,  pretend  not  to  hear. 


VERBS 


Desolar,  167.  desolate. 
Desoldar,  167.  unsolder. 
Desollar,  167.  skin. 
Desobstruir,  185.  deobstruct. 
Desosar,  169.  bone. 
Desovar,  169.  spawn. 
Desparecer,  143,  a.  disappear. 
Despedir,  181.  dismiss. 
Despedrar,  164.  clear  of  stones. 
Despernar,  164.  cripple. 
Despertar,  164.  awake. 
Desplacer,  208,  Note,  displease. 
Desplegar,  143,  2,  164.  unfold. 
Despoblar,  167.  depopulate. 
Desproveer,    206.     deprive    of 

provisions. 

Destefiir,  143,  c,  181.  fade. 
Desterrar,  164.  banish. 
Destituir,  185.  deprive. 
Destorcer,  143,  5,  170.  untwist. 
Destrocar,   143,    i,   167.    swap 

back. 

Destruir,  185.  destroy. 
Desvanecer,  143,  a.  vanish. 
Desventar,  164.  ventilate. 
Desvergonzarse,    167,     a.     act 

impudently. 
Detener,  136.  detain. 
Detraer,  193.  detract. 
Devolver,  171.  return. 
Diferir,  174.  differ,  defer. 
Digerir,  174.  digest. 
Diluir.  185.  dilute. 
Discernir,  174.  discern. 
Disconvenir,  202.  disagree. 


Discordar,  167.  disagree. 
Disentir,  174.  dissent. 
Disminuir,  185.  dimmish. 
Disolver,  171.  dissolve. 
Disonar,  167.  be  discordant. 
Displacer,  143,  a.  displease. 
Disponer,  201.  arrange,  dispose. 
Distraer,  193.  distract. 
Distribuir,  185.  distribute. 
Divertir,  174.  divert,  amuse. 
Doler,  170.  ache,  pain. 
Dormir,  177.  sleep. 

E 

Educir,  207.  educe. 
Elegir,  143,  8, 181.  elect. 
Embarbecer,    143,  a.    grow    a 

beard. 

Embebecer,  143,  a.  astonish. 
Embellecer,  143,  a.  embellish. 
Embestir,  181.  attack. 
Emblandecer,  143,  a.  soften. 
Emblanquecer,  143,  a.  whiten. 
Embobecer,  143,  a.  stultify. 
Embravecer,  143,  a.  irritate. 
Embrutecer,    143,  a.     become 

brutal. 
Emparentar,  164.   be    akin   by 

marriage. 

Empedernir,  217.  harden. 
Empedrar,  164,  pave. 
Empequenecer,  143,  a.  diminish. 
Empezar,  143,  4,  164.  begin. 
Emplastecer,  143,  a.  smooth  for 

painting. 


152 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Empobrecer,  143,  a.  impoverish. 
Emporcar,  143,  i,  167.  soil,  foul. 
Enaltecer,  143,  a.  exalt. 
Enardecer,  143,  a.  inflame. 
Encabellecerse,    143,  a.    grow 

hair. 

Encallecer,  143,  a.  become  hard. 
Encalvecer,  143,  a.  get  bald. 
Encanecer,  143,  a.  become  gray. 
Encarecer,   143,   a.    raise    the 

price. 

Encender,  166.  kindle,  light. 
Encerrar,  164.  lock  up,  inclose. 
Encloquecer,  143,  a.  cluck. 
Encomendar,  164.  recommend. 
Encontrar,  167.  find,  meet. 
Encubertar,  164.  cover  over. 
Endentar,    164.    join    with     a 

mortise. 

Endentecer,  143,  a.  teeth. 
Enflaquecer,  143,  a.  thin. 
Enfranquecer,  143,  a.  make  free. 
Enfurecer,  143,  a.  infuriate. 
Engrandecer,  143,  a.  aggrandize. 
Engreirse,  182.  get  proud. 
Engrosar,  167.  fatten. 
Enhambrecer,  143,  a.  be  hungry. 
Enloquecer,  143,  a.  madden. 
Enlucir,  143,  a.  whitewash. 
Enmagrecer,  143,  a.  grow  lean. 
Enmelar,     164.     bedaub     with 

honey. 

Enmendar,  164.  correct. 
Enmohecer,    143,    a.    mildew, 

rust. 


Enmudecer,  143,  a.  grow  dumb. 
Ennegrecer,  143,  a.  blacken. 
Ennoblecer,  143,  a.  ennoble. 
Ennudecer,  143,  a.  knot. 
Enorgullecer,  143,  a.  grow  proud. 
Enrarecer,  143,  a.  rarefy. 
Enriquecer,  143,  a.  enrich. 
Enrobustecer,    143,    a.     make 

robust. 
Enrodar,   167.    break    on    the 

wheel. 

Enrojecer,  143,  a.  blush. 
Enronquecer,    143,     a.     make 

hoarse. 

Enronecer,  143,  a.  tarnish. 
Enruinecerse,  143,   a.    become 

vile. 
Ensangrentar,   164.    stain   with 

blood. 
Ensoberbecer,    143,    a.    make 

proud. 

Ensordecer,  143,  a.  deafen. 
Entallecer,  143,  a.  sprout. 
Entender,  166.  hear,  understand. 
Enternecer,  143,  a.  move  to  pity. 
Enterrar,  164.  inter. 
Entontecer,  143,  a.  fool. 
Entorpecer,  143,  a.  benumb. 
Entredecir,  196.  interdict. 
Entrelucir,  143,  a.  glimmer. 
Entremorir,  178.  die  away  slowly. 
Entreoir,  194.  hear  imperfectly. 
Entreponer,  201.  interpose. 
Entretener,  136.  entertain. 
Entrever,  205.  get  a  glimpse  of. 


VERBS 


153 


Entristecer,  143,  a.  sadden. 
Entullecer,  143,  a.  stop,  check. 
Entumecer,  143,  a.  swell. 
Envanecer,  143,  a.  make  vain. 
Envejecer,  143,  a.  grow  old. 
Enverdecer,  143,  a.  grow  green. 
Envilecer,  143,  a.  vilify. 
Envolver,  171,  wrap  up,  involve. 
Enzurdecer,    143,    a.    become 

left-handed. 

Equivaler,  200.  be  equal  to. 
Erguir,  175.  erect. 
Errar,  165.  err,  miss. 
Escarmentar,  164.  be  warned. 
Escarnecer,  143,  a.  scoff. 
Esclarecer,  143,  a.  lighten. 
Escocer,  143,  5  and  a.  smart. 
Escribir,  222.  write. 
Esforzar,  143,  4, 167.  strengthen. 
Establecer,  143,  a.  establish. 
Estar,  136.  be,  stand. 
Estremecer,  143,  a.  shudder. 
Estrenir,  143,  c,  181.  bind. 
Excluir,  185.  exclude. 
Expedir,  181.  dispatch. 
Exponer,  201.  expose. 
Extender,  166.  extend. 
Extraer,  193.  extract. 


Fluir,  185.  flow. 
Fortalecer,  143,  a.  fortify. 
Forzar,  143,  4,  167.  force. 
Freir,  182  and  183.  fry. 

G 

Gemir,  181.  groan. 
Gobernar,  164.  govern. 
Grunir,  143,  c.  grunt. 
Guarecer,  143,  a.  guard,  protect. 
Guarnecer,  143,  a.  garnish,  gar- 
rison. 

H 

Haber,  136.  have,  hold. 

Hacendar,164.  convey  property. 

Hacer,  197.  make,  do. 

Heder,  166.  stink. 

Helar,  164.  freeze. 

Henchir,  181.  fill  up,  stuff. 

Render,  166.  split. 

Herbecer,  143,  a.  begin  to  grow. 

Herir,  174.  wound. 

Herrar,  164.  shoe  horses. 

Hervir,  174.  boil. 

Holgar,  143,  2,  167.  rest,  idle. 

Hollar,  164.  tread. 

Huir.,  185.  flee. 

Humedecer,  143,  a.  dampen. 


Fallecer,  143,  a.  die. 
Favorecer,  143,  a.  favor. 
Fenecer,  143,  a.  end,  die. 
Ferrar,  164,  plate  with  iron. 


Impedir,  181.  impede. 
Imponer,  201.  lay,  impose. 
Imprimir,  222.  print. 
Improbar,  167.  censure. 


Florecer,  143,  a.  flower,  flourish.      Incensar,  164.  incense. 


154 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Incluir,  185.  include. 
Indisponer,  201.  indispose. 
Inducir,  207.  induce. 
Inferir,  174.  infer. 
Infernar,  164.  damn. 
Influir,  185.  influence. 
Ingerir,  174.  insert,  graft. 
Inquirir,  176.  inquire. 
Instituir,  185.  institute. 
Instruir,  185.  instruct. 
Interdecir,  195.  interdict. 
Interponer,  201.  interpose. 
Intervenir,  202.  intervene. 
Introducir,  207.  introduce. 
Invernar,  164.  winter. 
Invertir,  174.  invert,  invest. 
Investir,  181.  invest. 
Ir,  214.  go. 

J 
Jugar,  168.  play,  stake. 


Languidecer,  143,  a.  languish. 
Leer,  206.  read. 

Lobreguecer,  143,  a.  grow  dark. 
Lucir,  143,  a.  shine. 

LL 
Llover,  158.  rain. 

M 

Maldecir,  196.  curse. 
Malherir,  174.  wound  badly. 
Malquerer,  209.  abhor. 
Maltraer,  193.  maltreat. 


Manifestar,  164.  manifest. 
Mantener,  136.  maintain,  keep. 
Mecer,  143,  5  and  a.  rock,  shake. 
Medir,  181.  measure. 
Melar,  164.  deposit  honey. 
Mentar,  164.  mention. 
Mentir,  174.  tell  falsehoods. 
Merecer,  143,  a.  merit. 
Merendar,  164.  lunch. 
Moblar,  167.  furnish. 
Mohecer,   143,    a.    cover   with 

moss. 

Moler,  170.  grind. 
Morder,  170.  bite. 
Morir,  178.  die. 
Mostrar,  167.  show. 
Mover,  170.  move. 

N 

Nacer,  143,  a.  be  born. 
Negar,  143,  2,  164.  deny. 
Negrecer,  143,  a.  blacken. 
Nevar,  158.  snow. 

O 

Obedecer,  143,  a.  obey. 
Obscurecer,  143,  a.  obscure. 
Obstruir,  185.  obstruct. 
Obtener,  136.  obtain. 
Ofrecer,  143,  a.  offer. 
Oir,  194.  hear. 
Oler,  172.  smell. 
Oponer,  201.  oppose. 
Oscurecer,  143,  a.  obscure. 


VERBS 


155 


Pacer,  143,  a.  pasture. 

Padecer,  143?  a.  suffer. 

Palidecer,  143,  a.  grow  pale. 

Parecer,  143,  a.  appear. 

Pedir,  181.  beg,  ask. 

Pensar,  164.  think,  intend. 

Perder,  166.  lose. 

Perecer,  143,  a.  perish. 

Permanecer,  143,  a.  remain. 

Perniquebrar,  164.  break  the 
legs. 

Perseguir,  143,  10,  181.  pursue. 

Pertenecer,  143,  a.  belong. 

Pervertir,  174.  pervert. 

Pimpollecer,  143,  a.  sprout, 
bud. 

Placer,  208.  please. 

Plafiir,  143,  c.  lament. 

Plegar,  143,  2,  164.  fold. 

Poblar,  167.  found,  settle. 

Poder,  209.  be  able,  may,  can. 

Podrecer,  143,  a.  become  putrid. 

Podrir,  179.  rot. 

Poner,  201.  place,  set,  lay. 

Poseer,  206.  possess. 

Posponer,  201.  put  after,  post- 
pone. 

Preconocer,  143,-  # ,  foreknow. 

Predecir,  196.  foretell. 

Predisponer,  201.  predispose. 

Preferir,  174.  prefer. 

Premorir,  178.  die  before  an- 
other. 

Preponer,  201.  prefer,  prepose. 


Presentir,  174.  forebode. 
Presuponer,  201.  presuppose. 
Prevalecer,  143,  a.  prevail. 
Prevalerse,  200.  prevail. 
Prevenir,  202.  anticipate. 
Prever,  205.  foresee,  provide. 
Probar,  167.  try,  prove. 
Producir,  207.  produce,  furnish 
Proferir,  174.  pronounce,  utter. 
Promover,  170.  promote. 
Proponer,  201.  propose. 
Proseguir,  143,  10, 181.  pursue. 
Prostituir,  185.  prostitute. 
Proveer,  206.  provide. 
Provenir,  202.  proceed  from. 
Pudrir,  179.  rot. 


Quebrar,  164.  break. 
Querer,  209.  wish,  love. 

R 

Raer,  218.  scrape,  erase. 
Reaparecer,  143,  a.  reappear. 
Reapretar,  164.  press  again. 
Rebendecir,  195.  bless  again. 
Reblandecer,  143,  a.  soften. 
Recaer,  192.  fall  back. 
Recalentar,  164.  heat  again. 
Recluir,  185.  seclude. 
Recocer,   143,   5   and   a.    boil 

again. 

Recolar,  167.  strain  again. 
Recomendar,  164.  recommend. 


1 56 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Recomponer,  201.  recompose. 

Reconducir,  207.  renew  a  lease. 

Reconocer,  143,  a.  confess, 
recognize. 

Reconstruir,  185.  reconstruct. 

Recontar,  167.  recount. 

Reconvalecer,  143,  a.  recover 
from  sickness. 

Reconvenir,  202.  accuse. 

Recordar,  167.  remember. 

Recostar,  167.  lean  against. 

Recrecer,  143,  a.  grow  again. 

Reducir,  207.  reduce. 

Reelegir,  143,  8,  181.  reelect. 

Referir,  174.  refer,  relate. 

Reflorecer,  143,  a.  reflourish. 

Refluir,  185.  flow  back. 

Reforzar,  143,  4,  167.  fortify. 

Refregar,  143,  2,  164.  scour 
again. 

Refreir,  182,  183.  fry  again. 

Regar,  144,  2,  164.  water. 

Regimentar,  164.  form  a  regi- 
ment. 

Regir,  143,  8,  181.  govern. 

Rehacer,  197.  mend,  make  over, 
reform. 

Reherir,  174.  repel. 

Reherrar,  164.  reshoe  (horses). 

Rehervir,  174.  boil  again. 

Rehuir,  185.  withdraw. 

Rehumedecer,143,#.redampen. 

Reir,  182,  a.  laugh. 

Rejuvenecer,  143,  a.  rejuvenate. 

Relucir,  143,  a.  glitter. 


Remendar,  164.  mend. 
Rementir,  174.  lie  frequently. 
Remoler,  174.  regrind. 
Remorder,  170.  bite  repeatedly. 
Remover,  170.  remove. 
Renacer,  143,  a.  be  born  again. 
Rendir,  181.  subdue,  surrender. 
Renegar,  143,  2,  164.  deny. 
Renovar,  167.  renew. 
Renir,  143,  c,  181.  quarrel. 
Repadecer,  143,  a.  suffer  much. 
Repensar,  164.  consider,  reflect. 
Repetir,  181.  repeat. 
Replegar,  143,  2, 164.  redouble. 
Repoblar,  167.  repeople. 
Reponer,  201.  replace,  reply. 
Reprobar,  167.  condemn. 
Reproducir,  207.  reproduce. 
Requebrar,  164.  woo,  court. 
Requerer,  209.  desire  anxiously. 
Requerir,  174.  require. 
Resaber,  209.  know  well. 
Resalir,  199.  jut  out. 
Resegar,  143,  2, 164.  reap  again. 
Resembrar,  164.  resow. 
Resentirse,  174.  begin  to  fail. 
Resolver,  171.  resolve. 
Resollar,  167.  respire. 
Resonar,  167.  resound. 
Resplandecer,  143,  a.  glitter. 
Pvestablecer,  143,  a.  restore. 
Restituir,  185.  restore. 
Restregar,  143,  2,  164.  scrub. 
Retemblar,  164.  tremble  often. 
Retener,  136.  retain. 


VERBS 


157 


Retenir,  143,  c,  181.  dye  again. 
Retonecer,  143,  a.  sprout. 
Retorcer,  143,  5,  170.  twist. 
Retostar,  167.  toast  again. 
Retraer,  193.  retract. 
Retribuir,  185.  recompense. 
Retronar,  158.  thunder  again. 
Reventar,  164.  burst. 
Reverdecer,  143,  a.  grow  green 

again. 
Revestir,  181.  put  on  clerical 

robes. 

Revolar,  167.  fly  again. 
Revolcarse,  143,  i,  167.  wallow. 
Revolver,  171.  stir,  revolve. 
Robustecer,  143,  a.  make  robust. 
Rodar,  167.  roll. 
Roer,  219.  gnaw. 
Rogar,  143,  2, 167.  ask,  beg. 


Saber,  209.  know. 
Salir,  199.  go  or  come  out. 
Satisfacer,  198.  satisfy. 
Segar,  143,  2,  164.  reap. 
Seguir,   143,    10,   181.    follow, 

continue. 

Sembrar,  164.  sow. 
Sementar,  164.  sow. 
Sentar,  164.  seat. 
Sentir,  174.  feel,  regret. 
Ser,  136.  be. 
Serrar,  164.  saw. 
Servir,  181.  serve. 
Sobrecrecer,  143,  a.  outgrow. 


Sobrentender,  166.   be   under- 
stood. 

Sobreponer,  201.  add. 

Sobresalir,  199.  surpass. 

Sobresembrar,   164.   sow    over 
again. 

Sobresolar,  167.  pave  anew. 

Sobrevenir,  202.  happen. 

Sobreventar,   164.    gain   the 
weather  gage. 

Sobrevestir,  181.  put  on  overcoat. 

Sofreir,  182,  183.  fry  slightly. 

Soldar,  167.  solder. 

Soler,  221.  be  accustomed. 

Sollar,  167.  blow  with  bellows. 

Soltar,  167.  loosen. 

Solver,  171.  loosen. 

Sonar,  167.  sound. 

Sonreir,  182,  a.  smile. 

Sonar,  167.  dream. 

Sosegar,  143,  2,  164.  appease. 

Sostener,  136.  sustain. 

Subarrendar,  164.  subrent. 

Subseguir,  143,  10,  181.  follow 
next. 

Substituir,  185.  substitute. 

Substraer,  193.  subtract. 

Subtender,  166.  subtend. 

Subvenir,  202.  aid. 

Sugerir,  174.  suggest. 

Superponer,  201.  superpose. 

Supervenir,  202.  supervene. 

Suponer,  201.  suppose. 

Sustituir,  185.  substitute. 

Sustraer,  193.  subtract. 


158 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Tallecer,  143,  a.  sprout. 
Temblar,  164.  tremble. 
Tender,  166.  stretch. 
Tener,  136.  have,  hold. 
Tentar,  164.  touch,  try. 
Tenir,  143,  c,  181.  dye,  tinge. 
Torcer,  143,  5,  170.  twist. 
Tostar,  167.  toast. 
Traducir,  207.  translate. 
Traer,  193.  bring. 
Transcender,  166.  transcend. 
Trascolar,  167.  percolate. 
Trascordarse,  167.  forget. 
Trasegar,  143,  2,  164.  overset. 
Traslucir,  143,  a.  shine  through. 
Trasoir,  194.  misunderstand. 
Trasonar,  167.  dream. 
Trasponer,  201.  transpose. 
Trastrocar,  143,  i,  167.  invert. 
Trasvolar,  167.  fly  across. 
Travesar,  164.  cross. 
Trocar,  143,  i,  167.  exchange. 


Tronar,  158.  thunder. 
Tropezar,  143,  4  ;  164.  stumble. 


Valer,  200.  be  worth. 
Venir,  202.  come. 
Ventar,  164.  blow  (wind). 
Ver,  205.  see. 

Verdecer,  143,  a.  grow  green. 
Verter,  166.  spill. 
Vestir,  181.  clothe. 
Volar,  167.  fly,  blow  up. 
Volcar,143,  i,  167.  overset,  hurl. 
Volver,  171,  227.   come   back, 
return. 

Y 

Yacer,  191.  lie  (recline). 
Yuxtaponer,  201.  put  along  side. 


Zabullirse,  143,  c.  dive,  plunge. 
Zaherir,  174.  mortify. 


VII 
ADVERBS 

230.  Adverbs  serve  to  limit  or  otherwise  modify  verbs, 
adjectives,  and  other  adverbs.     They  stand  before  adjec- 
tives and  adverbs,  but  as  a  rule  after  verbs :  — 

Muy  malo  ;  bastante  bien.  Very  bad  ;  quite  well. 

El  actor  trabaja  muy  bien.  The  actor  acts  very  well. 

Mi  hijo  ha  estudiado  siempre  su    My  son  has  always  studied  his 
Iecci6n.  lesson. 

Note  that,  in  passive  constructions,  the  adverb  stands  before  the 
past  participle  :  — 

La  carta  esta  bien  escrita.  The  letter  is  well  written. 

Estd   rica   y  elegantemente   ves-     She    is    richly    and    elegantly 

tida.  dressed. 

Es  muy  amado  de  sus  amigos  He    is    much    loved    by    his 

friends. 

231.  Adverbs  may  be  classified  as  simple  or  primitive, 
derivative,  and  compound. 

232.  To  the  first  class  belong  such  adverbs  as  are  ex-. 
pressed  by  a  single  word  :  — 

Bien,   well,  mal,   badly,   peor,  worse,  temprano,  early,  claro, 
clearly,  derecho,  straight,  solo,  only,  etc. 

233.  The  so-called  derivative  adverb  is,  strictly  speak- 
ing, a  compound  of  an  adjective  and  mente  (manner),  and 
was  originally  written  as  two  words.     To-day,  however,  it 
appears  as  one  word,   mente  bearing   the  primary  tonic 
accent.     The  adjective,  however,  retains  its  own  accent. 


I6O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  Adjectives  of  one  termination  are  added  to  mente 
without  change :  — 

Prudentemente,  utilmente.  Prudently,  usefully. 

b.  The  feminine  form  of  adjectives  in  o  is  used,  because 
mente  is  feminine :  — 

Sabiamente,  dichosamente.  Wisely,  happily. 

c.  Other  adjectives  of  two  terminations  do  not  usually 
form  adverbs  with  mente,  but  with  de  ima  manera  or  de  un 
modo  :  — 

De  una  manera  encantadora.          Charmingly,    in    a    charming 

manner. 
De  un  modo  holgazan.  Idly,  in  an  idle  way. 

Note,  however,  traidoramente ,  treacherously. 

234.  For  euphony,  when  two  or  more  derivative  adverbs 
follow  each  other  immediately,  mente  is  used  with  the  last 
adjective  only :  — 

Juan  Valera  escribe  clara,  concisa     Juan  Valera  writes  clearly,  con- 
y  elegantemente.  cisely,  and  elegantly. 

235.  Compound  adverbs  are  simply   adverbial  phrases 
formed  of  two  or  more  words.     Some  now  appear  as  single 
words,  but  their  composition  is  evident :  — 

Acaso  (a  +  caso) ,  perhaps.  Aprisa  (a  -f-  prisa),  quickly. 

Ahora  (a  -f-  hora) ,  now.  Despacio(de  +  espacio),  slowly. 

Apenas  (a  +  penas),  scarcely.  Anteayer    (ante  -f-  ayer),    the 

Anoche  (a  +  noche),  last  night.  day  before  yesterday. 

a.  But  most  adverbial  phrases  are  written  in  separate 
words.  Sometimes  the  article  is  used,  at  other  times 
omitted ;  now  the  noun  is  in  the  singular,  now  in  the 
plural : — 


ADVERBS 


161 


A  la  moda,  in  style. 

A  la  espanola,  in  Spanish  style. 

A  la  vista,  at,  in  sight. 

En  el  acto,  instantly. 


De  balde,  gratis. 
De  buena  gana,  willingly. 
En  seguida,  at  once. 
Con  orgullo,  proudly. 

A  gatas,  on  all  fours. 
A  sabiendas,  knowingly. 
A  ciegas,  blindly. 


A  mas  andar,  at  full  speed. 

A  mas  tardar,  #/  latest. 

A  todo  correr,  zwVft  all  speed. 

A  mas  no  poder,  with  might  and 

main. 
Poco  a  poco, 


En  lo  sucesivo,  in  the  future. 
For  lo  mas,  at  most. 
For  lo  menos,  at  least. 
For  lo  pronto,  for  the  present. 


De  dia,  by  day,  de  noche,  by 

night. 

For  consiguiente,  consequently. 
For  supuesto,  <?/  cotirse. 


A  solas,  alone,  in  private. 
De  rodillas,  <?#  one's  knees. 
De  espaldas,  backwards. 


Cuanto  antes,  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. 

De  vez  en  cuando,  /r0#z  time 
to  time. 

De  cuando  en  cuando,  from 
time  to  time. 


236.    It  is  convenient  to  arrange  adverbs  into  groups 
according  to  their  meaning.     Hence  we  have  — 


a.   Adverbs  of  place  :  — 

,{D6nde?  where? 
<:Ad6nde  1  whither? 
£  De  d6nde  ?  whence  ? 
Aqui,  here  (near  me}. 
Aca,  here  (towards  me). 
Arribn.,  encima,  up,  above. 
Abajo,  down,  below. 
Afuera,  fuera,  outside,  without. 

SPAN.  GRAM.  —  1 1 


Alii,  there  (distant from  both), 
Alia,  there  (in  that  direction}. 
De  aqui,  hence,  from  here. 
De  alii,  thence,  from  there. 
Atras,    detras,    behind,    back- 
ward. 


En  todas  partes,  ) 

>  everywh 
For  todas  partes,  j 


ere. 


162 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Adentro,  inside,  within. 
Cerca,  near,  \ejos,far. 
Adelante,  delante,  forward. 
Aqui  mismo,  in  this  very  place. 
Ahi,  there  (near  or  towards  you) , 


En  alguna  parte,  somewhere. 
En  otra  parte,  elsewhere. 
En  ninguna  parte,  nowhere. 
Alii  mismo,  in  that  very  place. 


NOTE.  —  Donde,  where  (i.e.  without  the  written  accent)  is  fre- 
quently used  as  a  relative  (which},  referring  to  things,  and  may  be 
governed  by  a  preposition  :  — 


La  ciudad  (en)  donde  vive. 
El  lugar  de  donde  viene. 

El   camino  por  donde  venimos 
esta  en  muy  mal  estado.      • 

b.   Adverbs  of  time  :  — 

<iCuando?  when?  cuando,  when. 
<iCuanto  tiempo?  how  long? 
^  Cuantas  veces  ?  how  often  ? 
Hoy,    to-day,    hoy    mismo,    this 

very  day. 
Ayer, yesterday;  ayer  mismo,  only 

yesterday. 

Anteayer,  day  before  yesterday. 
Anoche,  last  night. 
Anteanoche,  night  before  last. 
En  otro  tiempo,  antes,  formerly. 
Despue"s,  since;  entonces,  then. 
Desde  entonces,  since  then. 
Por  fin,  al  fin,  at  length,  at  last. 
Ahora,  now,  at  present. 
Ahora  mismo,  at  this  very  time. 
Hasta  ahora,  as  yet. 
El  otro  dia,  the  other  day. 
Al  momenta,  luego,  at  once. 


The  city  in  which  he  lives. 
The    village    from    which    he 

comes. 
The  road   by  which  we  came 

is  in  a  very  bad  condition. 


Mariana  por  la  mafiana,  to- 
morrow morning. 

Mariana  por  la  tarde,  to-mor- 
row afternoon. 

Mariana  por  la  noche,  to-mor- 
row night. 

Pasado  manana,  day  after  to- 
morrow. 

A  menudo,  often;  ya,  already. 

Raras  veces,  seldom. 

Tarde,  late ;  temprano,  early. 

Todavia,  aun,  still,  yet. 

Jamas,  alguna  vez,  ever. 

En  mi  vida  (before  a  verb), 
never. 

Jamas,  nunca,  never,  ever. 

Nunca  jamas,  never. 

Siempre,  always. 

Siempre  que,  whenever. 


ADVERBS  163 

Otra  vez,  again  ;  a  veces,  at  times.     Para  s\empre,/0rever. 
Mariana,  to-morrow.  For  siempre  jamas,  forever  and 

Mariana  mismo,  to-morrow  surely.        ever. 

Recien,  recently  (before  participles)  :  La  recien  casada,  the 
bride. 

NOTE.  —  Some  adverbs  of  place  and  time  are  sometimes  placed 
after  certain  nouns,  forming  therewith  adverbial  phrases  :  — 

Puertas  afuera,  outdoors.  Camino  adelante,  onward. 

Tierra  adentro,  inland.  Siglos  atras,  centuries  ago. 

Rio  arriba,  upstream.  Anos  despues tyears  afterwards. 

Ciudad  abajo,  down  town.  Meses  antes,  months  before. 

c.   Adverbs  of  quantity  and  degree  :  — 

«iC6mo?  how?   como,  about,  as.  Mas,    more ;    por   lo    mas,   at 
(iCuanto?  how  much?  most. 

Mucho,  much  ;  tanto,  so  much.  S61o,  solamente,  only. 

Demasiado,     sobrado,     too,     too  Siquier(a),  even,  at  least. 

much.  Algo,  somewhat;  muy,  very, 
Poco,  little ;  casi,  almost.  very  much. 

Bastante,  harto,  enough,  quite.  Poco  mas  6  menos,  about. 
Menos,  less;  por  lo  menos,  at  least. 

NOTE.  —  Muy  never  stands  alone  and  rarely  modifies  mucho. 
Instead  of  muy  mucho,  we  say  muchisimo,  very  much.  Muy  pre- 
cedes a  few  nouns,  but  its  chief  office  is  to  modify  the  positive 
degree  of  adjectives  and  adverbs ;  while  mucho  modifies  the  com- 
parative degree.  When  it  would  stand  alone,  the  former  is 
replaced  by  mucho  :  — 

Es  mucho,  muchisimo  mejor  este.     This  one  is  much,  very  much 

better. 

Muy  senor  mio  y  amigo.  My  dear  sir  and  friend. 

Mucho  mas  agradable.  Much  more  agreeable. 

^  Esta  V.  muy  malo  ?     Si,  mucho.     Are  you  very  sick  ?    Yes,  very. 


164 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Es  muy  hombre  de  mundo. 

Deben  reflexionar  muy  mucho  lo 
que  dicen. 

d.  Adverbs  of  manner  :  — 

Bien,  well ;  mal,  badly. 

Asi,  so  ;  tan,  so. 

Bajo,  en  voz  baja,  low,  in  a  low 

tone. 

And  many  adverbs  in  mente. 

e.  Adverbs  of  affirmation  and 

Si,  yes  ;  no,  no,  not. 
Que  si,  so  ;  que  no,  not. 
Si  tal ;  si  que,  of  course. 
Cierto,  por  cierto,  certainly. 
Acaso  ;  tal  vez  ;  quiza, 

quizas ;  puede  ser, 
Ya  ya,  quite  so,  very  true. 
Ni  .  .  .  ni,  neither  .  .  .  nor. 
Ya  no,   no  more;    ya  que,   now 

that,  since. 


perhaps. 


He  is  very  much  a  man  of  the 

world. 
They  ought  to  consider  very 

thoroughly  what  they  say. 


Alto,  en  alta  voz,  aloud. 
Mejor,  better ;  peor,  worse. 
Lo  mejor  posible,  as  well  as 
possible. 

negation :  — 

Ni  aun  ;  ni  siquiera,  not  even. 
Ni . .  .  tampoco  ;  tampoco,  nor 

.  .  .  either. 
Sin  duda,  undoubtedly ;  nada, 

by  no  means. 

De  ningun  modo,  by  no  means. 
No  .  .  .  del  todo,  not  wholly. 
Claro  ;  vaya,  of  course. 
Justo, /#.$•/ so;  haste,  even. 
Jamas,  nunca,  ever,  never. 


237.  Position  of  Negatives. — All  negatives  as  such  stand 
before  the  word  to  be  negatived,  or  alone,  the  verb  being 
understood.  Any  of  them,  however,  except  no,  may  follow 
the  verb,  when  the  sentence  will  be  affirmative,  unless  no  is 
used.  The  following  examples  will  make  clear  the  usage :  — 

iQue"  sabe  V.  de  nuevo? — Nada.     What  do  you   know  new?  — 

Nothing. 

Nada  sabemos  en  absolute.  We  know  absolutely  nothing. 

Jamas  lo  hubiera  hecho  yo.  I  would  never  have  done  it. 

£  Ha   estado   V.    alguna   vez    en     Have  you  ever  been  in  Paris  ? 
Paris  ?  —  Nunca  (jamas) .  *  —  Never. 


ADVERBS 


I65 


Yo  no  creo  nunca  lo  que  £1  me 
dice.  —  Ni  yo  tampoco. 

En  no  lejano  porvenir. 

En  mi  vida  he  oido  mentira  mas 
gorda. 

I  Tiene  V.  mi  lapiz  y  mi  papel  ?  — 
Ni  el  uno  ni  el  otro. 

Ni   una  vez  siquiera  vino  a  mi 

casa. 
Si  se  me  paga  siquiera  la  mitad, 

estoy  contento. 
Me  abandon6  sin  decirme  jamas 

por  que. 

Ella  esta  mas  bonita  que  nunca. 
Creo  que  si ;  creo  que  no. 
Eso  si  que  no. 


I  never  believe  what  he  tells 

me.  —  Nor  do  I  either. 
In  the  not  distant  future. 
Never  in  my  life  have  I  heard 

a  bigger  lie. 
Have  you  my  pencil  and  paper  ? 

—  Neither  the  one  nor  the 

other. 
Not  even  a  single  time  did  he 

come  to  my  house. 
If  I  am  paid  even  the  half,  I 

shall  be  content. 
He    abandoned    me    without 

ever  telling  me  why. 
She  is  prettier  than  ever. 
I  think  so ;  I  think  not. 
Not  that  by  any  means. 


NOTE.  —  No  may  be  used  redundantly  in  comparative  sentences, 
the  general  effect,  if  any,  being  to  render  the  contrast  more 
vivid :  — 


Mejor  es  el   trabajo   que   no   la 
ociosidad. 


Better  is  work  than  idleness. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


238.  Certain  adverbs,  chiefly  the  derivatives  and  a  few 
others,  are  compared  like  adjectives,  the  invariable  lo  (when 
used)  taking,  in  the  superlative,  the  place  of  the  gender 
forms  of  the  article  used  with  adjectives. 


POSITIVE 
Lejos,  far, 
A  memido,  often, 
Sabiamente,  wisely, 
Ricamente,  richly, 


COMPARATIVE 
mas  lejos, 
menos  a  menudo, 
mas  sabiamente, 
menos  ricamente, 


SUPERLATIVE 
lo  mas  lejos. 
lo  menos  a  menudo. 
lo  mas  sabiamente. 
lo  menos  ricamente. 


1 66  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.    Irregular  comparisons  :  — 

POSITIVE  COMPARATIVE  SUPERLATIVE 

Bien,  ivell,  mejor,  better,  lo  mejor,  (the}  best 

Mai,  badly,  peor,  worse,  lo  peor,  (the}  worst. 

Muy,      )  very, 

mas,  more.  lo  mas,  (the}  most. 

Mucho, )  much, 

Poco,  little,  menos,  less,  lo  menos,  (the)  least. 

NOTE. —  Mas  bien,  rather,  is  not  used  as  a  comparative. 

239.  Than    is    expressed    by   que    and    de,    the   latter, 
however,    only   being    used   before   numbers    in    positive 
sentences :  — 

Ella  toca  menos  a  menudo  que     She     plays    less    often    than 

antes.  formerly. 

Lleg6  mas  tarde  que  el  maestro.     He    arrived    later    than    the 

teacher. 
No   vino    mas    que    dos    6    tres     He  did  not  come  more  than 

veces.  two  or  three  times. 

Me  lo  solicit6  mas  de  diez  veces.     He  asked  me  for  it  more  than 

ten  times. 

240.  Lo  is  omitted  where  the  superlative  is  not  limited 
or  defined  in  some  way  :  — 

A  la  larga  los  que  mas  estudian,  In  the  long  run  those  who 
mas  aprenden.  study  (the)  most,  learn  (the) 

most. 

Donde  menos  se  piensa,  salta  la  Where  least  expected,  the  hare 
liebre.  starts  up. 

But  — 

Escribimos  lo  menos  posible.  We  write  the  least  possible. 

Se  qued6  lo  mas  lejos  que  pudo  He  remained  the  farthest  from 
de  la  escena.  the  scene  that  he  could. 


ADVERBS 


I67 


Prometi6me  volveria   d   los   tres 
cuartos  de  hora  lo  mas  tarde. 

Una  vez  por  lo  menos. 
Dare"  diez  pesos  £,  lo  mas. 
Deseo  acabarla  lo  antes  posible. 


He  promised  me  he  would 
return  in  three  quarters  of 
an  hour  at  the  latest. 

Once  at  least. 

I  will  give  ten  dollars  at  most. 

I  desire  to  finish  it  as  soon  as 
possible. 


241.  The  absolute  superlative  is  expressed  either  by 
modifying  the  positive  by  some  other  adverb  (as  muy,  bien, 
etc.),  or  resort  is  had  to  the  isimo  forms,  where  they  exist. 
The  former  method,  however,  is  generally  preferred  to  the 
latter :  — 

(  muy  cerca, 

(  cerquisimo, 

[  muy  lejos, 

(  lej  isimo, 

( muy  mal, 

1  malisimo, 

(  muy  poco, 

(  poquisimo, 

(  muy  bien,  ) 

((wanting),  ) 

(  muy  felizmente,      ") 

( felicisimamente,      ) 

( muy  grandemente,  > 

(  grandisimamente,    ) 


Cerca,  near, 
Lejos,  far, 
Mal,  badly, 
Poco,  little, 
Bien,  well, 
Felizmente,  happily, 
Grandemente,  greatly, 


very  near, 
very  far. 
very  badly, 
very  little, 
very  well, 
very  happily, 
very  greatly. 


242.  Tanto  and  cuanto  lose  their  final  syllable  to  before 
adjectives  and  adverbs  in  the  positive  degree,  but  not  before 
comparatives :  — 


No  liable  V.  tan  de  prisa. 
Yo  lo  hallo  tan  bien  que  no  puedo 
menos  de  aceptarlo. 


Don't  speak  so  fast. 
It  pleases  me  so  much  that  I 
can  not  do  less  than  accept  it. 


1 68  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

i  Cuan  despacio  caminan  !  How  slowly  they  walk  ! 

i  Cuan  contento  esta  aqui !  How  contented  he  is  here  ! 

Tanto  mejor  (peor)  para  usted.        So  much  the   better   (worse) 

for  you. 

a.  Como  stands  in  the  second  term  of  comparisons  of 
equality,  when  tan,  is  in  the  first :  — 

Este  c6mico  trabaja  tan  bien  como     This  comedian  plays  as  well  as 
el  otro.  the  other. 

b.  But  como  or  cuanto  may  be  used  in  the  second  term, 
where  tanto  is  an  independent  adverb  :  — 

No  juega  tanto  como  antes.  He  does  not  play  so  much  as 

formerly. 

Hoy  he   escrito  tanto  como   (or    To-day  I  have  written  as  much 
cuanto)  he  podido.  as  I  could. 

c.  Note  also  the  following  expressions.    In  the  first  two, 
tanto  may  be  omitted,  the  sense  remaining  the  same  :  — 

Cuanto  mas   bebe,    (tanto)    mas  The     more     he    drinks,   the 

se  emborracha.  drunker  he  gets. 

Cuanto    mas  gana  el   pobrecito,  The    more    the    poor    fellow 

(tanto)   menos  tiene.  earns,  the  less  he  has. 

Tanto    mas    tarde    trabajo    hoy,  I  work  the  later  to-day,  as  T 

cuanto    que    no    podr£    venir  shall  not  be   able  to  come 

manana.  to-morrow. 

Cuanto    mas   se   discute,   mayor  The  more  it  is  discussed,  the 

es  la  confusi6n.  greater  is  the  confusion. 


VIII 


PREPOSITIONS 

243.   The  prepositions,  especially  £,  en,  de,  por,  and  para, 

constitute  one  of  the  great  difficulties  of  the  Spanish  lan- 
guage. The  examples  here  given  cover  pretty  well  most 
of  the  uses.  They  should  be  studied  very  thoroughly  :  — 

A,  to,  at,  in,  into,  on  (frequently  not  translated  into  English). 


a.    In  expressions  of  time :  — 

A  las  diez ;  al  mediodia. 
Al  dia  siguiente. 
A  su  nacimiento. 
£  A  cuantos  estamos  hoy? 
Estamos  a  primero  ;  a  tres. 
A  primeros  de  Marzo. 
A  fines  de  verano. 
Cuatro  veces  al  ano. 
Llegara  a  tiempo. 
A  poco  sali6  el  tren. 
Al'amanecer  ;  a  la  noche. 
Al  entrar ;  al  llegar. 
A  tiempo  que  pasaba  un  tren. 
Fiie"  extraido  del  pozo  a  los  nueve 
dias. 


At  ten  o'clock  ;  at  midday. 
On  the  following  day. 
At  his  birth. 

What  is  the  day  of  the  month? 
It  is  'the  first ;  the  third. 
Early  in  March. 
Towards  the  end  of  summer. 
Four  times  a  year. 
He  will  arrive  in  time. 
In  a  short  time  the  train  went  out. 
At  dawn  ;  at  night. 
On  entering  ;  on  arriving. 
Just  as  a  train  was  passing. 
He  was  taken  from  the  well  at 
the  end  of  nine  days. 


b.    Position,  direction,  etc. :  — 


A  la  puerta  ;  a  la  derecha. 
Esta  a  bordo  del  barco. 
Voy  a  casa  ;  a  casa  de  Juan. 
Ire  a  Espana  ;  a  Madrid. 
j  Al  tren,  sefiores  viajeros  ! 


At  the  door ;  to  the  right. 
He  is  on  board  the  ship. 
I  am  going  home  ;  to  John's. 
I  shall  go  to  Spain ;  to  Madrid. 
All  aboard,  ladies  and  gentlemen! 


169 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Vive  d  dos  leguas  de  aqui. 

Lo  traducire  al  ingle's. 

A  medio  camino  entre  Madrid  y 

Toledo. 

A  su  paso  tom6  la  ciudad. 
Sie"ntese  usted  a  la  mesa. 
Cay6  d  tierra,  al  suelo. 

Estamos  a  vista  de  tierra. 
Todavia  no  esta  a  mi  servicio. 
Tropas  al  mando  del  capitdn. 

c.  Manner,  means,  cause:  — 
Hizo  una  resena  a  grandes  rasgos. 

Vino  a  caballo  ;  a  pie. 

A  fe  de  caballero. 

Lo  hizo  a  ruegos  de  mi  tio. 

Se  le  mat6  a  sangre  fria. 
Ri6  a  carcajadas. 
Dispar6  a  quemarropa. 
Gota  d  gota  ;  paso  d  paso. 
A  lo  fi!6sofo. 

d.  Price,  rate,  etc. :  — 

Se  vende  d  tres  pesetas  el  metro. 
La  descontare  al  cinco  por  ciento. 
Al  contado  ;  al  fiado  (d  cr£dito). 
Al  por  mayor  ;  al  por  menor. 
Estd  empleado  d  dos  duros  dia- 

rios. 
Andando  d  diez  nudos  por  hora. 


He  lives  two  leagues  from  here. 
I  will  translate  it  into  English. 
Halfway  between  Madrid  and 

Toledo. 

On  his  way  he  captured  the  city, 
Take  your  seat  at  the  table. 
He  fell  down  (to  the  earth,  to 

the  ground). 
We  are  in  sight  of  land. 
He  is  not  yet  in  my  service. 
Troops  under  the  command  of 

the  captain. 

He  gave  a  description  in  large 

outlines. 
He  came   on   horseback ;   on 

foot. 

On  the  word  of  a  gentleman. 
He  did  it  at  the  instance  of  my 

uncle. 

He  was  killed  in  cold  blood. 
He  roared  out  laughing. 
He  fired  point  blank. 
Drop  by  drop  ;  step  by  step. 
In  a  philosophical  manner. 


It  is  sold  at  three  pesetas  a  meter. 
I  will  discount  it  at  five  per  cent. 
For  cash  ;  on  credit. 
At  wholesale  ;  at  retail. 
He  is  employed  at  two  dollars 

a  day. 
Going  at  ten  knots  an  hour. 


PREPOSITIONS 


I/I 


e.    Note  also :  — 
Jugar  a  los  naipes,  al  ajedrez. 
Una  soluci6n  al  conflicto. 
Temor  a  la  publicidad. 
Amor  a  la  patria. 
La  sala  huele  aun  d  tabaco. 

La  carne  sabe  a  ajo. 

NOTE.  —  Other  uses  of  a  will 
and  verbs. 


To  play  cards,  chess. 
A  solution  of  the  difficulty. 
Fear  of  publicity. 
Love  of  country. 
The  parlor  still  smells  of  to- 
bacco. 
The  meat  tastes  of  garlic. 

be  found  in  the  syntax  of  nouns 


244.   En,  at,  on,  tipon,  in,  into  (the  general  idea  being 
rest  in  or  on,  or  motion  in  or  into). 

a.  In  time  relations :  — 

El  ataque  comenz6  en  la  noche 

del  viernes. 

No  se  habia  separado  de  e"l  en 
•  toda  la  noche. 
Volvi6  en  el  momento  en  que  yo 

lo  esperaba. 

En  e"poca  en  que  estamos. 
Curan  el  dolor  de  muelas  en  un 

momento. 
La  situaci6n  del  banco  en  21  de 

Octubre. 

De  hoy  en  ocho  dias. 
De  dia  en  dia. 
En  la  noche  y  en  la  manana. 

b.  Position,  direction,  etc. :  — 

El  senor  esta  y  quedara  en  casa  The  gentleman  is  in  and  will 
todo  el  dia.  remain  at  home  all  day. 

La  comida  esta  en  la  mesa.  The  dinner  is  on  the  table. 

Sentarse  en  la  mesa,  en  la  cama,  To  take  a  seat  at  the  table, 
en  la  silla.  upon  the  bed,  in  the  chair. 


The   attack   began  on  Friday 

night. 
He  had  not  parted  from  him 

during  the  whole  night. 
He  returned  at   the   moment 

when  I  was  expecting  him. 
In  these  days. 
They  cure  toothache  instantly. 

The  condition  of  the  bank  on 

the  2ist  of  October. 
To-day  week. 
From  day  to  day. 
At  night  and  in  the  morning. 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Muri6  en  la  silla  ele"ctrica. 
El  vapor  iba  en  su  socorro. 

Se  alej6  en  su  bicicleta. 

El  crucero  naufrag6  en  un  arre- 

cife. 
Se  ofrece  en  venta  en  la  libreria. 

En  la  estaci6n  del  ferrocarril. 
Esta  en  el  fondo  de  ese  corredor. 

En  la  esquina  de  la  calle. 
Vamos  a  pasear  en  el  parque. 

Entran  en  el   domicilio   de   los 

deudores. 
El  peri6dico  en  que  trabaja. 

c.    Note  also  :  — 
Se  castigara  en  juicio  sumarisimo. 
La  reconoci  en  el  crujido  de  sus 

botinas. 
<i  Que"  puedo  hacer  en  servicio  de 

listed  ? 
La  guerra  podria  prolongarse  en 

grave  dafio  de  Inglaterra. 

En  bien  de  Espana  entera. 
Pedir  en  justicia. 
Anda  siempre  en  pleitos. 
Lo  valuo  en  cien  pesos. 
No  se  mide  en  las  palabras. 
El  partido  radical,  en  su  mayor 
parte,  se  compone  de  ellos. 

NOTE.  —  Many  other  uses  of  en 


He  died  in  the  electric  chair. 
The  steamer  was  going  to  their 

rescue. 

He  went  off  on  his  bicycle. 
The  cruiser  was  wrecked  on  a 

reef. 
It  is  offered   for   sale   at   the 

bookstore. 

At  the  railroad  station. 
It  is  at  the  further  end  of  that 

corridor. 

On  the  corner  of  the  street. 
Let's  go  to  take  a  walk  in  the 

park. 
They  enter  the  debtors'  houses. 

The  newspaper  on  which  he 
works. 

He  will  be  summarily  punished. 
I  recognized  her  by  the  creak- 
ing of  her  boots. 
What  can  I  do  for  you  ? 

The  war  could  be  prolonged 
to  the  serious  damage  of 
England. 

For  the  good  of  all  Spain. 

To  sue  at  law. 

He  is  always  lawing. 

I  value  it  at  a  hundred  dollars. 

He  does  not  weigh  his  words. 

The  radical  party,  for  the  most 
part,  is  composed  of  them. 

coincide  with  the  English  in. 


PREPOSITIONS 


173 


245.   De,  of,  from,  by,  on,  with,  at  (indicating  primarily 
possession,  origin,  separation,  etc.). 


a.  Possession,  origin,  separation,  etc. :  — 

Vengo  de  casa  de  mi  padre. 
El  palacio  real  de  Madrid. 
Tengo  un  reloj  de  oro  y  una  ca- 

dena  de  plata. 
Una  jicara  de  chocolate. 
La  diferencia  de  una  cosa  a  otra. 


6l  vive  de  limosna. 

b.    Time :  — 

De  dia,  de  noche,  de  verano. 
Digamoslo  de  una  vez. 
Trabaja  de  sol  a  sol. 
En  cuanto  sea  de  dia. 
Muri6  de  poca  edad. 


I  come  from  my  father's(house). 
The  royal  palace  of  Madrid. 
I  have   a   gold  watch   and   a 

silver  chain. 
A  cup  of  chocolate. 
The   difference    between    one 

thing  and  another. 
He  lives  by  alms. 


By  day,  by  night,  in  summer. 
Let  us  say  it  at  once. 
He  works  from  sun  to  sun. 
As  soon  as  it  shall  be  day. 
He  died  very  young. 


c.    Cause,  manner,  characteristic,  etc. :  — 


Temblar  de  hiiedo,  de  frio. 
Vestirse  de  negro  ;  tenir  de  azul ; 

pintar  de  verde. 
Agudo    de     ingenio;     alto     de 

cuerpo ;    ancho   de   boca ;    li- 

gero  de  pies. 
Eso  me  pone  el  cabello  de  punta. 

La  nina  de  los  ojos  azules. 

d.    State,  condition,  etc. :  — 

Esta  de  viaje  en  Europa. 
Prefiero  quedarme  de  pies. 


To  tremble  with  fear,  with  cold. 
To   dress    in    black;    to    dye 

blue ;  to  paint  green. 
Sharp-witted  ;    tall  in  stature  ; 

wide- mouthed;  light-footed. 

That  makes  my  hair  stand  on 

end. 
The  girl  with  the  blue  eyes. 


He  is  traveling  in  Europe. 
I  prefer  to  remain  standing. 


Este  sombrero  esta  muy  de  moda.     This  hat  is  very  much  in  style 


174 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Esta  de  venta  en  la  libreria. 
Los  domingos  iba  de  caza. 

Se  hinc6  de  rodillas. 


It  is  for  sale  at  the  bookstore. 
On   Sundays   he   used   to    go 

hunting. 
He  knelt  down. 


e.   Occupation,  profession,  etc.  :  — 


Sirve  de  mayordomo. 

Ella  trabaja  de  costurera  a  domi- 

cilio. 

Se  recibi6  de  abogado. 
Me  retire"  de  sargento. 
Fu£  de  embajador  a  Francia. 

/.    Note  further: — 

Digale  V.  de  mi  parte. 
El  bebi6  del  vino. 
Le  dieron  de  punaladas. 
De  un  trago  se  lo  bebi6. 

Mat6  de  un  tiro  a  su  mujer  y 
cometi6  suicidio  despue"s. 

El  bueno  de  Juan. 
El  brib6n  de  cartero. 
El  pobre  de  Rocinante. 
i  Ay  de  los  vencidos  ! 


He  serves  as  steward. 
She  goes  out  to  sew. 

He  was  admitted  to  the  bar. 
I  retired  as  sergeant. 
He    went    as   ambassador   to 
France. 

Tell  him  for  me. 

He  drank  of  the  wine. 

They  stabbed  him. 

He  drank  it  down  at  one  swal- 
low. 

He  killed  with  one  shot  his 
wife  and  committed  suicide 
afterward. 

Good  John. 

The  rascal  of  a  letter  carrier. 

Poor  (old)  Rocinante. 

Woe  to  the  vanquished ! 


NOTE.  —  See  147  for  de  after  passive  verbs.  Many  other  uses 
of  de  correspond  with  English  of. 

246.  For,  by,  for,  in,  along>  by  means  of,  in  place  of,  is 
one  of  the  most  overworked  of  all  the  prepositions ;  but 
its  various  uses  fall,  in  general,  within  certain  lines  which 
make  their  classification  rather  easy :  — 


PREPOSITIONS 


175 


a.  Time :  — 

No  durara  por  mucho  tiempo. 

Creo  que  cae  por  pascua. 

Cuatro  pesos  por  un  ano. 

Una  lluvia  de  cenizas  caia  por 
instantes. 

Por  entonces  habia  estallado  una 
guerra. 

Por  la  noche  la  vi  salir  del  res- 
taurant. 

b.  Place,  movement,  etc. :  — 

Pasa  por  la  calle. 

Se  escap6  por  la  ventana. 

Sin  bajas  por  su  parte. 

Mis  investigaciones  por  ese  lado. 

Las  aves  vuelan  por  el  aire. 

Se  ech6  a  andar  por  montes  y  por 

llanos. 
Luego  revolvi6  su  mirada  por  la 

mar  y  por  el  espacio. 
Un  viaje  de  inspecci6n  por  las 

costas. 
Cuando  ve  al  conde  por  la  calle. 

c.  Price,  value:  — 
Vendere"  mi  casa  por  mil  pesos. 

Una  carta  puede  ir  a  Manila  por 
dos  perras  chicas. 

^Cuanto  pide  V.  por  este  som- 
brero ? 

Madera  por  valor  de  doscientos 
duros. 

Un  real  por  pieza. 


It  will  not  last  for  a  long  time. 
I  think  it  falls  at  Easter. 
Four  dollars  (for)  a  year. 
A  shower  of  ashes  fell  at  times. 

At  that  time  a  war  had  broken 

out. 
At  night  I  saw  her  come  out 

of  the  restaurant. 


He  passes  along  the  street. 
He  escaped  by  the  window. 
Without  casualties  on  their  side. 
My  investigations  in  that  line. 
The  birds  fly  through  the  air. 
He   began    to    wander    about 

aimlessly. 
Then  he  looked  around  over 

the  sea  and  into  space. 
A  tour  of  inspection  along  the 

coasts. 
When  he  sees  the  count  in  the 

street. 

I  will  sell  my  house  for  a  thou- 
sand dollars. 

A  letter  can  go  to  Manila  for 
two  pennies. 

How  much  do  you  ask  for  this 
hat? 

Wood  to  the  value  of  two  hun- 
dred dollars. 

One  real  apiece. 


76 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


d.    Vause,  manner,  means  :- 

Los  regales   llaman  la  atenci6n 

por  su  elegancia. 
No  hay  que  palidecer  por  eso. 

Alguna  vez  ocurria  por  descuido. 

Ella  esta  loca  por  £1. 

Acudi6  por  el  ruido  que  caus£ 

yo. 
La  dolencia  se  agrav6  por  ines- 

perada  complicaci6n. 

Por  Dios   y  por  Espafia  querri- 

amos  evitarlo. 

Merezco  por  ello  la  muerte. 
No  se  podian  ver  por  la  oscuri- 

dad. 
La   ciudad    sufri6    por    falta    de 

agua. 

Por  el  amor  que  le  tenia  ella. 
La  mujer  lo  hizo  por  vanidad. 
Tememos  por  los  colonos. 
Por  haber  tolerado  tales  gober- 

nantes. 

Por  un  golpe  de  buena  fortuna. 
Se  le  formara  causa  por  embria- 

guez. 

Lo  hara  por  fuerza. 
Lo  divide  por  la  mitad. 
Entonces  empez6  por  decir. 
Le  llaman  por  su  nombre. 
Explic6,  por  modo  concise,  sus 

razones    para    augurar    exito 

brillante. 


The  presents  attract  attention 
by  their  elegance. 

There  is  no  reason  to  get  pale 
on  that  account. 

It  occurred  sometimes  through 
oversight. 

She  is  madly  in  love  with  him. 

He  ran  up  (to  me)  because  of 
the  noise  I  made. 

The  disease  grew  worse  be- 
cause of  an  unexpected  com- 
plication. 

For  God's  sake  and  for  Spain's 
we  should  like  to  avoid  it. 

I  deserve  death  for  it. 

They  could  not  see  each  other 
on  account  of  the  darkness. 

The  city  suffered  for  lack  of 
water. 

For  the  love  she  had  for  him. 

The  woman  did  it  for  vanity. 

We  fear  for  the  colonists. 

For  having  tolerated  such 
rulers. 

By  a  stroke  of  good  luck. 

He  will  be  prosecuted  for 
drunkenness. 

He  will  do  it  by  force. 

He  divides  it  into  halves. 

Then  he  began  by  saying. 

They  call  him  by  his  name. 

He  explained,  in  a  concise 
manner,  his  reasons  for  pre- 
dicting brilliant  success. 


PREPOSITIONS 


1/7 


Se  estableci6  por  su  cuenta. 

Esta   obligado    a    mirar    por    si 

mismo. 
Se   la   siti6    (a   la   ciudad)    por 

hambre. 

Se  despachan  pedidos  por  correo. 
<;  Debo  venir  por  mar  6  por  tierra  ? 
Ya  lo  86"  por  experiencia. 
Nadie  me  vi6  bajar  gor  aquella 

soga. 
La    situaci6n    se    explica   por   si 

misma. 
Muchos,  por  falta  de  sentido,  no 

le  pierden. 


He  went  into  business  on  his 

own  account. 
He  is  obliged  to  look  out  for 

himself. 
The    city    was    besieged    and 

starved   out. 
Orders  sent  by  mail. 
Shall  I  come  by  sea  or  by  land  ? 
I  already  know  it  by  experience. 
No  one  saw  me  come  down  by 

that  rope. 
The  situation  explains  itself. 

Many  do  not  lose  their  senses 
because  they  have  none. 


e.    Purpose,  exchange,  instead  of,  in  behalf  of,  etc. :  — 


Salgo  sin  capa  por  (para)  ir  mas 

ligero. 

Hubo  un  pleito  por  divorcio. 
Tenia  impaciencia  por  defender 

a  su  amigo. 
La  filosofia  lucha  por  resolver  este 

problema. 
Tenia  prisa  por  otra  explicaci6n. 

Lo  que  V.  ha  hecho  por  mi. 
Estoy  siempre  velando  por  ti. 
Asisto  por  mi  companero. 

Habla  por  su  amigo. 
Fu£  por  lefia  y  agua. 
Doy  mi  gaban  por  el  de  usted. 

Vayase  el  uno  por  el  otro. 


I  go  out  without  cape  in  order 
to  go  more  rapidly. 

There  was  a  suit  for  divorce. 

He  was  impatient  to  defend 
his  friend. 

Philosophy  strives  to  solve  this 
problem. 

He  was  anxious  for  another 
explanation.  • 

What  you  have  done  for  me. 

I  am  always  watching  over  thee. 

I  attend  in  place  of  my  com- 
panion. 

He  speaks  for  his  friend. 

He  went  for  wood  and  water. 

I  will  give  my  greatcoat  for 
yours. 

Let  one  go  for  the  other. 


SPAN.  GRAM. 12 


1/8  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

/.    Note  further :  — 


Ruin  sea  el  que  por  ruin  se  tiene. 

Fui  por  Madrid  a  Toledo. 
Echaronle  por  tierra. 
Ella  le  cogi6  por  la  mano. 
<i  Quiere  V.  tomarla  por  esposa  ? 

La  carta  esta  por  escribir. 
Repito  por  mi  honor  que  lo  ig- 

noro. 
Hacemos  votos  por  vuestra  for- 

tuna. 

Se  le  recibi6  por  maestro. 
Cada  arbol,  por  decirlo  asi,  tiene 

su  lengua. 

j  Bien  por  mi  sobrino  ! 
Los  carlistas  se  dieron  por  ven- 

cidos. 
Pregunt6  por  la  salud  del  nino. 


Vile  be  he  who  thinks  himself 

vile. 

I  went  to  Toledo  via  Madrid. 
They  threw  him  to  the  ground. 
She  took  him  by  the  hand. 
Do  you  wish  to  take  her  to 

wife? 

The  letter  is  yet  to  be  written. 
I  repeat  on  my  honor  that  I  do 

not  know  it. 
We  pray  for  your  welfare. 

He  was  received  as  teacher. 

Every  tree,  so  to  speak,  has  its 
language. 

Good  for  my  nephew  ! 

The  Carlists  gave  up  as  con- 
quered. 

He  asked  after  the  child's 
health. 


g.   In  many  adverbial  expressions :  — 


Por  ejemplo  ;  por  lo  general. 
Por  consiguiente  ;  por  complete. 
Por  lo  demas  ;  por  el  contrario. 
Por  fin  ;  por  dicha. 
Por  razones  obvias. 
Palabra  por  palabra. 
Por  orden  alfabe"tico. 
Por  grande  que  sea. 


For  instance ;  in  general. 
Consequently ;  completely. 
For  the  rest ;  on  the  contrary. 
Finally ;  fortunately. 
For  obvious  reasons. 
Word  for  word. 
In  alphabetical  order. 
However  great  he  may  be. 


REMARK.  —  See  147  for  por  after  passive  verbs. 


PREPOSITIONS 


179 


247.    Par SL}  for,  to,  in,  £/(with  infinitive,  to,  in  order  to): 


a.  Destination,  use,  etc. :  — 

Esta  carta  es  para  el  correo. 
No  es  util  para  nada. 
Ropa  hecha  para  niiios. 

Lo  he  hecho  para  un  amigo. 

Tela  buena  para  camisas. 

Al   practicarse  la   carga  para  el 

sexto  disparo. 
Este     caballo     es     bueno    para 

correr,  pero  malo  para  tirar. 
La  casa  esta  para  alquilar. 

b.  Purpose,  etc.  :  — 

Comemos  para  vivir. 

Estudi6  para  abogado. 

Es  dificultoso  para  aprendido  de 

memoria. 
Son  incapaces  para  el  gobierno 

propio. 

Vengo  aqui  para  asuntos  de  familia. 
No  sirve  sino  para  hacerle  timido. 

c.  Time :  — 

Lo  dejaremos  para  mafiana. 
Para  lo  future  tomara  otro  nom- 

bre. 
Para  ese   tiempo   se   conoceran 

los  resultados. 
No  veia  aparecer  de  un  dia  para 

otro  las  cerezas. 
Un   almanaque  para  el  ano  que 

viene. 


This  letter  is  for  the  post  office. 

It  is  not  good  for  anything. 

Ready-made  clothing  for  chil- 
dren. 

I  have  made  it  for  a  friend. 

Cloth  good  for  shirts. 

While  preparing  the  charge  for 
the  sixth  shot. 

This  horse  is  good  for  running, 
but  bad  for  drawing. 

The  house  is  for  rent. 


We  eat  to  live. 

He  studied  to  be  a  lawyer. 

It  is  difficult  to  learn  by  heart. 

They  are  incapable  of  self- 
government. 

I  come  here  for  family  affairs. 

It  only  serves  to  make  him 
timid. 

We  will  leave  it  for  to-morrow. 
In  (for  the)  future  it  will  take 

another  name. 
By  that  time  the  results  will  be 

known. 
He  did  not  see   the    cherries 

appear  from  day  to  day. 
An    almanac    for  the  coming 

year. 


180  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

d.  Direction :  — 
Saldre"  manana  para  Madrid. 

Partieron  para  el  pueblo. 


I  shall  start  to-morrow  for  Ma- 
drid. 
They  set  out  for  the  village. 


e.    Consideration,  etc. :  — 

Para  principiante  no  lo  ha  hecho 

mal. 

Para  el  que  habita  la  ciudad. 
No  es  envidiable  para  mi  la  vida. 
Es   una   grave    ofensa    para    su 

reputaci6n. 

No  hay  para  que"  desesperar. 
No  existe  para  £1  y  no  la  teme. 

Es  increible  para  muchos. 


For  a  beginner  he  has  not  done 

it  badly. 

For  him  who  lives  in  the  city. 
Life  is  not  enviable  for  me. 
It  is  a  grave    offense    against 

his  reputation. 

There  is  no  reason  to  despair. 
It  does  not  exist  for  him,  and 

he  does  not  fear  it. 
It  is  incredible  to  many. 


/.    As  a  complement  to  certain  adjectives :  — 


Soldados  aptos  para  la  lucha. 
Apropiado  para  el  oficio. 
Capaz  para  un  empleo. 
Habil  para  el  empleo. 
Id6neo  para  alguna  cosa. 

g.    Note  further :  — 

El  general  ley 6  la  relaci6n  para 

si. 
Para    empezar    diremos    que    el 

perito  se  equivoca. 
Mi  trabajo  ha  sido  muy  bene"fico 

para  esta  republica. 
Dijo  para  si :  lo  hare*. 


Soldiers  fit  for  fighting. 
Suitable  for  the  office. 
Fit  for  an  employment. 
Qualified  for  the  occupation. 
Suitable  for  anything. 


The  general  read  the  report  to 
himself. 

To  begin  we  will  say  that  the 
expert  is  mistaken. 

My  work  has  been  very  benefi- 
cial to  this  republic. 

He  said  to  himself ;  I  will  do  it. 


PREPOSITIONS  l8l 

NOTE. — While  difference  in  use  between  por  and  para  is  nearly 
always  quite  distinct,  there  are  cases  where  either  may  be  used, 
especially  before  an  infinitive  :  — 

Callare"  por  (para)  no  dar  dis-  I  will  hold  my  tongue  in  order 

gusto  a  usted.  not  to  displease  you. 

Viene  a  caballo  por  (para)  llegar  He  comes  on  horseback  in 

mas  de  prisa.  order  to  arrive  more  quickly. 

248.  Ante,  before,  in  the  presence  of,  in  view  of. 
Antes  de,  before  (in  time,  order,  or  rank). 
Delante  de,  before  (in  front  of):  — 

Ante  el  tribunal,  el  juez.  Before  the  court,  the  judge. 

Lo  hizo  ante  mis  ojos.  He  did  it  before  my  eyes. 

Ante  la  declaraci6n  del  rey.  In  view  of  the  king's  declara- 
tion. 

Ante  todo,  ante  todas  cosas.  Before  all,  before  all  things. 

Lleg6  antes  de  mi.  He  arrived  before  I  did. 

Murio  antes  de  las  tres.  He  died  before  three  o'clock. 

El  pronombre  se  pone  antes  del  The  pronoun  is  placed  before 

verbo.  the  verb. 

El  obispo  esta  antes  del  sacerdote.  The  bishop  takes  precedence 

of  the  priest. 

Esta  delante  de  la  iglesia.  He  is  in  front  of  the  church. 

Lo  dir£  delante  de  testigos.  I  will  say  it  before  witnesses. 

249.  Bajo,  beneath,  under,  below  (chiefly  figurative). 
Debajo  de,  beneath,  under  (material  position). 
So,  under  (used  only  in  a  few  expressions)  :  — 

Lo  hago  bajo  protesta.  I  do  it  under  protest. 

Bajo  el  mando  del  capitan.  Under   the    command  of    the 

captain. 
Tres  grades  bajo  cero.  Three  degrees  below  zero. 


1 82  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Bajo  la  rodilla ;  bajo  la  mano.  Below   the   knee  ;    under   the 

hand. 

Ponga  V.  su  maleta  debajo  del  sofa.  Put  your  valise  under  the  sofa. 

Mis  zapatos  estan  debajo   de  la  My  shoes  are  under  the  bed. 

cam  a. 

So  capa ;  so  color ;  so  pretexto.  Under  cover,  color,  pretense. 

So  pena  de  la  muerte.  Under  penalty  of  death. 

250.  De  a,  0/"(rate,  measure,  price,  etc.):  — 

Sellos  de  a  dos  centavos.  Two-cent  postage  stamps. 

Un  canon  de  a  diez  centimetres.     A  ten-centimeter  gun. 
Una  pieza  de  a  seis  pulgadas.  A  six-inch  gun. 

Un  puro  de  a  real.  A  five-cent  cigar. 

Guardias  de  a  caballo  y  de  a  pie.     Mounted      and       unmounted 

guards. 

Note  that  in  the  first  three  examples  simple  de  might  be  used. 

251.  Con,  with,  along  with;  also  means  and  instrument. 
Juntamente  con,  together  with  :  — 

Fui  al  teatro  con  mi  tio.  I  went  to  the  theater  with  my 

uncle. 

No  llevo  dinero  conmigo.  I  don't  carry  money  with  me. 

Le  mat6  con  una  navaja.  He  killed  him  with  a  clasp- 

knife. 

Me  quiere  con  todo  su  coraz6n.       He  loves  me  with  all  his  heart. 

Juntamente  con  sus  arnigos.  Together  with  his  friends. 

252.  Contra,  against,  towards:  — 

Estrell6se   el   caballo   contra   la    The  horse  dashed  against  the 

pared.  wall. 

El  barco  di6  contra  las  rocas.          The    vessel    ran    against    the 

rocks.  * 

La  casa  esta  contra  el  norte.  The  house  faces  towards  the 

north. 


PREPOSITIONS  183 

253.  Desde,  from,  since :  — 

Desde  la  creaci6n  del  mundo.          From  the  creation  of  the  world. 
Desde  Madrid  hasta  Toledo.  From  Madrid  to  Toledo. 

Desde  nino ;  desde  manana.  From  childhood ;  from  to-mor- 

row on. 

254.  Durante,  during:  — 

Durante  su  minoria.  During  his  minority. 

255.  Entre,  between,  amongst,  to:  — 

Entre  tii  y  yo ;  entre  amigos.  Between  you  and  me ;  amongst 

friends. 
Entre  los  cuatro  se  comieron  el     Between  the  four  they  ate  the 

pavo  entero.  whole  turkey. 

Dije  entre  mi :  no  hare"  tal  cosa.      I  said  to  myself:  I  will  do  no 

such  thing. 

256.  Excepto,  menos,  salvo,  except,  save:  — 

Lo  hace  todo  excepto  lo  mas  He  does  it  all  except  the  most 
importante.  important  part. 

Los  tengo  todos  menos  media  I  have  them  all  except  a  half 
docena.  dozen. 

Salvo  los  errores  inevitables.  Save  the  inevitable  errors. 

257.  Hacia,  towards  (physical  and  moral  direction). 
Para  con,  towards  (moral  direction) :  — 

Hacia  la  entrada  de  la  casa.  Towards  the  entrance  of  the 

house. 

Relampaguea  hacia  el  norte.  It  lightens  towards  the  north. 

El  camina  hacia  su  perdici6n.  He  is  going  to  his  ruin. 

Mi  agradecimiento  hacia  V.  sera  My  gratitude  towards  you  will 

eterno.  be  eternal. 

Es  siempre  amable  para  con  sus  He  is  always  amiable  towards 

amigos.  his  friends. 


[84 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


258.  Hasta,  as  far  as,  until,  even,  etc.:  — 

Pelearemos  hasta  veneer  6  morir.     We  shall  fight  until  we  conquer 

or  die. 
Mariana  caminaremos  hasta  Bur-     To-morrow  we  shall  go  as  far  as 

gos.  Burgos. 

Los   piratas   mataron    hasta    los     The   pirates   killed    even    the 

nifios.  .  children. 

259.  Mediante,  by  means  of:  - 

F6rmula   de   un    charlatan    para     Formula  of  a  charlatan  for  kill- 


matar   pulgas    mediante    unos 
polvos  ole  su  invenci6n. 


ing  fleas  by  means  of  some 
powder  of  his  invention. 


260.   No  obstante,  notwithstanding:  — 

No  obstante  todo  lo  que  ha  dicho,     Notwithstanding  all  he  has  said, 
es  increible.  it  is  incredible. 


261.  Segiin,  according  to :  — 
El  juez  sentenci6  segun  ley. 

No   pienso   que   las    mercancias 

scan  segun  las  muestras. 
Segun  lo  que  se  me  ha  dicho. 

<j  Viene  hoy  6  manana  ?    Es  segun. 

262.  Sin,  without,  besides:  — 

El  pobre  tiene  que  trabajar  sin 
cesar  para  ganar  su  pan  cotidi- 
ano. 

Me  trajo  diamantes  y  rubies  sin 
otras  muchas  piedras  preciosas. 


The  judge  gave  sentence  ac- 
cording to  law. 

I  don't  think  the  goods  are 
according  to  samples. 

According  to  what  I  have  been 
told. 

Is  he  coming  to-day  or  to-mor- 
row? It  depends. 

The   poor   man   has   to   work 

without  ceasing  in  order  to 

earn  his  daily  bread. 
He  brought  me  diamonds  and 

rubies    besides    many  other 

precious  stones. 


PREPOSITIONS 


I85 


263.   Sobre,  on,  upon,  of,  above,  over,  etc. 
Encima  de,  upon,  over,  above :  — 


Colonia  esta  sobre  el  Rhin. 
Pongo  mi  gorro  sobre  la  mesa. 
Disputan  sobre  la  libre  acunaci6n 

de  la  plata. 
Hay  aqui  sobre  cien  personas. 

Hablemos  sobre  otra  cosa. 
Sobre  lo  de  rustico,  tiene  algo  de 

taimado. 
Mi  sombrero  esta  encima  de  la 

guardarropa. 

Las  aves  vuelan  encima  de  la  torre. 
Y  por  encima  de  todo. 


Cologne  is  on  the  Rhine. 

I  put  my  cap  on  the  table. 

They  are  disputing  about  the 
free  coinage  of  silver. 

There  are  over  a  hundred  per- 
sons here. 

Let  us  speak  of  something  else. 

Besides  his  rusticity,  he  has 
something  crafty  about  him. 

My  hat  is  upon  the  wardrobe. 

The  birds  fly  over  the  tower. 
And  above  all. 


264.   Tras  (de),  after,  besides. 

Atras  de,   j  behind  (place  order). 
Detras  de,  J 

Despues  de,  after  (time,  order). 
En  pos  de,  after,  behind:  — 


Tras  la  fortuna  viene  la  adversidad. 
Tras  (de)  perder  su  dinero,  va 

sobre  su  honor. 
No  se  queda  atras  de  su  antepo- 

sado. 

Detras  de  la  cruz  esta  el  diablo. 
Esta  sentado  detras  de  su  sobrino. 
Despue"  s  de  la  lluvia,  el  buen  tiem- 

po. 
El  pronombre  enclitico  se  pone 

despue"s  del  infinitive. 
En  pos  de  los  demas  se  dirigi6 

hacia  el  municipio. 


After  fortune  comes  adversity. 

Besides  losing  his  money,  his 
honor  is  at  stake. 

He  is  not  inferior  to  his  ances- 
tor. 

Behind  the  cross  is  the  devil. 

He  is  sitting  behind  his  nephew. 

After  the  rain,  the  good  weather. 

The  enclitic  pronoun  is  placed 

after  the  infinitive. 
Behind    the    others    he    went 

towards  the  townhall. 


1 86 


SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


265.   Certain  combinations  of  prepositions  have  already 
been  given.     Others  occur  with  de  and  por :  — 

Salieron  de  entre  los  sepulcros.     They  came  forth  from  amongst 

the  tombs. 

The   little   birds   were  hopping 
about  among  the  limbs. 


Saltaban  los  pajarillos  por  entre 

las  ramas. 
Cada  uno  de  por  si. 
Un  alambre  pasa  por  encima  de 

la  rueda  y  por  delante  de  la 

ventana. 
De  debajo  de  la  cama. 


Each  one  by  himself. 
A   wire   passes  over   the  wheel 
and  before  the  window. 

From  under  the  bed. 


266.  Besides  the  prepositional  examples  already  re- 
corded, there  are  numerous  phrases  which  serve  as  prepo- 
sitions. Their  use  is  so  simple  that  illustrative  sentences 
are  not  deemed  necessary  :  — 


ademds  de,  besides. 

alrededor  de,  around. 

acerca  de,  about,  concerning. 

cerca'de,  near. 

dentro  de,  in,  into,  within. 

fuera  de,  outside  of. 

lejos  de,  far  from. 


conforme  a,  according  to. 
correspondiente   a,   correspond- 
ing to. 

contrario  d,  contrary  to. 
frente  d,  opposite  to. 
junto  d,  near,  close  to. 
respecto  d,  with  regard  to. 
tocante  d,  touching. 


a  causa  de,  because  of. 
a  excepci6n  de,  excepting. 
d  fuerza  de,  by  dint  of. 
al  lado  de,  by  the  side  of. 
a(l)  trave"s  de,  across,  through. 
d  pesar  de,  in  spite  of. 
a  raz6n  de,  at  the  rate  of. 
de  parte  de,  on  the  part  of . 
en  cuanto  d,  as  to,  as  for. 


en  frente  de,  opposite. 

en  lugar  de,  instead  of. 

en  vez  de,  instead  of. 

en  virtud  de,  by  virtue  of. 

en  vista  de,  in  view  of. 

mds  alld  de,  beyond. 

por  causa  de,  on  account  of. 

por  raz6n  de,  by  reason  of. 

sin  embargo  de,  notwithstanding. 


IX 

CONJUNCTIONS   AND    INTERJECTIONS 
CONJUNCTIONS 

267.  The  distinction  between  pure  conjunctions  and 
conjunctive  adverbs  can  not  always  be  strictly  drawn. 
Their  classification  is  unimportant :  — 

mas,  pero,  sino,  )  que,  that,  for,  whether,  and. 

empero  (rare),  J  a  que,  that,  until,  P II  bet  that. 

ni,  nor.  de  que,  that,  because. 

6,  u (before  o  or  ho),  or.  y,  e (before  /  or  hi),  and. 

6  sea,  or,  that  is.  si,  if,  whether,  suppose,  why. 

a.  Mas,  pero  (empero),  are  the  usual   connectives  be- 
tween adversative  statements :  — 

Eso  lo  dice  Mariana,  mas  no  That  is  what  Mariana  says,  but 
conviene  con  el  Lafuente.  Lafuente  does  not  agree  with 

him. 

No  le  he  visto  hoy,  pero  creo  I  have  not  seen  him  to-day, 
que  vendrd.  but  I  think  he  will  come. 

b.  Sino,  if  the  same  verb  is  expressed  or  implied  in  both 
clauses,  is  used  by  way  of  contrast  after  a  negative  state- 
ment.   When  it  is  used  in  the  same  clause  with  the  negative, 
it  translates  our  but  in  the  sense  of  only :  — 

Yo  no  vivo  aqui  sino  en  Carta-     I  do  not  live  here,  but  in  Car- 

gena.  tagena. 

No  una  vez  sino  tres  veces  me     Not   once,  but   three  times,  he 

lo  solicit6.  begged  it  of  me. 

187 


1 88  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

No  tengo  sino  tres  pesos  en  mi  I  have  but  three  dollars  in  my 

cartera.  pocketbook. 

No  llega  el  vapor  sino  pasado  The    steamer    arrives    only    the 

maiiana.  day  after  to-morrow. 

C-.    0  becomes  u  before  words  beginning  with  o  or  ho:  — 

Vendre"  hoy  6  manana.  I  shall  come  to-day  or  to-morrow. 

Siete  u  ocho ;  diez  u  onze ;  mujer     Seven  or  eight ;  ten  or  eleven  ; 
u  hombre.  woman  or  man. 

d.  Que  is  the  common  connective  between  principal  and 
subordinate  clauses,  but  it  likewise  has  other  uses,  some 
of  which  are  purely  idiomatic  and  arbitrary.  It  may  be 
omitted  in  certain  cases,  but  is  not  nearly  so  often  omitted 
as  the  English  that:  — 

Pienso  que  lo  hara  tarde  6  tern-  I  think  he  will  do  it  sooner  or 

prano.  later. 

Permitame  le  diga  que  no  esta  d  Allow  me  to  tell  you  that  it  is  not 

mi  gusto.  satisfactory  to  me. 

Al  mismo  tiempo  cay6  enferma  At  the  same  time  his  mother  fell 

su  madre  ;   que  rara  vez  una  sick  ;  for  rarely  does  a  misfor- 

desgracia  viene  sola.  tune  come  alone. 

Que  quiera  6  no,  lo  hare".  Whether  he  will  or  not,  I  shall 

do  it. 

Justicia  pide,  que  no  gracia.  Justice  he  asks,  and  not  pardon. 

i  Socorro  !  j  que  me  matan  !  Help  !  they  are  killing  me  ! 

NOTE.  —  In  some  instances  a  preceding  clause  may  be  sup- 
plied :  — 

i  Que  pase!  (i.e.  quiero  que — ).     Let  him  come  in   (i.e.  I  wish 

that)  he  come  in. 

i  Que  se  van  todos  !    (i.e.  creo     (I  believe)   they  are  all  going 
que  — ) .  away. 


CONJUNCTIONS  189 

e.   A  que  is  used  after  such  verbs  as  invitar,  instar,  ex- 
hortar,  esperar,  aguardar,  etc. :  — 

Invita  a  los  franceses  a  que  in-  He  invites  the  French  to  invest 

viertan  sus  capitales.  their  capital. 

El  Globo  insta  al  gobierno  a  que  The  Globe  urges  the  government 

tome  posesi6n  de  la  bahia.  to  take  possession  of  the  bay. 

Le  exhortamos  a  que  no  pierda  We  exhort  him  not  to  lose  hope. 

las  esperanzas. 

Aguardare"  a  que  venga.  I  will  wait  until  he  comes. 

A  que  no  vendra.  I'll  bet  he  will  not  come. 

/.   De  que,  in  general,  is  employed  after  words  which,  in 
other  constructions,  would  be  followed  by  de :  — 

No  hay  duda  de  que  el  proyecto  There  is  no  doubt  (of  the  fact) 

llegara  a  ser  ley.  that  the  bill  will  become  a  law. 

Estoy  seguro  de  que  e"!  lo  acep-  I  am  sure  (of  the  fact  that)  he 

tara.  will  accept  it. 

g.   Y  becomes  e  before  i  or  hi,  but  not  before  hie  or  at 
the  beginning  of  an  interrogative  sentence:  — 

Fernando  e"   Isabel ;    padres   e"  Ferdinand  and  Isabella;  fathers 

hijos.  and  sons. 

Tigres  y  hienas  ;  nieve  y  hielo.  Tigers  and  hyenas;  snow  and  ice. 

<i  Y  interns  al  cinco  por  ciento  ?  And  interest  at  five  per  cent  ? 

h.   Si  commonly  expresses  a  condition,  but  it  has  other 
uses  which  may  be  seen  in  the  following :  — 

Dudo  si  traera  su  escopeta.  I  doubt  whether  he  will  bring 

his  gun. 
£  Si  sera  verdad  lo  que  se  me  ha     Suppose  what  has  been  told  me 

dicho  ?  shall  turn  out  to  be  true  ? 

Si  no  sali6  en  toda  la  noche.  Why,  he  did  not  go  out  during 

the  whole  night. 


190 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


268.  Besides  the  conjunctions  already  given,  there  are 
numerous  conjunctive  phrases.  Those  in  heavy  type  are 
followed  by  the  subjunctive  under  conditions  to  be  here- 
after explained :  — 


a  fin  de  que,  in  order  that. 
a  medida  que,  according  as. 

a  menos  que,  ) 

[  unless. 
a  no  ser  que;  j 

ahora  que,  now  that. 
antes  que,  before. 
asi  que,  so  that,  as. 

aunque,    )     Jj7       , 
I  although. 
bien  que,  j 

como,  when,  as. 

como  quiera  que,  however. 

con  que,  so,  so  then. 

con  motive  que,  so  that. 

con  tal  que,  provided  that. 

cuando,  when. 

cuanto  mas  que,  the  more  since. 

dado  que,  in  case. 

dado  caso  que,  supposing  that. 

de  manera  que,  1 

de  modo  que,      \  so  that. 

de  suerte  que,    J 

desde  que,  since. 

despues  que,  after. 


en  caso  que,  in  case  that. 
en  tanto  que,  while,  in  case  that. 
en  vez  de  que,  instead  of. 
entre  tanto  que,  while. 
excepto  que,  except  that. 
hasta  que,  until. 
luego  que,  as  soon  as. 
mientras  (que),  while. 
no  obstante  que,  notwithstand- 
ing. 

para  que,  in  order  that. 
por  —  que,  however  (246,  g). 
porque,  because,  in  order  that. 
por  si,  in  case  that. 

pues  que,      )    . 

\  since. 
puesto  que,  } 

sea  que,  whether,  while. 

segun  que,  according  as. 

siempre  que,  whenever. 

sin  que,  without. 

supuesto  que,  supposing,  since. 

tanto  que,  so  that. 

ya  que,  since.  . 


269.   Certain   conjunctions,  which   occur  in   pairs,  are 
called  correlatives:  — 


Apenas  —  cuando. 

Asi  —  como;  ni  —  ni  (237). 

No  bien  —  cuando. 

No  s61o  —  sino  (que). 


Scarcely  —  when. 

Both  —  and  ;  neither  —  nor. 

Scarcely  —  when. 

Not  only  —  but. 


INTERJECTIONS  19 1 

No  solamente  —  sino  (que).          Not  only  —  but. 

6  —  6;  ora  —  ora.  Either  —  or;  now  —  now. 

Sea  —  sea;  ya  —  ya.  Whether  —  or;  now  —  now. 

NOTE.  —  Where  que  follows  sino,  as  above,  a  verb  will  be  ex- 
pressed, which  need  not  be  the  same  as  that  of  the  first  clause 
(267,*):  — 
Te  suplico  que  no  rompas  esta     I  beg  you  not  to  tear  up  this 

carta,  sino  que  la  guardes.  letter,  but  to  keep  it. 

INTERJECTIONS 

270.  Conversational  Spanish  is  profuse  in  interjections. 
Their  exact  shade  of  meaning  depends,  to  some  extent,  on 
the  circumstances  which  call  them  forth.     The   English 
translations  assigned  to  them  must  be  regarded  as  merely 
approximative.     The  pure  interjections  are  :  — 

1  ah ;  '  °h  '  ,  \  oh  ,  ah  !  alas  ,       '  I"?  '  <«fn>  °h™  '      . 
j  ay !  j  guay  I  j  \  ja  !  \  ja  !  \  ja  !  (laughter). 

i  bah  !  pshaw  /  \  ojala  !   God  grant ! 

\  ca  !  or  \  quia  !  nonsense  /  \  ox  !  shoo  ! 

\  caramba  !  the  deuce  !  \  puf !  ugh  !  pah  / 

I  caspita  !  zounds  /  j  sus  !  courage  !  come  on  / 

\  ea  !  come  !  \  tate  !  beware  ! 

\  eh  !  eh  !  say  !  j  uf !  (weariness),  oh  ! 

\  hola  !  (ola)  oh  /  hello  f  \  zape  !  scat!  goodness  ! 

271.  Besides   the   pure   interjections,  various   parts   of 
speech   are   used   as   such.      Among   the   more   common 
are :  — 

j  al  asesino  !  murder  /  \  cuidado  !  take  care  ! 

\  al  Iadr6n  !  stop  thief!  \  de  veras  !  indeed '/  truly  ! 

\  &  lincharle  !  lynch  him  f  \  fuego  !  fire  ! 

\  anda  !  pshaw  f  nonsense!  \  otra  !    j  otra  !    j  otra   vez  !  en- 

\  a  quemarle  vivo  !    burn   him          core  / 

alive/  j  toma  !  indeed!  really! 


IQ2  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

i  basta  !  enough  !  \  socorro  !  help  !  help  / 

i  bravo  !  bravo  !  good  for  you!  \  vamos  !  come  !  well! 

\  calle  !  shut  up  !  nonsense  !  \  vaya  !  indeed ' !  of  course  ! 

\  c6mo  !  how  !  why  !  \  voto  va  !  thunderation  ! 

\  corriente  !  all  right !  \  ya  ya  !  yes,  yes,  of  course  ! 

NOTE.  —  Hombre,  man,  and  mujer,  woman,  often  occur  as 
interjections,  particularly  to  add  emphasis  or  to  protest  against  a 
statement. 

272.  The  names  of  holy  personages  and  evil  spirits  are 
freely  used  as   exclamations,   Spaniards   not   feeling   the 
same  aversion  to  their  use  as  we  do.     In  translating  into 
English,   they  may  be  rendered  by  dear  me !   heavens ! 
gracious  me!  or  any  other  equivalent  appropriate  to  the 
context : — 

i  cielos  !  heavens  !  \  ave  Maria  !  hail  Mary  ! 

\  ay  Dios  mio  !  oh,  my  God!  \  ave  Maria  purisima  !  hail  Mary 

\  Dios  !   God!  most  pure  ! 

\  Dios  mio  !  my  God!  \  Virgen  Santa  !  Holy  Virgin  / 

\  por  Dios  !  for  God's  sake  !  \  Jesus  !  or,  \  Jesus,  Maria,  Jose"  ! 

i  sefior  !  lord!  sir!  \  demonio  !  1 

i  pardiez  !  by  George !  \  diablo  ! 

i  valgame  Dios  !   God  help  me  !  \  diantre  !     J 

273.  Adjectives  and  ay  and  guay  are  connected  by  de 
with  a  following  noun  or  pronoun  :  — 

i  triste  de  mi !  poor  me  !  \  ay  de  ti  !  alas  for  thee  ! 

\  pobre  de  mi  amigo  !   my  poor     \  guay  tie  la  victima  !  woe  to  the 
friend!  victim ! 

274.  Finally  qu6  and  qu6  —  tan  introduce  many  exclama- 
tory phrases :  — 

i  que"  lastima  !  what  a  pity  !  \  que"  hombre  !  what  a  man  ! 

\  que"  bonita  !  how  pretty  !  \  que"  nina  tan  hermosa  !  what  a 

pretty  child  ! 


X 

SYNTAX 

THE   DEFINITE  ARTICLE 

275.  The  English  and  Spanish  definite  articles  coincide 
in  many  of  their  uses.  In  general  we  shall  note  only  such 
cases  as  differ  from  English  usage.  The  Spanish  article 
is  used  — 

a.  With  the  names  of  certain  countries,  provinces, 
mountains,  and  cities,  and  with  others  when  they  are  lim- 
ited by  some  qualifying  word  or  are  not  preceded  by  a 
preposition :  — 

el  Brasil,  el  Canada,  la  America  del  Sur. 

el  Peru,  la  Coruna.  la  Carolina  del  Norte. 

la  Habana,  el  Vesuvio.  la  Gran  Bretana. 

el  Helic6n.  Castilla  la  Nueva  or  la  Vieja. 

el  Jap6n,  el  Paraguay.  la  Francia  produce  mucho  vino. 

NOTE.  —  Familiarly  also  before  the  baptismal  names  of  women  : 
la  Carlota,  la  Dolores,  la  Pepita. 

b\    In  expressing  periods  or  points  of  time  :  — 

Volver6  a  los  ocho  diasv  I  shall  return  in  eight  days. 

Lo  vi  el  lunes  y  lo  vere"  el  mie>-  I  saw  him  on  Monday  and  shall 

coles.  see  him  on  Wednesday. 

Doy  mi  Iecci6n  de  musica  los  I  take  my  music  lesson   (on) 

martes  y  los  jueves.  Tuesdays  and  Thursdays. 

La  semana  entrante  ;  el  ano  que  Next  week ;  next  year. 

viene. 

SPAN.  GRAM.  — 13  193 


194  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

Es  la  una ;  son  las  dos,  las  tres     It   is   one  o'clock ;    it   is   two, 

y  media.  half- past  three. 

A  or  por  la  noche.  At  night. 

c.  In  expressions  of  rate,  measure,  weight,  etc. :  — 

Al  tanto  por  ciento.  At  so  much  per  cent. 

A  dos  pesos  la  fanega.  At  two  dollars  a  bushel. 

A  tres  pesetas  la  libra.  At  three  francs  a  pound. 

A  diez  centavos  la  milla.  At  ten  cents  a  mile. 

NOTE.  —  But  the  article  is  frequently  omitted  and  por  may  be 
used :  — 

Este  pafio  vale  dos  pesos  vara  This  cloth  is  worth  two  dollars 

(la  vara  or  por  vara) .  a  yard. 

La  mantequilla  se  vende  a  25  Butter  sells  at  twenty-five  cents 

centavos  libra  (la  1.  or  por  1.).  a  pound. 

d.  With  nouns  expressing  universal  or  abstract  ideas:  — 

El  mentir  es  un  vicio  abomi-  Lying  is  an  abominable  vice. 

nable. 

.  Mas  vale  la  alegria  que  la  ri-  Mirth  is  better  than  riches. 

queza. 

El  hombre  propone  y  la  mujer  Man  proposes  and  woman  dis- 

dispone.  poses. 

El  oro  es  mas  precioso  que  la  Gold    is    more    precious    than 

plata.  silver. 

El  perro  es  un  animal  muy  util.  The  dog  is  a  very  useful  animal. 

e.  Before  titles  when  used  in  the  third  person,  except 
don  and  dona :  — 

El  doctor  Sanchez ;  el  general  Dr.   Sanchez ;    General   Espar- 

Espartero  ;  el  almirante  Cer-  tero  ;  Admiral  Cervera ;  Mr. 

vera ;    el    senor    Silvela ;    la  Silvela ;    Mrs.   Bazan ;    Pope 

senora  Bazan ;  el  papa  Le6n  Leo  the  Thirteenth. 
trece. 


THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE 


195 


But  — 

Buenos  dias,  senor  Garcia. 
<j  C6mo  esta  V.,  sefiora  Pe"  rez  ? 
Don  Juan   y   dona   Maria   ban 
llegado. 


Good  morning  (day),  Mr.  Garcia. 
How  are  you,  Mrs.  Perez  ? 
Don    John   and    Donna    Mary 
have  arrived. 


f.  Before  nouns  expressing  nationality,  profession,  or  sex, 
when  they  limit  pronouns  of  the  first  or  second  person 
plural : — 

Nosotros  los  espanoles. 
Vosotros  los  actores. 
Ustedes  las  mujeres. 
Todos  los  hombres  del  Mediodia 

somos  muy  pundonorosos. 


We  Spaniards. 
You  actors. 
You  women. 

All  we  men  of  the  South  are  very 
nice  about  points  of  honor. 


Note  also :  — 

Tengo   una   buena   edici6n  del 

Quijote. 
El   Dante   y   el    Petrarca   eran 

poetas  italianos. 
Dar  el  parabie"n  ;  dar  el  pe"same. 

La  Maria  tiene  la  boca  pequena, 
el  pelo  rubio,  los  ojos  azules  y 
las  mejillas  color  de  rosa. 

Los  ocult6  en  el  pecho. 

El  pobre  Juan  ha  muerto. 


I  have  a  fine  edition  of  Don 

Quijote. 
Dante  and  Petrarca  were  Italian 

poets. 
To    congratulate ;    to    condole 

with. 
Mary  has  a  small  mouth,  blond 

hair,    blue    eyes,    and    rosy 

cheeks. 

He  hid  them  in  his  bosom. 
Poor  John  has  died. 


276.   The  definite  article  is  omitted  — 

a.    Before  nouns  in  predicate  relations,  when  they  are 
qualified  by  adjectives  or  other  attributes  :  — 

Es  obra  magica  de  Brunilda.  It  is  the  magic  work  of  Brunilda. 

Es  supcrintendente  de  la  Acade-  He  is  the  superintendent  of  the 

mia  naval.-  Naval  Academy. 

Es  primo  de  un  marque's.  He  is  the  cousin  of  a  marquis. 


196  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

b.  Before  certain  nouns  in  apposition  :  — 

Maria  Cristina,  reina  regente  de  Maria  Cristina,  the  Queen  Re- 

Espana.  gent  of  Spain. 

Juan  Valera,  autor  de  Pepita  Juan  Valera,  the  author  of  Pepita 

Jimenez.  Jimenez. 

Pelayo,  primer  rey  de  Asturias.  Pelayo,  the  first  king  of  Asturias. 

c.  Before  numbers  indicating  the  order  of  sovereigns  : — 

Alfonso  trece,  rey  de  Espana.  Alfonso  XIII,  king  of  Spain. 

Isabel     segunda,    ex-reina     de  Isabella  the  second,  ex-queen  of 

Espana.  Spain. 

Pio  nono,  Papa  que  fu£  de  Roma.  Pius  IX,  the  late  Pope  of  Rome. 

Su  Santidad,  Le6n  trece.  His  Holiness,  Leo  XIII. 

d.  While  the  definite  article  is  usually  expressed  before 
each  noun  of  a  series,  it  may  be  omitted  before  all  but  the 
first,  especially  when  they  are  of  similar  meaning  or  are 
connected  by  6  :  — 

Ella  tiene  toda  la  inocencia,  She  has  all  the  innocence,  sim- 

sencillez  y  blandura  de  una  plicity,  and  gentleness  of  a 

ninita.  little  girl. 

A  causa  de  la  ignorancia  6  tor-  Because  of  the  ignorance  or  dull- 

peza  de  su  amigo.  ness  of  his  friend. 

e.  Sometimes  the  use  or  omission  of  the  definite  article 
gives  a  different  meaning  to  the  sentence:  — 

hacer  la  cama,  to  make  the  bed.  hacer  cama,  to  be  sick  in  bed. 

dar  el  alma,  to  expire.  dar  alma,  to  encourage. 

dia  del  juicio,  judgment  day.  dia  de  juicio,  the  day  set  for  trial. 

tomar  el    habito,    to   become  a  tomar  habito,  to  adopt  the  cus~ 
nun  or  monk.  torn. 


THE  DEFINITE  ARTICLE        .  197 

f.  Finally,  the  definite  article  is  omitted  in  many  cases 
which  do  not  admit  of  classification.  This  occurs  particu- 
larly after  certain  prepositions  and  in  certain  expressions 
fixed  by  usage.  •  A  few  examples  only  can  be  cited :  — 

En  Filipinas.  In  the  Philippines. 

Bajo  mando  de.  Under  the  command  of. 

En  nombre  del  rey.  In  the  name  of  the  King. 

En  dicha  mafiana.  On  the  morning  in  question. 

Broma  de  nuevo  ano.  New  Year's  joke. 

En  numero  singular.  In  the  singular  number. 

En  tercera  persona.  In  the  third  person. 

En  presente  de  indicativo.  In  the  present  of  the  indicative. 

Un  hombre  de  mar.  A  man  of  the  sea  (seaman). 

En  medio  del  camino.  In  the  midst  of  the  way. 

En  presencia  del  juez.  In  the  presence  of  the  judge. 

De  parte  del  presidente.  By  order  of  the  president. 

A  ultima  hora  de  la  sesi6n.  At  the  last  hour  of  the  session. 


THE  NEUTER  ARTICLE 

277.  Lo  is  freely  used  to  form  nouns  expressing  abstract 
and  other  ideas.  From  its  nature  it  can  not  have  a  plural, 
and  can  not  be  omitted  like  other  articles.  It  is  joined  — 

a.    To  adjectives  and  participles : — 

Lo  bueno  ;  lo  util ;  lo  mio.  The   good  ;    the  useful ;    mine, 

what  is  mine. 

Hice  todo  lo  posible.  I  did  all  I  could  (my  best). 

La    puse    al    corriente    de    lo  I   informed    her   of   what   had 

ocurrido.  happened. 

La  relaci6n  de  lo  visible  con  lo  The  relation  of  the  visible  to  the 

invisible.  invisible. 


198  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

b.    To  adverbs  and  nouns  by  means  of  de: — 

Lo  de  ayer;  lo  de  siempre.  The  affair  of  yesterday;  the  same 

old  story. 
Lo  de  Filrpinas.  The  Philippine  question. 

NOTE.  —  See  89,  ist  to  4th,  for  other  uses  of  lo. 

THE  INDEFINITE  ARTICLE 

278.  While  the  Spanish  indefinite  article  agrees  in  many 
of  its  uses  with  the  English,  it  differs  in  many  others. 
Among  these  differences  is  its  omission  — 

a.  Before  nouns  in  predicate  relations.  These  nouns 
may  be  qualified  by  adjectives  or  other  adjuncts:  — 

Es  abogado  ;  es  medico.  He  is  a  lawyer ;  he  is  a  doctor. 

Es  espanol ;  es  espanola.  He  is  a  Spaniard  ;  she  is  Span- 
ish. 

Es  excelente  compositor.  He  is  an  excellent  composer.  - 

Nos  parece  modelo  de  ingrati-  He  appears  to  us  a  model  of 

tud.  ingratitude. 

Quiere  meterse  a  hermana  de  She  wishes  to  become  a  sister 

caridad.  of  charity. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  usage  is  not  constant,  as  the  article  is 
expressed,  whenever  it  is  desired  to  define  more  sharply  the 
individual :  — 

El  es  un  hombre  de  importancia.  He  is  a  man  of  mark. 

Es  un  estadista  de   primer  or-  He  is  a  statesman  of  the  first 

den.  order. 

Es  un  viejo  de  muy  pequena  es-  He  is  an  old  man  of  very  small 

tatura.  stature. 


THE  INDEFINITE   ARTICLE 

b.    Before  nouns  in  apposition  :  — 


199 


El  Sombrero  de  tres  Picos,  no- 
vela  de  Alarc6n. 

Nueva  York,  gran  ciudad  de  los 
Estados  Unidos,  se  halla  en  la 
desembocadura  del  Hudson. 


The  Three-Cornered  Hat,  a  novel 
by  Alarcon. 

New  York,  a  great  city  of  the 
United  States,  is  situated  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Hudson. 


c.    Before    certain    adjectives    and    indefinite    expres- 
sions :  — 


Buen  susto  me  has  dado. 
Esta  en  muy  mal  estado. 
Recibe  gran  quebranto. 
Tan  noble  acci6n. 
Tamana  idea  no  me  ocurri6. 

En  semejante  materia. 
Por  igual  raz6n. 
Media  docena  de  naranjas. 
Con  cierto  tono  malicioso. 
Como  se  dijo  en  otro  lugar. 
No  pienso  en  tal  cosa. 

No  tuvo  e"xito  como  actor. 

i  Que"  verguenza  !  \  que"  lastima  ! 


You  gave  me  a  good  scare. 
He  is  in  a  very  bad  state. 
It  receives  a  great  damage. 
Such  a  noble  action. 
Such  an  idea  did  not  occur  to 

me. 

In  such  a  matter. 
For  a  like  reason. 
Half  a  dozen  oranges. 
With  a  certain  malicious  tone. 
As  was  said  in  another  place. 
I  am  not  thinking  of  such   a 

thing. 

He  had  no  success  as  an  actor. 
What  a  shame  !  what  a  pity  ! 


d.    After    negative    expressions    and    others    implying 
negation :  — 

Por  no  sufrir  extrano  yugo.  In  order  not  to  suffer  a  foreign 

yoke. 
Dudo  que  V.  encuentre    mejor     I  doubt  whether  you  will  find  a 

calidad.  better  quality, 

fiste  no  hablaba  palabra.  The  latter  was  not  saying  a  word. 

Sigui6  sin  pronunciar  palabra.        He  followed  without  speaking  a 

word. 


200  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Con  todo  eso  apenas  tendra  V.     With  all  that  you  will  scarcely 

idea  de  ella.  have  an  idea  of  her. 

<f  Hay  hombre  mas  arrogante?         Is  there  a  more  arrogant  man? 

e.  Before  words  indicating  quantity  :  — 

Precio,  diez  pesetas  ano  en  Es-     Price,  ten  pesetas  a  year  in  Spain. 

pana. 

Pre"steme  V.  cien  pesos.  Lend  me  a  hundred  dollars. 

A  treinta  pesetas  tomo.  At  thirty  pesetas  a  volume. 

No  llegaria  a  vara  y  media.  It  would  not  reach  a  yard  and  a 

half. 
Hay  aqui  mil  soldados.  There  are  a  thousand  soldiers 

here. 

Quiero  docena  y  media.  I  want  a  dozen  and  a  half. 

A  media  milla  de  aqui.  Half  a  mile  from  here. 

f.  Lastly,  the  indefinite  article  is  omitted  before  nouns 
used  in  a  general  or  indeterminate  sense  :  — 

Datos  tornados  de  fuente  fide-  Data  taken  from  a  trustworthy 

digna.  source. 

Despue"s  de  brevisima  noche.  After  a  very  short  night. 

Tambie"  n  tenemos  sala  de  patinar.  We  have  also  a  skating  rink. 

Form6  parte  del  primer  minis-  He  formed  a   part  of  the  first 

terio.  ministry. 

Di6  palabra  de  curarme.  He  promised  to  cure  me. 

Lo   atribuyo  a   falta  de   fuerza  I  attribute  it  to  a  lack  of  physi- 

flsica.  cal  strength. 

Le  ha  dado  habitaci6n  en  el  pala-  He  has  given  him  a  room  in  the 

cio.  palace. 

NOUNS  AND   PRONOUNS 

279.  We  have  seen  (is)  that  it  is  convenient  to  treat 
nouns  as  having  a  declension,  although  they  only  vary  to 
express  number.  A  brief  treatment  of  the  cases  will  suffice. 


NOUNS  AND   PRONOUNS 


2OI 


280.   The  nominative  has  the  same  uses  as  the  English 
nominative. 


281.  The  genitive  is  formed  by  the  preposition  de,  of, 
and  is  the  equivalent  of  the  English  possessive  case  or  of 
a  word  preceded  by  of  (occasionally  to) :  — 


El  caballo  de  mi  arnigo. 

Una  taza  de  te ;  una  copa  de  agua. 

Una  eadena  de  oro. 

Los  manzanos  del  huerto. 

El  camino  de  la  vifia. 


My  friend's  horse. 

A  cup  of  tea  j  a  glass  of  water. 

A  gold  chain. 

The  apple  trees  of  the  orchard. 

The  way  to  the  vineyard. 


a.    The  genitive  occurs  also  after  certain  quasi-intran- 
sitive and  reflexive  verbs  :  — 


Los  soldados  carecen  de  todo. 
Tiro  de  un  rev61ver. 
Voy  a  cambiar  de  traje. 

No  dudo  de  lo  que  dice  usted. 
6l  no  entiende  de  poesia. 

Goza  de  buena  reputaci6n. 
Debjera  usar  de  sus  privilegios 

y  no  abusar  de  ellos. 
Necesitamos  de  mucho  dinero. 
El  barco  vari6  de  rumbo. 
No  se  acuerda  de  lo  ocurrido. 

No  me  fio  de  sus  promesas. 
Se  bur!6  de  £1  y  no  de  mi. 

Nos  alegramos  de  su  £xito. 
Se  rie  de  todo  el  mundo. 


The  soldiers  lack  everything. 

He  drew  a  revolver. 

I  am  going  to  change  my  cloth- 
ing. 

I  don't  doubt  what  you  say. 

He  does  not  know  anything 
about  poetry. 

He  enjoys  a  good  reputation. 

He  ought  to  use  his  privileges 
and  not  abuse  them. 

We  need  much  money. 

The  vessel  changed  her  course. 

He  does  not  remember  what 
occurred. 

I  don't  trust  his  promises. 

He  made  fun  of  him  and  not  of 
me. 

We  rejoice  at  his  success. 

He  laughs  at  everybody. 


202 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Se  compadece  del  pobre  perro. 
Sirvase  V.  de  sus  talentos. 
Se  ha  enamorado  de  la  joven. 

Se  apoder6  del  palacio. 


He  takes  pity  on  the  poor  dog. 

Make  use  of  your  talents. 

He  has  fallen  in  love  with  the 

young  girl. 
He  took  possession  of  the  palace. 


282.  The  dative,  expressed  by  a  when  a  noun  or  pronoun 
follows,  is  the  case  of  the  indirect  object  and  occurs  mostly 
after  verbs  whose  equivalent,  in  English,  takes  to  (some- 
times of  or  from)  as  a  complement :  — 


El  general  hablaba  al  soldado. 

A  mi  me  lo  dijo  y  no  a  £1. 
Dara  un  terr6n  de  azucar  a  la 

muchachita. 
Devolvi6  el  libro  al  maestro. 

Lo  mandare"  a  casa  por  usted. 
Anoche  fui  a  la  6pera. 
El  salteador  quit6  al  viajero  su 
.     reloj  y  su  capa. 
Le  agradezco  a  V.  su  bondad. 
Le  gan6  todo  su  dinero. 
Me  pidi6  una  limosna. 
Beso  a  usted  la  mano. 
Ella  tom6  el  brazo  a  su  hermano. 
Sobrevivira  a  toda  su  familia. 


The  general  was  speaking  to  the 

soldier. 

He  told  it  to  me  and  not  to  him. 
He  will  give  a  lump  of  sugar  to 

the  little  girl. 
He  returned  the  book  to  the 

teacher. 

I  will  send  it  home  for  you. 
Last  night  I  went  to  the  opera. 
The    footpad    took    from    the 

traveler  his  watch  and  cloak. 
I  thank  you  for  your  kindness. 
He  won  from  him  all  his  money. 
He  asked  alms  of  me. 
I  kiss  your  hand. 
She  took  her  brother's  arm. 
He  will  outlive  all  his  family. 


a.   The  dative  occurs  also  after  some  nouns :  — 


El  amor  a  la  patria. 
Su  afici6n  a  la  musica. 
El  miedo  a  la  muerte. 


The  love  of  country. 
His  love  for  music. 
The  fear  of  death. 


NOUNS  AND   PRONOUNS  2O3 

283.  The  accusative  has  two  forms,  the  personal,  formed 
by  the  preposition  a,  and  the  simple  accusative.  They 
both  stand  as  the  object  of  a  transitive  verb.  The  personal 
is  used  — 

a.  When  the  object  is  a  common  noun   referring   to 
living  beings  or  to  things  personified  :  — 

La  madre  quiere  a  sus  hijas,  y  The  mother  loves  her  daughters, 
las  hijas  la  quieren  a  ella.  and  the  daughters  love  her. 

El  cazador  vapula  al  perro.  The  hunter  flogs  the  dog. 

El  buen  ciudadano  ama  a  su  The  good  citizen  loves  his 
patria.  country. 

b.  When  the  object  is  a  proper  name  not  preceded  by 
the  article :  — 

Mand6  a  Jos£  al  correo.  I  sent  Joseph  to  the  post  office. 

Ayer  vi  a  Juan  y  a  Carlos.  Yesterday    I     saw    John    and 

Charles. 
Con   eso   pic6   a   Rocinante   y    With  that  he  spurred  Rosinante 

parti6  a  galope.  and  started  off  at  a  gallop. 

Dejare  a  Espana  manana.  I  shall  leave  Spain  to-morrow. 

c.  With  pronouns  and  pronominal  adjectives,  when  used, 
by  way  of  contrast  or  emphasis,  to  define  more  nearly  other 
pronouns : — 

Le  aseguro  a  usted  que  no.  I  assure  you  it  is  not  so. 

No  me  lo  envi6  a  mi  sino  a  el.       He  did  not  send  it  to  me,  but 

to  him. 

Se  admiran  el  uno  al  otro.  They  admire  each  other. 

Nos  aborrecen  a  todos.  They  hate  us  all. 

i  A  quien  vi6  V.  ?  <i  a  £1  6  a  ella  ?     Whom  did  you  see  ?  him  or  her  ? 


2O4  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

d.  With  most  pronouns  and  pronominal  adjectives  des- 
ignating persons :  — 

De  los  dos  hombres  prefiero  a     Of  the  two  men  I  prefer  this 

e"ste.  one. 

No    encontre"    a    nadie    en    el     I  did  not  meet  (find)  any  one 

parque.  in  the  park. 

No  quiere  a  ninguno  de  ellos.         He  does  not  like  any  one  of 

them. 

No  5e"  a  quie"n  busca.  I  don't  know  whom  he  is  look- 

ing for. 

Consuela  a  cada  uno  por  turno.      He  consoles  each  one  in  turn. 
Vino   el   diluvio   y   destruy6   a    The  flood  came  and  destroyed 

todos.  all. 

e.  When  two  objects,  whether  persons  or  things,  stand 
in  a  factitive  relation  to  each  other,  the  true  accusative 
takes  a.     One  of  them  may  be  an  adjective  :  - 

Hizo  al  agua  vino.  He  made  the  water  wine. 

Llama  a  su  capricho  amor.  She  calls  her  caprice  love. 

El  rey  design6  capitan  al  teni-     The   king   appointed   the  lieu- 

ente.  tenant  captain. 

Su  e"xito  hace  vano  al  soldado.       His  success  makes  the  soldier 

vain. 

f.  When  two  or  more  nouns,  the  names  of  things,  are 
in  the  same  sentence,  a  must  precede  the  object,  provided 
the  subject  is  also  the  name  of  a  thing;   otherwise  the 
subject  and  object  might  be  confounded  :  — 

El  adjetivo  precede  al  nombre.      The     adjective     precedes    the 

noun. 
Al  verbo  se  antepone    el   pro-     The  pronoun  is  placed  before 

nombre.  the  verb. 

Sigue  el  dia  a  la  noche.  The  day  follows  the  night. 


NOUNS   AND   PRONOUNS  2O5 

284.   The  simple  accusative,  i.e.  without  a,  occurs  — 

a.  When  the  object  is  a  thing  or  insignificant  animal, 
the  subject  generally  a  person  :  — 

Ella  esta  dando  Iecci6n  de  mu-  She  is  taking  a  music  lesson. 

sica. 

Escribe  una  carta  a  su  padre.  He  writes  a  letter  to  his 'father. 

Habla  espanol  muy  al  pelo.  He  speaks  Spanish  very  glibly. 

El  cazador  mata  la  liebre.  The  hunter  kills  the  hare. 

b.  When  the  object,  though  designating  a  person,  is  not 
preceded  by  a  determining  word,  as  the  article,  demon- 
strative, etc. :  — 

No  conozco  hombre  mas  torpe,     I  don't  know  a  duller  man  nor 
ni  mujeres  mas  amables.  more  amiable  women. 

c.  When  the  object  is  preceded  by  a  numeral  (except 
un,  una).     Usage  is  not  constant :  — 

Envi6  50  hombres  en  su  ayuda.     He  sent  50  men  to  his  assistance. 
Vi  se<is  amigos  mios  en  el  teatro.     I  saw  six  friends  of  mine  in  the 

theater. 
Nadiepuedeserviradossenores.     No  one  can  serve  two  masters. 

d.  When  the  object  stands  in  immediate  relation  with  a 
dative,  unless  the  former  be  a  proper  name  without  the 
article :  — 

Envie"  el  criado  a  la  plaza.  I  sent  the  servant  to  market. 

Paris  arrebat6  d  Menelao  su  mu-     Paris  carried  off  from  Menelaos 
jer  Elena.  his  wife  Helen. 

But- 

Pascual  entrega  2  Maria  a  su  ri-     Pascual  delivers  up  Mary  to  his 
val.  rival. 


206 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


e.   When  the  object  is  a  proper  name  preceded  by  the 


article :  — 

Pizarro  conquist6  el  Pen'i. 
Prefiero  el  Dante  al  Tasso. 
Vamos  a  visitar  los  Alpes. 
Ponce  de  Le6n  descubri6  la  Flo- 
rida «en  1512. 


Pizarro  conquered  Peru. 
I  prefer  Dante  to  Tasso. 
We  are  going  to  visit  the  Alps. 
Ponce  de  Leon  discovered  Flor- 
ida in  1512. 


f.   When  the  object  represents  a  general  idea:  — 
La     antigua  '  Grecia     produjo     Ancient  Greece  produced  great 


grandes  oradores. 
Es  la  practica  la  que  hace  los 

maestros. 
Toda  buena  mujer  ama  los  buenos 

nifios. 


orators. 
Practice  is  what  makes  masters 

(makes  perfect). 
Every  good  woman  loves  good 

children. 


g.    For  the  sake  of  euphony,  but  not  before  a  proper 
name:  — 

6l  mira  aquel  hombre.  He  looks  at  that  man. 

Vi6  aquella  mujer.  He  saw  that  woman. 

Hall6  a  Anita  en  la  escuela.  He  found  Anita  in  the  school. 

NOTE. — This  rule  is  not  constant. 

285.   After  a  few  verbs  the  use  or  omission  of  a  gives  a 
different  turn  to  the  thought :  — 


WITHOUT 

Tenemos  un  novel  autor. 
We  have  a  new  author. 
Quiere  amigos  que  le  amen. 
He  wants  friends  to  love  him. 
Los  romanos  robaron  las  sabinas 

en  tiempo  de  R6mulo. 
The  Romans   stole   the   Sabine 

women  in  the  time  of  Romulus . 


WITH 

El  caballerizo  tiene  al  caballo. 
The  groom  holds  the  horse. 
Quiere  muchisimo  a  sus  amigos. 
He  loves  his  friends  very  much. 
Los  romanos  robaron  a  los  sabi- 

nos  sus  hijas. 
The  Romans  robbed  the  Sabines 

of  their  daughters \ 


THE  ADJECTIVE  2O/ 

Dejo  el  criado  en  la  casa.  Dejo  al  criado  hacerlo. 

/  leave  the  servant  in  the  house.  I  have  the  servant  do  it. 

Perdi6  ayer  su  padre.  Ha  perdido  a  su  hijo. 

He  lost  his  father  yesterday.  He  has  spoiled  his  son. 

NOTE. — What  has  been  said  covers  pretty  well  the  general  use 
of  the  two  forms  of  the  accusative;  but  the  subject  is  confessedly 
a  difficult  one,  at  least  for  the  foreigner,  and  the  student  must  not 
be  surprised  if  he  find,  even  in  the  best  authors,  violations  of  some 
of  the  above  rules.  The  degree  of  individuality  which  the  speaker 
wishes  to  assign  to  the  object  frequently  determines  the  use  or 
omission  of  a.  Hence  it  may  appear,  at  times,  a  little  arbitrary. 


THE  ADJECTIVE 

286.  Adjectives  agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the 
nouns  or  pronouns  they  qualify :  — 

El  es  un  hombre  honrado.  He  is  an  honest  man. 

Ella  es  una  mujer  bonita.  She  is  a  pretty  woman. 
Falsas  esperanzas  y  vanos  temo-     False  hopes  and  vain  fears. 

res. 

Ella  es  aplicada  y  buena.  She  is  diligent  and  good. 

<iCuantos  anos  tiene  usted?  How  old  are  you? 

Es  usted  injusta,  senora.  You  are  unjust,  madam. 

287.  When  two  or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  are  in  the 
singular  and  of  different  genders,  the  adjective  is  put  in 
the  masculine  plural :  — 

El   medico  y  su  hermana  son    The  doctor  and   his  sister  are 

ricos.  rich. 

Lacasayeljardinsonmagnificos.     The  house  and  garden  are  mag- 
nificent. 
6l  y  ella  son  generosos.  He  and  she  are  generous. 


2O8  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

NOTE.  —  Where  the  nouns  are  of  similar  meaning,  the  adjective 
may  agree  with  the  nearest :  — 

Tiene  una  energia  y  un  celo  in-  He  has  an  indomitable  energy 
domable.  and  zeal. 

288.  Adjectives  qualifying  singular  nouns  of  the  same 
gender  are  put  in  the  plural  and  in  the  gender  of  their 
nouns: — 

El  bianco  y  el  negro  son  colores     White  and  black  are  opposite 

opuestos.  colors. 

La  yegua  y  la  vaca  son  pardas.       The  mare  and  the  cow  are  gray. 

289.  Sometimes   a    plural   noun    may  be  qualified  dis- 
tributively  by  several  adjectives  in  the  singular:  — 

Las    edades    prete*ritas,   griega,  The  past  ages,  Grecian,  Roman, 

latina,  6  barbara.  or  Barbarian. 

Los  siglos  d£cimoctavo  y  d£ci-  The  eighteenth  and  nineteenth 

monono.  centuries. 

290.  Two  or  more  nouns  referring  to  animate  beings 
take  the  masculine  adjective,  if  they  are  of  different  gen- 
ders :  — 

Tanto  los  padres  como las  madres  Both  the  fathers  and  the  mothers 
son  caritativos.  are  charitable. 

Los  caballos,  las  vacas  y  las  The  horses,  the  cows,  and  the 
ovejas  son  gananciosos.  sheep  are  profitable. 

NOTE.  —  But  if  the  nouns  represent  things  or  ideas,  the  adjec- 
tive generally  agrees  in  gender  with  the  nearest  noun  :  — 

Vanas  son  mis  esperanzas  y  te-  Vain  are  my  hopes  and  fears. 

mores. 

Tiene    buenos    melocotones    y  He  has  (some)  good   peaches 

manzanas.  and  apples. 


THE  ADJECTIVE  2OQ 

;  Tenga  V.  las  orejas  y  los  ojos  Keep  your  ears  and  tyes  open. 

abiertos  ! 

La  igualdad  de  nuestro  linaje  y  The  equality  of  our  lineage  and 

riquezas.  riches. 

Las  ideas  y  educaci6n    ameri-  American  ideas  and  education. 

canas. 

291.  When  a  title  grammatically  feminine  is  applied  to 
men,  the  adjective,  unless  it  is  part  of  the  title,  is  put  in 
the  masculine :  — 

Su  Majestad  (el  rey)  esta  satis-  His  Majesty  (the  king)  is  satis- 

fecho.  fied. 

Su  Santidad  (el  Papa)  es  muy  His  Holiness  (the  Pope)  is  very 

caritativo.  charitable. 

But- 

Su  Majestad  (la  reina)  esbonita.     Her    Majesty    (the    queen)    is 

pretty. 

Su  graciosa  Majestad.  Her  gracious  Majesty. 

Su  Alteza  serenisima.  His  most  serene  Highness. 

292.  When  adjectives  express  dimension  they  are  some- 
times treated  as  nouns  and  connected  with  numbers  by 
means  of  de :  — 

Tiene  una  sala  de  80  pies  de     It   has  a  hall  80  feet  long,  60 
largo,  60  de  ancho  y  30  de  alto.         wide,  and  30  high. 

NOTE.  —  But  dimension  may  be  otherwise  expressed  :  — 

Tiene  la  torre  TOO  pies  de  altura.  The  tower  is  a  hundred  feet  high. 

La  calle  es  de  40  pies  en  ancho.  The  street  is  40  feet  wide. 

La  goleta  tiene  una  manga  de  The  schooner  has  a  beam  of  30 
30  pies.  feet. 

293.  The  complements  of  adjectives,  i.e.  the  prepositions 
which  connect  them  with  other  words,  form  a  subject  which 

SPAN.    GRAM.  —  14 


2IO 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


does  not  admit  of  concise  and  orderly  treatment.  The 
preposition  to  be  used  in  each  case  has  to  be  learned  by 
practice.  The  following  examples  will  show  a  few  of  the 
differences  between  the  two  languages  :  — 


Atento  con  sus  mayores. 
Una  espada  bota  de  punta. 
Escaso  de  medios. 
Falto  de  juicio. 

Generoso  para  con  sus  parientes. 
Impropio  para  su  edad. 
Ingrato  a  los  beneficios. 
Ingrato  con  los  amigos. 
Humano  con  los  presos. 
Penetrado  de  dolor. 
Sed  bueno  conmigo. 
Sordo  de  un  oido. 
Aficionado  a  la  musica. 
Alegre  con  la  noticia. 


Respectful  to  one's  superiors. 

A  sword  blunt  at  the  point. 

Limited  in  means. 

Lacking  in  sense. 

Generous  towards  one's  relatives. 

Unbecoming  to  his  age. 

Ungrateful  for  benefits. 

Ungrateful  to  friends. 

Humane  towards  the  prisoners. 

Penetrated  with  grief. 

Be  kind  to  me. 

Deaf  in  one  ear. 

Fond  of  music. 

Joyful  at  the  news. 


THE    VERB 

294.  Sentence  structure.  —  Spanish  being  more  highly 
inflected  than  English,  its  words  have  a  greater  freedom  of 
position  in  the  sentence.  This  is  doubtless  a  relic  of  Latin 
syntax,  which  secured  fine  rhetorical  effects  by  varying  the 
logical  order  of  the  words.  In  Spanish  such  variations 
often  depend  merely  on  the  choice  of  the  speaker  who 
arranges  his  words  according  to  his  own  ideas  of  harmony 
and  rhythm.  The  following  sentence,  arranged  in  three 
ways,  will  serve  as  an  illustration  :  — 

Logical  order.  —  Tres  grandes  artistas  liricos  estaban 
encargados  (encharged)  de  las  principales  partes  de  la 
obra  (piece). 


THE  VERB  211 

1.  Rhetorical  order.  —  Estaban  encargados  de  las  prin- 
cipales  partes  de  la  obra  tres  grandes  artistas  liricos. 

2.  Rhetorical  order.  —  De  las  principales  partes  de  la 
obra  estaban  encargados  tres  grandes  artistas  liricos. 

295.  Agreement.  —  In  a  general  way  the  Spanish  rules 
for  the  agreement  of  subject  and  predicate  are  the  same  as 
those  of  English.  There  is  some  diversity,  however,  which 
may  be  noted  under  the  following  headings  :  — 

a.  A  noun  of  multitude,  not  modified  by  a  plural  adjunct, 
has  the  verb  in  the  singular,  when  the  idea  of   unity  is 
uppermost  in  the  speaker's  mind :  — 

El  ejercito  atac6  la  ciudad.  The  army  attacked  the  city. 

Toda  la  gente  aplaudi6.  All  the  people  applauded. 

La  multitud  qued6  at6nita.  The  multitude  was  astonished. 

La  mayor  parte  del  publico  ri6  The  greater  part  of  the  public 
a  mandibula  batiente.  laughed  uproariously. 

NOTE.  —  But  the  verb  may  be  put  in  the  plural  when  the  idea 
of  plurality  is  prominent :  — 

Multitud  de  gente  acudieron  a  A  crowd  of  people  hurried  to 

la  ciudad.  the  city. 

La  mitad  del  regimiento  resul-  Half  of  the  regiment  were  killed. 

taron  muertos. 

b.  When  a  noun  of  multitude  is  limited  by  a  plural  ad- 
junct, the  verb  can  be  singular  or  plural,  but  plural  only 
when  it  is  logically  applicable  to  the  individuals  of  the 
adjunct :  — 

Un  batal!6n  de  soldados  defien-     A  battalion  of  soldiers  defend 
den  (or  defiende)  el  castillo.  the  castle. 


212  SPANISH    GRAMMAR 

Un  enjambre  de  abejas  con  su  A  swarm  of  bees  with  their 
maestra  salieron  {or  salio)  de  queen  came  out  of  the  hive, 
ia  colmena. 

NOTE.  —  But  if  the  verb  stands  before  the  subject  or  is  not 
logically  applicable  to  the  adjunct,  the  verb  in  the  former  case  is 
usually  singular,  in  the  latter  it  must  be  :  — 

Sale  de  la  trinchera  un  destaca-  A  detachment  of  laborers  come 
mento  de  trabajadores.  out  of  the  intrenchment. 

El  precio  de  las  manzanas  esta  The  price  of  apples  is  high, 
subido. 

296.  Two  or  more  singular  subjects  require  a  plural 
verb,  when  they  are  considered  as  distinct  agencies,  and 
especially  if  the  verb  follows  :  — 

El  jinete  y  el  caballo  cayeron.  The  rider  and  horse  fell. 

El  sol  y  la  luna  alumbran  la  The  sun  and  moon  give  light 

tierra.  to  the  earth. 

El  mon61ogo  del  baritono  y  el  The  solo  of  the  baritone  and 

duo  con  la  tiple  conmovieron  the  duet  with  the  soprano 

mucho  al  publico.  created  great  enthusiasm  in 

the  audience. 

a.  But  if  the  verb  precedes,  or  the  nouns  are  taken  as 
forming  one  idea,  the  verb  may,  and  generally  will,  be  in 
the  singular :  — 

Cuando  el  maestro  empun6  la  When  the  maestro  seized  his 

batuta,  reinaba  en  el  teatro  un  baton,  there  reigned  in  the 

silencio  profundo  y  una  emo-  theater  a  profound  silence 

ci6n  intensa.  and  intense  expectancy. 

El  subir  y  bajar  la  escalera  me  Going  up  and  coming  down  the 

cansa.  stairs  tires  me. 

Su  sabiduria  y  elocuencia  nos  His  learning  and  eloquence  con- 

convenci6.  vinced  us. 


THE  VERB  213 

NOTE.  —  When  the  ideas  are  distinct,  each  noun  will  usually  be 
preceded  by  some  determining  word  :  — 

El  nacer  y  el  morir  son  los  dos  Birth  and   death  are   the    two 

extremes  de  la  vida.  extremes  of  life. 

La   salida  y  la  puesta  del  sol  The  rising  and  setting  of  the 

marcan  el  principio  y  el  fin  sun  mark  the  beginning  and 

del  dia.  end  of  day. 

Su  voz  y  su  pronunciaci6n  son  Her  voice  and  her  pronuncia- 

encantadoras.  tion  are  charming. 

297.  When  ni  stands  between  two  or  more  subjects,  the 
verb  will  be  singular  or  plural,  according  as  it  logically 
refers  to  one  or  all  of  them  :  — 

Ni  £1  ni  su  hijo  ira  de  c6nsul  a  Neither  he  nor  his  son  will  go 

Cartagena.  as  consul  to  Cartagena. 

Ni  el  uno  ni  el  otro  se  cas6  con  Neither  the  one  nor  the  other 

ella.  married  her. 

Ni  el  ala  derecha  ni  el  centro  Neither  the  right  wing  nor  the 

pudieron  hacer  frente  al  ene-  center    could   withstand    the 

migo.  enemy. 

a.  Where  6  serves  as  a  connective  between  subjects, 
as  it  implies  an  alternative,  the  verb  will  usually  be 
singular :  — 

Su  amigo  6  £1  me  ha  enganado.       His  friend  or  he  has  deceived 

me. 

6  el  amo  6  el  criado  compr6  el     Either  the  master  or  the  servant 
bar6metro.  bought  the  barometer. 

298.  When  subject  and  predicate  nouns  differ  in  number, 
the  copula  will  generally  be  plural :  — 

Panal  de  miel  son  hablas  suaves.     Pleasant  words  are  (as)  honey- 
comb. 


214  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Su  unico  recurso  son  los  tribu-  His  only  recourse  is  the  United 

nales  de  los  Estados  Unidos.  States  courts. 

Mas  su  salida  son  caminos  de  But  the  end  thereof  are  the 

muerte.  ways  of  death. 

299.  When  the  subject  of  a  verb  is  a  relative  preceded 
immediately  by  a  personal  pronoun  as  its  antecedent,  it 
will  be  in  the  person  and  number  of  this  antecedent :  — 

Yo,  que  lo  digo,  lo  probare".  I,  who  say  so,  will  prove  it. 

Se  lo  dijo  a  el  quien  no  es  su  He  said  it  to  him  who  is  not  his 

amigo.  friend. 

Nosotros,  que  ya  no  somos  j6ve-  We  who  are  no  longer  young. 

nes. 

300.  When  el,  los,  la,  las,  are  predicates  after  some  part 
of  the  verb  to  be  (ser)  in  the  first  or  second  person,  the  verb 
of  the  relative  clause  may  be  either  in  the  same  person  or 
in  the  third  person  :  — 

Y  respondi6  Dios  a  Moists  :  Yo     And  God  said  unto  Moses  :    I 

SOY    EL   QUE   SOY.  AM   THAT    I    AM. 

He  sido  la  que  se  lo  dije  (or    It  was  I  who  said  it  to  him. 

dijo). 
<j  Sois  los  que  me  lo  pedis  ?  Is  it  you  who  ask  it  of  me  ? 

NOTE.  —  When  quien  stands  in  the  same  relation,  both  verbs 
may  or  may  not  be  in  the  same  person  :  — 

Soy  yo  quien  lo  dije.  It  is  I  who  said  so. 

Nosotros  somos  quienes  lo  soste-     We  are  the  ones  (it  is  we)  who 

nemos.  maintain  it. 

Soy  yo  quien  va  a  contdrtelo.          I  am  the  one  who  is  going  to 

tell  it  to  you. 


THE   VERB  215 

THE    TENSES    OF    THE    INDICATIVE 

PRESENT 

301.   The  present  tense,  besides  discharging  the  usual 
functions  of  the  verb  in  the  present  time,  is  likewise  used, 

a.  For  the  perfect  in  certain  idiomatic  expressions,  and 
at  times  in  familiar  epistolary  style  :  — 

Cudnto  tiempo  lleva  V.  en  este  How  long  have  you  been  in  this 

pais  ?  country  ? 

Hace  diez  afios  que  vivo  aqui.  I  have  been  living  here  ten  years. 

Vengo  de  visitar  a  mi  tio.1  I  have  just  come  from  visiting 

my  uncle. 

Recibo  su  interesante  carta  de  I  have  received  your  interesting 

ayer.  letter  of  yesterday. 

b.  For  the  preterit  in  lively  narrative  :  — 

Viene  a  mi  casa ;  pregunta  por  He  came  to  my  house  ;  asked  for 

mi,  y   cuando   se  le  informa  me,  and  when  he  was  informed 

que  no  puede   verme,  se   va  that  he  could  not  see  me,  he 

maldicie'ndome.  went  away  cursing  me. 

c.  For  the  future  :  — 

El  lunes  que"  viene  parto  para  This  coming  Monday  I  shall 

Europa.  *  start  for  Europe. 

De  hoy  en  ocho  dias  se  casa  mi  To-day  week  my  daughter  will 

hija.  be  married. 


IMPERFECT 

302.  The  imperfect,  if  studied  in  all  its  phases,  presents 
some  difficulty  for  the  English-speaking  person  ;  but  its 
general  use  may  be  easily  acquired.  It  is  employed  — 


2l6  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

a.  To  express  habitual  or  repeated  action  in  past  time, 
sometimes  rendered  in  English  by  used  to ;  also  state  or 
condition :  — 

Cuando  vivia  en  Washington,  iba     When  I  lived  in  Washington,  I 
a  las  escuelas  raunicipales.  used   to   go    to    the    public 

schools. 
Venia  a  verme  muy  a  menudo.        He  used  to  come  to  see  me  very 

often. 
Estaba  malo  y  no  podia  salir.          He  was  sick  and  could  not  go  out. 

NOTE.  —  Customary  action  is  also  expressed  by  the  verb  soler 
(221):- 

Yo  solia  ir  a  la  pesca  con  mi     I  used  to  go  fishing   with   my 
padre,  cuando  yo  era  mucha-         father,  when  I  was  a  boy. 
cho. 

b.  To  indicate  that  one  action  was  taking  place,  when 
another  supervened :  — 

Yo  salia  a  paseo,  cuando  encon-     I  was  going  out  for  a  walk,  when 

tre"  a  mi  tia.  I  met  my  aunt. 

Lleg6  la  carta  mientras  yo  comia.     The  letter  arrived  while  I  was 

dining. 

NOTE.  —  Continuous  action  of  this  kind  may  also  be  expressed 
by  the  progressive  form  of  the  verb  (140)  :  — 

Estaba  yo  leyendo,  cuando  vino     Lwas  reading  when  he  came  to 
a  mi  cuarto.  my  room. 

c.  When  simultaneous  actions  are  to  be  expressed :  — 

Mientras  yo  escribia  (estaba  es-  While    I    was   writing,   he  was 

cribiendo),  61  leia  (estaba  le-  reading. 

yendo). 

Amenazaba  lluvia,  y  llevaba  un  It  threatened  rain,  and  he  was 

paraguas.  carrying  an  umbrella. 


THE   VERB  217 

d.  In  descriptive  narrative  :  — 

Ya  era  noche,  y  la  oscuridad,  It  was  already  night,  and  the 
con  cada  momento,  ibase  po-  darkness,  with  each  moment, 
niendo  mas  profunda.  Cuanto  was  getting  more  profound, 
mas  buscabamos,  mas  nos  per-  The  more  we  tried  to  find  our 
diamos.  way,  the  more  bewildered  we 

became. 

e.  When  the  action  took  place  at  a  time  specified  in  the 
sentence :  — 

Se  hizo  a  la  vela  y  al  dia  siguiente  He  set  sail  and  on  the  following 
arribaba  a  Cadiz.  day  he  arrived  at  Cadiz. 

Habia  gigantes  en  la  tierra  en  There  were  giants  on  the  earth 
aquellos  dias.  in  those  days. 

Estaba  muy  bien  el  verano  pasa-  He  was  very  well  last  summer, 
do. 

f.  To  indicate  what  was  possible  in  the  past :  — 

Ayer  se  fiaba  de  mi  firma.  Yo  Yesterday  people  had  faith  in 
tomaba  un  pedacito  de  papel,  my  signature.  I  could  take 
escribia  en  e"!  mi  nombre,  y  a  scrap  of  paper,  write  my 
valia  cien  mil  pesos.  name  on  it,  and  it  was  worth 

a  hundred  thousand  dollars. 

g.  With  the  force  of  the  pluperfect :  — 

Ya  habia  tres  anos  que  vivia  en  It  had  already  been  three  years 
Sevilla.  that  I  had  been  living  in 

Seville. 

Tenian  defensores,  pero  eran  They  had  had  defenders,  but 
todos  muertos.  they  were  all  dead. 

h.    As  a  substitute  for  the  conditional :  — 

Si  yo  anduviera  en  vapor,  no  If  I  went  by  steamer,  I  should 

lle^aba  antes  de  la  noche.  not  arrive  before  night. 

A  no  ser  por  el  temporal,  mafia-  But  for  the  storm,  the  work 

na  se  concluia  la  obra.  would  be  finished  to-morrow. 


218 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


i.    Note  also: — 

Ha  comprado  lo  que  queria  com- 

prar. 
Ni  por  suefio,  decia  mi  primo. 

Como  deciamos  ayer. 
S6crates  era  fi!6sofo  griego. 

Castelar  era  elocuentisimo. 
No  faltaba  mas. 


He  has  bought  what  he  wished 
to  buy. 

Not  by  any  means,  said  my 
cousin. 

As  we  were  saying  yesterday. 

Socrates  was  a  Greek  philoso- 
pher. 

Castelar  was  very  eloquent. 

That  capped  the  climax. 


REMARK.  —  The  examples  given  will  suffice  to  show  fairly  well 
the  varied  uses  of  the  imperfect.  The  student  should  bear  in  mind 
that  it  is  a  past  tense  which  always  implies  some  idea  of  extension 
or  incompleteness  in  time,  hence  expresses  habit,  state  or  condition, 
repetition,  duration  not  fixed  by  any  specified  limits,  and  the  like. 


THE  PRETERIT 

303.  The  preterit  states  what  took  place  at  some  point 
or  period  of  past  time  separated  from  the  present.  The 
interval  may  be  a  minute  or  centuries  and  must  always 
be  expressed  or  implied.  When  repetition  or  duration  is 
mentioned,  the  limits  must  be  specified :  — 

I  Cuando  llego  ?  Lleg6  hoy,  esta  When  did  he  arrive  ?  He  arrived 

to-day,  this  morning,  a  few 
minutes  ago. 

He  came  to  this  country  ten 
years  ago. 

My  youthful  folly  is  already  over. 

God  created  the  heavens  and 


manana,  hace  algunos  minu- 
tos. 
Vino  a  este  pais  hace  diez  anos. 


Ya  se  acab6  mi  juvenil  locura. 
Dios  cre6  los  cielos  y  la  tierra. 


Cuando  estuvo  en  Madrid,  iba  a 
menudo  al  teatro. 


the  earth. 

When  he  was  in  Madrid,  he  went 
often  to  the  theater. 


THE  VERB^  219 

Lo  hice  no  s61o  una  vez  sino  cien     I  did  it  not  only  once  but  a  hun- 

veces.  dred  times. 

Vivi6  en  Europa  veinte  anos.          He  lived  in  Europe  twenty  years. 

REMARK.  —  In  place  of  the  preterit,  some  writers  of  the  present 
day,  in  imitation  of  the  older  writers,  use  the  first  form  of  the 
imperfect  subjunctive  (which  was  the  old  pluperfect)  :  — 

El  impostor  quiere  pasar  por  The  impostor  wishes  to  pass  him- 

libertador  de  aque"!  a  quien  self  off  as  the  liberator  of  him 

asesinara.  Alarc6n.  whom  he  assassinated. 

No  ambicionara  Luzbel  a  estar  Lucifer  never  desired  to  be  far- 
mas  lejos  de  Dios.  ther  from  God. 


THE   PERFECT 

304.   The  perfect  has  but  three  well-recognized  uses:  — 

ist.    To  express  what  has  occurred  in  the  past  without 
reference  to  any  special  point  or  period  of  time :  — 

ji  Ha    leido   V.    los   poemas    de     Have  you  read   the  poems  of 

Be"cquer?  Becquer? 

Si,  los  lei  muchos  anos  ha.  Yes,  I  read  them  many  years  ago. 

2d.   Where  the  action  of  the  verb,  having  begun  in  the 
past,  comes  up  to  and  continues  in  the  present :  — 

Hemos  vivido  en  esta  casa  quince     We  have  lived  in  this  house  fif- 
anos.  teen  years.   (We  are  still  living 

here.) 

3d.   Where  an  action  is  begun  and  finished  in  a  period 
of  time  still  present:  — 

Ella    ha  escrito  muchas  cartas  She  has  written  many  letters  to- 

hoy.  day. 

Este  invierno  ha  habido  mucha  This  winter  there  has  been  much 

lluvia  y  nieve.  rain  and  snow. 


220 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


NOTE.  —  In  the  newspapers  and  writers  of  their  style,  the  per- 
fect is  frequently  used  for  the  preterit,  especially  in  periods  of 
time  not  very  remote  from  the  present.  It  is  a  construction  not 
recognized  by  the  Spanish  Academy  :  — 


El  senor  Silvela  ha  contestado 
ayer  mafiana  a  aquella  asocia- 
ci6n. 

El  entierro  se  verific6  el  dia  31. 
El  cadaver  ha  sido  conducido 
en  una  carroza  tirada  por  ocho 
caballos. 


Mr.  Silvela  replied  yesterday 
morning  to  that  association. 

The  burial  took  place  on  the 
3 1 st.  The  corpse  was  carried 
in  a  coach  drawn'  by  eight 
horses. 


THE    PLUPERFECT 

305.   The  pluperfect  expresses  the  action  of  the  verb  — 

a.  As  having  been  completed  in  the  past  before  some 
point  of  time  expressed  or  implied,  or  before  some  other 
action  usually  represented  by  the  preterit :  — 


Me  dijo  que  ya  lo  habia  hecho. 

Habian  atacado  la  ciudad  antes 

de  la  puesta  del  sol. 
Habia  acabado  su  tarea  cuando 

yo  llegue. 


He  told  me  that  he  had  already 

done  it. 
They .  had    attacked    the    city 

before  sunset. 
He  had  finished  his  task  when 

I  arrived. 


b.    As  having  customarily  taken  place  before  some  other 
action  expressed  by  the  imperfect  or  preterit :  — 

Luego  que  habiamos  dado  nues-     After  we  had  recited  our  lessons, 

tras  lecciones,  ibamos  a  pasear. 
No  bien  habia  vuelto  a  casa  que 


alguien  venia  a  verle. 

Yo  no  habia  esperado  largo  rato 
cuando  pas6  el  tren. 


we  used  to  go  walking. 
No    sooner    had    he    returned 

home  than  some  one  used  to 

come  to  see  him. 
I  had  not  been  waiting  a  long 

while,  when  the  train  passed. 


THE   VERB 


221 


REMARK. — The  first  form  of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  (etymo- 
logically  the  Latin  pluperfect)  is  not  infrequently  used  with  the 
force  of  the  pluperfect :  — 

Y  se  Ilev6  lo  que  al  entrar  dejara     And  he  carried  away  what  on 
sobre  la  mesa.     Alarc6n.  entering  he  had  left  on  the 

table. 


PAST    ANTERIOR 

306.  The  past  anterior  is  another  form  of  the  pluperfect 
and  expresses  the  action  as  completed  immediately  before 
some  other  past  action  always  expressed  by  the  preterit. 
The  past  anterior  is  always  preceded  by  some  time  word 
such  as : — 

apenas,  hardly.  no  bien,  no  sooner. 

cuando,  when.  en  cuanto  a,  i 


despue"s  que, 
luego  que, 


after. 


asi  que, 

tan  pronto  como, 


as  soon  as. 


Apenas   hubo    comido    su    cena 

cuando  muri6. 
Asi  que  hubo  tornado  la  palabra, 

rein6  un  silencio  profundo. 


Scarcely  had  he  eaten  his  supper 

when  he  died. 
As  soon  as  he  had  taken  the  floor 

(word),   a   profound    silence 

reigned. 


FUTURE 

307.   The   future,  besides   expressing  future  time,   has 
certain  idiomatic  uses  :  — 


,jQue"  hara  e"l  ahora? 

<i  Qu£  horas  seran  ? 

No  habra  hombre  mas  arrogante. 

Ella  tendra  unos  quince  anos. 


What  can  he  be  doing  now? 

About  what  time  can  it  be  ? 

There  can  not  be  a  more  ar- 
rogant man. 

She  is  some  fifteen  years  old,  I 
should  think. 


222  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


FUTURE    PERFECT 

308.  The  future  perfect  implies,  by  its  name,  that  the 
action  will  be  finished  in  the  future  before  some  point  of 
time  or  some  other  action  :  — 

Habra  acabado  su  tarea  antes  de  He  will  have  finished  his  task 

cansarse.  before  getting  tired. 

Habra  salido  del  puerto  a  las  She  will  have  gone  out  of  the 

ocho.  port  at  eight  o'clock. 

Lo  habremos  hecho  cuando  lie-  We  shall  have  done  it  when  the 

gue  el  tren.  train  arrives. 

a.    Idiomatically  as  in  307  :  — 

<;  Quie"  n  lo  habra  hecho  ?  Who  can  have  done  it  ? 

Ya  habra  acabado  su  tarea.  He  must  surely  have  finished  his 

task  by  this  time. 


CONDITIONAL 
309.   The  conditional  is  used  — 

a.  To  express  a  future  regarded  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  past:  — 

Me  dijo  que  vendria  esta  ma-     He  told  me  he  would  come  this 
nana.  morning. 

b.  To  express  a  conclusion  dependent  on  a  condition 
stated  or  implied  : — 

Si  estuviera    (or  estuviese)   V.     If  you  were  sick,  you  would  not 

malo,  no  podria  venir.  be  able  to  come. 

For  eso  no  lo  haria  yo.  For  that  (reason)  I  would  not 

doit. 


THE   VERB  223 

c.   Idiomatically  after  the  manner  of  the  future:  — 

Seria  a  eso  de  las  cuatro.  It  must  have  been  about  four 

o'clock. 

Que  seria  hermosa  sin  duda.          Who  was  pretty,  of  course. 
Tendria  unos  veinte  anos.  She  must  have  been  some  twenty 

years  old. 

CONDITIONAL   PERFECT 

310.  The  conditional  perfect  bears  very  nearly  the  same 
relation  to  the  conditional  as  the  future  perfect  does  to  the 
future  (307-8) :  — 

a. 

Me  asegur6  que  habria  acabado     He  assured  me  that  he  would 
su  tarea  antes  del  verano.  have  finished  his  task  before 

summer. 
b. 

Si  yo  hubiera  (hubiese)  estado     If  I  had  been  sick,  I  should  not 
malo,  no  habria  podido  venir.          have  been  able  to  come. 

Por  eso  no  lo  habria  hecho.  For  that  (reason)  I  would  not 

have  done  it. 
c. 

Algunenemigole  habria  acechado.     Some  enemy  must  have  waylaid 

him. 

IMPERATIVE   MOOD 

311.  The  imperative  and  subjunctive  overlap  each  other 
in  some  respects,  both  as  to- form  and  use.     Whether  the 
forms  of  the  latter  be  regarded  as  imperative  or  subjunc- 
tive, it  matters  not,  since  their  force  is  imperative :  — 

Ama  \  tus  padres.  Love  thy  parents. 

Vaya  usted  con  Dios.  God  be  with  you. 

Que  no  entre  aqui.  Let  him  not  come  in  here. 


224  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Loado  sea  Dios.  God  be  praised, 

filtebendigacomoyotebendigo.  May  he  bless  you  as  I  bless  you. 

Sobre  mi  caiga  la  ley.  Let  the  law  fall  upon  me. 

Vivamos  como  es  debido.  Let  us  live  as  is  fitting. 

Haced  lo  que  querais.  Do  whatever  you  will. 

Tengan  VV.  la  bondad  de  escu-  Have  the  goodness  to  listen  to 

charme.  me. 

Pidanse  catalogos.  Let  catalogues  be  asked  for  (ask 

for  catalogues) . 

i  Plegue  a  Dios  que  llegue  sano  God  grant  that  he  may  arrive 

y  salvo  !  safe  and  sound. 

a.  When  the  second  persons  singular  and  plural  are 
negatived,  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  subjunctive  are 
used :  — 

No  vayas  mas  adelante.  Don't  go  any  further. 

No  temais  que  yo  lo  impida.  Have  no  fear  that  I  will  hinder  it. 

THE  TENSES  OF  THE   SUBJUNCTIVE 

312.  The  principles  underlying  the  use  of  the  subjunc- 
tive are  those  of  uncertainty,  doubt,  expectation,  require- 
ment, and  mental  or  moral  emotions.  It  appears  mostly  in 
dependent  clauses  and  is  usually  introduced  by  some  con- 
junction, generally  que.  The  character  of  the  principal 
clause  usually  decides  whether  the  verb  of  the  dependent 
clause  will  be  indicative  or  subjunctive,  but  sometimes  the 
determining  factor  may  be  in  the  dependent  clause  itself. 
In  both  indicative  and  subjunctive  constructions,  the  infini- 
tive in  the  one  language  will  often  translate  the  personal 
verb  of  the  dependent  clause  of  the  other;  but  practice  only 
will  teach  when  this  can  be  done.  A  thorough  treatment 
of  the  subjunctive  would  require  a  volume.  What  is  here 
given  is  intended  merely  as  as  general  guide  to  the  student. 


THE  VERB  225 

THE   PRESENT 

313.    The    subjunctive    occurs,   then,    after   words    ex- 
pressing — 

a.  Command,  request,  demand,  etc. :  — 

Mando  que  se  traiga  el  preso.  I    order    the    prisoner    to    be 

brought   in. 

Digale  que  venga  en  seguida.  Tell  him  to  come  at  once. 

Ruega  (suplica)  que  yo  me  vaya.  He  entreats  me  to  go  away. 

Le  pido  a  V.  que  lo  haga.  I  beg  you  to  do  it. 

Exigimos  que  se  le  trate  con  We  demand  that  he  be  treated 
justicia.  justly. 

b.  Permission,  approval,  disposition,  preference :  — 

Permitame  V.  le  diga  que  no  es  Allow  me  to  tell  you  it  is  not 

verdad.  true. 

Aprueba  que  yo  pase  la  noche  He  approves  of  my  passing  the 

aqui.  night  here. 

Dispondra  que  todos  sean  con-  He  will  arrange  it  so  that  all 

vidados.  will  be  invited. 

Prefiere  que  partamos  esta  tarde.  He  prefers  that  we  start   this 

afternoon. 

Note,  in  the  first  example,  the  omission  of  que  before  diga  (see 
267,  O. 

c.  Wish,  joy,  regret,  grief ,  surprise,  hope,  fear,  etc. :  — 

Quiero  (deseo)  que  no  consienta  I  wish  (desire)  him  not  to  con- 
en  ello.  sent  to  it. 

Me  alegro  que  nos  marchemos  I  rejoice  that  we  shall  go  away 

manana.  to-morrow. 

Sentimos  que  V.  no  pueda  venir.  We  are  sorry  that  you  can  not 

come. 

Se  pone  triste  de  que  me  'au-  He  grieves  because  I  absent 

sente.  myself. 

SPAN.    GRAM.  —  15  • 


226 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Extrafio  que  sea  ofendido.  I  am  surprised  that  he  is  of- 

fended. 
Espero   con   ansia  que  resulte     I   anxiously  hope   that   it  will 

bien.  turn  out  well. 

Tememos  que  llueva  antes  de  la     We  fear  that  it  will  rain  before 

caida  de  la  noche.  nightfall. 


d.    Doubt,  denial,  and  after  questions :  — 
Dudo  que  nieve  esta  noche. 


No  creemos  que  sea  posible. 
^Piensa  V.  que  tengamos  bas- 
tante  dinero? 


I   doubt  whether  it  will   snow 

to-night. 

We  do  not  believe  it  is  possible. 
Do  you  think  we  have  enough 

money? 


e.   After  impersonal  verbs  and  most  impersonal  expres- 
sions, but  not  after  such  as  imply  certainty:  — 


Es  necesario  (precise,  menester) 
que  esperemos  dos  horas. 

Es  lastima  que  no  4pueda  venir. 

Es  bueno  (bien)  que  lo  hagamos. 

Es  justo  (injusto)  que  lo  pague- 
mos. 

Es  tiempo  que  nos  levantemos. 

Es  posible  que  no  lo  sepa. 

Conviene  que  lo  olvidemos. 
Basta  que  no  lo  niegue. 

Es.de  desear  que  se  quede  aqui. 

Importa  mucho  que  lleguemos  a 

tiempo. 
Puede  (ser)  que  no  sea  asi. 


It  is  necessary  that  we  wait  two 

hours. 

It  is  a  pity  he  can  not  come. 
It  is  right  that  we  do  it. 
It   is  just    (not  just)    that  we 

should  pay  it. 
It  is  time  that  we  get  up. 
It  is  possible  that  he  may  not 

know  it. 

It  is  proper  that  we  forget  it. 
It  is  enough  that  he  does  not 

deny  it. 
It  is  desirable  that  he  remain 

here. 
It   is   very   important   that  we 

arrive  in  time. 
It  may  be  that  it  is  not  so. 


THE  VERB 


227 


314.  Que  is  sometimes  used  with  the  subjunctive  to 
express  an  alternative,  the  use  of  the  subjunctive  being 
determined  by  the  thought  rather  than  by  the  principal 
clause :  — 

No  lo  hago,  que  le  guste  6  no.       I  shall  not  do  it,  whether  he 

like  it  or  not. 

Whether  he  goes  or  stays,  it  is 
all  one. 


Que  se  vaya  6  se  quede,  todo  es 
uno. 


315.   The  subjunctive  is  used  after  relative  pronouns  — 
a.    When  the  antecedent  clause  involves  an  idea  of  doubt, 


negation,  uncertainty :  — 

Dudo  que  haya  hombre  que  le 

iguale. 
No  hay  mal  que  por  bien  no 

venga. 

<iSe  puede  encontrar  mujer  que 
sea  mas  encantadora? 

<iQuie"n  habra  que  no  recuerde 
aquel  dia? 


I  doubt  whether  there  is  a  man 

who  equals  him. 
There  is  no  evil  which  may  not 

come  for  good   (It  is  an  ill 

wind,  etc.). 
Is  it  possible  to  find  a  woman 

who  is  more  enchanting? 
Who  can  there  be  who  does  not 

remember  that  day  ? 


b.    When  uncertainty,  doubt,  contingency,  are  implied  in 
the  relative  clause  :  — 


Busco  un  criado  que  no  se  em- 

borrache. 
Pese   a   quien   pese,  no   puedo 

volver  atras. 
Vaya  V.  a  un  retire  donde  este 

tranquilo. 
El  dia  en  que  esa  ley  se  quebrante 

se.  derrumbara  el  coloso. 
De  quienquiera  que  V.  liable,  no 

le  calumnie. 


I  seek  a  servant  who  will  not 

get  drunk. 
Grieve  whom  it  may  grieve,  I 

can  not  turn  back. 
Go  into  a  retreat  where  you  will 

be  quiet. 
The  day  on  which  that  law  is 

broken,  the  colossus  will  fall. 
Of  whomsoever  you  speak,  don't 

slander  him. 


228 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


316.  Turn  to  268.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  words  in 
boldface  type  express  purpose,  proviso,  denial,  supposition, 
exception,  concession,  etc.  The  subjunctive,  therefore,  will 
be  used  after  these  conjunctions  and  a  few  others,  whenever 
the  thought  of  the  subordinate  clause  implies  contingency 
or  uncertainty  of  some  kind,  or  where  there  is  an  idea  of 
causation  in  the  principal  clause  :  — 


A  fin  de  que  no  tenga  que  que- 

jarse. 
A  menos  que  no  llueva  hoy,  ir£ 

al  campo. 
Yo  estare  de  vuelta  antes  que 

llegue. 

Con  tal  que  lo  acabe  hoy: 
Cuando  venga,  digale  lo  que  he 

dicho. 
Dado  que  no  lo  admita,  £que 

harem  os? 
Esperare  hasta  que  sepa  la  lec- 

ci6n. 

No  sera  mientras  yo  viva. 
Me  esconder£  para  que  no  me 

importunen. 
For  rico  que  sea,  no  esta  con- 

tento. 
Lo  hara  sin  que  nadie  le  ayude. 

Note  also :  — 


In  order  that  he  may  have  no 

reason  to  complain. 
Unless  it  rains  to-day,  I  shall  go 

to  the  country. 
I  shall  be  back  before  he  arrives. 

Provided  he  finishes  it  to-day. 

When  he  comes,  tell  him  what  I 
have  said. 

In  case  he  does  not  admit  it, 
what  shall  we  do  ? 

I  shall  wait  until  he  knows  the 
lesson. 

It  will  not  be  while  I  live. 

I  shall  hide  in  order  that  they 
may  not  importune  me. 

Rich  as  he  is,  he  is  not  con- 
tented. 

He  will  do  it  without  any  one 
helping  him. 


Acaso  no  sepa  que  estamos  aqui.     Perhaps  he  may  not  know  n^ 

are  here. 
Quizas  no  oiga  lo  que  V.  dice.        Perhaps  he  may  not  hear  what 

you  say. 
j  Ojala  que  el  viva  un  dia  mas  !      Oh  that  he  may  live  a  day  1 


longer ! 


THE  VERB  229 

THE  FUTURE  AND   FUTURE   PERFECT 

317.  The  future  and  future  perfect  subjunctive  occur  only 
in  clauses  expressing  future  contingency,  and  their  use  is 
determined  only  by  the  thought  of  their  own  clauses,  which 
are  introduced  by  a  conjunction  or  a  relative :  — 

Sea  cual  fuere  el  valor  de  usted,  Be  whatever  may  be  your  valor, 

£1  tiene  mas.  he  has  more. 

Viva  V.  si  pudiere,  y  muera,  si  no  Live,  if  you  can,  and  die,  if  you 

pudiere  mas.  can  do  no  better  (more). 

Mande  V.  lo  que  gustare.  Command  whatever  you  please. 

Aunque  lo  hubiere  hecho,  no  le  Even  though  he  shall  have  done 

ayudara.  it,  it  will  not  help  him. 

NOTE.  —  It  should  be  observed  that  the  above  tenses  are  now 
little  used,  as,  in  most  instances,  their  places  may  be  taken  by  the 
present  or  perfect  subjunctive  :  — 

Mientras  yo  viviere  or  viva.  While  I  (shall)  live. 

Cuando  hubiere  or  haya  venido.     When  he  shall  have  come. 

OTHER  TENSES 

318.  The  rules  given  for  the  use  of  the  present  subjunc- 
tive apply  equally  to  the  imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect. 
Hence,  examples  need  not  be  given. 

a.  The  sequence  of  tenses  is  about  the  same  in  Spanish 
as  in  English,  the  thought  to  be  expressed  determining  in 
each  case  what  tense  shall  follow  any  other. 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES 

319.  Conditional  clauses  are  of  two  kinds:    1st,  those 
which,  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker,  are  assumed  as  realized  ; 
2d,  those  which  are  conceived  as  contingent  or  uncertain. 
The  former  require  the  indicative,  the  latter  the  subjunc- 
tive :  — 


230 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Si  viene  a  verme,  vamos  or  iremos 

a  caza. 
Si    venia   a  verme,   ibamos    al 

campo. 
Si  vino  a  verme  aquel  dia,  no  lo 

supe. 
Si  habia  venido  a  mi  casa,  fiie" 

porque  queria  verme. 


If  he  comes  to  see  me,  we  go  or 

shall  go  hunting. 
If  he  came  to  see  me,  we  used 

to  go  to  the  country. 
If  he  came  to  see  me  that  day, 

I  did  not  know  it. 
If  he  had  come  to  my  house,  it 

was  because  he  wished  to  see 

me. 


Si  viniere  a  verme  hoy,  iremos 

de  caza. 
Si  viniera  or  viniese  a  verme,  iri- 

amos  or  fue"ramos  al  teatro. 
Si  hubiera  or  hubiese  venido  a 

verme,  habriamos  or  hubie"ra- 

mos  ido  a  pasear. 


If  he  shall  come  to  see  me  to- 
day, we  shall  go  hunting. 

If  he  should  come  to  see  me,  we 
should  go  to  the  theater. 

If  he  had  come  to  see  me,  we 
should  have  gone  to  take  a 
walk. 


a.  The  last  two  examples  show  that  the  first  and  second 
forms  of  the  subjunctive  (imperfect  and  pluperfect)  are  in- 
terchangeable in  the  protasis,  and  the  conditional  and  first 
form  in  the  apodosis. 

Note  also  that  neither  the  present  nor  perfect  subjunctive 
can  be  used  after  si,  if. 


EXCLAMATORY   SENTENCES 

320.   The  subjunctive  occurs  in  exclamations  with  the 
force  of  an  optative:  — 


i  Si  s61o  viniese  una  vez  ! 

i  Pluguiera  a  Dios  que  no  saliese 

asi! 

j  Quie"n  supiera  escribir  ! 
i  Quisiera  el  cielo  que  asi  fuese  ! 


If  he  would  but  come  once  ! 
Would  to  God  it  did  not  turn 

out  thus  ! 

I  wish  I  knew  how  to  write  ! 
Heaven  grant  that  it  were  so  ! 


THE  VERB 


231 


THE  INFINITIVE 

321.  The  Spanish  infinitive  is  the  equivalent  of  the 
English  infinitive,  the  picsent  participle  and  the  verbal 
noun  in  -ing.  In  the  latter  sense  it  is  usually  preceded 
by  el :  — 


Comer  demasiado  es  peligroso. 
En  tomar  y  dar  es  facil  errar. 

La  vista  se  deleita  con  el  variar 

de  las  nubes. 
El  leer  buenos  libros  es  prove- 

choso. 

El  dulce  cantar  de  las  aves. 
El  amar  una  madre  a  sus  hijos 

es  natural. 


To  eat  too  much  is  dangerous. 
In  taking  and  giving  it  is  easy 

to  err. 
The  sight  is  delighted  by  the 

changing  of  the  clouds. 
The  reading  of  good  books  is 

profitable. 

The  sweet  singing  of  the  birds. 
A  mother's  loving  her  children 

is  natural. 


322.   The  Spanish  uses  the  infinitive  after  the  preposi- 
tions which,  in  English,  take  the  present  participle:  — 


Comi6  antes  de  salir. 
Habl6  sin  saber  lo  que  decia. 

Despue"s  de  escribir  la  carta. 
Empez6  por  confesar  la  verdad. 

No  tardare"  en  poner  por  obra 

esa  idea. 

Preguntar£  hasta'saberlo. 
A.  pesar  de  decirselo  yo,  el  rey. 

Las  Novedades  se  complace  en 
hacer  publica  tan  halagtiena 
noticia. 


He  dined  before  going  out. 

He  spoke  without  knowing  what 
he  was  saying. 

After  writing  the  letter. 

He  began  by  confessing  the 
truth. 

I  shalbnot  delay  in  putting  into 
execution  that  idea. 

I  shall  ask  until  I  know  it. 

In  spite  of  me,  the  king,  telling 
him  so. 

The  News  takes  pleasure  in  mak- 
ing public  such  a  flattering 
piece  of  news. 


232  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

323.   Other  uses  of  the  infinitive  are  — 

a.  In  general  questions  :  — 

<i  Como  pintar  mi  deleite  al  ver  How  describe  my  delight  at  see- 
tan  linda  criatura?  ing  such  a  pretty  creature? 

b.  In  questions  expressing  surprise,  indignation,  etc. :  — 
I  El  aceptar  tal  oferta  ?    j  Jamas  !     He     accept     such     an     offer  ? 

Never  ! 

c.  With  a  and  the  article  in  temporal  clauses  :  — 

Al  entrar  en  la  calle  se  detuvo.  When  entering  the  street  he 

stopped. 

Al  ponerse  el  sol,  desapareci6.  At  the  setting  of  the  sun  it  dis- 
appeared. 

d.  With  d  and  de  to  form  conditional  clauses  :  — 

A  saber  yo  el  delito,  no  le  hu-  If  I  had  known  the  crime,  I 
biera  perdonado.  should  not  have  pardoned 

him. 

De  haberlo  hecho  £1,  habria  abu-  If  he  had  done  it,  he  would 
sado  de  la  hospitalidad  de  s.u  have  committed  an  offense 
amigo.  against  the  hospitality  of  his 

friend. 

e.  As  a  general  or  impersonal  imperative  :  — 

i  Obedecer  !  \  No  alborotar  !  Obey  !     Don't  raise  a  disturb- 

ance ! 

Con  que,  no  faltar.  Therefore,  don't  fail. 

Dirigirse  por  escrito  a  X,  Y.  Address  in  writing  X.  Y. 

.324.  The  use  or  omission  of  the  preposition,  which  is 
the  equivalent  of  the  to  of  the  English  infinitive,  is  not 
easy  to  fix  by  rules,  but  some  help  may  be  given.  It  is 
determined  somewhat  by  the  inherent  nature  of  the  noun, 
adjective,  or  verb  on  which  the  Spanish  infinitive  depends. 
The  subject  may  be  treated  under  the  following  headings :  — 


THE  VERB 


233 


a.   De  is  used  before  a  dependent  infinitive  — 

i.    After  most  nouns  and  a  few  adjectives  :  — 

I  have  a  desire  to  go  skating. 


Tengo  ganas  de  ir  a  patinar. 
Tenga  V.  la   bondad  de  escu- 

charme. 

Tiene  intenci6n  de  casarse. 
Yo  no  soy  capaz  de  hacerlo. 
Seguro  de  llevarse  el  primer  pre- 

mio. 
Temeroso  de  salir  enganado. 


Have  the  goodness  to  listen  to 

me. 

He  intends  to  get  married. 
I  am  not  capable  of  doing  it. 
Sure    of  carrying   off  the    first 

prize. 
Afraid  of  being  deceived. 


2.  When  an  infinitive,  depending  on  an  adjective  or  the 
verb  to  be  (ser),  may  logically  be  turned  into  a  passive :  — 

It  assumes  an  importance  diffi- 
cult to  be  exaggerated. 

Nothing   is   more    easy   to    be 

remedied. 
Una   declaraci6n   imposible    de     A  declaration  impossible  to  be 


Reviste  una  importancia  dificil 

de  exagerar. 
Nada  es  mas  facil  de  remediar. 


comprender. 


understood. 


Eran  de  ver  los  saraos  que  habia     The  entertainments  which  were 


entonces  en  los  palacios. 
No  es  de  extranar  que  sea  asi. 
Es  de  esperar  que  no  vendra. 


then  given  in  the  palaces  were 

worth  being  seen. 
It  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that 

it  is  so. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  he  will 

not  come. 


b.    After  a  few  nouns  and  adjectives  a  is  used  :  — 


Desde  largo  tiempo  era  su  am- 
bici6n  a  venir  a  Nueva  York. 


For  a  long  time  his  ambition 
had  been  to  come   to  New 
York. 
Hasta  que  se  establece  su  dere-.    Unfil  his  right  to  land  is  estab- 


cho  a  desembarcar. 


lished. 


Se  hallaba  proxima  a  desfallecer.     She  was  ready  to  faint. 


234 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


c.  An  infinitive  usually  takes  no  preposition  when  it 
depends  on  a  noun  or  adjective  standing  in  a  predicate 
relation :  — 


Gran  parte  es  de  la  fortuna  venir 
un  hombre  en  una  edad  u  otra. 

Cosa  es  clara  y  conocida  ser  la 
historia  luz  de  la  verdad. 

Mejor  fuera  no  hablar  de  ello. 

Acaso  no  sea  posible  volver  a 

verle. 
Yo  creo  de  mi  deber  aprovechar 

esta  ocasi6n. 
Creemos  del  caso  dar  opini6n 

sobre  lo  que  en  otra  secci6n 

tomamos  del  Herald. 

La  visita  que  tuvieron  VV.  a  bien 
hacerme. 


It  is  largely  a  matter  of  chance 
whether  a  man  is  born  in  one 
age  or  another. 

It  is  a  clear  and  well-known  fact 
that  history  is  the  light  of 
truth. 

It  would  be  better  not  to  speak 
of  it. 

Perhaps  it  is  not  possible  that 
we  shall  see  him  again. 

I  think  it  is  my  duty  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  this  occasion. 

We  think  it  is  pertinent  to  give 
our  opinion  on  what  we  have 
elsewhere  copied  from  the 
Herald. 

The  visit  which  you  were  kind 
enough  to  make  me. 


325.  An  infinitive  depending  on  a  verb  takes  either  de, 
a,  or  no  preposition.  Except  after  verbs  of  motion,  when  a 
is  used,  por  or  para  will  appear  as  the  equivalent  of  the 
English  to,  meaning  in  order  to.  A  list  of  the  more  com- 
mon verbs  of  the  first  three  categories  is  here  given.  Verbs 
marked  with  a  star  (*)  are  irregular. 

Those  followed  by  de  are  :  — 

abstenerse,*  abstain.  cesar,  cease,  stop. 

acordarse,*  remember.  dejar,/<z//,  leave  off. 

afligirse,  lament.  desesperarse,  despair. 

alegrarse,  be  glad.  desistir,  desist. 

arrepentirse,*  repent.  disuadir,  dissuade. 


THE  VERB  235 

dispensar,  excuse.  olvidarse,  forget. 

jurar,  swear.  temblar,*  fear. 

lisonjearse,y?##<?r  oneself.  tratar,  try. 
ocuparse,  busy  oneself. 

326.  Verbs  requiring  a  usually  have  an  inherent  meaning 
of  motion  or  tendency  towards.     Such  are :  — 

acertar,*  happen,  succeed.  imzzx*  force,  compel. 

alcanzar,  succeed,  reach.  habituar,  accustom. 

aprender,  learn,  teach.  inducir,*  induce. 

aspirar,  aspire.  invitar,  invite. 

atreverse,  ventiire,  dare.  ir,*  go. 

comenzar,*  begin.  negarse,*  refuse. 

condenar,  condemn.  obligar,  oblige. 

convidar,  invite.  pasar,  pass, 

far* give.  ponerse,*  begin. 

decidirse,  decide.  prepararse,  get  ready. 

detenerse,*  stop,  desist.  principiar,  begin. 

disponerse/*  get  ready.  resignarse,  resign  oneself. 

echar,  begin.  resistirse,  resist. 

empezar,*  begin.  salir,*  go  out. 

ensenar,  teach.  venir,*  come. 

esforzarse,*  endeavor.  volver,*  return  (227). 
enviar,  send. 

327.  Finally,  certain  verbs  govern  the  infinitive  directly 
without  a  connecting  preposition.      The  more  common  of 
these  are:  — 

aconsejar,  advise.  decir,*  say. 

acostumbrar,  be  accustomed.  dejar,  let,  allow. 

bastar,  suffice.  desear,  wish. 

celebrar,  be  glad.  determinar,  determine. 

conviene,*  //  is  proper.  dignarse,  condescend. 

deber,  ought,  must,  be.  esperar,  hope,  expect. 

declarar,  declare.  gustar,  please,  like. 


236  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

hacer,*  make,  do,  cause.  preferir,*  prefer. 

impedir,*  prevent.  pretender,  claim,  try. 

intentar,  attempt.  procurar,  try. 

lograr,  succeed.  prohibir,/0?7fo/. 

mandar,  order.  prometer,  promise. 

mas  vale,*  it  is  better.  querer,*  wish,  be  willing. 

merecer,  deserve,  merit.  resolver,*  resolve. 

necesitar,  need,  want.  saber,*  know  how,  can. 

ofrecer,  offer.  sentir,*  regret. 

osar,  dare,  venture.  servirse,*  please,  help  oneself. 

parecer,  seem,  appear.  soler,*  be  accustomed. 

pensar,*  think,  intend.  temer,fear. 

poder,*  be  able,  can. 

a.  Verbs  indicating  the  functions  of  sight  and  hearing 
take    preferably  the  infinitive  without  a  preposition  but 
may  take  the  gerund:  — 

Le  oigo  hablar  or  hablando  con     I  hear  him  talk  or  talking  with 

mi  amigo.  my  friend. 

Le  veo  dibujar  or  dibujando.  I  see  him  sketch  or  sketching. 

b.  For  para  before  an  infinitive,  see  247,  a  and  b,  and 
for  por  see  246,  e. 

THE  PRESENT  PARTICIPLE 

328.  The  present  participle  as  such  has  now  but  few 
forms  in  use.  Such  other  forms  as  exist  are  used  as  nouns 
or  adjectives.  The  following  and  a  few  others  (all  from 
intransitive  verbs)  occur  with  an  undoubted  participial 
force : — 

consistente,  consisting.  pendiente,  pending,  hanging. 

dependiente,  depending.  perteneciente,  belonging. 

existent  e,  existing.  \>roct&en.te,  proceeding,  coming. 

obediente,  obeying.  referente,  referring. 


THE  VERB 


237 


Examples : — 

Una  carga  consistente  en  mine- 
rales,  cueros,  y  cafe\ 

Efectos  pertenecientes  a  la  Cruz 
Roja. 

Una  cruz  de  brillantes  pendiente 
de  su  cuello. 


A  cargo  consisting  of  minerals, 

leather,  and  coffee. 
Effects  belonging  to   the   Red 

Cross. 
A  cross  of  brilliants  hanging  from 

her  neck. 


THE  GERUND 

329.  The  present  participle  being  no  longer  in  general 
use  as  such,  its  functions  are  discharged  by  the  gerund, 
which  has  but  one  form,  and  differs  but  little,  in  its  use, 
from  our  present  participle.  We  need  only  to  note  the 
principal  differences,  which  are  — 

a.    To  indicate  a  completed  action: — 
Llegando  mi  amigo,  partimos  a     My  friend   having   arrived,  we 


cazar. 


started  out  hunting. 


b.  To  express  cause,  manner,  means,  time: — 

Gana  su  pan  cotidiano  vendiendo  He  earns  his  daily  bread  by  sell- 
ing newspapers. 

Misfortunes  come  rapidly. 

She  carried  her  point  by  flatter- 
ing him. 

He  died  when  he  was  very  young. 

He  did  not  wish  to  advance  while 
the  general  was  absent. 

c.  Absolutely  in  place  of  a  finite  verb :  — 

Les  consult^  si  creian  que  podia     I  consulted  them  as  t®  whether 
continuar    el    combate,    con-         they  thought  I  could  continue 


peri6dicos. 

Los  males  vienen  corriendo. 
Ella  se  sali6  con  la  suya  lison- 

jeandole. 

Muri6  siendo  muy  joven. 
No  queria  avanzar,  estando  au- 

sente  el  general. 


testando  que  no. 


the  fight,  and  they  answered 
no. 


238  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

d.  The   gerund   occurs   with   en   to  express  an  action 
completed  before  that  of   the  personal  verb ;    but  as  the 
same  idea  can  be  rendered  without  en,  this  preposition  is 
rarely  used :  — 

iQue"  no  hara  (en)   llegando  a     What  will  he  not  do  after  be- 
ser  tu  marido  ?  coming  your  husband  ? 

e.  The  compound  forms  are  of  quite  frequent  use,  but 
as  they  are  constructed  in  the  same  way  as  the  simple,  a 
single  example  will  suffice  :  — 

El  senador  habiendo  concluido     The  senator  having  concluded 
su  discurso  se  sent6.  his  speech  sat  down. 

NOTE.  —  For  the  use  of  the  gerund  with  estar  and  verbs  of 
motion,  see  140  and  140,  a. 


THE    PAST    PARTICIPLE 

330.  The  past  participle  used  as  such  or  as  an  adjective 
varies  for  gender  and  number  :  — 

El  proyecto  de  ley  votado  por  el  The  bill  having  been  passed  by 

Senado  fue"  rechazado  por  la  the  Senate  was  rejected  by 

Camara.  the  House. 

Su  hija  amada  muri6.  His  beloved  daughter  died. 

See  also  138,  4,  and  145,  d. 

331.  Special  cases  of  its  use  are  — 

a.    In  absolute  constructions  :  — 

Pasado  el  momento  de  peligro,     The  moment  of  danger  having 
renovamos  nuestros  esfuerzos.         passed,  we  renewed  our  efforts. 


THE  VERB                                              239 

b.  After  despufe  de,  antes  de,  luego  de :  — 

Despue"s  de  acabada  la  tarea,  After  having  finished  the  task 

fuimos  a  casa.  we  went  home. 

Antes  de  concluido  su  discurso  Before  having  concluded  his 

se  desmay6.  speech,  he  fainted. 

Luego  de  contadomelo  no  quiso  As  soon  as  he  had  related  it  to 

hablar  mas.  me,  he  would  not  speak  any 

more. 

c.  After  para  and  par :  — 

No   es    una    proposici6n    para  It  is   not  a  proposition  to   be 

rechazada.  rejected. 

Entonces  se  di6  por  vencido.  Then  he  gave  up  as  conquered. 


XI 

FORMS    OF    ADDRESS    (TRATAMIENTOS) 
332. 

a.  Senor  Garcia,  Mr.  Garcia. 

Senor  Carlos  Garcia,  Mr.  Charles  Garcia. 
Senor  Don  C.  Garcia,  Mr.  Charles  Garcia. 
Don  Carlos  (no  equivalent  in  English). 

b.  Senora  Garcia,  Mrs.  Garcia. 

Senora  Josefa  Garcia,  Mrs.  Josephine  Garcia. 
Senora  Dona  J.  Garcia,  Mrs.  Josephine  Garcia. 
Dona  Josefa  (no  English  equivalent). 

c.  Senorita  Garcia,  Miss  Garcia. 

Senorita  Maria  Garcia,  Miss  Mary  Garcia. 
Senorita  Maria,  Miss  Mary. 

d.  The  above  are  the  forms  of  address  when  speaking 
to  people.     When  speaking  about  them,  senor,  senora,  and 
senorita  must  be  preceded  by  the  definitive  article :  — 

El  senor,  la  senora  y  la  senorita      Mr.,  Mrs.,  and  Miss  Garcia. 
Garcia. 

e.  Caballero   and   senor  are  our  sir,  the  latter  (senor) 
being  a  little  more  distant  and  formal  and  consequently 
always  used  in   addressing  deliberative  bodies.     For   in- 
stance, in  the  Cortes,  a  speaker  would  address  his  auditors 
as  senores ;  but,  if  speaking  to  an  audience  of  ladies  and 
gentlemen,  he  would  say :  Senoras,  senoritas  y  caballeros. 
After  sit  yes,  and  no,  no,  senor  is  always  used  :  Si,  senor;  no, 
senor. 


FORMS   OF  ADDRESS  24! 

f.  Senor  is  used  before  all  titles  in  formal  address  :  — 

Buenos  dias,  senor  capitan.  Good  morning,  Captain. 

<;  Esta  el  senor  profesor?  Is  the  professor  at  home? 

g.  El  senor  y  la  senora  (or  los  senor es)  are  used  by 
servants  in  speaking  of   the  master  and  mistress  of   the 
house. 

h.  In  speaking  of  a  person's  relatives,  politeness  re- 
quires us  to  say :  sit  (your)  senor  padre,  su  senora  madre, 
su  senorita  hermana,  etc.,  instead  of  su  padre,  etc. 

i.  When  talking  to  a  man  of  his  wife;  we  say  su  (your) 
senora;  while  he  will  mention  her  as  mi  senora  or  mi 
esposa,  or  less  formally,  mi  mujer. 

j.  Don  and  dona  are  only  used  before  baptismal  names, 
which  are  the  common  forms  of  address,  where  we  use  Mr., 
Mrs.,  etc.,  with  the  family  name. 

As  in  English,  men  are  also  addressed  familiarly  by  their 
family  names. 

k.  Senorito  is  used  by  servants  in  their  intercourse  with 
their  masters  who  are  young  men.  It  is  also  quite  gen- 
erally used  by  the  lower  orders  in  addressing  men  who  are 
not  their  masters. 

/.  Spanish  family  names  consist  of  two  parts  connected 
by  y.  The  first  is  the  name  of  the  father,  the  second,  that 
of  the  mother :  Pascual  Cervera  y  Topete.  The  second 
part  is  frequently  dropped. 

m.  A  woman,  when  she  marries,  keeps  her  maiden 
name  but  joins  it  to  the  family  name  of  her  husband  by  de. 
For  instance,  if  Josefa  Perez  marries  a  Mr.  Garcia,  her 
name  becomes  Josefa  PJrez  de  Garcia.  She  is  commonly 
known  as  Senora  Ptrez,  or  Dona  Josefa,  but  not  as  Senora 
Garcia. 

SPAN.   GRAM.  —  1 6 


242 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


SPANISH   ABBREVIATIONS 


333.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  more  common  abbre- 
viations. Where  usage  varies  in  regard  to  small  or  capi- 
tal letters,  the  former  have  been  given  in  parenthesis. 
When  beginning  a  sentence  any  of  them  may  be  written 
with  a  capital. 


(a),  alias,  alias. 

@,  arroba   ( =  25  Ibs. ;  also  4 

gals.),  and  a,  at. 
A.,  afecto,  obedient,  affectionate. 

A.  C.  (ano  de  Cristo)  =  A.D. 
a  eta.,  a  cuenta,  on  account. 

a  v/a,  a  la  vista,  at  sight. 
adm6n.,  administraci6n. 
admor.,  administrador. 
af"?°,  afectisimo,  most  obedient, 

affectionate. 

af '.°,  afecto,  obedient,  affectionate. 
ag*?,  agosto,  August. 
am?,  amigo,  friend. 
apble.,  apreciable,/#z>0r. 
art.  or  arto.,  articulo,  article. 
atr?,  atento,  respectful. 

B.  L.  M.  (b.  1.  m.) ,  besa  la  mano. 
B.  L.  P.  (b.  1.  p.),  besa  los  pies. 
brl.,  barril,  barrel. 

c/.,  cuenta  de,  account  of. 
cap.  or  cap?,  capitulo,  chapter. 
cap1?,  capitdn,  captain. 
etc.,  corriente,  instant. 
eg.,  centigramo,  centigram. 
cia.,  compania,  company. 
cl.,  centilitre,  centiliter. 


com.,  comisi6n,  commission. 

cm.,  centimetre,  centimeter. 

C.  M.  B.  (c.  m.  b.),  cuya  mano 
beso. 

comp*  (cia.),  compania  —  Co. 

consig.,  consignaci6n,  consign- 
ment. 

corr*?,  corriente,  instant. 

C.  P.  B.  (c.  p.  b.),  cuyos  pies  beso. 
c. ,  cuenta,  account. 

c./c*?,  cuenta  corriente,  account 
current. 

eta.  d/v.,  cuenta  de  venta,  ac- 
count of  sales. 

c4?,  cuarto,  quarter,  fourth. 

cy.,  currency,  currency. 

D.  or  Dn.,  Don. 
die?,  10?,  diciembre. 
d/v.,  dias  vista,  days  sight. 
doz.,  docena,  dozen. 

dro.,  derecho,  duty,  right. 

dupd.°,  duplicado,  duplicate. 

E.,  este,  east. 

en?,  enero,  January. 

feb?,  febrero,  February. 

fha.,  fecha,  date. 

fol.,  folio,  page,  folio. 


SPANISH   ABBREVIATIONS 


243 


g.,  gramo,  gram. 

gral.,  general. 

grs.,  gruesa,  gross. 

h.,  hora,  hour. 

HI.,  hectolitre,  hectoliter. 

ib.,  ibidem,  in  the  same  place. 

id.,  idem,  ditto. 

II?,  ilustre,  noble,  honorable. 

II1?0,  ilustrisimo,  most  noble,  etc. 

izq°,  izquierdo,  left. 

Kg.,  kilogramo,  kilogram. 

Km.,  ki!6metro,  kilometer. 

Ibs.,  libras,  pounds. 

m.,  minuto,  metro,  minute,  meter. 

mg.,  miligramo,  milligram. 

mm.,  milimetro,  millimeter. 

mrz.,  marzo,  March. 

N.,  norte,  north. 

N.  B.,  nota  bene,  «0&  w^//. 

n/.,  nuestro,  tf&r. 

n°,  <?r  num°,  number. 

nov?,  9®,  noviembre,  November. 

ntro.,  nuestro,  0#r. 

O.,  oeste,  west. 

oct?,  8?,  octubre,  October. 

onz.,  oz.,  onza,  02*;^. 

P.,    Papa,   or  Padre,    Pope   or 

Father. 
P*,  para,>r. 
pag.,  pagina,  /<*#?. 
pc/o.,  % ,  por  ciento,  per  cent. 
P.  D.,  posdata,  postscript. 
pgdro.,  pagadero,  payable. 
p/cta.,  por  cuenta,  for  account. 
p.  ej.,  por  e]tm$\o,  for  example. 


p?,  pero,  but. 
p.  o.,  por  orden,  by  order. 
P.  P.,  porte  pagado,  postpaid. 
P.  P.,  por  poder,  by  power  of 

attorney. 

ppd-°,  pr6ximo  pasado,  ultimo. 
pr,  por,  by,  for. 
pral.,  principal. 
P.  S.,  poscriptum,  postscript. 
pxo.,  proximo,  proximo,  next. 
Q.  B.  S.  M.  (q.  b.  s.  m.) ,  que  besa 

sus  manos.     . 
Q.  B.  S.  P.  (q.  b.  s.  p.),  que  besa 

sus  pies. 
Q.  D.    G.(q.  D.  g.),  que  Dios 

guarde. 

q?,  que,  that,  which,  who. 
ql.,  quintal,  quintal  (cwt.) . 
q",  quien,  who,  whom. 
q.  e.  g.  e.,  que  en  gloria  este*. 
q.  e.  p.  d.,  que  en  paz  des- 

canse. 
q.  s.  g.  h.,  que  santa  gloria 

haya. 

R.  I.  P.,  requiescat  in  pace. 
R!*,  recibi,  (I)  received. 
Re.,  re"cipe,  recipe. 
rl,  real,  "real"  (about  10^). 
s/.,  sobre,  on. 
S.  e.  u.  o.,  salvo  error  u  omision, 

save  errors  and  omissions. 
serv?,  servicio,  service. 
servor,  servidor,  servant. 
sept?,  set?,  7?,  septiembre. 
sig1.6,  siguiente,  following. 


244 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Sr.,  sefior,  Sir,  Mr. 

spre.,  siempre,  always,  ever. 

Sra.,  senora,  Mrs.,  Madam. 

Srta.,  senorita,  Miss. 

S.  S.  S.,  su  seguro  servidor,  your 

faithful  servant. 
test?,  testigo,  witness. 
tom.(t?),  tomo,  volume. 
tpo.,  tiempo,  time. 


tilt?,  ultimo,  ultimo,  last. 

V.  E.,  Vuestra  Excelencia,  Vue- 

celencia,     Vuecencia,     Your 

Grace. 

v.  gr.,  verbigracia,  for  example. 
vol.,  volumen,  volume. 
vro.,  vuestro,  your. 
v/ta.,  vista,  sight. 
v*a,  vuelta,  forward. 


EPISTOLARY  FORMALITIES 

334.  Spanish  letter-headings  and  forms  of  address  differ 
but  slightly  from  our  own.  We  need  only  note  the  use  of 
nuestro  or  nuestros,  whenever  several  persons  address  one 
or  more  persons,  as  if  we  should  say  :  Our  dear  sir  or  our 
dear  sirs;  and  further  that,  in  certain  forms  of  address,  the 
adjectives,  while  essential  in  Spanish,  have  no  equivalents 
in  English,  and  have  either  to  be  omitted  in  translating  or 
rendered  by  our  simpler  forms  of  address.  The  following 
will  suffice  as  examples  of  the  common  modes  of  address  :— 

a.    Formal :  — 
Muy  senor  mio,  Dear  Sir. 
Muy  sefiores  mios,  Dear  Sirs. 
Muy  senor  nuestro,  Dear  Sir. 
Muy    sefiores    nuestros,    Dear 

Sirs. 
Mi  distinguido  amigo,  Esteemed 

friend. 

Muy  senorita  mia,  Dear  Miss . 

Muy  distinguido  senor  mio,  Dear  Sir. 

Muy  senora  mia  y  de  mi  mayor  consideraci6n,  Dear  Madam. 

Reverendo  Padre  or  Respetable  senor.  (To  a  priest  or  clergy- 
man.) 


Muy     senoritas     mias,     Dear 

Misses   . 

Muy  senora  mia,  Dear  Madam. 
Muy     senora     nuestra,     Dear 

Madam. 
Muy  estimada  senora  N.,  Dear 

Mrs.  N. 


EPISTOLARY  FORMALITIES  245 

b.  Less  formal :  — 

Muy  Sr.  mio  y  distinguido  amigo,  Dear  Sir  and  {distinguished) 
friend. 

Muy  sefior  mio  y  amigo,  Dear  Sir  and  friend. 

c.  Informal:  — 

Apreciables  amigos  mios,  My  dear  friends. 

Querido  amigo  nuestro,  Dear  friend. 

Muy  estimados  amigos  nuestros,  Esteemed  friends. 

Mi  respetable  amigo,  My  dear  friend. 

Estimado  amigo  mio,  My  esteemed  friend. 

Mi  bueno  y  querido  amigo,  My  {good  and)  dear  friend. 

d.  Familiar:  — 

Mi  querido  Juan,  My  dear  John. 
Amigo  Jose",  Friend  Joe. 
Queridisima  Anita,  My  dearest  Anita. 
Mi  mas  querido  amigo,  My  dearest  friend. 

NOTE.  —  The  above  are  the  usual  forms,  but  there  may  be 
others,  depending  on  the  will  and  temperament  of  the  writer. 

335.  Letters  may  begin  in  one  of  many  ways,  but  the 
following  may  be  taken  as  specimens  in  formal  and  infor- 
mal correspondence.  For  abbreviations  see  333:  — 

Aunque  no  tengo  el  honor  de  conocer  d  V.,  me  tomo  la  libertad 
de  dirigirle  estas  lineas  para  .  .  . 

Ya  es  tiempo  que  coja  la  pluma  para  dedicar  un  rato  d  mis 
buenos  amigos  .  .  . 

Adjunto  remito  a  V.  una  libranza  de  30  pesetas  en  pago  de  .  .  . 

Lleg6  d  £sta  su  deseada  en  e"poca  que  yo  me  encontraba  en 
Madrid  .  .  . 

Refine" ndome  a  su  favorecida  del  25  del  ppd-°,  tengo  el  honor 
de  contestar  que  .  .  . 


246  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Tengo  el  gusto  de  acusar  recibo  de  su  atenta  fechada  el  10 
corriente  .  .  . 

Contestando  su  grata  fechada  el  7  del  actual,  desearia  infor- 
marle  que  .  .  . 

Es  en  mi  poder  su  muy  atenta  de  ayer,  y  me  apresuro  a  con- 
testar  que  .  .  . 

Acusando  recibo  de  su  favorecida  fechada  en  22  de  octubre, 
me  permito  mandarle  la  eta.  d/v.  de  .  .  . 

336.  Of  the  many  ways  of  closing  letters,  the  following 
will  serve  as  specimens  :  — 

a.  Formal  (more  or  less) :  — 

Nos  repitimos  de  V.  con  afecto  S.  S.,  r»   13  c  A/T 

{£•  Jj.  o.  1V1. 

Tenemos  mucho  gusto  en  ofrecernos  S.  S.  S.  y  amigos, 

Q.  B.  S.  M. 
Dios  guarde  a  V.  muchos  anos  como  desea  su  muy  atento  ser- 

vidor-  Q.B.S.M. 

Reitero  a  W.  mi  afecto  y  quedo  como  siempre  S.  S.  S., 

Q.  B.  S.  M. 

Soy  (quedo)  de  V.  su  muy  afecto  seguro  servidor, 

q.  b.  s.  m. 
Entre  tanto  queda  a  sus  6rdenes  su  atto.  S.  S.,  b  s  m 

Con  tal  motivo  me  ofrezco  de  V.  afmo.  S.  S.,  , 

q.  b.  s.  m. 

b.  Fam  iliar  and  informal :  — 

Salude  V.  a  su  senora  y  ninos  y  sabe  que  es  su  afmo.  que  le 
quiere>  LOPE  DE  VEGA. 

Afectos  de  toda  la  familia  y  sabe  V.  es  su  afmo.  y  S.  S., 

ESTEBAN  BANCHS. 


EPISTOLARY   FORMALITIES  247 

Saludo  carinosamente  a  V.  y  a  todos  los  suyos,  y  quedo  su  am? 

y  S"  S'>  ENRIQUE  GARCU. 

Que  le  vaya  bien  y  disponga  de  este  su  am?  y  servidor, 

MANUEL  MENDOZA. 

Sin  mas  por  hoy  sabes  que  puedes  disponer  del  afecto  de  este 
tu  amigo  y  S.  S.,  DIEGO  GuTI£RREZ 

NOTE.  —  While  the  letters  Q.  B.  S.  M.  are  still  in  good  use, 
especially  in  very  formal  communications,  it  is  becoming  more 
and  more  customary  to  omit  them,  as  in  the  last  examples  and 
more  particularly  in  business  letters. 

337.   Letters  are  addressed  as  follows  :  — 

When  sent  by  mail, 

Senor  Don  (or  Sr.  Dn.)  E B . 


Senora  Dona  (or  Sra.  Da.)  M O . 

Senorita  A G de  P . 

The  direction  coming  immediately  after,  as  in  English. 
When  sent  by  hand, 

B.  L.  M.  B.  L.  M.  B.  L.  M. 

Al  Sr.  Dn.  L.  de  Q .  A  Don  R .       Al  Sr.  M . 

S.  S.  S.  S.  S.  S.  S.  S.  S. 

Enrique  Pe"rez.  D.  de  Manj6n.      Benito  Bazan. 

B.  L.  P.  B.  L.  P. 

A  mi  Sra.  Da.  J P .     A  la  Sra.  Da.  J- 


S.  A.  S.  S.  S.  A.  S.  S. 

Rodriguez  Guevara.  Emilio  Castelar. 

B.  L.  P. 

A  la  Sra.  A S . 

S.  A.  S.  S. 
Ram6n  Rey. 


XII 
EXERCISES 

REMARKS.  —  The  grammar  references  and  Spanish  exercises 
should  be  thoroughly  learned  before  an  attempt  is  made  to  write 
the  English  exercises,  as  many  words,  expressions,  and  explana- 
tions are  there  given  which  could  not  be  so  clearly  stated  in  the 
vocabulary,  and  hence  are  not  therein  repeated,  unless  they  occur 
in  other  exercises,  in  which  case  they  are  again  properly  provided 
for. 

In  the  English  exercises,  translate  all  words  in  parentheses  (  ), 
and  leave  out  all  those  in  brackets  [  ]. 

The  small  figures  to  the  right  of  several  English  words  indicate 
the  order  in  which  their  Spanish  equivalents  are  to  be  placed. 

The  figures  in  heavy  type  in  parentheses  refer  to  sections  of  the 
grammar,  and  should  always  be  looked  up  before  the  sentences 
are  translated. 

Words  connected  by  a  dash  (-)  will  be  found  in  the  vocabulary 
under  the  first  word. 

1 

338.  Learn  136  and  142  £o  imperfect  tense,  and  read 
135-135,  c.  Learn  also  11-15,  e. 

i.  La  tierra  gira  alrededor  del  sol  en  un  ano.  El  ano  tiene 
doce  (12)  meses  y  cuatro  (4)  estaciones.  2.  Los  meses  son: 
enero,  febrero,  marzo,  abril,  mayo,  junio,  Julio,  agosto,  se(p)tiem- 
.bre,  octubre,  noviembre  y  diciembre.  3.  Las  estaciones  son  :  la 
primavera,  el  verano  6  estio,  el  otono  y  el  invierno.  4.  Un  ines 
tiene  cuatro  semanas ;  una  semana  tiene  siete  (7)  dias,  que  son: 
lunes,  martes,  mie"rcoles,  jueves,  viernes,  sabado  y  domingo. 


EXERCISES  249 

5.  Dia  significa  un  espacio  de  veinticuatro  (24)  horas,  y  tambie'n 
el  tiempo  entre  la  salida  y  la  puesta  del  sol.  6.  Cuando  el  sol  se 
pone,  comienza  (comenzar)  la  noche,  y  el  sol  parece  pasar  por 
debajo  de  la  tierra.  7.  La  cortesia  es  la  flor  de  la  humanidadl. 

8.  The  sun  seems  [to]  revolve  around  the  earth.  9.  There  are 
(137,  £,3)  twelve  (38)  months  in  a  year  and  three  months  in  a 
season.  10.  An  hour  has  sixty  (38)  minutes,  and  a  minute,  sixty 
seconds,  n.  (The)  Monday  is  the  first  (25)  day  of  the  week, 
(the)  Tuesday  is  the  second  (38),  (the)  Wednesday  is  the  third, 
(the)  Thursday  is  the  fourth,  (the)  Friday  is  the  fifth,  (the)  Sat- 
urday is  the  sixth,  and  (the)  Sunday  is  the  seventh  or  last. 
12.  [On]  (the)  Sunday  the  good  (25)  Christian  goes  to  (the) 
church  and  prays;  the  other  six  days  he  works.  13.  But  [he 
does]  not  work  all  the  time,  for  [he]  is2  not1  a  machine,  and  has 
to  (138,  3)  rest  when  [he]  is  (139)  very  tired. 

2 
339.   Study  16-19,  d,  and  review  14-15  and  136  and  142. 

i.  Podemos  (209)  hacer  tres  divisiones  del  cuerpo  humano :  la 
cabeza,  el  tronco  y  las  extremidades.  2.  Las  dos  (2)  primeras 
(38)  son  las  mas  importantes,  porque  sin  ellas  (44)  no  podemos 
vivir.  3.  Los  cabellos  (el  pelo)  cubren  la  cabeza  que  tiene  una 
forma  redonda.  4.  La  cara  (el  rostro)  forma  la  parte  anterior  de 
la  cabeza.  5.  La  frente  es  la  parte  superior  de  la  cara,  y  la  barba 
es  la  parte  inferior.  6.  Debajo  de  la  frente  tenemos  los  ojos  con 
los  cuales  (90)  miramos  y  vemos  (205)  si  no  somos  ciegos.  7.  En 
medio  de  la  cara  (del  rostro)  esta  (139)  la  nariz  que  es  el  6rgano 
del  olfato.  8.  Con  la  nariz  olemos  (172),  olfateamos ;  los  olores 
pasan  por  las  dos  ventanas  de  la  nariz,  llamadas  narices  (15,  a). 

9.  Las  mejillas  son  las  prominencias  del  rostro  debajo  de  los  ojos. 

10.  Las  dos  orejas  estan  colocadas  la  una  a  un  lado  de  la  cabeza, 
y  la  otra  al  otro  lado.     n.  Con  las  orejas  escuchamos  y  oimos 
(194),  cuando  no  somos  sordos. 

12,  The  mouth  is  (139)  between  the  chin  and  the  nose,  and  is. 


25O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

(esta)  formed  (146)  by  the  two  lips.  13.  When  a  young-man 
arrives  at  the  age  (19,  d)  of  sixteen  or  eighteen  years,  a  mustache 
grows  (nace)  on  his  (=  the)  upper2  lip,1  and  then  he  (44)  is  very 
proud.  14.  In  the  mouth  are  the  teeth,  the  tongue,  and  the  palate. 
15.  These  (estos)  with  the  nose,  the  throat,  and  the  lips,  are  the 
organs  of  (the)  speech.  16.  With  the  mouth  (the)  man  and  (the) 
woman  eat,  drink,  speak,  flatter,  deceive,  and  slander  (13,  Note) 
their  (sus)  friends.  17.  The  tongue  is  the  worst  enemy  of  (the) 
man.  18.  The  five  senses  are  the  sight,  the  hearing,  the  taste,  the 
touch,  and  the  smell. 


340.    Review  references  given  for  Exercises  l  and  2. 

i.  El  cuello  (=  pescuezo)  une  la  cabeza  al  tronco.  2.  A  los 
hombros  estan  unidos  los  brazos  cuya  (90)  extremidad  forman  las 
manos  (19,  a).  3.  Los  dedos,  que  forman  la  extremidad  de  la 
mano,  son  :  el  dedo  pulgar,  el  indice,  el  dedo  de  en  medio  (6  del 
corazon),  el  dedo  anular  y  el  dedo  menique.  4.  La  parte  dura 
en  la  extremidad  de  cada  (116)  dedo  es  la  una.  5.  Con  el  puno 
(=  la  mano  cerrada)  el  hombre  se  defiende  contra  su  enemigo. 
6.  El  pecho  es  la  parte  anterior  y  superior  del  tronco  y  encierra 
el  coraz6n  y  los  pulmones.  7.  El  coraz6n  es  un  musculo  hueco  y 
carnoso  que  imprime  movimiento  a  la  sangre  y  la  hace  circular 
por  las  venas  y  arterias.  8.  Los  pulmones  son  los  6rganos  de  la 
respiraci6n. 

9.  The  food  is  masticated  and  swallowed  and  enters  into  (en) 
the  stomach,  where  the  organs  of  (the)  digestion  transform2  it1 
into  blood.  10.  Then  the  blood  ascends  to  the  heart,  whence 
(de  donde)  [it]  passes  through  the  veins,  n.  To  the  lower  part 
of  the  trunk  are  fixed  the  legs,  which  are  divided  by  the  knees. 
12.  The  feet  form  the  lower  extremity  of  the  legs.  13.  (The) 
men  and  (the)  women  use  the  feet  and  (the)  legs  to  (para)  walk, 
run,  dance,  and  skate.  14.  A  biped  is  an  animal  that  has  two  legs, 
but  a  quadruped  has  four  legs. 


EXERCISES  251 


341.  Study  20-20,  /,  and  review  the  verbs. 

i.  La  familia  se  compone  (149  and  150)  del  padre,  de  la  madre 
y  de  los  nifios.  2.  Los  nifios  son  los  hijos  y  las  hijas  de  los  padres 
(17,  a).  3.  El  abuelo  y  la  abuela  son  los  padres  del  padre  y  de 
la  madre.  4.  El  tio  es  el  hermano  y  la  tia  es  la  hermana  del 
padre  6  de  la  madre.  5.  El  hijo  de  mi  (63)  tio  es  mi  primo  y  la 
hija  es  mi  prima.  6.  Si  mi  hermano  6  mi  hermana  se  casan  y 
tienen  hijos,  ellos  son  mis  sobrinos  6  sobrinas.  7.  Cuando  un 
hombre  pierde  su  esposa  (=mujer),  es  viudo,  y  una  mujer  que 
pierde  su  marido  (=  esposo)  es  viuda.  8.  Todas  (116)  las  per- 
sonas  que  tienen  el  mismo  (116)  parentesco  se  llaman  parientes. 
9.  Safo  era  (was)  gran  poetisa  lirica  de  la  antigua  Grecia,  pero 
nos  (tq  us)  quedan  muy  pocos  de  sus  poemas. 

sib.  The  family  lives  in  a  house  which  is  small  or  large  accord - 
ing-to  the  requirements  or  the  taste  of  the  persons  who  occupy2 
it.1  ii.  The  house  contains  various  rooms  which  are  (139)  in 
the  different  stories.  12.  We  go-up  or  come-down  the  stairs,  when 
[we]  wish  (209)  [to]  go  from  one  story  to  another  (127).  13.  In 
the  kitchen  the  cook  prepares  the  food  which  the  family  eats  in 
the  dining-room.  14.  Generally  [we]  eat  three  times  (veces) 
each  (116)  day.  15.  [We]  take  (the)  breakfast  in  (por)  the 
morning,  (the)  dinner  at  (the)  noon  and  (the)  supper  at.  (the) 
nightfall.  16.  When  the  servant  sets  (pone)  the  table,  [she] 
covers2  it1  (la)  with  the  table-cloth;  then  [she]  puts  a  plate,  a 
knife,  a  fork,  a  spoon,  a  glass  and  a  napkin  for  (para)  each  person. 
17.  Next  she  puts  the  victuals  on  (en)  the  table  and  tells  (195) 
(to)  her  mistress  that  (que)  the  meal  is  (139)  ready. 

5 

342.  Study  21-23,  ft  and  review  the  verbs. 

i.  (22).  El  hombr6n  y  la  mujerona  tienen  un  hijo  quien  es  un 
mocet6n  y  lleva  zapatones.  2.  (a).  Una  punalada  es  la  herida 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

que  se  hace  (is  made)  con  el  punal.  3.  (b).  El  populacho  em- 
briagado  de  vinacho  tira  piedras  contra  la  casucha  de  mi  amigote. 
4.  (c).  Un  ventarr6n  acompanado  de  un  nubarr6n  derriba  los 
caserones  del  poblachon.  5.  El  enano  con  un  narig6n  espantoso 
asusta  a  (13,  Note)  los  ninos.  6.  El  politicastro  es  el  veneno  de 
todo  buen  gobierno. 

7.  (23,  a) .  Jennie,  the  little-daughter  of  my  neighbor,  has  in  her 
(la)  little-hand  (b)  a  beautiful  little-flower.  8.  Jack's  (13)  little- 
dog  kills  a  little-bird.  9.  Little-Lou,  the  little-son  of  the  laundress, 
carries-on  a  flirtation  with  his  little-cousin  (#).  10.  (c}.  A  silly- 
little-girl  becomes  usually  a  dawdling- woman.  n.  (d).  The 
petty-king  lives  in  a  palace  which  is  (139)  on  a  rivulet  and  has 
small-doors  and  little-windows.  12.  (e}.  The  poor-girl,  who  lives 
in  the  small-town,  sells  to  the  small-boy  [some]  young-pigeons. 

13.  The  water  (11,  b}  of  this  spring  is  (139)  full  of  animalcules. 

14.  She  gives  (to)  the  poor-fellow  (23,  a)   [some]   fritters  with 
butter  (/)  and  cheese.     15.  [He]  has3  not2  yet  (aun1)  come-out 
(salido)  of-his  (del)  shell,  and  already  [he]  is  presumptuous. 


6 
343.    Review  references  for  Exercise  5. 

i.  La  familia  se  reune  en  el  comedor ;  la  madre  se  sienta  a  la 
cabecera,  el  padre  enfrente  y  los  otros  miembros  a  los  lados  de  la 
mesa.  2.  El  padre  pide  (181)  la  bendicion,  y  la  comida  co- 
mienza.  3.  La  madre  echa  el  cafe",  el  te  6  el  chocolate  en  tazas. 
4.  El  padre  trincha  y  sirve  (servir)  la  carne,  el  pan  y  la  mante- 
quilla,  y  las  personas  del  lado  sirven  la  leche,  las  legumbres  y 
otras  viandas,  si  las  (56)  hay  (137,  ^,3).  5.  Mientras  comen,  la 
conversaci6n  esta  animada  y  chistosa,  porque  saben  (209)  que  la 
alegria  es  la  mejor  (32)  ayuda  a  la  digesti6n.  6.  Despue"s  de 
acabada  (331,  b)  la  comida,  todos  se  levantan ;  el  papa  enciende 
(encender)  un  tabaco  (=  puro),  los  ninos  van  (214)  a  la  escuela, 
y  la  mama  atiende  a  sus  quehaceres  dome"sticos. 


EXERCISES  253 

7.  The  other  rooms  of  the  house  are :  the  parlor,  the  hall,  the 
library,  the  bathroom,  the  pantry  and  the  bedrooms.  8.  In  the 
parlor  we  receive  (13,  Note)  our  friends,  when  [they]  make2  (197) 
us l  visits.  9.  In  the  library  there  are  (137,  b,  3)  a  book-stand  with 
many  books,  a  table,  various  chairs  and  an  easy-chair.  10.  The 
pantry  is  the  room  where  the  eatables2  are-kept1  (154,  c).  n.  The 
bedroom  is  where  [we]  sleep  (177).  We  lie-down  in  the  bed  and 
sleep  seven  or  eight  hours  and  then  rise.  12.  [We]  go  to  the 
washstand,  pour  water  from  (de)  the  pitcher  into  the  basin  and 
wash  ourselves  (150)  with  soap  and  water.  13.  Then  [we]  wipe 
our  (la)  face  and  (the)  hands  with  the  towel,  put-on  our  clothes, 
arrange  (componer)  our  hair  with  the  comb  and  the  brush  and 
go-down  (the)  stairs,  where  [we]  read  (leemos)  the  paper,  while 
[we]  wait  for  (the)  breakfast. 


344.   Study  24-26  and  review  the  verbs. 

i .  Las  casas  se  construyen  de  madera,  de  piedra  y  de  ladrillos. 

2.  Hay  casas  pequenas  y  grandes,  bonitas  y  feas,  altas  y  bajas. 

3.  Nuestras  casas  tienen  puertas  y  ventanas  que  sirven  (servir) 
para  dar  aire  y  luz  a  las  habitaciones.     4.  El  techo  y  las  paredes 
nos  protegen  contra  el  calor  del  sol  y  contra  los  rigores  del  frio  y 
de  la  humedad  cuando  llueve  (158).     5.  El  jardin  y  los  huertos 
rodean  la  casa  y  nos  dan  hermosas  flores,  buenas  frutas  y  legum- 
bres  diversas.     6.  For  las  puertas  entramos  y  salimos,  y  por  las 
ventanas  miramos.     7.  Si  un  incendio  se  declara,  vienen  (202)  los 
bomberos,  vestidos   de  camisas   rojas  (24,  a)  y  brillantes  cascos 
negros  ;    con  la  bomba  (=  maquina)  arrojan  torrentes  de  agua 
sobre  las  llamas  y  apagan  el  fuego. 

8.  In  the  orchard  grow  (crecer)  fruit-trees  which  produce  (pro- 
ducir)  fruits  of  exquisite  taste,  as  (the)  pears,  (the)  apples,  (the) 
peaches,  (the)  pineapples,  (the)  grapes,  (the)  plums,  (the)  cherries, 
(the)  strawberries  and  others.  9.  The  common2  flowers1  are  :  the 
rose,  the  pink,  the  dahlia,  the  violet,  the  tulip,  the  lily,  the  camellia, 


254  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

and  many  others,  which  are  the  ornament  of  our  gardens.  10.  The 
principal  vegetables  are  :  the  potato,  the  kidney-bean,  the  tomato, 
the  pea,  the  chick-pea,  the  lentil,  etc.  n.  In  the  sea,  in  the 
rivers,  and  in  the  ponds  [we]  catch  (coger)  the  fish(es),  which 
form  part  of  our  food.  12.  [We]  eat  also  the  flesh  of  othei 
animals,  as  that  (la)  of  the  ox,  of  the  cow,  of  the  lamb,  of  the 
hog,  etc.  13.  The  flesh  of  (the)  domestic2  and  wild3  birds1  fur- 
nishes2 us1  a  sweet  and  delicate  food.  14.  Such  (tales)  are  :  the 
hen,  the  turkey,  the  duck,  the  goose ;  and  the  quail  and  the  par- 
tridge which  [we]  hunt  in  the  fields,  woods,  and  mountains. 

8 
345.   Review  24-26  and  study  34-37. 

i.  La  fiebre  amarilla  es  indigena  de  los  climas  tropicales. 
2.  Los  muchachos  holgazanes  y  las  muchachas  holgazanas  apren- 
den  poco.  3.  Los  ingleses  y  los  franceses  no  se  aman  (152)  los 
unos  a  los  otros.  4.  Los  franceses  desprecian  tambie"n  a  los 
(13,  Note)  alemanes  desde  la  guerra  franco-prusiana  y  dicen 
(say)  de  un  hombre  muy  aficionado  a  los  placeres  del  paladar : 
come  como  un  ingle's  y  bebe  como  un  aleman.-  5.  La  poesia 
alemana,  especialmente  la  poesia  lirica,  es  deliciosa ;  pero  la  len- 
gua  francesa  siendo  (being)  mas  ret6rica,  su  poesia  no  es  tan 
buena.  6.  Ella  tiene  ojos  burlonesy  una boca  chiquitma.  7.  Las 
andaluzas  son  muy  guapas  y  graciosas.  8.  Las  clases  agricolas  son 
oprimidas  (223)  por  las  combinaciones  comerciales  e"  industriales. 

9.  My  good  father  comes  (202)  by  the  first  train.  10.  The 
subjects  of  a  good  king  are  always  happy,  n.  No  (25)  man  can 
(puede)  serve  equally  well  two  masters.  12.  Unfortunately  none 
of  my  friends  are  (139)  here  to-day.  13.  San  Juan  is  the  capital 
of  Porto  Rico,  which  is  one  of  the  islands  of  the  Great [er]  An- 
tilles. 14.  Lope  de  Vega  was  (me")  a  great  poet.  15.  A  great 
soul  pardons  easily  an  injury.  16.  Any  house  is  better  (mejor) 
than  no  house.  17.  Every  day  brings  (trae)  its  (63)  trials  and  its 
pleasures.  18.  The  others  (25,  e)  remain  at  (en)  home  all  (the) 


EXERCISES  255 

day.  19.  A  (el)  good  name  is  worth  more  than  much  riches. 
20.  When  a  noble2  sentiment1  sways  the  heart,  [it]  inspires 
great  actions.  21.  A  large  house  is2  not1  always  a  great  house. 
22.  Nothing  is  more  despicable  than  a  great  man  who  vacillates 
between  two  actions  for  (por)  lack  of  courage. 

9 
346.    Study  27-28  and  review  24-25, /. 

i.  El  sol  es  mas  grande  que  la  tierra  y  los  otros  planetas,  pero 
la  luna  es  menos  grande  que  la  tierra.  2.  Las  estfellas  fijas  son 
mucho  mas  distantes  de  nosotros  que  el  sol.  3.  En  el  invierno 
los  dias  son  mas  cortos  que  en  el  verano,  pero  las  noches  son  mas 
largas.  4.  Un  buen  perro  es  mucho  mas  fiel  que  un  buen  gato. 
5.  El  ejercicio  de  hoy  es  mas  facil  que  el  (that)  de  ayer.  6.  Cier- 
tas  casas  de  una  ciudad  son  mas  altas  que  otras,  y  ciertas  calles 
son  menos  anchas  que  otras.  7.  Mi  prima  es  mas  hermosa  que 
mi  hermana,  pero  es  menos  inteligente.  8.  El  dinero,  como  el 
fuego,  es  un  muy  buen  criado  pero  un  muy  mal  duefio. 

9.  [He]  spends  in  a  banquet  every  week  more  than  (de)  five 
hundred  (38)  dollars.  10.  He  needs  more  than  (de)  the  half 
of  the  sum  necessary  to  (para)  pay  the  debt.  n.  We  [do]  not 
need  more  than  twenty  dollars  this  week.  12.  They  are  more 
skillful  than  [they]  seem.  13.  [He]  spends  more  money  than 
[he]  admits.  14.  The  general  has  less  soldiers  than  [he]  needs. 

15.  [We]  have  more  inhabitants  than  we  can  (podemos)  support. 

1 6.  Yes,  he  is  a  great  orator,  but  [he]  is2  not1  so  eloquent  as 
Castelar.     17.  A  good  dog  is  as  faithful  as  [he]  is  brave.     18.  The 
captain  is  not  so  prudent  as  the  lieutenant.     19.  That  (esa)  little- 
girl  is  as  innocent  as  a  lamb.     20.    The   teacher  has  as  much 
wisdom  as  prudence.    '21.  This  (este)  exercise  has  as  many  mis- 
takes as  that  (el)  of  yesterday.     22.  (The  =  la)  ( Florida  produces 
as   many  oranges   as   [the  =  la]    California.      23.    When  a   man 
spends  as  much  money  as  [hej  earns,  [he]  can2  (puede)  not1 
get-rich. 


256  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

•10 

347.  Study  29-33  and  review  the  verbs. 

i.  El  hierro  es  el  mas  util  y  el  acero  es  el  mas  duro  de  los 
metal es.  2.  El  rubi,  el  diamante  y  la  esmeralda  son  las  mas  her- 
mosas  y  mas  preciosas  de  las  piedras,  pero  no  son  las  mas  utiles". 

3.  Los  pajaros  .(=  las  aves)  mas  comunes  son  :  el  aguila  (11,  <£), 
el  buitre,'  el  buho.  el  cuervo,  la  corneja,  el  papagaya.  el  payojrejfl 
(=  pav6n),  el  estbrnirio,  la  golondrina,  el  'ruisenor'y  la  avestruz. 

4.  Mi  libro  mas  entretenido  es  obra  de  un  autor  muy  conocido. 
5*-  Una  madre  esta  mas  contenta  cuando  esta  rodeada  de  sus 
hijos.     6.  La  mas  dichosa  de  las  mujeres  es  la  (she)  que  tiene 
buenos  y  sanos  hijos.     7.  Mi  querido  amigo,  el  mas  honrado  de, 
los  hombres,  pasa  la  mayor  parte  de  su  tiempo  viajando.     8.  La 
manzana,  fruta  la  mas  saludable,  no  es  tan  dulce  como  el  melocot6n. 

9.  To-converse  with  one's  friends  after  [a]  long  absence  is 
exceedingly  pleasant.  10.  The  rose  and  the  violet  are  very- 
beautiful,  ii.  The  winters  of  the  north  are  very-cold  (31,  a). 
12.  The  robber  commits  a  very-atrocious2  (31,  b)  crime.1  13.  The 
juice  of  the  orange  is  very-sweet.  14.  The  translation  of  this  (esta) 
letter  is  very-easy  (31,  c,  Note).  15.  The  very-celebrated2  (31,^) 
poets1  of  this  century  are  very-few  (32).  16.  She  is  the  best  (32) 
of  my  friends.  17.  This  (esta)  beer  is  dearer  than  the  wine  but 
it  is  very-bad  (32).  18.  [We]  are  here  in  the  mountains,  a  very- 
healthy2  place.1  19.  [It]  is  the  youngest  (32)  of  my  brothers 
who  is  dead.  20.  My  cousin  is  in  the  upper2  class1  and  my  brother 
is  in  the  lower2  class.1  21.  (The)  very-candid2  men1  (31,  e)  are 
rarely  popular.  22.  [He]  leads  a  very-wretched2  life1  (31,  e)  on 
account  of  his  bad  health.  23.  The  most  of  (the)  men  prefer 
(the)  repose  to  (the)  activity.  24.  A  good  (25) man  is  an  acci- 
dent, a  good  woman  is  an  incident. 

11 

348.  Study  again  34-37.     Learn  (38)  tbe  cardinal  and 
ordinal  numbers  to  30,  and  read  the  remainder. 


EXERCISES  257 

i.  Ella  tiene  ojos  azules  y  pelo  castafio.  2,  Un  rayo  de  luz 
blanca  contiene  los  elementos  de  todos  los  colores.  3.  La  guerra 
anglo-boer  continiia  todavia  en  el  Africa  austral.  4.  La  herida 
penetrante  fue"  (was)  el  resultado  de  una  punalada.  5.  La  peste 
bub6nica  es  una  de  las  enfermedades  mas  horrorosas.  6.  La 
telegrafia  policiaca  espanta  al  ladron  y  el  salta  por  la  ventana. 
7.  Un  acto  tan  bueno  merece  el  reconocimiento  de  toda  buena 
gente.  8.  La  miisica  alemana  difiere  mucho  de  la  musica  italiana. 
9.  La  edad  media  es  el  tiempo  transcurrido  desde  el  siglo  quinto  de 
la  era  vulgar  hasta  mediados  del  siglo  de"cimoquinto.  10.  Una  negra 
acci6n  es  caracteristica  de  un  coraz6n  malo  y  ruin.  n.  Mucho 
ruido  y  pocas  nueces  es  un  refran  espanol  que  significa  que  el 
mucho  trabajo  trae  poca  ganancia.  12.  Los  mimeros  cardinales 
sirven  (servir)  de  (as)  base  a  toda  operaci6n  aritme'tica;  los 
ordinales  senalan  el  lugar  en  que  colocamos  las  personas  6  las 
cosas. 

13.  The  four  cardinal2  points1  are  :  the  North,  the  South,  the 
East  and  the  West.  14.  To  Flavio  Gioia,  [a]  Neapolitan2  navi- 
gator1 of  the  fourteenth2  century,1  is  attributed  (se  le  atribuye)  the 
invention  of  the  mariner's  compass.  15.  The  consumption  of  soap 
is  the  best  measure  of  the  manners,  intelligence,  civilization,  and 
morality  of  a  people.  16.  [It]  is  a  great  misfortune  for  (para)  a 
man,  when  his  mother  and  three  sisters  think  (that)  he  is  perfect. 
17.  The  Greeks,  (the)  nation  [the]  most  cultured  of  (the)  antiq- 
uity, are  to-day  mere  shadows  of  their  (sus)  ancestors.  18.  The 
dreams  of  the  morning  of  (the)  life  are  the  nightmares  of  (the) 
old-age.  19.  What  o'clock  (hora)  is  [it]?  [It]  is  (the)  one 
[o'clock].  20.  Saturn  makes  (hace)  the  revolution  in  his  orbit 
in  thirty  years.  21.  The  moon  revolves  around  the  earth  in  twenty- 
seven  days,  seven  hours,  and  forty- three  minutes.  22.  I  am  (tengo) 
eighteen  years  [old] .  23.  To-day  is  the  thirteenth  (40,  d)  of  April. 
24.  My  music-teacher  comes. every  third  day  (25).  25.  Leo  [the] 
thirteenth  (40,  c)  is  the  present2  Pope1 ;  his  predecessor  was  (fue") 
Pius  [the]  ninth.  26.  Sancho  Panza  calls  (13,  Note)  Don  Quijote 
the  knight  of  the  rueful  countenance  (37) . 

SPAN.    GRAM-  —  I  7 


258  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

12 

349.  Study  39-43.  Review  38  and  the  verbs  so  far  as 
studied. 

i.  La  navidad  (el  veinticinco  de  diciembre)  es  el  dia  en  que 
celebramos  el  nacimiento  de  Jesucristo.  2.  El  cuatro  de  Julio  se 
celebra  (150)  como  el  aniversario  de  la  declaraci6n  de  indepen- 
dencia  de  nuestra  Republica.  3.  Tres  multiplicado  por  seis  es 
igual  a  diez  mas  ocho,  y  veintiocho  dividido  por  siete  es  igual  a 
trece  menos  nueve.  4.  Multiplicamos  todos  los  guarismos  del 
multiplicando  por  cada  uno  de  los  (those)  del  multiplicador. 
5.  Escribimos  el  dividendo  y  el  divisor  sobre  una  misma  linea, 
separados  por  una  vertical ;  el  divisor  se  separa  (150)  del  cociente 
por  una  horizontal.  6.  El  mes  de  febrero  tiene  veintinueve  dias 
en  los  anos  bisiestos.  7.  Cien  valientes  soldados  valen  (200)  mas 
que  todo  un  regimiento  de  cobardes.  8.  Ciento  y  cincuenta 
pesos  (=duros)  bastan  para  hacer  el  viaje.  9.  Carlos  segundo, 
rey  de  Espana,  muri6  (died)  a  los  treinta  y  nueve  anos  de  edad. 

10.  A  Spaniard  calls  (13,  Note)  his  wife  jocularly :  his  dear 
half 'or  his  half  orange,  n.  A  quarter  of  [an]  hour  is  equal  to 
fifteen  minutes.  12.  A  watch  has  three  hands  :  the  hour-hand 
marks  the  hours,  the  minute-hand  the  minutes,  and  the  second- 
hand the  seconds.  13.  I  am2  not1  (138,  2)  hungry  in  (por)  the 
morning ;  [I]  only  take  a  couple  of  eggs,  a  cup  of  coffee,  and  a 
little  (of)  bread  with  butter.  14.  They  take  (dan)  a  walk  towards 
four  o'clock  (42,  Note).  15.  His  story  has  [a]  double  meaning. 
1 6.  Our  men-of-war  and  other  steamers  have  engines  of  triple  and 
quadruple  expansion,  but  (the)  locomotives  [do]  not  have2  them1 
(las).  17.  He  gives2  me1  a  dozen  (of)  oranges  and  about  twenty 
(42,  Note)  apples.  18.  Some  forty  soldiers  witness  the  execution 
of  the  traitor.  19.  They  need  about  twenty  dollars  to  (para)  com- 
plete the  sum  which  [they]  propose  (se  proponen)  [to]  raise. 
20.  Without  money  (the)  honor  is  only  a  malady.  21.  The  hog 
is  your  (el)  true  gentleman,  because  he  alone  has  nothing  to  do 
(138,  3). 


EXERCISES  259 

13 

350.  Study  44  and  135,  a  and  140.  Review  present  indic- 
ative and  learn  imperfect  indicative  (136  and  142). 

i.  Cuando  yo  estaba  en  el  campo,  vivia  con  mi  tio  (302,  a). 
2.  <iComia  V.  mucha  fruta,  cuando  vivia  en  la  Habana?  3.  Si, 
porque  las  frutas  de  aquel  pais  eran  excelentes  y  saludables.  4.  En 
aquella  epoca  yo  era  joven  y  amaba  con  delirio  a  mi  santa  madre 
( j  que  Dios  haya  !  137,  c).  5.  Nuestra  tia  daba  una  tertulia  todas 
las  semanas,  y  yo  bailaba  con  mi  novia.  6.  Ella  era  muy  amable 
hacia  todo  el  mundo  (132,  2d),  pero  bailaba  s61o  conmigo  (58). 
7.  Nosotros  e"ramos  felices  en  aquellos  dias ;  tocabamos  el  piano 
y  el  violin  y  cantabamos,  recordando  que  donde  hay  (137,  ^,3) 
musica,  no  puede  (can)  haber  cosa  mala.  8.  Ustedes  pasaban 
dias  enteros  pescando  en  el  arroyo,  mientras  esperaban  el  regreso 
de  sus  (your)  compafieros.  9.  Ellos  tenian  mucho  que  (138,  3) 
hacer,  cada  vez  que  llegaba  el  buque.  10.  Una  golondrina  no 
hace  verano. 

NOTE.  —  Translate  here  all  past  tenses  by  the  imperfect  and 
put  the  pronouns  of  the  second  column  immediately  before  the 
verb  and  no  (not)  before  these  pronouns,  when  the  sentence  is 
negative. 

ii.  While  I  was- writing  my  exercise,  he  was-studying  his  les- 
son. 12.  When  we  were  (139)  on  (a)  board  (of)  the  steamer  the 
food  was  bad,  and  [we  did]  not  eat  it  (lo).  13.  You  (usted) 
used-to-tell  me  entertaining2  stories1  when  I  was  sick;  I  liked 
(gustar)  them  (44)  very-much  (236,  c,  Note).  14.  If  I  liked  the 
oranges  and  other  fruits,  [I]  ate  them,  but  [they]  were2  not1 
always  good.  15.  I  was  not  thinking  of  (en)  him,  nor  (ni)  of  her 
when  I  was-speaking,  but  (sino)  of  you.  16.  The  gardener  used- 
to-give  us  many  flowers,  and  we  gave  them  (54)  to  the  children. 
17.  He  was  in  the  city  (the)  last  week,  but  we  [did]  not  know  it 
(lo).  1 8.  The  letters  which  he  wrote2  [to]  me1  from  Europe 
were  interesting,  and  I  read2  them1  with  much  pleasure.  19.  We 


260  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

bought  a  paper  every  morning  and  read  it  before  (the)  breakfast ; 
then  gave2  it1  to  our  landlady.  20.  He  used-to-go  (214)  with  us 
to  the  theater  when  [he]  had  sufficient  time,  but  [he  did]  not 
always3  have2  it.1  21.  Certain  men  interest-themselves  (150)  so- 
much  in  what  (lo  que)  the2  ancients3  did1  (hacian),  that  [they  do] 
not  know  [how  to]  live  with  the  moderns. 

14 

351.  Study  50,  51,  52,  53,  54,  59,  61,  and  review  refer- 
ences for  Exercise  13. 

i.  Usted  se  engana  pensando  que  yo  le  amaba,  porque  no  es 
verdad.  2.  £l  me  enganaba  asegurandome  (60)  que  no  era 
casado.  3.  Me  lo  dice  (decir)  pero  no  lo  creo,  porque  yo  no  me 
fio  de  e"l.  4.  Nosotros  mismos  (53)  les  enviabamos  melocotones 
de  nuestro  huerto,  cuando  los  (56)  teniamos.  5.  He"  aqui  (137,  d] 
la  gramdtica  espanola  que  yo  compre"  (bought)  ;  <;la  quiere  (209) 
usted?  6.  No, .no  la  quiero,  porque  tengo  una  que  es  muchc 
mejor ;  s61o  que  no  me  pertenece  a  mi  sino  a  mi  sobrino  quien 
me  la  presta.  7.  Dios  ayuda  a  los  (those)  que  se  ayudan  a  si 
mismos.  8.  La  gloria  es  el  heft'o  con  que  se  alimenta  a  la  bestia 
humana.  9.  La  lima  de  la  poesia  es  una  imagen  de  la  paz  y  de 
la  ternura ;  pero  la  luna  de  la  ciencia  se  nos  presenta  como  una 
soledad  sin  vida  y  sin  encanto.  10.  El  hombre,  que  no  tiene  un 
dolor  de  dientes,  no  sabe  lo  (89,  5th)  grande  que  es  el  placer  de  nc 
tenerlo  (60).  n.  <iCual  es  el  refran  ingle's  correspondiente  al 
espanol  ?  :  Mas  vale  pdjaro  en  mano  que  buitre  volando. 

12.  He  tells  (195)  it  to  me  and  thinks  (164)  that  I  believe  it, 
but  [he]  deceives  himself.  13.  To  be  (el  ser)  [a]  slave  of  one- 
self (53)  is  the  worst  kind  of  slavery.  14.  He  offers  her  his  (la) 
hand,  but  she  refuses  it,  because  [she  does]  not  love  him. 
15.  Here  I  am  (137,  d)  ;  what  [do]  you  wish  of  me  (44)?  Your 
teacher  writes  me  that  you  [do]  not  come  to  (the)  school  every 
day  ;  how  [do]  you  explain  your  absence?  16.  I  am  asked  (61,  fr) 
whether  [I]  accept  the  conditions  which  are  offered  me  (61,  b). 


EXERCISES  26l 

17.  My  friends  are  asked,  whether  [they]  intend  [to]  travel  in 
•(por)  Spain  this  year.  18.  We  are  informed  that  the  proposed 
tariff  [does]  not  please2  (them1)  (to)  the  Porto  Ricans ;  and 
[they]  consider  it  as  a  great  injustice.  19.  You  are  informed  that 
the  president  is  here  and  will  remain  (permanecera)  here  for  (por) 
two  days.  20.  (62).  He  comes  (viene)  to  me  and  asks  me  why 
his  proposition  is  not  satisfactory. 

15 

352.  Study  63,  64,  65,  71,  73,  and  the  preterits  of  136 
and  142. 

i.  Los  resales  de  mi  jardin  principian  a  echar  botones,  y  mis 
otras  flores  no  tardaran  (fut.)  en  mostrar  los  suyos  (73).  2.  Mis 
perritos  ahuyentaron  anoche  a  ciertos  gatos  que  daban  su  con- 
cierto  de  costumbre  en  nuestro  patio.  3.  Su  padre  politico  de 
V.  Ileg6  esta  tarde  con  su  familia  de  e"l  (65).  4.  Entonces  nues- 
tras  relaciones  politicas  eran  excitadisimas  a  causa  de  lo  (89)  de 
Filipinas  y  Puerto  Rico.  5.  La  pena  tiene  sus  placeres,  el  peligro 
sus  encantos.  6.  Nadie  sabe  tan  bien  como  un  subordinado  la 
cortedad  de  su  superior.  7.  Cuando  un  hombre  se  vuelve  (226,  2) 
cristiano,  su  caballo  es  el  primero  que  lo  averigua.  8.  Los  anti- 
guos  consideraban  a  la  culebra  tragando  su  propia  (66)  cola  como 
un  perfecto  simbolo  de  la  eternidad.  9.  Aun  el  insensate,  cuando 
calla,  es  considerado  por  sabio ;  el  que  cierra  los  labios  es  enten- 
dido.  10.  Su  hermana  recie"n  casada  esta  pasando  (140)  la  luna 
de  miel  en  el  mediodia  de  Francia. 

NOTE.  —  In  this  exercise,  use  usted  for  you  throughout. 

IT.  The  possessive3  adjectives1  and  pronouns2  agree  (concuer- 
dan)  in  gender  and  number  with  their  nouns.  12.  A  pupil  of 
mine  (67)  learned  the  Spanish2  conjugations1  in  [a]  few  days. 
13.  His  exercise  was  well  written  (222),  but  yours  (75)  was  badly 
written.  14.  His  photograph  is  not  so  good  as  yours,  but  is  better 
than  hers  (73).  15.  Your  clothes  (64)  are  finer  than  theirs,  but 


262  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

are  not  so  durable.  16.  A  friend  of  ours  (67)  set-out  yesterday 
in  a  balloon  for  (para)  the  North2  pole.1  17.  He  took  my  over- 
coat and  left  his  own.  18.  [We]  remained  in  his  house  (69) 
three  days,  and  when  the  rain  stopped,  [we]  continued  our  jour- 
ney. 19.  (The)  patience  is  bitter,  but  its  fruit  (fruto)  is  sweet. 
20.  He  washed  his  face  and  hands  and  trimmed  his  nails  (71)  and 
then  went  (fiie")  to  (the)  church.  21.  He  lost  his  (la)  life  (71) 
crossing  the  ocean.  22.  The  color  of  his  hair  and  of  mine  (74) 
is  chestnut,  but  yours  (el  de  V.)  is  black.  23.  Our  [soldiers,  77] 
attacked  the  (al)  enemy  at  (the)  sunrise. 

16 

353.  Study  78,  86,  88-88,  3d,  and  review  preterits  in 
136  and  142. 

i.  Este  libro  me  perteneci6,  pero  ahora  no  es  mio  (76). 
2.  Esta  ropa  sucia  debi6  lavarse  en  casa.  3.  Cuando  V.  encontr6 
ese  caballo,  <J  d6nde  estaba?  4.  Esa  gallina  pone  un  huevo  todos 
los  dias.  5.  Aquel  gato  es  bueno,  porque  limpia  la  casa  de  ratas 
y  ratones.  6.  -Eso  es  absurdo ;  no  tiene  cabal  juicio.  7.  En 
aquellos  dias  habia  (137,  b,  3)  gigantes  en  la  tierra.  8.  Esos  pasa- 
tiempos  nos  agradaron  mucho  mas  que  los  que  tuvimos  mas  tarde. 

9.  £stos  son  mejores  que  £sos,  pero  yo  prefiero  e"sos  a  aquellos. 

10.  Lo  de  la  libre  acufiaci6n  (89)  de  la  plata  foe"   discutido  en  la 
ultima  campafia  presidencial.     n.  Su  cunado  y  su  tio  son  sena- 
dores   de   los  Estados  Unidos ;    £ste  es  libre-cambista,  y  aque"! 
favorece  un  arancel  subido  6  proteccionista.     12.  Los  peri6dicos  de 
hoy  y  los  de  ayer  no  traen  noticias  fidedignas  acerca  del  asunto. 

13.  This  fountain-pen  cost  me  two  dollars  and  [a]  half  (41). 
14.  These  pencils  were  made  (hechos)  in  Germany  and  had  to 
(138,  3)  pass  through  (por)  the  custom-house.  15.  I  bought 
those  goods  [near  you]  in  a  shop  on  (en)  the  corner  of  this  street. 
1 6.  That  schooner  and  that  man-of-war  anchored  in  the  harbor 
last-night.  17.  (86).  This  watch  is  mine,  that-one  [near  you]  is 
his  (7*6),  and  the-one-yonder  belongs  to  my  sister-in-law.  18.  The 


EXERCISES  263 

two  wives  of  Alfonso  [the]  twelfth  (40,  <r)  were  Mercedes  and 
Cristina :  the  former  (87)  died  (murio)  young,  the  latter  is  now 
queen-regent.  19.  Yesterday  we  paid  this  bill  and  that  of  the 
contractor.  20.  This  letter  and  that  which  (88,  2d)  arrived  yes- 
terday started  from  Madrid  the  same  day.  21.  Our  newspapers 
and  those  of  Spain  differ  very-much.  22.  The  manners  of  this 
gentleman  and  those  of  his  friend  are  very  pleasing. 

17 
354.    Study  90,  91,  94,  95,  and  the  futures  of  136  and  142. 

i.  El  pecado  es  el  abismo  que  separa  del  ideal  divino  el  carac- 
ter  moral  del  hombre.  2.  Es  la  libertad  que  da  a  la  flor  de  la 
vida  fugaz,  su  brillantez  y  fragrancia,  y  sin  ella  somos  malas  yerbas. 
3.  Mark  Twain  propuso  erigir  un  monumento  al. hombre  que  des- 
cubri6  la  ostra.  4.  La  hipocrisia  es  el  tributo  que  el  vicio  pagara 
siempre  a  la  virtud.  5.  Guardate  (150,  a)  de  la  mujer  a  quien 
(92,  2d)  no  gustan  las  flores,  y  del  hombre  a  quien  no  gustan  las 
mujeres.  6.  El  centauro  era  un  monstruo  de  la  mitologia  antigua, 
el  cual  (94)  se  representaba  mitad  hombre  y  mitad  caballo.  7.  En 
su  Arte  portico  dice  (195)  Horacio  :  quien  (92,  3d)  mezcla  lo  util 
con  lo  dulce  se  llevara  siempre  el  dia.  8.  Todos  llegaran  hoy, 
qui^nes  (92,  4th)  por  el  ferrocarril,  quienes  por  el  tranvia  ele"ctrico. 
9.  Tendremos  manana  por  la  tarde  una  exhibicion  de  estatuas  y 
pinturas,  la  cual  gustara  a  ustedes  sin  duda  alguna.  10.  A  quien 
tiene  la  ictericia,  todo  le  parecera  amarillo.  u.  La  duda  es  la 
niebla  deslumbrante  que  se  levanta  entre  la  visi6n  del  hombre  y 
la  verdad  eterna. 

12.  According-to  Homer  (the)  religion  is  the  chain  of  gold  with 
which  the  earth  is  (esta)  suspended  from  the  throne  of  the  Eternal. 
13.  (The)  men  speak  more  often  of  the  virtues  which  [they  do] 
not  have,  than  of  those  (88,  2d)  which  [they]  have.  14.  The  offi- 
cers who  are  now  in  [the]  Philippines  will  remain  there  for  (por) 
three  months,  and  then  will  return  to  this  country.  15.  Even  (the) 
honey  will  be  bitter  for  (para)  him  who  (92,  3d)  has  his  (el) 


264  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

stomach2  full.1  16.  Some  (92,  4th)  will  live  in  the  village,  some 
will  go  (214)  to  (a)  live  in  the  country.  17.  The  man  to  whom 
(92,  2d)  you  spoke  will  represent  the  Society  of  the  Red2-Cross.1 
18.  [It]  is  the  flower  of  the  English2  army1  which  (94)  will  perish 
in  the  Anglo-Boer2  war.1  19.  The  general  will  select  (13,  Note) 
the  man  who  (92,  ist)  will  carry  the  flag-of-truce.  20.  Then  [we] 
shall  have  a  teacher  whose  (95)  influence  will  produce  the  best 
results.  21.  The  Greeks,  whose  enlightenment  [we]  shall  always 
admire,  succumbed  to  the  evil  effects  of  (the)  war.  22.  The  at- 
torney-general, whose  speech  we  listened  to  to-day,  will  take  the 
floor  again  (227)  to-morrow. 

18 

355.  Study  99,  100,  101,  103,  105,  150,  and  review  preter- 
its and  futures. 

i.  <i  Quie'n  me  ayudara  en  este  asunto?  2.  ^Quie'nes  eran  los 
abogados  que  hablaron  en  pro  del  preso  ?  3.  <i  Cuantos  regimientos 
enviara  Inglaterra  al  Africa  austral?  4.  <i  A  cual  de  los  dos  pre- 
tendientes  preferira  usted?  5.  <<Sabe  V.  quie'n  la  acompan6  al 
teatro?  6.  <iQu£  comeremos  en  la  cena  esta  noche?  7.  <jPor 
cudl  me*dico  mandare"  yo?  8.  <jQu£  juez  de  paz  le  conden6? 
9.  iQue'  artistas  trabajaran  en  la  6pera?  10.  \  Qu6  feliz  es  el 
hombre  que  escapa  a  la  censura  de  sus  vecinos  !  n.  j  Qu£  malos 
pensamientos  abrigamos  de  vez  en  cuando  !  12.  <iDe  quie'n  son 
estas  sortijas?  13.  <?En  cuya  tienda  compr6  V.  el  papel  y  los 
sobres?  14.  (jQue"  hora  es?  (or  ^qu^  horas  son?).  —  Es  la  una, 
son  las  dos,  las  cuatro  y  cuarto,  las  cinco  y  veinte  minutos,  las  seis 
y  media,  las  siete  menos  cinco  minutos,  etc.  15.  ^Sabe  V.  qu£ 
tal  tiempo  tendremos  manana?  16.  <iA  qu£  hora  se  levanta  V, 
cada  dia? — Me  levanto  entre  las  siete  y  las  ocho. 

NOTE. — Use  usted  tot  you. 

17.  "Who  is  your  fat2  friend1?"  asked  Beau  Brummel,  speak- 
ing to  (al)  Lord  Alvanley  of  the  then  Prince  of  Wales,  who  (quien) 


EXERCISES  265 

was  later  George  (Jorge)  IV.  18.  What  city  is  the  capital  of 
Cuba?  19.  In  what  street  is  (139)  the  townhall?  20.  How 
many  days  [do  we]  need  to  (para)  go  from  New  (Nueva)  York  to 
(the  =  la)  Habana?  21.  Who  is  the  governor-general,  and  where 
[does  he]  live?  22.  What  ocean  is-there  (hay)  to  the  north  and 
to  the  east  of  the  Antilles?  23.  What  land  was  the  first  which 
Columbus2  (Col6n)  discovered3?  24.  Which  of  the  two  fleets 
gained  the  victory  in  the  battle  of  Santiago  de  Cuba?  25.  What 
is  astronomy? —  [It]  is  the  science  which  treats  of  the  movements 
and  structure  of  the  heavenly2  bodies.1  26.  Of  whose  poems  (102) 
were  you  speaking  (imp.)  when  I  entered  (pret.)  ?  27.  How  much 
(105)  money  will  you  receive  by  (the)  mail?  28.  How  long  will 
they  remain  in  the  capital?  29.  At  what  o'clock  will  you  (pi.) 
go-to-bed  to-night? —  [We]  shall  go-to-bed  at  midnight. 


19 

356.  Learn  107  and  the  Spanish  examples  of  ill,  ill  a, 
112,  113,  114 ;  review  136  and  142  to  futures  inclusive ; 
also  150,  a  and  b, 

i.  Somebody  desires  [to]  see  you  (60),  sir;  [it]  is  the  same 
gentleman  who  came  (vino)  here  this  morning.  2.  Very  well; 
[he]  may  (puede)  enter,  if  [he]  desires  [to]  consult  me  (60)  about 
something  important.  3.  [Do]  you  know  (211,  b)  anybody  more 
contented  and  happy  than  he?  4.  Nothing  is  more  noble  than 
(the)  kindness,  nothing  more  royal  than  (the)  truth.  5.  Each  one 
of  his  sons  received  a  prize  in  the  school.  6.  Is  there  (137,  b,  3) 
anything  more  agreeable  and  profitable  than  a  good  book  ?  7.  [We] 
shall  not  find  any  one  (113)  more  fit  for  the  employment.  8.  If 
one  (uno)  is  (esta)  discontented,  [he]  can2  (puede)  not1  be  happy. 
9.  Nothing  is  more  certain  in  this  world  than  (the)  death  and 
(the)  taxes.  10.  He  retired  from  the  position  without  saying 
(inf.)  anything  (ill,  a)  to  any  one  (113,  a),  n.  Of  what  [do] 
you  speak?  —  I  [do]  not  speak  of  anything  important. 


266  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

20 

357.  Learn  116  and  the  Spanish  examples  of  124,  126, 
127,  128,  132,  and  the  conditionals  of  136  and  142. 

i.  When  I  left2  him,1  [I]  hoped  (that)  [he]  would  live  many 
years.  2.  Some  friends  came  (vinieron)  to  my  house  during  my 
absence  and  said  (dijeron)  that  [they]  would  return  at  four 
o'clock ;  but  no  one  returned.  3.  That  (eso)  would  be  foreign 
(117)  to  my  intention.  4.  I  would  remain  here  another  hour,  but 
in  that  (ese)  case  I  should  not  arrive  in  (a)  time.  5.  Certain  per- 
sons would  prefer  [to^  attend  to  other-people's 2  affairs,1  neglect- 
ing their  own  (73  and  66).  6.  Few  soldiers  would  be  (estar) 
satisfied  with  a  ration  of  embalmed2  meat.1  7.  In  your  place  I 
should  reject  such  conditions.  8.  Every  honorable2  man1  would 
scorn  such  [a]  proposition.  9.  If  I  should  go  (fuera)  to  San  Juan, 
[I]  should  pass  the  whole  summer  there.  10.  If  [we]  represented 
(representasemos)  that  drama,  everybody  and  his  wife  would  be- 
present.  n.  Our  only  (134)  recourse  would  be  [to]  appeal  to 
the  Supreme2  Court.1 

21 

358.  Review  136  and  learn  the  three  regular  conjuga- 
tions in  accordance  with   the  plan  given  in  145  for  the 
formation  of  tenses.     Students  should  be  required  to  de- 
vote several  recitations  to  writing  verbs  on  the  blackboard 
in  the  manner  indicated,  giving  at  the  same  time,  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  meanings  of  each  mood  and  tense.     This 
will  serve  as  an  excellent  exercise. 

Imperative.  — (Put  the  object  pronouns  after  the  verb  in 
affirmative,  and  before  in  negative  sentences.) 

i.  Hableme  V.  con  franqueza,  6  no  me  hable  del  todo.  2.  Tenga 
V.  la  bondad  de  decirme  (60)  quie"n  llama  a  la  puerta.  3.  El  rey 
ha  muerto  ;  j  viva  el  rey  !  4.  Esa  frtita  no  es  buena ;  no  la  coma 
V. ;  coma  mas  bien  esta  banana.  5.  Diganme  ustedes  (195)  toda 


EXERCISES  267 

la  verdad,  6  no  me  digan  nada.  6.  Marchemonos  (151,  a)  en 
seguida,  6  esperemos  el  pr6ximo  tren.  7.  Tomad  este  libro  y 
dadlo  al  maestro.  8.  No,  no  quiero  (209)  tomarlo.  —  Pues,  no  lo 
tom£is.  9.  De"nselo  (189)  a  61,  si  quiere  aceptarlo ;  si  no,  no  se 
lo  den.  10.  Cuando  venga  (202),  digale  V.  (195)  que  estoy  en 
mi  cuarto.  n.  Vamos  (214)  a  ver  si  el  cartero  ha  llegado. 
12.  S6ate  la  tierra  leve,  pobre  amigo  mlo.  13.  No  seas  tonto; 
pero  esta  contento  con  lo  que  tu  tienes. 

1  (Study  60  carefully.)  14.  Speak  to  them  (44)  of  the  affair,  but 
don't  reveal  to  them  our  secret.  15.  Let  (que)  him  enter  (267,  d, 
Note),  I  will  speak  to  him  now.  16.  Let  us  give  him  the  money 
before  going-away  (inf.).  17.  [It]  is  eleven  o'clock  (355,  14); 
let  us  go-to-bed.  18.  At  what  hour  shall  we  rise?  —  Let  us  rise 
(149,  a)  at  eight  o'clock.  19.  Let  us  go  (214)  to  (a)  take-a- 
walk  after  dinner.  20.  Let  (que)  them  get  married  (267,  d,  Note) 
if  [they]  love  each  other  (152).  21.  Have  the  goodness  (358,  2) 
to  pass  me  that  plate.  22.  Come  (202)  here  and  tell  me  (358,  10) 
what  (lo  que)  you  have  heard.  23.  Lend  it  to  me,  but  don't  lend 
it  to  him.  24.  Pass  me  the  butter,  if  [you]  please.  25.  Hear 
(194)  what  I  have  to  say  (138,  3)  before  pronouncing  (inf.)  the 
verdict.  26.  Prepare  your  lesson  before  coming  (inf.)  to  (the) 
class.  27.,  Let  us  return  (to)  home  as  soon  as  (como  sea)  pos- 
sible. 28.  When  [they]  come  (subj.  202),  give  (189)  them  these 
flowers.  29.  Do  (197)  me  the  favor  to  (de)  listen  to  me  a 
moment. 

22 

359.  Learn  146-148;  commit  to  memory  the  Spanish 
illustrative  examples. 

i.  I  am  loved  by  my  mother,  and  she  is  loved  by  her  father. 
2.  (Imperf.)  When  we  were  children  [we]  were  much  (muy)  loved 
by  our  parents  (17,  a).  3.  (Pret.)  This  horse  was  sold  by  the 
dealer  at  a  very2  low3  price.1  4.  The  money  will  be  loaned  at 
(al)  six  per  cent.  5.  If  they  did2  (hiciesen)  it,1  [they]  would  be 
abhorred  by  all  (the)  honorable2  men.1  6.  You  (usted)  have  been 


268  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

more  feared  than  esteemed  by  your  pupils.  7.  Few  statesmen 
had  been  more  honored  and  esteemed  by  their  fellow-citizens. 
8.  The  train  having  been  held-up  by  the  bandits,  the  passengers 
would  have  been  robbed  but-for  the  bravery  of  the  guards.  9.  It 
will  be  (habra)  ten  years  the  fifteenth  of  the  present  month  that  he 
has  been  dead.  10.  You  (ustedes,  fern.)  would  have  been  killed 
instantly,  but-for  the  arrival  of  the  patrol.  n.  [We]  shall  be 
(quedar)  satisfied  if  he  finishes  the  task  before  (the)  night. 
12.  [They]  go  (andar,  188)  armed  to  (hasta)  the  teeth. 

23 

360.  Learn  149-152.     Commit  to  memory  the  Spanish 
examples.     Translate  you  by  listed. 

i.  All  (the)  good  pupils  behave  themselves  well,  when  [they] 
are  (139)  in  (the)  school.  2.  [We]  go-to-bed  at  eleven  [o'clock] 
(355,  14)  at  (de)  (the)  night  and  rise  at  seven  in  (de)  the  morning. 

3.  Get-up;  don't  you  know  T(211,  a)  that  [it]  is  nine  [o'clock]? 

4.  I  shall  rise  within  [a]  few  minutes ;  I  wish  [to]  stretch  myself 
and  rub  my  (71)  eyes  first  (antes).     5.  I  am  going  (215)  to  take- 
a-bath  before  dressing  (inf.)  ;  and  then  I  shall  come-down  the 
stairs.     6.  Let  us  take-a-walk  after  breakfasting  (inf.).     7.  No; 
let  us  not  take-a-walk  this  (por  la)  morning,  but  (sino)  this  after- 
noon ;  I  have  to  (138,  3)  write  some  important2  letters.1     8.  While 
you  were  washing  and  dressing,  I  wrote  my  letter,  and  [I]  shall 
put  it  in  the  box  after  (the)  breakfast.     9.  Let  him  behave  him- 
self, or  I  shall  punish2  him1  severely.     10.  Let  them  not  deceive 
themselves;  [we]   shall  await  the  result,  being  (estar)  sure  that 
(de  que)  [they]  are  wrong  (138,  2).     n.   (152).    We  shall  help 
each    other   the   best    (lo    mejor)    that    [we]    can    (subj.  209). 
12.  Don't  [you]  congratulate  each  other  yet. 

24 

361.  Review  formation  of  tenses  (l45)  and  reflexive  verbs 
(149-152).    Study  153-157 ;  learn  Spanish  examples  by  heart. 


EXERCISES  269 

i.  (153).  He  has  forgotten  his  handkerchief  and  has  to  (138,  3) 
buy  another.  2.  We  imagine  (that)  [they]  will  devise  other 
means.  3.  (154,  a).  He  has  been  informed  of  the  measures 
adopted  by  the  assembly.  4.  (^).  No  smoking  in  this  hall  be- 
tween nine  and  three  o'clock  (355,  14).  5.  (<r).  All  our  goods 
are  sold  under  guarantee  of  their  quality.  6.  Wanted,  in  a  large 
establishment  of  ready-made2  clothing,1  a  clerk  who  speaks  (hable) 
Spanish.  7.  (Note).  My  brother  is  asked  whether  he  will  accept 
the  offer.  8.  [We]  ask  ourselves  whether  the  end  will  justify  the 
means.  9.  (155).  They  are  hungry  (138,  2)  and  devour  their 
supper  ravenously.  10.  (156).  During  the  whole  night  there  is 
dancing,  there  is  skating,  there  is  joking,  and  there  is  laughing 
(182,  a),  ii.  [We]  shall  remain  there  a  week  or  two,  if  [it]  is 
good  weather  (158,  b). 

25 

362.  Study  158-162.  Learn  by  heart  the  Spanish  ex- 
amples. 

i.  It  is  drizzling  now,  but  it  will  rain  soon.  [We]  need  rain 
very-much.  2.  Usually,  when  [it]  stops  raining  (inf.)  the  clouds 
disappear  and  the  sun  comes-out.  3.  In  the  winter  [it]  hails  and 
freezes  and  snows,  but  [it]  rarely  rains  or  thunders,  especially  in 
(the)  northern2  climates.1  4.  [We]  hope  [to]  arrive  in  Toledo  at 
dawn  and  in  Salamanca  at  nightfall.  5.  Hacer  is  used  (154,  c]  in 
certain  idioms  [in]  speaking  of  the  weather.  6.  For  (por) 
example  :  it  is  warm  in  this  room ;  it  was  very  good  weather 
when  we  were  (139)  in  the  country ;  many  years  ago  I  received 
that  letter  from  a  friend  of  mine  (67)  who  was  then  residing  in 
Europe.  7.  (160).  It  is  said  in  Spanish:  better  is  good  repute 
than  [a]  golden2  bed.1  8.  [It]  is  necessary  [to]  accept  what 
(the)  Providence  sends2  us1  without  murmuring  (inf.).  9.  [They] 
say  that  a  bad2  man1  can  (puede)  do  us  (60)  much  harm  as  [an] 
enemy,  but  much  more  as  [a]  friend. 

REMARK.  —  As  it  is  not  practicable,  in  a  short  grammar,  to  give 
exercises  on  the  numerous  irregular  verbs,  it  is  suggested  that  the 


2/0  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

teacher  assign  one  or  more  of  them  to  be  studied  for  each  recita- 
tion. One  or  more  of  the  students,  while  the  others  are  reciting, 
may  be  sent  to  the  board  to  conjugate  the  irregular  tenses  in  the 
form  of  sentences,  as  :  — 

Yo  pienso  que  no  es  verdad. 
Tu  piensas  en  tu  amigo  ausente. 
El  piensa  hacer  algunas  visitas,  etc. 

The  idioms  given  under  certain  verbs,  as  for  instance  under 
dar  (189),  might  be  assigned,  from  time  to  time,  as  special 
lessons. 

26 

363.  Study  the  four  verbs  (209),  and  learn  by  heart  the 
Spanish  examples  in  210-211,  b. 

i.  (210).  The  firm  can  not  pay  its  debts.  2.  Can  you  lend 
me  five  dollars  for  (por)  a  week?  3.  The  Boers  can  not  help 
submitting  to  [the]  hard  conditions.  4.  [He]  could  not  come 
this  evening  on  account  of  the  absence  of  his  partner.  5 .  [They] 
consoled  themselves  as  best  [they]  could.  6.  Up-to  the  present 
[he]  has  not  been  able  to  collect  (juntar)  the  necessary2  funds.'1 
7.  [They]  assured  us  that  [they]  would  not  be  able  to  collect 
(cobrar)  the  money.  8.  [They]  might  have  been  able  to  continue 
their  course  but-for  the  fog.  9.  [We]  may  have  left  it  at  home. 
10.  [They]  might  have  accepted  other  terms,  n.  (211).  She 
can  play  the  guitar  and  sing.  12.  If  we  were  attacked  (acome- 
tiera)  we  should  be  able  to  defend  ourselves.  13.  (a).  What  do 
you  know  (of)  new?  —  Absolutely  nothing.  14.  I  do  not  know 
who  (quie'n)  has  made  the  offer,  but  [it]  Is  [a]  good  [one]. 
15.  (^).  Do  you  know  that  gentleman?  —  Yes,  I  know  him  very 
well,  and  I  know  (a)  that  [he]  belongs  to  a  very  good  family. 

27 

364.  Study  212-216,  learning  by  heart  the  Spanish  ex- 
amples.    Review  the  four  verbs  of  209. 


EXERCISES  2/1 

I.  Will  you  accompany  me  to  the  post-office?  I  wish  to  buy 
[some]  postage-stamps  and  get  a  registered2  letter1  which  [I] 
expect.  2.  The  king  was  willing  to  grant  the  petition  under  (bajo) 
certain  conditions,  which  they  would  not  accept.  3.  If  we  were 
offered  (ofreciera,  211)  (the)  immortality  on  (en)  this  earth,  who 
would  be  willing  to  accept  this  sad  gift?  4.  (213).  Even  (hasta) 
(the)  kings  have  to  obey  the  rules  of  (the)  grammar.  5.  We  were 
to  go-driving  yesterday,  but  it  rained  (158).  6.  [They]  have  been 
compelled  to  abandon  their  trip  around  the  world  for  (por)  want 
of  money.  7.  He  must  have  missed  (errar)  the  train,  for  (porque) 
[he]  is  returning  with  his  grip.  8.  We  had  been  obliged  to  pass 
the  night  in  the  waiting-room,  where  there  was  not  (137,  ^,  3)  [any] 
fire.  9.  He  who  (88,  2d)  does  not  wish  to  collect  (cobrar)  an 
enemy  ought  not  to  lend  money  to  a  friend.  10.  (216).  [We] 
have  just  returned  from  our  country-seat,  where  we  passed  a  de- 
lightful2 time1  (temporada).  n.  They  had  just  lost  their  father 
(285),  and  were  wearing  mourning. 

28 
365.   Commit  to  memory  all  the  examples  in  226-228. 

i.  (226).  On  hearing  the  thunder  [they]  became  (201)  pale 
with  (de)  fear.  2.  She  became  furious  when  I  refused  her  (the) 
admittance.  3.  (2).  He  got  lazy  after  working  (inf.)  two  or  three 
hours.  4.  He  turned  traitor  when  [he]  reached  the  lines  of  the 
enemy.  5.  (3).  The  situation  is  becoming  more  perilous  for  (para) 
us  every  hour.  6.  (4).  After  much  labor  he  became  a  noted  law- 
yer. 7.  (5).  He  is  becoming  (202)  more  famous  every  day.  8.  She 
wishes  to  become  a  sick-nurse.  9.  Japan  (275,  a),  without  doubt, 
will  become  one  of  the  leading  nations  of  the  world.  10.  What 
has  become  of  all  his  bluster?  u.  (6).  [We]  became  satisfied 
that  the  danger  had  passed.  12.  (227).  Balzac,  the  French  novel- 
ist, wvote  and  rewrote  his  novels  several  times  (veces)  before  pub- 
lishing (inf.)  them.  13.  (228).  Formerly  [they]  punished  (imp.) 
criminals  [by]  sending  them  (60)  to  [the]  galleys.  14.  The  curate 


2/2  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

baptized  the  little-child.  15.  When  the  spring  begins,  the  trees 
put  forth  leaves  and  flowers.  16.  [We]  miss  our  friends  who 
returned  to  their  home  this  morning.  17.  An  indulgent2  mother1 
spoils  (13,  Note)  her  children.  18.  [They]  began  to  advance 
rapidly  toward  our  right2  wing.1 

29 

366.  Study  230-236,  e.    Review  formation  of  tenses,  145. 

i.  Mi  sobrina  canta  de  una  manera  encantadora.  2.  Emilio 
Castelar  hab!6  clara  y  elocuentemente.  3.  (235).  Llovi6  anoche 
y  llueve  ahora  (158).  4.  Hable  V.  mas  despacio.  5.  (a).  Ella 
se  viste  (181)  a  la  espanola.  6.  A  la  larga  los  que  mas  trabajan 
mas  ganan.  7.  Yo  ir£  (214)  con  usted  de  buena  gana.  8.  Cay 6 
(192)  de  rodillas  para  recibir  la  bendici6n  del  Papa.  9.  A  mas 
andar  alcanza  el  torpedero  una  velocidad  de  treinta  nudos  por 
hora.  10.  (236,  a).  <iD6nde  encontraron  al  encargado  de  nego- 
cios?  ii.  Si  V.  quiere  ir  a  caballo,  aqui  tiene  V.  un  magnifico 
caballo  de  silla.  12.  (b).  ^Cuando  ocurri6  el  suceso  de  que  V. 
me  informa?  13.  ^Cuantas  veces  ha  estado  ella  en  Madrid? 
14.  Desde  entonces  el  caciquismo  se  ha  desarrollado  con  una 
rapidez  increible.  15.  Eso  tendra  (will  take)  lugar  tarde  6  tem- 
prano.  16.  (c).  Buenas  tardes,  sefior  doctor  (332,  f)  ;  ^6010 
esta  usted  ? — Muy  bien,  gracias  ;  <i  y  usted  ?  1 7.  (e).  ±  Le  mataron 
a  sangre  fria  (243,  c)  ? — Pienso  que  si.  18.  <i  Ustedes  se  marchan  ? 

—  Si  que  nos  marchamos. 

30 

367.  Study  237-242,  c.     Review  passive  voice,  146. 

i.  (237).  How-much  has  [he]  paid?  —  Nothing.  2.  Nothing 
has  [he]  done  (hecho)  since  yesterday.  3.  Never  have  [I]  seen 
such  effrontery.  4.  Has  he  ever  believed  in  the  free  coinage  of 
(the)  silver?  —  Never.  5.  [We]  never  accept  aid  from  such  men. 

—  Nor  do  we  either.     6.  In  [the]  not  distant  future  there  will  be 
(137,  b,  3)  war  between  (the)  Japan  (275,  a)  and  (the)  Russia. 


EXERCISES  273 

7.  His  health  is  better  than  ever.      8.    (238).  He  acted  more 
wisely  than  before.     9.  This  proposition  turned  out  more  strictly 
true  than  the  other.     10.   (The)  ignorance  and  cheek  get-along 
in  this  world  much  more  rapidly  than  (the)   modest  intelligence. 

11.  (239).  [It]   will  grow  better  in   (a)    the  shade  than  in  the 
sun.     12.  This  author  writes  more  than  three  books  every  year. 

13.  (240).  He  who  is   (esta)    most  contented  wants  [the]  least. 

14.  She  plays  (tocar)  the  best  of  all  his  pupils.     15.  I  read  the 
least  possible  at  (de)  night.     16.   (242).  [He]  speaks  so  fast  that 
I  [do]  not  understand  him.     17.   (a).  He  [does]  not  skate  so 
well  as  his  brother,  but  better  than  his  cousin.     18.  He  [does]  not 
progress  so-much  as  [he]  might  (pudiera).     19.   (t).  The  more 
[I]  associate  with  (the)  men,  the  more  [I]  respect  (the)  dogs 
(13,  Note). 

31 

368.  Study  243-244,  c.  Learn  by  heart  the  Spanish 
examples.  Review  reflexive  verbs,  149. 

i.  (a).  On  the  following  day  the  troops  retired  from  the 
trenches.  2.  Early  in  April,  the  army  broke  (levantar)  (the) 
camp  to  (para)  begin  the  campaign.  3.  (£).  [They]  started  at 
dawn,  and  on  their  way  captured  a  village  halfway  between  the 
camp  and  the  capital.  Having  arrived  in  (the)  sight  of  the  city 
[they]  halted.  4.  (<:).  Some  came  (202)  on  horseback,  others  on 
foot.  The  former,  at  the  instance  of  the  latter  (87),  dismounted. 
5.  (d).  We  offered  [to]  discount  the  draft  at  five  per  cent.  6.  He 
buys  his  goods  at  wholesale  and  sells  them  at  retail,  but  not 
on  credit.  7.  (244,  a) .  At  the  moment  when  we  were  crossing 
the  ford,  the2  axle3  broke,1  throwing  us  into  the  (al)  water. 

8.  [They]   told  (195)  us  that  [they]  would  see  us  to-day  fort- 
night.    9.  (b}.   [We]  passed  the  whole  day  at  home.     10.  [They] 
will  be  offered  for  sale  in  the  bookstore  on  (de)  the  corner  of  this 
street.      n.  (c).  What  can  (209)  [we]  do  for  you,  gentlemen? 

12.  He  valued  his  library  at  two  thousand  (38)  dollars. 

SPAN.    GRAM. 1 8 


2/4  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

32 

369.  Study  245-246,  g.  Commit  to  memory  the  Spanish 
examples.  Review  impersonal  verbs,  158. 

i.  [We]  started  from  Boston  [on]  the  seventeenth  (40,  d)  ultimo 
and  arrived  here  [on]  the  twentieth  instant.  2.  (£).  At  night  all 
(the)  cats  are  gray.  3.  In  the  country  the  farmers  work  from 
sun  to  sun.  4.  (c).  According-to  our  customs,  a  woman,  when 
[she]  loses  her  husband  or  other  near 2  relative,1  dresses  in  black. 
5.  He  was  sharp-witted  and  light-footed,  but  [he]  allowed  himself 
to  be  caught.*  6.  (d).  They  were  traveling  in  Europe  when  the 
war  broke-out.  7.  The  enemy  took  a  strong  position  on  (a)  the 
other  side  of  the  river.  8.  (e).  The  two  brothers  went  (214)  as  am- 
bassadors, the  one  to  France,  the  other  to  Spain.  9.  (246,  a).  At 
that  time  he  was  working  on  (en)  a  newspaper  which  was  pub- 
lished by  the  strikers  ;  but  the  strike  [did]  not  last  for  a  long  time. 
10.  (£).  He  who  (88,  2d)  does  not  enter  the  sheep-fold,  by  the 
door  is  a  robber.  1 1.  The  hare  started-up  and  began  to  run  across 
the  field,  followed  by  the  greyhound.  12.  (c).  [We]  can  (210) 
send  a  letter  to  any  (cualquier)  part  of  the  United  States  for  two 
pennies.  13.  (d).  [He]  lost  his  place  by  his  negligence  and  lazi- 
ness. 14.  By  a  stroke  of  good  luck  [we]  got-out  of  the  house 
just  as  (243,  a)  the2  roof3  fell1  (192).  15.  Orders  to  (por) 
[the]  value  of  five  dollars  will  be  sent  by  mail,  postage  prepaid. 

16.  (e).   [He]   succeeded   [in]  escaping  (inf.)  from  the  burning2 
house,1  but   returned   for  his   money  and  thus  lost  his  (la)  life. 

17.  At  her  death  the  mother  promised  her  daughter  that    she 
would  watch   over,  her  (44).      18.  The  lawyer  pleaded    for  the 
acquittal  of  the  accused,  alleging  self-defense  as  [the]  motive  of 
the  murder.     19.  (/).  Wilt  (212)  thou  take  this  woman  to  [to  be] 
thy   wife?      20.  The    father   of  the    bride   conducted  her  along 
(246,  fr)  the  aisle  to  the  altar,  where  [they]  met  the  groom  and 
his  best-men.     21.  He  was  bitten  by  a  rattlesnake  and  sent  for  a 
surgeon. 

*  Use  active  form. 


EXERCISES  275 

33 

370.  Study  247-252,  learning  by  heart  the  Spanish  ex- 
amples.    Review  the  verbs  in  136. 

i.  (247,  a}.  These  flowers  are  for  the  church,  and  those  for 
the  pastor's  wife.  2.  While  preparing  the  charge  for  the  tenth 
shot,  the  piece  (la  pieza)  exploded,  killing  the  gunner  and  two 
of  his  aids  (sirvientes).  3.  (^).  Some  [people]  eat  to  live, 
others  live  to  eat.  4.  To  please  others  [it]  is  necessary  [to]  be 
amiable  and  kind-hearted.  5.  It  is  said  (160)  that  the  Filipinos 
are  incapable  of  self-government ;  be  that  as  it  may  (sea  lo  que 
fuere)  [it]  is  certain  that  they  are  capable  of  (the)  self-delense. 
6.  (c).  By  that  hour  [we]  shall  have  finished  all  that  (lo  que)  [we] 
have  to  do  (138,  3).  7.  In  the  future  [they]  will  pass  the  winter 
in  the  city.  8.  (d}.  The  cruiser  will  start  for  Manila  (the)  next2 
week.1  9.  (<?).  For  those  who  live  in  the  cities,  (the)  life  in  (de) 
the  country  has  few  charms.  10.  (/).  [He]  has  a  large  army, 
but  many  of  his  soldiers  are  (estan)  not  fit  for  (the)  service. 

11.  (g).   She  read   the   letter   to    herself  and    then  tore   it  up. 

12.  To  tell  [the]  truth,  I  had  (imp.)  other  plans  which  [I]  con- 
sidered more  feasible.     13.  (248).  Before  the  jury  he  denied  all 
that  (lo  que)  [he]  had  told  (dicho)   me.      14.    We  breakfasted 
before  eight  [o'clock].     15.  (249).  In  the  absence  of  the  colonel, 
the  regiment  started  under  the  command  of  a  captain.     16.  My 
hat-box  is  under  the  bed.     17.  (250).  To  (para)  go  from  Boston 
to  San  Francisco  a  letter  needs  a  two-cent  stamp.     18.  (251).  I 
wished  (pret.)  to  go  with  him  (44)  to  the  concert,  but  not  having 
[any]    money  with   me,    [I]   had  to   (tuve  que)  borrow  some. 
19.   (252).  I  came   (202)   here  against  my  will,  and  I  shall  go 
away  willingly  (235,  a). 

34 

371.  Study  253-266.      Commit  to  memory  the  Spanish 
examples.     Review  the  formation  of  tenses,  145. 


2/6  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

i.  (253).  Since  the  Reformation  many  religious2  sects1  have 
sprung-up.  2.  (255).  Between  the  sword  and  the  wall  is  said 
(160)  in  Spanish,  but  we  say  (195)  in  English  :  between  the  devil 
and  the  deep2  sea.1  3.  (256).  She  played  the  whole  piece  well 
except  \hefinale.  4.  Save  the  few  errors  almost  inevitable  in  a 
first  edition,  the  book  is  well  printed  (222).  5.  (257).  The  ban- 
dits having  been  beaten  retreated  toward  the  mountains.  6.  Our 
teacher  is  severe  toward  the  pupils,  but  always  just.  7.  (258).  The 
first  (25)  day  even  the  infantry  went  (214)  as  far  as  the  upper 
ford,  where  [they]  bivouacked  until  (the)  morning.  8.  (261).  Ac- 
cording-to  my  humble  opinion  the  remedy  proposed  is  worse  than 
the  disease.  9.  (262).  The  gods  have  given  nothing  valuable  (ill) 
to  (the)  man  without  much  work.  10.  (263).  A  detachment  of 
the  vanguard  fell  upon  the  rear-guard  of  the  enemy  and  captured 
(hizo)  over  two  hundred  (38)  prisoners,  u.  Above  my  book- 
case [I]  have  a  bust  of  Cervantes.  12.  (264).  Every  rose  con- 
ceals a  thorn  behind  its  beauty.  13.  After  many  trials  and  tribu- 
lations [we]  secured  what  [we]  desired.  14.  (265).  The  pale 
light  of  the  moon  penetrates  between  the  rifts  of  the  clouds. 

15.  The    electric2  wires1   pass   over  the   houses  of  the  village. 

16.  (The)  political2  parties1  are  great  conspiracies  formed  in-the- 
interest-of  (en  pro  de)  the  few  against  (en  contra  de)  the  many. 

35 

372.  Study  267-269,  learning  the  Spanish  examples  by 
heart.  Read  carefully  270-274. 

i.  (267,  a).  The  promoters  of  the  French2  Revolution1  took 
for  (por)  [a]  motto  the  words  :  liberty,  equality,  fraternity;  but 
the  liberty  degenerated  into  license,  the  equality  into  vulgarity, 
and  the  fraternity  was  only  (b]  that  which  (88,  ist)  exists  amongst 
robbers.  2.  There  are  (137,  b,  3)  many  sects  but  a  single  reli- 
gion. 3.  (b).  We  are  not  the  slaves  of  the  king  but  his  subjects. 
4.  A  man,  however  great  he  may  be  (por  grande  que  sea),  is  but  a 
little-mote  lost  in  the  'immensity  of  (the)  matter.  5.  (<r).  On 


EXERCISES  277 

the  (al)  seventh  or  eighth  (38)  day  either  (6)  this  man  or  another 
will  be  here  to  (para)  accompany  the  travelers.  6.  (//).  [It]  is 
perfectly  certain  that  [he]  will  not  appeal  to  [a]  higher  court, 
because  [he]  has  no  money.  7.  (/).  The  Creator  repented  that 
[He]  had  made  (197)  (the)  man,  but  not  that  [He]  had  made 
(the)  woman.  8.  (g).  Ferdinand,  king  of  Aragon,  and  Isabella, 
his  wife,  were  the  first  king-and-queen  (17,  a)  of  (the)  united2 
Spain.1  9.  (/*).  If  [it]  is  true  (verdad)  that  (the)  speech  is  silver, 
(the)  silence  is  often  pure2  gold.1  10.  (269).  Scarcely  was  estab- 
lished our  Republic  when  the  evils  of  (the)  bossism  began  to  (a) 
gnaw  its  vitals,  n.  Either  the  bosses  will  have  to  (deberan) 
take  a  back-seat,  or  (the)  popular2  government1  will  be  worse  than 
the  most  absolute  despotism.  12.  (The)  true  religion  can  (209) 
not  be  found  in  any  (ningun)  book ;  it  dwells  only  in  the  human2 
heart.1 

36 

373.    Study  275-277.     Learn  by  heart  the  Spanish  ex- 
amples and  review  formation  of  tenses,  145. 

i.   (275,  a).  Brazil  and  Peru  are  countries  of  South  America. 

2.  Helicon,  [a]  mountain  of  Boeotia  (Beocia),  was  the  dwelling- 
place  of  the  Muses,  to  which  (adonde)    [it]  was  supposed   (se 
suponia)   the   poets  went  to   (a)   seek  their  poetic2  inspiration.1 

3.  (<£).    [We]   shall  receive  our  friends  Tuesdays  and  Fridays. 

4.  (c).  I  bought  this  wheat  at  seventy-five  cents  a  bushel.     5.  A 
return-ticket  will  cost  five  cents  a  mile.     6.  (d~).  The  elephant  is 
the  largest  (mayor)  and  most  intelligent  of  the  quadrupeds.    7.  For 
the  wages  of  sin  is  death.     8.  In  an  assembly  of  asses  kicks  are 
cheap.     9.   (<?).   Captain  Eulate  commanded  the  (el)  Vizcaya  in 
the  battle  of  Santiago.     10.   (/).  We  Spaniards  are  beginning  to 
(a)  learn  that  a  nation  can  not  live  and  prosper  by  backward2 
methods.1      n.   (276,  a}.  A  poet  may  (puede)  have  [a]  master; 
but  to' (el)  be  [a]  poet  is  the  gift  of  nature.     12.  Being  the  nephew 
of  a   prime-minister    [he]    arrogates-to-himself    certain   special2 
privileges.1       13.   (b  and  c).    Charles  [the]  Second,  the  son  and 


2/8  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

successor  of  Felipe  [the]  Fourth,  known  also  as  the  Bedeviled, 
died  (178)  [an]  old  [man]  at  the  age  of  thirty-nine.  14.  One  of 
the  Spanish  (35,  2d)  cruisers  bears  the  name  of  Pelayo,  the  first 
king  of  Asturias.  15.  (^/).  The  noise  and  hubbub  of  a  great 
city  distract  [any]  one  who  is  accustomed  to  the  quiet  of  the 
country.  16.  Because  of  the  blundering  or  ignorance  of  his  lawyer 
[he]  lost  his  suit.  17.  (/).  The  American  army  in  the  Philip- 
pines is  under  the  command  of  General  Otis.  18.  The  (las) 
Cortes  passed  (votar)  the  budget  at  the  last  hour  of  the  session. 

19.  (277,  a).  The  beautiful  is  merely  the  flower  of  the  useful. 

20.  We  ought  (213)   to  cultivate  what  is  good,  for  the  good  is 
the  path  which  leads  to  the  true.      21.   (£).  The  affair  of  last2 
week1  and  that  of  to-day  are  (es)  the  (lo)  same. 

37 

374.  Study  278-282,  a,  learning  by  heart  the  Spanish 
examples.  Study  also  162-164. 

i.  (278,  a).  One  of  rny  brothers-in-law  is  a  lawyer,  the  other  is 
a  doctor ;  the  former  (87)  lives  in  San  Juan,  the  latter  in  Ponce. 
2.  Goya,  [a]  celebrated  Spanish  painter,  was  an  imitator  of  Velaz- 
quez. 3.  (Note).  The  rose  is  a  voluptuous2  and3  fragrant4  flower1 ; 
but  she  is  not  the  prettiest  inhabitant,  of  Flora's  (13)  kingdom. 
4.  (<£).  Echegaray,  a  Spanish  dramatist,  has  written  (222)  many 
plays,  but  few  good  [ones].  5.  (<:).  Such  a  noble  action  merits  our 
highest  praise.  6.  In  such  a  case  [we]  can  only  (267,  t>)  choose 
the  lesser  evil.  7.  For  a  like  reason  they  refused  to  (a)  promise 
their  support.  8.  He  entered  the  fruit-store  and  bought  half  [a] 
dozen  oranges.  9.  What  a  pity  !  Surely  [he]  knew  what  (cuales) 
would  be  the  consequences.  10.  (</).  The  American  colonies 
rebelled  in  order  not  to  suffer  a  foreign  yoke.  1 1.  I  doubt  whether 
(que)  there  is  (haya)  a  more2  eloquent3  man1  in  the  whole  country. 
12.  (<?).  Price  of  subscription:  eight  dollars  a  year,  postage- 
prepaid.  13.  My  house  is  (at)  a  short  (poca)  distance  from 
here.  14.  (/).  There-was  (pret.)  a  reception  at  (en)  [the]  palace 


EXERCISES  279 

last-night.  15.  He  will  not  take  part  in  the  campaign,  but  (sino 
que)  like  Achilles  (Aquiles)  will  sulk  in  his  tent.  16.  (281).  [He] 
drank  a  glass  of  beer  and  ate  a  couple  of  crackers.  17.  The 
way  to  eternal2  life1  is  narrow,  and  few  find  it.  18.  (a).  He  enjoys 
a  good  reputation  in  our  neighborhood,  but  he  has  not  many 
intimate2  friends.1  19.  You  change  your  opinion  so  often  that 
[it]  is  difficult  [to]  know  from  day  to  day  (244,  a)  what  you 
think.  20.  (282).  We  went  to  the  custom-house  this  morning  to 
(a)  see  if  our  boxes  had  arrived.  21.  Sit  down  ;  he  will  return  to 
the  office  shortly,  and  I  think  the  matter  can  be  settled  without 
difficulty.  22.  (a).  The  fear  of  something  after  death  makes  us 
bear  rather  the  ills  [we]  suffer  than  fly-to  (buscar)  others  of  which 
[we]  know2  nothing.1 

38 

375.  Study  283^-285,  learning  the  Spanish  examples  by 
heart.  Study  also  166-167. 

NOTE.  —  From  now  on,  the  student  must  determine  for  himself 
whether  the  subject  pronouns  are  to  be  expressed  or  omitted.  The 
rule  is  to  omit  them  when  they  are  not  necessary  for  clearness  or 
emphasis. 

i.  (283,  a).  The  professor  reproves  the  students  because  they 
do  not  behave  themselves  (150)  well.  2.  The  soldiers  defend  their 
country  against  its  enemies.  3.  (b).  Now  (ya)  I  remember  that 
I  sent  Joseph  to  the  post-office  an2  hour3  ago.1  4.  He  meets  his 
friend  John  and  consoles  him  in  his  affliction.  5.  (<r).  What  I 
don't  understand  is,  how  they  killed  him  and  not  the  other  [man]. 
6.  Those  two  men  hate  each  other  as  only  mortal4  enemies3  can1 
hate.2  7.  (d).  He  does  not  find  any  one  who  is  (este")  disposed 
to  (d)  do  it.  8.  He  who  strives  to  (a)  please  everybody  does  not 
please  anybody.  9.  (e).  He  considers  vain  all  my  hopes.  10.  The 
orphan  calls  his  uncle  father,  n.  Flattery  makes  the  fool  vain. 
12.  (/).  The  verb  governs  (rige)  another  verb  when  the  latter  is 
[the]  direct2  object1  of  the  former  (87).  13.  The  calm  follows  the 


28O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

storm.  14.  (284,  a).  A  man  may  (puede)  mend  his  broken2  repu 
tation,1  but  his  neighbors  will  not  fail  to  (cle)  keep  their  (71)  eyes 
on  (sobre)  the  fracture.  15.  The  hunter  is  he  (88,  2d)  who  caught 
the  hare.  16.  (b).  If  the  army  has  not  good  officers,  it  can  not 
gain  victories.  1 7.  (c).  With  fifty  men  he  attacked  two  hundred 
(38)  horsemen  and  routed  them.  18.  (d).  The  Gypsies  stole 
the  child  from  his  parents  (17,  a).  19.  The  Moor  enticed 
away  (llevarsele)  from  (a)  Brabantio  his  daughter  Desdemona. 

20.  (e).  We  cross  the  Pyrenees  going  (214)  from  France  to  Spain. 

21.  (/).  A  misogynist  hates  women.     22.  (The)  ancient  Rome 
produced  orators,  poets,  historians,  and  statesmen. 

39 
376.   Commit  to  memory  the  Spanish  examples  in  286- 

293.      Study  170,  171,  172. 

i.  An  honest  man  is  the  noblest  work  of  God.  2.  Many  men 
pass  life  chasing  rainbows  and  despising  the  precious  jewels  which 
'lie  (les  quedan)  at  the[irj  feet.  3.  (287).  The  teacher  and  his 
wife  are  very  charitable.  4.  The  pink  and  the  violet  are  both 
pretty.  5.  (Note).  He  showed  a  cheek  and  boldness  very  unusual. 
6.  (288).  Iron  and  copper  are  not  so  precious  as  (27,  </)  gold 
and  silver.  7.  The  mother  and  the  daughter  are  both  charming. 

8.  (289).  The  modern   languages,  French,  Spanish,  and   Italian, 
are  derived  from  the  Latin,  and  are  called  Romanic2  languages.1 

9.  (290).  The  lion,  the  tiger,  and  the  hyena  are  carnivorous,  but  the 
horse,  the  ox,  and  the  sheep  are  herbivorous.     10.  (Note).  These 
peaches  and  apples  are  delicious.     1 1.  Some  Europeans  think  (164) 
that  American3  manners1  and  customs2  are  bold.     12.  (292).  The 
library  has  a  reading-room  ninety  feet  long,  seventy  wide,  and 
forty-five  high  (38).      13.  (170).  This  dog  barks  and  shows  his 
teeth  (71),  but  he  does  not  bite.     14.  (171).  Return  to-morrow; 
I  shall  have  more  time,  and  we  will  discuss  the  question.     15.  I 
have  ransacked  the  whole  house  and  have  not  been  able  (210)  to 


EXERCISES  28l 

find  it  (lo).  1 6.  Sugar,  salt,  and  many  minerals  dissolve  in  water 
and  other  liquids.  17.  (172).  This  room  smells  of  (a)  tobacco; 
open  the  windows  and  give  (189)  us  [some]  fresh2  air.1 


40 

377.  Learn  294-300,  Note.  Commit  to  memory  the 
Spanish  examples.  Learn  also  173,  174,  and  176. 

NOTE. — The  student  should  now  pay  particular  attention  to  the 
rhetorical  position  of  the  words  of  the  Spanish  sentence  and  imitate 
the  same  in  writing  the  exercises. 

i.  (295,  a).  The  flock  remained  in  the  fold  all  (the)  night.  2.  The 
rabble  applauds  the  vaporings  of  the  demagogue.  3.  (Note).  But 
the  greater  part  do  not  admit  the  possibility  of  his  success.  4.  Half 
of  the  flock  fled  before  (ante)  the  wolves.  5.  (b).  \  detachment  of 
cavalry  and  of  infantry  advanced  toward  our  left2  wing.1  6.  [A] 
crowd  of  people  (personas)  came  (202)  to  (a)  congratulate  the  old 
admiral.  7.  (b,  Note).  [There]  came  to  my  office  a  dozen  mendi- 
cants asking- for  (181)  bread.  8.  The  congress  of  South- American 2 
nations1  will  meet  in  the  city  of  Mexico  next  year.  9.  (296).  The 
revolution  of  the  earth  on  (sobre)  its  axis,  and  its  revolution 
around  the  sun  are  different.  10.  Venus  and  Mars  move  in  orbits 
of  different2  dimensions.1  n.  (a].  When  we  opened  the  door 
[there]  came-up  from  the  cellar  a  cold2  draught1  and  a  disagree- 
able2 smell.1  12.  The  opening  and  closing  [of]  the  eyes  is  invol- 
untary. 13.  (Note).  The  applause  and  evident  satisfaction  of 
the  audience  pleased  the2  actors3  much.1  14.  (297).  Neither 
the  one  nor  the  other  obtained  the  place  in  the  custom-house. 

15.  Neither  the   infantry  nor  the  cavalry  could   cross  the  river. 

1 6.  (a).  Either  the  Democrat  or  the  Republican  will  be  elected 
president.      17.  (299).  We,  who  have  lost  all  our  possessions,  are 
(estar)  not  discouraged.     18.  (300).  We  are  the  ones  who  deserve 
the  honor  of  the  victory.     19.  (174).  If  they  regret  it  as  much 
as  (242,  b]  I  regret  it,  neither  they  nor  I  (297)  will  consent  to 


282  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

(en)  repeat  the  experiment.  20.  They  did  not  consent  to  (en) 
it  (44),  because  they  suspected  his  motives.  21.  (176).  He  who 
acquires  a  practical2  knowledge1  of  a  language  learns  it  [by] 
speaking  with  the  natives.  22.  Children  (275,  d)  acquire  their 
native2  language1  in  this  way  (233,  c)t  but  only  after  many  years. 

41 

378.  Study  301-302,  Remark.  Learn  by  heart  Spanish 
examples.  Study  also  177-179. 

i.  (177).  How-many  hours  do  you  sleep  daily? — Usually  I 
sleep  seven  hours,  going-to-bed  at  eleven  and  getting-up  at  six. 
2.  Did  you  sleep  well  last-night?  —  Yes,  I  went-to-bed  very  early 
and  slept  like  a  top,  for  I  was  (139)  tired.  3.  (178).  The  good 
Christian  dies,  hoping  [to]  awake  in  eternal2  life.1  4.  If  they 
die  on  (en)  the  field  of  battle  in  defense  of  their  country,  [they] 
will  not  have  died  in  vain.  5.  The  wounded  died  for  (por)  lack 
of  care.  6.  (Note).  He  was  killed  by  a  pistol-shot  fired  by  it  is 
not  known  (no  se  sabe)  whom.  7.  (301,  a).  How  long  have  you 
(ustedes)  been  living  in  this  city?  8.  We  have  been  living  here 
for  (desde  hace)  seven  years,  but  not  always  in  the  same  house. 

9.  (b).  The  bugle  sounded  and  our  cavalry  advanced,  attacked  the 
right2  flank1  of  the  Moors,  and  retired,  not  losing  a  single  man. 

10.  (<:).  I  shall  finish  this  task  before  night;  if  not,  I  shall  remain 
later,     n.  (302,  a).  When  he  was  studying  at  (en)  the  University, 
he  used  to  work  fifteen  hours  daily.     12.  He  was  dying,  and  [it] 
was  impossible  [to]  do  anything  (nada)   to  (para)  relieve  him. 
13.    (^).  They  were  beginning  to  (a)  ascend  the  hill,  when  the 
besiegers  opened  fire.     14.  (Note).  We  were  returning,  when  we 
saw  a  squadron  of  horsemen  trying  to  get  between  us  and  our 
camp.      15.    (c).   The  large  projectiles,  which  the  gunners  were 
hurling2  [at]  us,1  as  (mientras)  we  were  advancing  did   not  do 
(pret.  197)   us  any2  damage.1      16.  (d).   The  battle  was  ended. 
The  field  was  strewn  with  (de)  dead  and  wounded  and  presented 
a  horrible2  aspect,1     The  surgeons  were  running  from  place  to 


EXERCISES  283 

place  (244,  a)  alleviating  the  sufferings  as  best  they  could  (imp. 
210).  17.  (e).  At  dawn  (243,  a)  of  the  following  day  the  enemy 
were  retreating  toward  the  South.  18.  (/).  Before  the  arrival  of 
our  reinforcements  they  could  dictate  the  conditions  of  our  sur- 
render. 19.  (g).  [It]  had2  already1  been  (habido)  five  days  that 
they  had  been  retreating,  and  we  concluded  that  (/i)  we  should 
not  overtake  them  for  (antes  de)  several  days  even  [by]  using  our 
best  cavalry. 

42 

379.  Study  303-306.  Commit  to  memory  Spanish  ex- 
amples. Study  also  180—183. 

i.  (303).  The  prince  took  the  casket  into  his  hand  and  con- 
templated it  [a]  long  time  (rato).  Then  he  opened  it,  put  his 
(la)  hand  into  it  (44)  and  took-out  a  snood  which  he  kissed 
passionately.  2.  (304).  He  has  never  (230)  ceased  to  (de)  regret 
the  folly  of  his  youth.  He  admits  that  he  has  spent  more  than 
(27,  <£,  Note)  one  fortune  during  his  lifetime,  and  for  (desde)  many 
years  he  has  had  (138,  3)  to  depend  on  (de)  the  charity  of  his 
relatives.  Even  to-day  he  has  written  to  them  letters,  asking  (181) 
aid.  3.  (305).  He  had  inherited  a  large  fortune  from  an  uncle  of 
his  (67),  but  he  had  spent  it  all  before  completing  (inf.)  his  twenty- 
fifth  (=  five)  year(s).  4.  Shortly  after,  his  father  had  died,  leav- 
ing (legar)  him  another  fortune  which  he  had  wasted  in  less  than 
(27,  b,  Note)  five  years.  5.  He  then  went  to  (a)  live  in  the  country 
with  a  maiden2  aunt1 ;  but  this  quiet  bucolic2  life1  was  not  to  (de) 
his  taste  (agrado),  and  already  he  had  been  meditating  (£)  for 
(desde)  some  time  on  (en)' an  act  of  desperation  which  (el  que) 
would  have  ended  his  shameful2  life,1  when  I  happened  to  (a)  run- 
across  him.  6.  He  was  (139)  much  dejected  and  revealed  to  me 
his  purpose.  7.  He  asked  me  for  advice,  and  I  tried  to  dissuade 
him  [from]  it  (lo) ;  but  he  insisted  that  (en  que)  he  did  not  wish 
to  live  any-longer  (mas).  8.  Then  I  changed  tactics  and  told 
(195)  him  (that)  I  thought  (that)  he  was  right  (138,  2).  9.  I  cited 
the  example  of  Werther,  alleging  that  suicide  would  be  good  for 


284  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

(para)  him  also,  since  he  might  (pudiera)  become  (226,  5)  the 
subject  of  a  novel,  and  that  moreover  his  friends  and  particularly 
his  relatives  would  rejoice  at  (de)  his  death ;  and  finally  that  he 
would  make  a  beautiful  corpse.  10.  [I]  even  induced  him  to 
(a)  buy  a  pistol,  and  we  fixed  the  day  for  the  great  event ;  but 
when  (306)  the  day  had  come  and  after  we  had  made  all  the 
preparations,  his  courage  forsook  him  and  he  declared  that  he 
was  not  going  to  (a)  kill  himself  to  (para)  please  others.  1 1 .  From 
(desde)  that  (aquel)  day  he  has  never  talked  again  (227)  of  suicide. 

43 

380.  Study  307-311,  a,  learning  the  Spanish  examples 
by  heart.  Review  180-183  and  study  184-186. 

i.  I  will  ask  pardon  of  (a)  you,  if  you  think  (that)  I  ought  to 
do  it.  2.  Yes,  ask  it  [of]  me  ;  if  not,  I  shall  demand  satisfaction 
on  the  field  of  (the)  honor.  3.  And  he  asked  it  [of]  him,  laugh- 
ing ;  for,  said  he  (302,  /),  according  to  Horace,  we  may  (210)  tell 
the  truth  in  a  laughing-strain  (gerund).  4.  Certainly ;  but  when 
a  man  laughs,  [it]  is  not  always  [a]  sign  that  (de  que)  he  is  telling 
the  truth;  for  he  may  be  joking.  5.  The  wicked  [man]  flees, 
even  when  no-one  pursues  him.  6.  Demosthenes  fled  from  the 
battle  of  Chseronea,  and  defended  his  action  [by]  saying  :  "  A  man 
who  runs  away  will  be  able  (210)  to  fight  another  time."  7.  The 
professor  will  instruct  his  class  in  the  most  important  international2 
laws.1  8.  The  question  of  the  Porto-Rican2  tariff1  will  be  argued 
shortly  before  (ante)  the  Supreme2  Court1  of  the  United  States. 
9.  (307).  Who  can  be  knocking  at  the  door?  10.  It  can  not  be 
three  [o'clock]  yet.  n.  (308).  We  shall  have  received  the  news 
before  (268)  he  returns  (vuelva).  12.  He  will  have  been  executed 
if  the  pardon  does  not  arrive  soon.  13.  (a).  Who  can  have  told  it 
to  him  (61,  a)?  He  can  not  have  guessed  it.  14.  (309,  a).  He 
declared  that  they  would  die  before  surrendering  (322).  15.  I  was 
assured  (154,  a)  that  you  would  discount  the  note  at  six  per  cent 
(243,  //).  1 6.  (£).  Yes,  I  would  discount  it,  even  at  five  per  cent, 


EXERCISES  285 

>if  it  were  properly  indorsed,  but  I  can  not  accept  that  (82)  man ; 
he  is  bankrupt.  17.  (V).  He  was  crazy,  of  course,  or  he  would  not 
have  done  it.  18.  (310,0).  They  told  (195)  me  that  the  bank 
would  have  honored  the  draft.  19.  (311).*  "Come  (2d  sing.) 
here,  little-girl,"  said  the  bishop ;  "  tell  me  where  God  is,  and  I 
will  give  thee  an  orange."  —  "Tell  (usted)  me  where  [He]  is  not, 
Monsenor,  and  I  will  give  you  two."  20.  Bring  me  my  overcoat 
and  gloves.  —  Where  are  they?  —  I  don't  know;  look-for  them 
[for]  me.  21.  Let  (que)  him  go  away;  I  don't  wish  to  see  him. 

22.  Let  us  keep  our  word,  although  they  have  not  kept  theirs  (73). 

23.  Abandon  all  hope,  ye  (44)  who  enter  here.    24.  Do  (ustedes) 
me  the  favor  to  (de)  pay  (prestar)  attention  while  I  am  talking. 
25.  (a).  And  lead  (meter)  us  not  into  temptation,  but  deliver  us 
from  evil.    26.  And  when  ye  fast,  be  not  (p.  81)  as  the  hypocrites. 


44 

381.  Study  312-315,  b,  committing  to  memory  the  Span- 
ish examples.  Study  also  188-188,  Note. 

i.  (313).  The  general  orders  the  first  corps  to  advance  as  far  as 
(258)  the  river.  2.  We  shall  entreat  them  (44)  to  delay  the  matter 
for  the  present  (235,  a).  3.  My  attorney  will  insist  that  (en  que) 
the  surplus  be  equally  distributed  amongst  the  shareholders. 
4.  (fr).  The  court  will  not  permit  the  accused  to  give  bail.  5.  The 
court  of  appeals  decides  that  the  State  shall  refund  the  bail. 
6.  The  defendant  prays  (pedir,  181)  that  the  court  dismiss  the  suit 
for  want  of  jurisdiction.  7.  (c).  The  plaintiff  desires  that  he  be 
granted  (154,  a)  sufficient  time  to  (para)  procure  the  sworn2  state- 
ment1 of  an  absent2  witness.1  8.  The  judge  regrets  that  he  can  not 
extend  the  time  (plazo).  9.  For  that  reason  (309,  b)  the  plaintiff 
fears  (that)  he  may  lose  his  suit ;  but  in  that  case  he  will  enter-an- 
appeal.  10.  (d\  It  is  a  disastrous2  failure1;  the  liabilities  are  (es) 
enormous,  and  we  doubt  whether  the  assets  will  suffice  to  (para) 

*  Read  over  Spanish  of  Exercise  21. 


286  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

pay  the  depositors,  n.  The  board-of- directors  denies  that  there^ 
is  (137,  b,  3)  [any]  fraud  or  misappropriation  of  funds,  and  we  our- 
selves (53)  do  not  think  that  such  a  thing  is  probable.  12.  (e).  The 
creditors  believe  it  is  necessary  that  a  receiver  be  appointed, 
and  it  is  possible  that  a  meeting  may  be  called  to-day.  13.  If  it 
is  desirable  that  this  (esto)  be  done,  it  is  very  important  that  the 
meeting  be  held  at  once.  14.  (315,  a).  There  is  a  Spanish  prov- 
erb which  says :  There  is  no  evil  which  lasts3  a  hundred1  (39,  c) 
years.2  15.  We  have  not  in  the  store  a  hat  which  will  fit  you 
better.  16.  (£).  I  want  a  suitor  who  will  love  my  daughter  for 
(por)  herself  (53)  and  not  for  her  money.  1 7.  If  that  man  invents 
a  watch  that  will  wind  itself  up,  he  will  have  solved  the  problem 
of  perpetual2  motion.1 

45 

382.  Study  316-320,  learning  by  heart  the  Spanish  sen- 
tences. Study  also  268. 

i.  In  order  that  you  may  know  the  condition  of  the  company,  I 
have  arranged  that  the  members  of  the  board  and  the  manager  shall 
be  here  to-morrow  in  my  office.  2.  I  shall  be  here  without  fail 
unless  something  unforeseen  shall  happen.  3.  (317).  As  to  the 
other  matter,  if  you  will  come  to  my  house  this  afternoon  at  five 
[o'clock],  we  will  discuss  it  thoroughly.  4.  I  shall  be  there  at  the 
hour  agreed-upon,  if  the  board  shall  have  finished  its  deliberations  ; 
if  not,  a  little  later.  5.  (318).  We  demanded  that  he  should  be 
treated  justly  (313).  6.  He  preferred  that  we  should  start  that 
afternoon  (&).  7.  He  wished  him  not  to  consent  to  it  (c).  8.  We 
doubted  whether  it  would  snow  that  night  (</).  9.  It  was  a  pity 
he  could  not  come  (e).  10.  He  did  not  think  there  was  a  man 
who  equaled  him  (315,  a),  n.  He  was  seeking  a  servant  who 
would  not  get-drunk  (£).  12.  I  should  be  back  (cond.)  before  he 
arrived  (316).  13.  I  should  have  been  satisfied,  provided  he  had 
finished  it  that  day.  14.  However  rich  he  might  have  been,  he 
would  not  have  been  contented.  15.  (319).  If  we  have  nothing 
better  (mas)  to  do  (138,  3)  at  night  (246,  a\  we  play  cards,  chess, 


EXERCISES  287 

or  dominoes.  16.  If  we  had  nothing  better  to  do,  we  used  to  play 
cards,  chess,  or  dominoes.  17.  If  you  (shall)  go-out  to-day,  have 
the  goodness  to  buy  [some]  pens,  paper,  envelopes,  postal- cards, 
and  pencils;  our  supply  has2  almost1  run-out.  18.  He  assured 
me  that,  if  we  should  write  him  a  letter  on  arriving  (323,  c)  here, 
he  would  answer  it  by  return-mail.  19.  If  Congress  had  passed 
a  law  dissolving  the  trust-companies,  there  would  have  been 
(137,  b,  3)  great  rejoicing  on  (por)  the  part  of  those  (los)  who 
did  not  belong  to  these  companies. 

46 

383.  Study  321-324,  learning  by  heart  the  Spanish 
examples. 

i.  To  think  of  (en,  322)  organizing  a  company  without  charter 
or  (ni)  by-laws  is  folly  !  2.  To  women  is  imputed  (61,  b)  as  a 
great  fault  the  frequent  changing  of  opinion ;  but  it  is  not  so  (55) 
according-to  the  proverb,  which  says  :  [it]  is  [the  part]  of  the 
wise  (pi.)  to  change  [their]  mind.  3.  To  preserve  one's  life  is 
the  first  law  of  nature ;  consequently  to  commit-suicide  is  un- 
natural. 4.  We  should  drink  water  with  much  more  pleasure  if  it 
were  [a]  sin  to  (el)  drink  it.  5.  (322).  A  minute  after  dying, 
man's  soul  will  be  what  (89,  3d)  it  was  a  minute  before  being 
born.  6.  He  rejected  my  petition  without  reading  it.  7.  He 
thinks  of  (en)  establishing  a  business-house  in  this  city  and  open- 
ing a  branch-office  in  Caibarie'n.  8.  (323,  a).  But  how  carry-on  a 
commission-business  of  that  kind  without  having  [a]  large  (buen) 
capital?  9.  (b).  That  (82)  man  act  as  head-of-the-firm?  Noth- 
ing could  be  more  absurd.  10.  (c).  On  seeing  him  stop  at  the 
door,  I  rose  and  welcomed  him.  n.  When  going-to-bed  last- 
night  I  forgot  to  (de)  close  one  of  my  windows  and  caught-a-cold 
during  the  night.  12.  (d).  If  I  had  not  raised  my  hands,  the 
robbers  would  have  killed  me.  13.  (324,  a,  i).  Metaphysics  is 
the  art  of  going-astray  with  [a]  method;  14.  Do  me  the  favor  tc 
pass  me  those  scissors.  15.  He  had  the  misfortune  to  lose  his 


288  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

parents  when  he  was  very  young.  16.  The  desire  of  performing 
his  duties  conscientiously  made  (imp.)  him  go-out  often,  when  he 
should  have  (213)  stayed  at  home.  17.  (a,  2).  A  movement  of 
concentration  from  (desde)  the  Rio  Grande  toward  (al)  Cape 
Horn  is  not  difficult  to  observe.  18.  Yes,  but  it  is  to  be  taken 
into  account  that  paper-money  is  merely  a  species  of  promissory- 
note  and  has  no  intrinsic  value.  19.  (£).  His  disposition  to  re- 
assert his  individuality  cost  him  his  position.  20.  (<:).  Always  it 
will  be  for  me  a  consolation  to  know  that  she  does  not  belong  to 
another.  21.  It  is  idle  to  waste  words  with  such  a  man.  22.  It 
is  honorable  to  die  for  one's  (la)  country.  23.  It  is  sad  to  hate 
the  person  who  has  saved  our  life. 

47 
384.   Study  325-326.     Review  formation  of  tenses,  145. 

i.  The  undersigned  does  not  remember  to  have  heard  used 
(usarse)  the  words  :  dude,  crank,  or  humbug.  2.  I  knew  that  if 
(319)  he  did  not  abstain  from  drinking  and  going  (andar)  in  bad 
company,  he  would  die  some  day  by  a  running ^noose.1  3.  They 
did  not  cease  before  midnight  to  discuss  the  question  which  they 
were  considering.  4.  He  will  not  fail  to  make-your-hair-stand-on- 
end  by  his  pranks  and  inconsiderate2  actions.1  5.  He  excused 
me  from  witnessing  the  parade  because  of  the  inclemency  of  the 
weather.  6.  She  swears  that  she  will  give  him  the  mitten,  if  he 
does  not  propose  shortly.  7.  I  doubt  that  he  will  try  to  support 
his  misfortune  with  greater  resignation.  8.  (326).  The  bookkeeper 
endeavors  to  unravel  the  complicated2  account,1  but  he  does  not 
succeed  in  doing  it.  9.  He  is  learning  to  keep  (llevar)  books  in 
order  to  (325)  aid  his  father  in  his  business.  10.  The  young-man 
who  aspires  to  master  the  intricacies  of  bookkeeping  has  to 
(138,  3)  learn  at  (desde)  the  outset  the  fundamental  distinction 
between  debit  and  credit,  n.  I  will  venture  to  suggest  that,  if  it 
begins  to  rain,  we  ought  (213)  to  invite  the  strangers  to  seek- 
shelter  under  our  roof.  12.  He  gave  me  to  understand  that  he 


EXERCISES  289 

had  decided  to  turn-into-cash  all  his  personalty-and-realty  and 
invest  the  proceeds  in  government-bonds,  which  (los  cuales)  he 
can  now  buy  at  par.  13.  I  am  told  (154)  that  he  is  getting  ready 
to  speculate-in-stocks.  14.  Yes,  a  friend  of  his  (67),  who  has 
been  "  bearing  "-and-"  bulling  "-the-market  and  won  a  good-deal- 
of  money,  has  induced  him  to  try  (buscar)  [his]  fortune. 
15.  What  folly  !  Still,  it  does  not  surprise  me.  You  know  the  old 
adage  :  every  hog  to  his  sty.  His  father  lost  a  large  fortune  in  the 
stock-exchange.  16.  Or  we  might  express  it  by  two2  other1  say- 
ings, namely :  they  are  wolves  of  the  same  flock,  and :  he  who 
(quien)  goes  (188)  with  the  wolves  learns  to  (a)  howl. 

48 
385.    Study  327-327,  b.     Review  auxiliary  verbs,  136. 

i.  (327).  I  am  accustomed  to  go  to  the  produce-exchange 
every  day,  but  since  the  panic  I  am  not  buying  nor  selling ;  but 
when  the  crisis  passes,  I  shall  begin  again  (227)  my  operations. 
2.  It  suffices  to  say  that  he  is  a  member  of  the  Chamber-of-Com- 
merce  and  he  ought  to  know  what  (cuales)  commercial-paper 
(pi.)  it  is  proper  to  buy.  3.  He  says  he  did  not  advise  to  make 
the  purchase.  4.  We  have  heard  it  said  (327,  a)  that  the  Board- 
of-Directors  of  the  Central  Railroad  does  not  expect  to  pay  the 
coupons  this  year.  5.  Do  you  know  why?  —  Yes,  on  account  of 
the  falling-off  of  the  earnings.  Last  year  the  earnings  were  big,  but 
since  then  the  losses  are  such  that  they  have  wiped-out  all  the 
surplus.  6.  It  is  [a]  great  pity,  because  our  city-government 
has  just  (216)  bought  for  its  sinking-fund  a  considerable  batch 
of  the  shares  of  this  road.  7.  The  mayor  and  councilmen  deter- 
mined to  buy  them  (44)  in  spite  of  the  protest  of  the  daily-papers. 
8.  I  asked  the  mayor  this  morning  how  he  intended  to  explain 
this  in  his  campaign  for  reelection ;  but  he  only  shrugged-his- 
shoulders  and  did  not  condescend  to  answer  me.  9.  It  is  better 
to  hold-one's-tongue  than  to  excuse  oneself;  for  he  who  (quien) 
excuses  himself  accuses  himself.  10.  He  deserves  to  be  beaten 


2QO  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

and  he  will  need  to  "  orate  "  a  good-deal  before  (antes  que,  316) 
he  will  succeed  [in]  convincing  the  people  that  (de  que)  he  could 
not  have  prevented  the  purchase,  n.  It  seems  to  be  probable 
that  he  did  not  venture  to  oppose  the  councilmen,  fearing  not  to 
receive  their  support  in  the  primary  election.  12.  I  had  offered 
to  go  to  visit  my  friend  in  his  hotel,  but  he  preferred  to  come  to 
see  me  in  mine  (73).  13.  We  promised  them  (44)  to  send  (poner) 
a  telegram  and  regretted  not  to  be  able  to  do  it.  14.  I  send 
herewith  a  draft  in  payment  of  my  subscription  to  the  Critical2 
Review J  /  please  acknowledge-reception. 

49 

386.    Study  328-331,  c.     Review  modal  auxiliaries,  209. 

i.  (328).  The  manuscript  existing  in  the  National2  Museum1 
of  Mexico  contains  all  the  poems.  2.  Obeying  the  (al)  mandate 
of  the  Constitution,  I  send  herewith  my  annual  message.  3.  Two 
sailors  arrived  at  Boston  coming  from  Newport.  4.  (329,  a).  Hav- 
ing killed  the  bear,  he  fell  fainting  from  (por)  loss  of  blood. 
5.  Having  missed  the  train,  he  had  to  wait  until  (a  que)  another3 
should1  go-out.2  6.  (6).  By  moving  in  elliptical2  orbits,1  the2 
sun3  being1  in  one  of  the  foci,  the  planets  are  nearer  their  primary 
when  they  are  in  their  perihelion  than  when  in  their  aphelion. 
7.  The  radius-vector  of  a  planet  passing  over  equal  areas  in  equal 
portions  of  time,  the  radius 2-vector3  being1  a  line  drawn  from  the 
sun  to  the  planet,  the  planet  must  (debe  de)  go  faster  when  it  is 
near  the  sun  than  when  it  is  more  distant.  8.  Having  given  the 
first2  two1  laws  of  Kepler,  we  shall  now  give  the  third,  the  latter 
(87)  not  being  so  easy  to  understand  (324,  a,  2)  as  the  former. 
9.  Here  you2  have1  the  third  law:  the  squares  of  the  times  of 
revolutions  of  the  planets  around  the  sun  are  proportional  to  the 
cubes  of  their  mean2  distances1  from  the  sun.  10.  These  laws 
laid  the  foundation  of  modern2  astronomy,1  Newton3  complet- 
ing1 them2  by  his  grand  discovery  of  universal2  gravitation.1 
IT.  (d).  And  putting  his  hand  into  his  (71)  pocket  he  took- 


EX'ERCISES  291 

out  a  small  coin.  12.  (330).  Having  been  routed  in  the  first 
attack,  the  enemy,  reenforced  by  two  regiments,  fell  upon  our  left 
center  with  renewed  impetus.  13.  (331,  #).  The  religious  cere- 
mony having  been  finished,  there  will  be  a  reception  at  (en)  the 
residence  of  the  bridegroom's  (13)  mother.  14.  (I)).  After  hav- 
ing written  the  letter  I  went  (326)  to  put  it  into  the  box. 


XIII 

SPANISH   READINGS 

387.   Study  47-50  and  332-332,  m. 

NOTE.  —  The  small  figures  set  to  the  right  of  the  Spanish 
proverbs  indicate  that  their  English  equivalents  will  be  found 
at  the  end  of  the  ESCENAS.  The  student,  however,  should  be 
required  to  work  out  their  literal  meaning  by  means  of  the 
vocabulary. 

ESCENAS  SOCIALES 
I 

(Don  Benito  (Benedict)  encuentra  a  su  amigo,  don  Diego  (James) 
en  la  calle.j 

DON  B.    jHola,  don  Diego!      <  Que  tal  (sigue  V.)? 

DON  D.  Muy  bien,  para  servir  a  V.  Y  ese  cuerpo 
<;  como  esta  ? 

DON  B.  No  mal,  gracias.  <?  Como  se  hallan  (estan)  en 
su  casa  ? 

DON  D.  Tal  cual ;  solo  que  mi  mujer  esta  un  poco 
indispuesta  desde  ayer.  Tiene  un  resfriado  y  le  duele 
la  cabeza. 

DON  B.  Lo  siento  mucho.  Quizas  sea  trancazo.  Se 
me  ha  dicho  que  desde  algunos  dfas  se  ban  declarado  unos 
cuantos  casos  en  la  ciudad. 

DON  D.  Es  posible  que  sea  trancazo  lo  que  tiene  mi 
esposa,  pero  pienso  que  no.  Los  smtomas  no,lo  indican. 

292 


SPANISH   READINGS  293 

For  lo  menos  espero  que  no  lo  sea,  porque  es  una  terrible 
enfermedad,  y  parece  que  se  va  poniendo  mas  peligroso  y 
mortifero  cada  ano. 

DON  B.  Si;  sobretodo  para  los  ancianos.  Usted  sabe 
que  mi  pobre  padre  (q.  e.  g.  e.)  murio  de  el  el  invierno 
pasado.  La  humedad  de  nuestro  clima  no  permite  esperar 
su  pronta  extirpacion,  una  vez  que  echa  raices  aqui. 

DON  D.  Tiene  V.  razon,  visto  que  los  medicos  son  ab- 
solutamente  impotentes  para  curarlo.  La  ultima  vez  que 
tuve  el  trancazo,  probe  todos  los  remedios  que  me  sugirie- 
ron  mi  me'dico  y  mis  amigos,  resultando  que  yo  fin  durante 
meses  enteros  una  especie  de  botica  andante,  siendo  el 
hazmerreir  de  todo  mi  vecindario.  Y  lo  gracioso  del  caso 
es  que  no  halle  alivio  alguno  antes  de  la  llegada  del  verano. 
—  i  Ah !  he  ahi  que  viene  un  caballero  que  conozco,  el 
senor  Martinez.  —  Buenos  di'as,  senor  Martinez,  (pfrecien- 
dole  la  mano)  <;  como  lo  pasa  V.  esta  manana  ? 

EL  SENOR  M.  Excelentemente  bien,  para  servir  a  usted. 
<  Y  usted  ? 

DON  D.  Yo  no  podria  mejorar  de  salud,  gracias.  (  Vol- 
viendose  a  don  B.}.  Este  caballero  es  un  amigo  mio.  Per- 
mi'tame  se  lo  presente.  —  Senor  Martinez,  tengo  el  honor 
de  presentar  a  usted  mi  amigo,  el  senor  don  Benito  Perez 
y  Selle"s,de  quien  V.  ha  oido  hablar  sin  duda. 

DON  B.  Caballero,  celebro  muchisimo  la  ocasion  de 
conocer  a  usted. 

EL  SENOR  M.  Y  yo  tengo  mucho  gusto  en  conocer  a 
usted,  caballero.  Puedo  decir  que  le  conozco  indirecta- 
mente,  por  decirlo  asi,  siendo  su  senor  padre  corresponsal 
de  nuestra  casa  de  banca. 

DON  B.    Ah  !     <;  V.  es  banquero  ? 

EL  SENOR  M.  Si  senor;  tenemos  un  banco  de  depositos 
en  esta  ciudad  y  sucursales  en  otras  ciudades.  Yo  soy  el 


294  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

gobernador.  Si  V.  tiene  operaciones  bancarias  que  ajustar, 
seremos  muy  felices  en  servir  a  usted. 

DON  B.  Le  agradezco  a  V.  infinite.  Aprovechare  su 
buena  oferta,  si  tuviere  ocasion  de  hacerlo. 

EL  SENOR  M.  (mirando  su  relofy.  Son  las  nueve  y  media  ; 
tengo  que  marcharme.  Pues,  caballeros,  j  que  ustedes  lo 
pasen  bien !  Me  llevo  la  esperanza,  don  Benito,  de  que 
volveremos  a  reanudar  nuestro  conocimiento.  Reconoz- 
came  V.  por  su  servidor.  j  Adios,  caballeros  ! 

DON  B.  y  DON  D.    j  Vaya  V.  con  Dios,  caballero  ! 

DON  D.  Es  un  perfecto  caballero  y  muy  h  ombre  de 
mundo.  Hice  su  conocimiento  hace  dos  anos,  cuando 
estabamos  veraneando  mi  mujer  y  yo  en  las  montanas.  — 
Eso  me  hace  pensar  en  que  se  aproxima  el  verano.  ,;  Adonde 
va  V.  a  veranear  este  ano  ? 

DON  B.  No  sabemos  todavia.  Todo  lo  dejo  a  la  discre- 
cion  de  mi  mujer,  opinando  que  es,  si  no  la  sola,  a  lo  menos, 
la  mejor  filosofia  para  un  hombre  a  quien  gusta  la  paz  y 
tranquilidad.  Los  maridos  nos  lisonjeamos  de  que  gober- 
namos  en  nuestro  reinecito,  la  casa ;  pero  nada  y  nada. 
No  somos  sino  tenientes  gobernadores.  La  mujer  se  sale 
siempre  con  la  suya.  Por  consiguiente,  cuando  llega  el 
verano,  yo  digo  a  mi  media  naranja :  "  <;  Adonde  quieres 
tu  ir  a  veranear  ? "  —  Si  opta  por  las  montanas,  no  me 
opongo ;  si  prefiere  ir  a  orillas  de  la  mar,  la  digo :  /  cor- 
riente !  Como  nuestro  primer  padre,  Adan,  me  como  el 
fruto  que  se  me  ofrece. 

DON  D.  Por  supuesto  piensa  su  senora  que  V.  es  un 
marido  modelo.  —  Se  me  ocurre  el  cuento  del  filosofo 
frances  a  quien  se  vino  a  decir  que  un  incendio  se  habia 
declarado  en  su  casa  y  respondio :  "Eso  no  me  importa; 
vaya  a  decirselo  a  mi  mujer.  Yo  no  me  mezclo  jamas  en 
los  asuntos  de  familia." 


SPANISH    READINGS  295 

DON  B.  jja!  jja!  jja!  Eso  es  impagable.  Aquel 
hombre  habia  alcanzado  el  verdadero  nirvana  de  los 
indios.'  Aun  Socrates,  con  toda  su  abnegacionv  de  si 
mismo,  no  llevo  su  filosofi'a  tan  lejos ;  porque  volvia  a 
casa  de  vez  en  cuando  solo  por  el  placer  de  hacerse  re- 
prender  por  su  cam  mitad.  —  Pues  <|  por  que  esta  V.  tan 
meditabundo  ? 

DON  D.  Estoy  pensando  en  lo  que  V.  me  ha  referido. 
Dudo  que  esa  filosofi'a  sea  la  mejor,  sobretodo  cuando  re- 
cuerdo  lo  que  ha  dicho  otro  filosofo,  a  saber,  que  la  mujer 
es  como  la  dinamita,  porque  jamas  se  sabe  lo  que  hard, 
conocidas  las  circunstancias. 

DON  B.  Dispenseme  V.,  amigo  mio.  Temo  que  V.  no 
me  haya  comprendido.  —  Cuando  yo  dije  que  concedia  a 
mi  mujer  una  licencia  completa,  hablaba  solo  de  los  asun- 
tos  domesticos.  Casa  afuera  yo  mantengo  mi  autoridad  y 
derechos.  Nunca  permito  a  mi  mujer  que  se  meta  en  mis 
negocios.  Eso  seria  volver  el  mundo  patas  arriba.  (Dan 
las  diez  en  la  torre  de  la  iglesia  de  Nuestra  Senora.) 
\  Diablo  mil  veces !  j  Cuanto  tiempo  hemos  estado  char- 
lando  !  j  Que  habladores  somos  los  hombres !  Me  voy 
con  la  musica  a  otra  parte  ! 1  Sail  a  hacer  compras  para  mi 
mujer,  y  estoy  seguro  de  que  me  refiira  cuando  vuelva 
a  casa.  j  Abur !  —  V.  vendra  al  Circulo  esta  noche 
<;  verdad  ? 

DON  D.  Si  que  vendr6,  y  acabaremos  el  partido  de 
billar  que  comenzamos  ayer  y  no  acabamos. 

DON  B.  Eso  si,  lo  haremos.  Hasta  la  vista.  Pongame 
a  los  pies  de  su  senora.  (Sale). 

DON  D.  (Solo},  j  Que  gurrumino  es  aquel  hombre  !  A 
que  en  casa  no  dice  esta  boca  es  mia.2  Me  hace  gracia, 
cuando  habla  de  su  autoridad  de  casa  afuera.  Por  aquel 
lado  adelanta  como  el  cangrejo.3  (Reparando  en  tina 


296  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

senora  que  viene  por  la  calle).  \  Caramba !  Alii  esta  mi 
mujer  que  viene.  Voy  yo  tambien  tomar  las  de  Villa- 
diego.4  (vSV  va  d  todo  escape). 

II. 
388.    Review  47-50  and  332-332,  m. 

(Una  dama,  la  senora  Maria  Mendoza  de  Aunon,  esta  haciendo  visitas,  y 
su  coche  para  delante  de  una  casa  grande,  la  de  la  senora  Isabel  Diaz  de 
Blanco.  Se  apea  y  se  acerca  al  portico  donde  esta  el  chico  de  la  casa  con  su 
chucho.  El  perro  se  levanta  erizandose.) 

LA  DAMA.    Chico,  tu  perro  va  a  morderme. 

EL  CHICO.    No  senora.     No  muerde  sino  cuando  come. 

LA  DAMA.    j  Pero  si  me  muestra  los  dientes  ! 

EL  CHICO.  Eso  no  lo  niego ;  y  si  V.  tuviera  dientes  tan 
blancos  y  bellos  como  los  de  mi  perro,  los  mostraria 
tambien. 

LA  DAMA.  Eres  tu  un  mal  muchachito.  — ,;  Esta  tu  senora 
madre  ? 

EL  CHICO.  Si,  senora  ;  esta  con  otra  dama ;  pero  dudo 
que  este  para  usted.  Voy  a  preguntarselo. 

LA  DAMA.  No  ;  espera.  Voy  a  llamar  yo  misma.  (Em- 
puja  el  baton  y  suena  el  timbre  ettctrico.  La  criada  viene  d 
abrir).  <<  Esta  en  casa  la  senora  ? 

LA  CRIADA.  Si,  senora;  tenga  V.  la  bondad  de  entrar. 
(Trae  la  tarjeta  d  su  ama,  qnien  viene  d  encontrar  d  la 
visita,  ddndole  la  mano,  diciendo) : 

LA  SRA.  DIAZ.  Sea  usted  bienvenida,  dona  Maria. 
Dichosos  los  ojos  que  ven  a  usted.  ,;  Como  ha  estado  V. 
desde  la  ultima  vez  que  tuve  el  gusto  de  verla  ? 

LA  SRA.  MENDOZA.  Medianamente,  mil  gracias.  <  Y 
como  se  encuentra  V.,  dona  Isabel? 

LA  SRA.  D.    Oh !  en  cuanto   a   mi,  yo   estoy   siempre 


SPANISH    READINGS  297 

buena.  Venga  que  la  quiero  presentar  a  mi  buena  amiga, 
la  senora  Onate.  —  Senora  Ofiate,  tengo  el  gusto  de 
presentar  a  V.  la  senora  dona  Maria  Mendoza  de  Aunon. 

LA  SRA.  O.  (Levantdndose).  A  mi  me  es  muy  grato 
hacer  su  conocimiento,  senora  Mendoza. 

LA  SRA.  M.  Muchisimas  gracias.  Me  considero  muy 
dichosa  en  hacer  el  de  usted. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Pero,  sientense  VV.,  senoras,  y  continuemos 
nuestra  platica.  —  Hablabamos  del  baile  de  anoche.  No 
tuvimos  el  honor  de  ver  a  V.,  dona  Maria. 

LA  SRA.  M.  No,  no  podia  venir,  porque  tenia  a  mi 
hermana  muy  mala. 

LA  SRA.  D.  <;  Su  senorita  hermana  estaba  mala  ?  <;  Que 
tenia  ? 

LA  SRA.  M.  Tenia  una  tos  y  gran  calentura,  y  estaba 
obligada  a  hacer  cama. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Lo  siento  muchfsimo  y  espero  que  se  halle 
mejor  hoy. 

LA  SRA  M.  For  supuesto.  A  no  estarlo  ella,  yo  no 
estaria  aqui.  —  Ustedes  hablaban  del  baile  de  la  ministra, 
me  deci'a  V.  <[  Fue  tan  frecuentado  como  de  costumbre  ? 

LA  SRA.  O.  Que  si,  que  si,  y  aun  mas,  visto  que  re- 
vestia  mas  importancia  que  de  ordinario.  Se  di6  la 
funcion  especialmente  en  honor  de  la  segunda  hija  de  los 
ministros.  Fue  su  primer  baile,  y  era  un  contento  verla, 
rodeada,  como  lo  estaba,  por  jovenes  y  ancianos,  grandes  y 
pequenos,  bailando  como  Terpsicore  y  sonriendo  y  rubori- 
zandose  como  Aurora. 

LA  SRA.  D.    Pero  V.  da  en  el  lirismo,  amiga  mfa. 

LA  SRA.  O.  j  Que  mucho,  si  me  corre  en  las  venas! 
Mi  pobre  padre  (que  la  santa  gloria  haya)  era  un  poeta  de 
los  mas  sublimes.  Ademas,  la  ocasion  hace  al  ladron, 
como  se  dice.  ^  Quien  pudiera  menos  de  entusiasmarse 


2Q8  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

hablando  de  aquella  divina  criatura,  hermosa  como  un 
angel  de  la  gloria. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Dale  con  Juana.  —  Naturalmente  yo  no 
quiero  decir  que  la  chiquilla  no  sea  todo  lo  que  V.  dice ; 
solo  que  lo  expresaria  de  otra  manera. 

LA  SRA.  M.    d  Y  esa  Juliana  estuvo  en  el  baile  ? 

LA  SRA.  O.  For  sabido,  con  su  narigon  y  ojos  de 
bitoque.  j  Jesus,  que  coqueta  !  j  Y  cuantas  locuras  cometio 
anoche ! 

LA  SRA.  M.  j  Valgame  Dios  !  Parece  mentira  que  a  su 
edad  no  tenga  todavia  la  muela  del  juicio. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Si,  si,  la  tiene,  pero  es  postiza.  (Todas 
rien  a  carcajadas). 

LA  SRA.  M.  Pero  chanzas  aparte,  senoras;  <jno  han 
echado  VV.  de  ver  que  todos  sus  dientes  superiores  son 
artificiales  ? 

LA  SRA.  D.  Cabal !  Se  rie  por  nada,  como  ustedes 
saben,  pero  jamas  abre  la  boca,  temerosa  de  perder  su 
dentadura  postiza,  que  no  la  viene  bien. 

LA  SRA.  O.  Eso  puedo  yo  afifmar  con  certidumbre  y  al 
mismo  tiempo  relatar  a  ustedes  un  incidente  que  de  seguro 
las  hara  reir.  —  Estabamos  yo  y  nuestra  amiga  en  una 
reunion  de  media  docena  de  personas  algunas  semanas  ha. 
Alguien  conto  un  chiste  de  lo  mas  ridiculo.  A  la  pobre 
de  Juliana  se  la  olvidaron  los  dientes,  y  rio  a  mandibula 
batiente.  Cayeron  en  la  alfombra  en  donde  jugaba  un 
gatito,  que  pensando  eran  un  raton  se  los  asio  y  fue  al 
patio  a  todo  correr.  Siendo  de  noche,  cuando,  segun  el 
refran,  todos  los  gatos  son  pardos,  tuvo  el  criado  mucho 
que  hacer  antes  de  que  pudiera  devolver  a  la  rjobrecita  sus 
preciosos  dientes.  Entre  tanto  ella  estaba  entre  la  espada 
y  la  pared;5  porque,  aunque  tiene  malas  pulgas,  como  es 
sabido,  no  pod/a  ni  quejarse  ni  mostrarnos  los  dientes,  no 


SPANISH   READINGS  299 

teniendolos,  ni  en  fin  abrir  una  boca,  que,  aun  con  su 
dentadura  de  a  cien  reales,  con  perdon  sea  dicho,  deja 
mucho  de  ser  encantadora. 

LA  SRA.  M.  El  cuentecito  es  divertido ;  pero  baste  de 
Juliana  y  volvamos  al  baile.  <;  Que  traje  lucfa  la  senora 
Aguilar  de  Ceron  ? 

LA  S«RA.  D.  Oh !  el  de  siempre  por  supuesto.  No 
tiene  otro  que  el  que  compro  hace  dos  anos.  Solo  que 
el  viejo  trapo  ha  sido  reformado  por  segunda  vez  este 
invierno,  queriendo  imitar  los  de  ultima  moda. 

LA  SRA.  O.  No  puede  hacer  otra  cosa,  como  que  su 
marido  es  cesante  desde  dos  anos  y  medio,  y  no  hay  perro 
ni  gato  que  no  sepa  que  esta,  como  la  manga  de  un  chaleco, 
completamente  a  seco.  Y  cuando  uno  no  tiene  monises,  su 
mujer  no  puede  pintar  la  mona. 

LA  SRA.  M.  Ni  el  dguila  tampoco,  si  ustedes  quieren 
excusar  el  juego  de  palabra.  Ceron  es  inimitable  como 
callejero.  Se  le  encuentra  en  todas  partes  buscando  in- 
fluencia  politica,  segun  dice.  Azotar  las  calles  puede  ser 
agradable  para  quien  ama  la  ociosidad,  pero  no  hace  cocer 
el  puchero. 

LA  SRA.  D.  j  Oh  que  no!  En  estos  dfas  de  Dios  se 
necesita  mucho  dinero  para  proveer  a  los  gastos  ordinarios 
y  extraordinarios  que  exige  nuestra  vida  de  alta  presion. 

LA  SRA.  M.  Es  verdad  ;  y  no  comprendo  que  la  senora 
Aguilar  se  hubiese  divertido  tanto  anoche.  Dicen  que 
bailo,  sonrio  y  chanceo  como  la  que  mas. 

LA  SRA.  O.  i  Por  que  no?  Diz  que  la  invitation  es 
senal  de  que  su  marido  sera  rehabilitado  dentro  de  poco. 

LA  SRA.  M.  |  A  que  no  !  Eso  es  imposible.  El  minis- 
tro  actual  tiene  tantos  amigos  a  quienes  lo  debe  todo,  que 
no  puede  pensar  en  dar  un  puesto  a  uno  a  quien  no  debe 
nada. 


30O  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

LA  SRA  O.  No  le  hace.  El  arma  formidable  que  mas 
garantiza  el  triunfo  en  las  lides  politicas,  dice  mi  esposo, 
es  la  osadia,  y  al  senor  Ceron  no  le  falta  aquella  arma.  .  .  . 
(Entra  el  senor  Blanco). 

EL  SR.  B.    A  los  pies  de  ustedes,  senoras. 

LA  SRA.  O.    Beso  a  V.  la  mano,  caballero. 

LA  SRA.  M.  (jQue  tal  sigue  V.,  don  Jose?  ^  V.«vuelve 
de  su  despacho  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  No,  senora.  Hoy  es  di'a  festivo.  Yo  estaba 
en  la  habitacion  vecina. 

LA  SRA.  O.  Entonces,  V.  nos  acechaba.  Quien  escu- 
cha  su  mal  oye.6 

EL  SR.  B.  Dispenseme  V.,  senora ;  yo  no  of  mi  mal, 
sino  el  de  mis  amigos.  ^  Pluguiera  a  Dios  que  no  f  uese 
asi!  (Todas  se  miran  desconcertadas,  y  don  Jose",  como  si 
hablara  para  si,  sigue  diciendo) :  Es  una  gran  lastima  que 
las  malas  lenguas  no  sean  postizas  como  los  dientes  de 
nuestros  amigos.  En  ese  caso  podria  suceder  que  cayeran 
al  suelo  al  rei'r  los  hombres,  y  minino,  a  no  ser  por  el 
veneno  que  contienen,  pudiera  comerselas. 

LA  SRA.  D.    No  te  pasas  de  corte"s  hoy,  amigo  mi'o. 

EL  SR.  B.  i  Y  por  que  no,  gloria  mi'a  ?  —  Yo  hablaba  de 
los  hombres.  No  hay  malas  lenguas  mujeriles.  Ustedes 
las  mujeres  son  todas  angeles.  (Aparte).  Solo  que  en  la 
mujer  no  se  sabe  donde  el  angel  finaliza  y  el  diablo  prin- 
cipia. 

LA  CRIADA.  (Entray  dice  d  su  ama):  Senora,  la  merienda 
esta  servida.  {Sale). 

LA  SRA.  D.  (A  las  sras.  M.  y  O.).  Disp6nsennos. 
I  Ustedes  gustan,  verdad  ? 

LAS  SRAS.  M.  Y  O.  (Levantdndose).  Muchas  gracias. 
Estabamos  para  marcharnos.  \  Que  aproveche  a  VV. ! 
Y  trate  V.,  dona  Isabel,  de  corrigir  a  ese  mal  hombre. 


SPANISH   READINGS  301 

EL  SR.  B.     Digan  VV.  mas  bien  :  d  ese  mal  salvaje. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Oh,  mi  marido  no  Co  malo.  Perro  que 
ladra  no  muerde  jamas.  —  Pues  jvayan  VV.  con  Dios  ! 

LAS  SRAS.  M.  Y  O.  j  Y  queden  VV.  con  Dios!  Eso  no 
lo  decimos  con  lenguas  postizas,  senor  don  Satirico  Blanco. 
(Salen). 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Dios  mio  !  j  Qu6  mujeres  tan  comadreras ! 
Y  yo  no  comprendo,  querida,  que  tu  puedas  consentir  en 
tijerear  con  aquellas  atolondradas. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Oh!  la  mujer  que  no  chismea  no  vive. 
Ademas,  quien  con  los  lobos  anda,  a  aullar  se  ensena.7 
Mejor  seria  no  estar  en  el  mundo  que  no  saber  lo  que 
sucede  en  el.  La  vida  mujeril  es  tan  estrecha,  tan  vacia 
que  moriiiamos  las  mujeres,  si  no  pudi^semos  poner  la 
lengua  en  nuestros  amigos.  En  cambio,  nos  pagan  en  la 
misma  moneda,  y  asf  somos  tales  para  cuales. 

EL  SR.  B.  (Apart e).  Hay  un  fondo  de  verdad  en  lo 
que  dice.  (Alto).  \  Que  parlera  eres  tu  ! 

LA  SRA.  D.  Yo  no  hago  sino  imitar  el  ejemplo  de  las 
que  conmigo  frecuentan  la  alta  sociedad.  Dime  con  quien 
andas,  y  te  dire  quien  eres.8  En  todas  partes  cuecen 
habas.9  <<  Como  puedes  esperar  que  tu  mujer  sea  distinta 
de  las  con  quienes  se  acompana  ?  Y  ademas,  yo  confieso 
que  el  charlar  de  vez  en  cuando  con  mis  amigas  es  para 
mi  un  pasatiempo  sumamente  grato,  sea  lo  que  fuere  el 
sujeto  de  la  conversacion.  —  j  Ea  Jose!  tu  oiste  lo  que  dijo 
la  Mendoza  acerca  de  su  ausencia  del  baile  <;  verdad?  — 
Pretendio  que  su  hermana  estaba  enferma;  pero  nada  de 
eso.  La  verdadera  causa  era  de  que  no  recibio  invitacion. 

EL  SR.  B.  i  Y  por  que  no  la  recibio,  vista  su  posicion 
social  ? 

LA  SRA.  D.  Voy  a  decirte  lo  que  me  conto  la  seftora 
Onate. 


302  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

EL  SR.  B.  Ahora  no.  Tengo  un  hambre  de  todos  los 
diablos,  y  si  no  como  en  el  instante  (hacidndola  caricias), 
habra  aqui  repugnantes  escenas  de  canibalismo.  Vamos 
a  merendar,  y  tu  me  lo  contaras  com'iendo.  (Empuja  las 
puertas  corredizas y  se  ve  el  comedor.) 

• 

III. 

389.  DICHOS,   PEPE    (JOE)    Y   EL   PERRO. 

(Padre  ,y  madre  se  sientan  en  la  mesa.     Pepe  entra  con  el  perro.) 

PEPE.  (Tirando  itna  silla  hacia  la  mesa.)  \  Ven  aca, 
Toto! 

LA  SRA.  D.    <j  Que  vas  a  hacer,  chiquillo  ? 

PEPE.  Voy  a  ponerlo  en  la  silla,  para  que  coma  a  mi 
lado. 

LA  SRA.  D.  j  A  que  no !  Eso  no  lo  permito  nunca 
jamas. 

PEPE.  Pues,  si  mi  Toto  no  puede  comer  conmigo,  yo  no 
como  tampoco. 

LA  SRA.   D.    Que  sf  que  tu  comes,  pero  no  con  el  chucho. 

PEPE.  Yo  no  como  un  bocado,  si  no  con  Toto.  (  F/«- 
dose  furioso  con  el  perro.) 

EL  SR.  B.  Tu  vas  a  hacer  enfermo  al  chico.  Sabes 
que  es  enfermizo  y  que  no  ha  comido  desde  esta  manana. 
Vuelve,  Pepe,  con  tu  chucho.  Vais  a  sentaros  a  mi  lado  y 
no  al  de  esa  mala  mama. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Y  tu  vas  a  echar  a  perderle,  y  yo  sere"  la 
que  tendra  que  sufrir  la  consecuencia. 

EL  SR.  B.  Y  con  justicia.  Le  cogi  ayer  un  cigarro  en 
la  boca  y  me  dijo  que  tu  se  lo  habfas  comprado,  cuando 
fuisteis  a  pasear. 

LA   SRA.   D.    <;Tu    dijiste    al   papa    que   te    compre   el 


SPANISH   READINGS  303 

cigarro  ?  <?  No  te  dije  que  no  debieras  decirselo?  jEs 
muy  malo  chismear ! 

PEPE.  Papa  me  dice  que  no  debo  jamas  mentir,  y  no  lo 
hago. 

LA  SRA.  D.  La  verdad  es  que  era  una  flaqueza  de  mi 
parte.  El  chico  me  atormentaba,  diciendo  que  queria  apren- 
der  a  fumar  como  sus  companeros,  y  cedi  a  sus  ruegos. 

EL  SR.  B.  j  A  otro  perro  con  ese  hueso ! 10  El  caso  es 
que  tu  no  ejerces  la  debida  autoridad  en  la  casa. 

LA  SRA.  D.  A  no  ser  por  mi,  no  tendriamos  casa  alguna. 
A  principios  de  nuestro  matrimonio,  tu  empezaste  a  soltar 
la  perra,  y  si  no  fuera  por  mis  esfuerzos  sobrehumanos,  tu 
hubieses  gastado  toda  nuestra  fortuna,  y  ahora.no  tendri- 
amos una  perra  chica.  <;  No  es  verdad,  mi  senor  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  Acabemos,  senora,  de  una  vez,  esta  deliciosa 
escena  de  familia,  y  prestemos  atencion  a  aquel  chocolate 
humeante.  — Ven,  Pepe  ;  sientate  con  Toto. 

LA  SRA.  D.  <;  Tu  consientes  en  que  acerque  el  perro  a  la 
mesa? 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Si !  j  que  lo  ponga  en  donde  quiera  !  Yo  soy 
de  la  opinion  de  Rousseau,  a  saber,  que  el  perro  es  la  mas 
sublime  expresion  de  la  perfection  humana.  No  hay  cua- 
drupedo  mas  noble,  ni  bipedos  que  le  igualen.  A  la  vez 
que  es  muy  nel,  es  tambien  el  mas  imprudente  de  los  seres, 
visto  que  no  se  informa  jamas  de  si  su  dueno  tiene  razon  6 
no ;  no  se  inquieta  de  si  este  sube  6  baja  la  escalera  de  la 
vida ;  no  pregunta  si  es  rico  6  pobre,  tonto  6  sabio,  pecador 
6  santo.  Es  el  su  dueno  y  companero.  Eso  le  basta ;  y 
venga  lo  que  viniere,  la  dicha  6  la  desdicha,  buen  renombre 
6  malo,  honra  6  vergiienza,  se  arrima  a  su  amo  para  ale- 
grarle,  guardarle,  y,  si  es  necesario,  sacrificarle  su  propia 
vida.  — ,;  En  donde  encontraras  un  h ombre  siempre  agra- 
decido,  siempre  carinoso,  jamas  egoista,  olvidando  las 


304  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

injurias  y  recordando  solo  los  beneficios  ?  No  le  busques  ; 
seria  inutil.  Pero  toma  al  primer  perro  que  viniere,  y 
desde  el  momento  en  que  te  adopta,  tu  hallaras  en  £1  todas 
esas  cualidades.  Te  amara  sin  reserva.  Su  mayor  felici- 
dad  la  encontrara  estando  contigo ;  y,  si  tu  f ueses  reducido 
a  pedir  el  pan  cotidiano,  no  solo  te  ayudara,  sino  que  no  te 
abandonara  ni  siquiera  para  seguir  un  rey  a  su  palacio.  — 
Ademas,  el  perro  no  chismea  como  nuestros  llamados 
amigos ;  no  divulga  nuestros  secretos  de  familia  como  los 
criados  (mirando  a  la  criadd)  ;  no  se  obstina  como  los  malos 
muchachitos  (sonriendo  a  Pepe)  ;  no  hace  preguntas  indis- 
cretas  como  las  mujeres  (fijando  los  ojos  en  su  imijer); 
nunca  regatea  sobre  su  salario  como  los  hombres ;  y  al  fin 
y  al  fallo,  esta  siempre  listo  para  triscar  y  regocijarnos.  — 
Toda  familia  debiera  tener  un  buen  perro  y  tratarle  como 
un  prmcipe. 

PEPE.  (Dando  palmadas).  \  Bueno  por  papa  !  j  Un 
aplauso  a  mi  papa !  Y  mirad  a  Toto.  Escucha  como  si 
entendiera  todo  lo  que  decia. 

LA  SRA.  D.  <;  Que  nos  cuentas  tu  ?  j  El  perro  comprender 
todo  ese  chapurrado  con  que  acaba  de  inundarnos  tu  papa ! 
Temo  que  saigas  malo  como  ese  tu  padre. 

EL  SR.  B.  Que  si  me  entiende  el  chucho  ;  <j  verdad,  Toto  ? 
(El  perro  coled).  ±  No  ves  que  dice  que  si  con  la  cola  ? 
i  Vamos !  ,;  Puedes  decirme  por  qu6  el  perro  menea  la 
cola  ? 

LA  SRA.  D.  Dispensa.  Yo  no  me  entusiasmo  por  tus 
tonterias. 

EL  SR.  B.  La  respuesta  es  sencilla,  como  vas  a  ver.  Es 
porque  el  perro  es  mas  f uerte  que  la  cola.  Si  no  lo  fuera, 
la  cola  menearia  al  perro.  La  cola  es'la  lengua  del  perro, 
y  sabe  gobernar  esta  lengua  mejor  que  gobiernan  su  lengua 
ciertas  mujeres  (con  intenciori)  que  conozco. 


SPANISH   READINGS  305 

LA  SRA.  D.  Puesto  que  das  en  los  enigmas,  <;  quieres  tu 
decirme  que  diferencia  hay  entre  un  espejo  y  un  hombre? 

EL  SR.  B.  Nada  de  mas  facil.  El  espejo  refleja  las 
vanidades  de  la  mujer  y  el  hombre  no  lo  hace. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Nada  de  eso.  La  diferencia  es  de  que  el 
espejo  es  siempre  pulido  y  que  el  hombre  no  lo  es. 

EL  SR.  B.  Y  dime  por  tu  turno  que  diferencia  hay  de 
un  espejo  a  una  mujer. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Te  lo  digo  sin  vacilar.  Es  de  que  el  espejo 
refleja  todo  lo  feo  moral  y  fi'sico  del  hombre  y  que  la  mujer 
pasa  por  encima  de  ello  a  ojos  cerrados. 

EL  SR.  B.  Eso  si  que  no,  sino  que  el  espejo  refleja  sin 
hablar  y  que  la  mujer  habla  sin  reflejar. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Lo  que  prueba  la  correction  de  mi  respuesta. 
Pero  prescindamos  de  comparaciones  que,  segun  el  barbero 
de  Don  Quijote,  son  odiosas  y  mal  recibidas,  y  hablemos 
de  algo  mas  divertido.  —  Te  prometi  decirte  lo  que  me 
conto  dona  Anita  acerca  de  la  sefiora  Mendoza.  —  Dicen 
que  ella  y  ese  polio  de  la  Embajada  francesa  se  dan  citas 
en  el  parque,  y  que  la  ministra  acertando  a  pasar  en  coche 
por  la  glorieta,  no  ha  muchos  di'as,  vio  a  los  dos  paseandose 
de  bracete  y  cuchicheandose  como  dos  novios,  y  que  por 
eso  no  la  envio  invitation.  —  ^  No  es  una  vergiienza  ? 

EL  SR.  B.    i  Y  lo  sabe  su  marido  ? 

LA  SRA.  D.  Si ;  la  aplanchadora  me  dijo  que  ella  estaba 
en  la  cocina,  cuando  estallo  el  furor  de  Aunon.  Hablo  de 
romper  la  crisma  al  joven,  afirmando  que  derramarfa  la 
ultima  gota  de  su  propia  sangre  antes  de  sufrir  tal  ultraje. 
Pero  es  sabido  que  los  que  hablan  de  sacrificar  su  ultima 
gota  de  sangre,  estan  siempre  escasos  de  la  primera. 

EL  SR.  B.  Verdad.  Pero  no  extrano  de  que  su  esposa 
se  haya  conducido  de  esa  manera.  Aunon  es  graduado 
de  la  Universidad  y  estudioso,  lo  cual  equivale  a  decir: 


306  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Bachiller  en  artes  y  burro  en  todas  partes.11  Esta  siempre 
lleno  de  sus  libros.  No  sale  jamas  con  su  mujer,  y  apenas 
la  habla  en  casa.  Una  mujer,  que  tiene  tanta  beldad  y 
atractivos  como  ella,  necesita  diversiones.  Cuando  no  las 
halla  en  casa,  las  busca  afuera;  y  no  faltan  aventureros 
que  la  tienten.  El  hombre  es  fuego,  la  mujer  es  estopa ; 
viene  el  diablo  y  los  sopla. 

LA  SRA  D.  j  Cuan  indulgente  eres  tu  para  con  otras  mu- 
jeres !  <;  Que  harias,  si  yo  me  portase  de  la  misma  manera? 

EL  SR.  B.  Te  mataria  a  sangre  fri'a  y  pegaria  un  tiro  al 
miserable  que  osara  violar  de  tal  modo  la  santidad  de  mi 
casa. 

LA  SRA.  D.  (Chanceando).  Veremos.  Al  freir  sera  el 
refr.12  (  Todos  se  levantan  de  la  mesa). 

EL  SR.  B.  No  hablemos  ligeramente  de  cosas  serias. 
(Enciende  un  puro  y  se  pone  el  sombrero}. 

LA  SRA.  D.    i  Tu  sales  ?     <  Adonde  vas  ? 

EL  SR.  B.    Tengo  que  poner  un  telegrama  a  mi  corredor. 

LA  SRA.  D.  i  For  que  no  telefonas  por  un  mandadero  ? 
El  servicio  se  paga  mensualmente,  y  menester  es  usarlo. 

EL  SR.  B.    No ;  prefiero  salir  a  estirar  las  piernas. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Confiesa  que  quieres  ir  a  aquel  horrible 
Circulo  en  donde  pasas  tanto  tiempo,  dejando  a  solas  tu 
pobre  mujercita. 

EL  SR.  B.  Es  posible  que  vaya  al  Club,  pero  te  prometo 
estar  de  vuelta  dentro  de  hora  y  media. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Pues,  como  que  quieres  de  todos  modos 
salir,  haz  el  favor  de  pasar  por  la  tienda  del  mercader  de 
vinos  y  decirle  que  envie  una  caja  de  vino  de  pasto,  que  no 
tenemos  mas  en  la  bodega. 

PEPE.    Papa  <;  puedo  ir  contigo  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  No;  que"date  en  casa  para  estudiar  tus 
lecciones. 


SPANISH  READINGS  307 

PEPE.  (Hacienda  pucheros).  Estoy  seguro  de  que  mama 
va  a  renirme,  cuando  este  a  solas  con  ella. 

EL  SR.  B.  El  gato  escaldado  del  agua  fria  huye.13  — 
Pues,  pon  tu  gorro.  Temo,  segun  dice  la  mama,  que 
saigas  malo  como  tu  malhadado  padre. 

PEPE.  (Salfando  de  gozo).  \  Victoria  !  jVen  aca,  Toto  ! 
j  Salta  !  (El  perro  salta  por  encima  de  una  silla  y  con  la 
cola  arroja  a  I  suelo  nna  preciosa  jicara,  hactindola  anicos). 

LA  SRA.  D.  j  Que  animalucho  !  —  j  La  ultima  del  juego 
de  tacitas  que  me  dio  mi  santa  madre  (que  en  gloria  este) ! 
(A  su  esposo).  i  Quien  ahora  echa  a  perder  al  chico  ?  —  Y 
la  proxima  vez  que  pronuncies  tu  discurso  kilome'trico 
sobre  las  perfecciones  de  ese  bruto,  j  no  olvides  esta  su 
hazana ! 

EL  SR.  B.  Siento  en  el  alma  que  haya  hecho  pedazos  tu 
ji'cara.  Pero  ja  lo  hecho  pecho!14  Te  comprare  otro 
juego  mas  bonito.  (Sale  con  Pepe  y  el  perro). 

390.  IV. 

LA  SRA.  DIAZ:    EN   SEGUIDA  LA   LAVANDERA. 

LA  SRA.  D.  (Sola).  \  Dulce  Jesus  de  mi  alma!  e'Que 
haremos  de  aquel  chico  ?  Es  voluntarioso  cual  una  mula 
y  no  hay  bribonada  que  no  aprenda  en  las  calles.  Mi 
marido  tiene  mucho  de  calavera,  y  Pepe  le  sale  mas  y  mas 
cada  dia.  Es  bien  el  caso  de  decir :  de  tal  padre  tal  hijo. 
—  Con  todo  nos  ama  a  ambos  con  delirio  mi  Jose,  y  no  hay 
nada  que  no  quisiera  hacer  por  nosotros.  Verdaderamente 
yo  creo  que  si  aquel  chico  tuviera  el  capricho  de  poseer  la 
luna  como  juguete,  y  es  capaz  de  ello,  tratana  su  padre  de 
ir  a  descolgarsela.  j  Que"  padre  !  \  que"  muchachito  ! 

LA  CRIADA.  (Entrando).  Sefiora;  es  la  lavandera  que  viene 
por  la  ropa. 


308  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

LA  SRA.  D.  j  Bien  !  j  que  pase !  —  Ya  puedes  levantar  la 
mesa. 

LA  LAVANDERA.  (Entrando).  \  Buenos  di'as,  senora  !  He 
venido  por  el  lavado.  No  he  podido  venir  ayer  por  la 
enfermedad  de  mi  nino  que  tiene  el  sarampion  y  esta  muy 
malo. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Lo  siento  mucho,  y  espero  que  este  mejor 
hoy.  Afortunadamente  mi  hijo  lo  tuvo  el  ano  pasado.  — 
Aqui  tiene  V.  la  lista.  Todas  las  piezas  estan  marcadas 
con  nuestras  iniciales,  para  que  no  se  confundan  con  la 
ropa  de  otros.  —  A  proposito,  mi  esposo  se  quejo  la  semana 
pasada  de  que  las  pecheras  de  las  camisas  y  los  punos  y 
cuellos  no  quedaban  bastante  tiesos.  listed  debiera  usar 
mas  almidon. 

LA  LAVANDERA.  Dispense  V.,  senora ;  creo  que  no  es 
mia  la  falta  sino  de  la  aplanchadora.* —  Roci'a  demasiado 
la  ropa  y  la  deja  mojada  durante  horas ;  de  manera  es 
que  se  disipa  el  almidon,  y  los  cuellos  y  punos  no  quedan 
bastante  duros. 

LA  SRA.  D.    Puede  ser.     Hablare"  a  la  aplanchadora.  - 
Pues,  trate  de  traerlo  todo  el  viernes  a  mas  tardar. 

LA  LAVANDERA.  Si,  senora ;  yo  hare  cuanto  se  pueda, 
aunque  tal  vez,  a  causa  de  mi  chica,  no  lo  traiga  antes  del 
sabado.  —  j  Buenas  tardes,  senora!  (Sale.  Se  oye  tin  ruido 
estrepitosd). 

LA  SRA.  D.  (  Volviendose  hacia  la  mesa).  <<  Que  es  eso, 
Juana  ? 

LA  CRIADA.  La  ensaladera  que  se  me  escapo  de  la  mano 
y  cayo  al  suelo. 

LA  SRA.  D.  (Con  ironia).  <  Y  por  que"  no  bajas  a  recogerla 
antes  de  que  se  quiebre  ? 

*  In  Spain,  washing  and  ironing  are  distinct  trades  and  are  not  usually 
done  by  one  and  the  same  person. 


SPANISH    READINGS  369 

LA  CRIADA.  (Con  inocencia).  Ya  esta  hecha  pedacitos, 
senora. 

LA  SRA.  D.  j  Hecha  pedacitos  aquella  ensaladera  que 
me  costo  un  ojo  !  —  Ya  voy  a  decirte,  Juana,  que  no  estoy 
contenta  de  ti.  Desde  que  recibes  las  atenciones  de  aquel 
joven,  no  tienes  la  mente  en  nada.  No  cumples  con  tus 
deberes  como  antes,  y  vas  por  la  casa  sembrando  la  ruina 
y  el  destrozo  detras  de  ti.  —  i  Para  cuando  es  la  boda  ? 

LA  CRIADA.    Dentro  de  poco,  espero. 

LA  SRA.  D.  Y  yo  tambien.  j  Ojala  que  fuese  hoy ! 
Porque  si  tu  continuas  rompiendo  las  cosas,  como  vienes 
haciendolo  desde  algunas  semanas,  no  habra  en  la  casa 
mas  que  quebrar. 

LA  CRIADA.  Tanto  va  el  cantaro  a  la  f uente  que  al  fin  se 
quiebra.15 

LA  SRA.  D.  Es  una  impertinencia  que  profieres,  Juana, 
y  no  me  gusta  nada.  Te  advierto  que  desde  hoy  te  busques 
otra  plaza  6  te  despedire  al  fin  del  mes. 

LA  CRIADA.  No  se  lo  dije  para  gustar  a  usted,  senora, 
sino  a  mi  misma. 

LA  SRA.  D.  (Con  enojo,  dejando  el  comedor  y  avanzando 
en  la  sala).  \  Dios  mio  !  <<  En  donde  van  a  parar  esas 
ideas  democraticas  que  debemos  a  los  americanos.  —  Hace 
muchos  afios  que  los  criados  vienen  dandose  aires  de  prm- 
cipe.  Se  visten  a  la  ultima  moda,  y  usan  del  don  y  dona 
entre  si ;  de  manera  que  en  los  paseos  publicos  es  casi  im- 
posible  distinguirlos  de  entre  sus  amos. — (Va  d  sentarse 
en  el  taburete  del  piano  y  toca  una  de  las  "  CANCIONES  SIN 
PALABRAS  "  de  Mendelssohn.  De  spue's  de  acabada  la  pieza, 
dice):  jQu6  compositor  tan  fino  era  aquel  hombre!  Su 
musica  no  tiene  la  voluptuosidad  de  la  de  Mozart,  ni  la 
majestuosa  grandeza  de  la  de  Beethoven,  pero  si  la  ternura 
y  riqueza  de  armonia  que  concuerda  perfectamente  con  la 


310  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

mdole  espanola.  (Ejecuta  unas  gamas  en  las  teclas  del 
piano,  entondndolas  a  I  mismo  tiempo  con  la  voz.  Se  le~ 
vanta).  Hoy  no  puedo  tocar  ni  cantar ;  estoy  demasiado 
agitada.  (Sale,  corriendose  el  telon). 

391.  V. 

(La  escena  pasa  en  el  CIRCULO  COLON. 

Al  subirse  el  telon  se  ven  unos  doce  6  quince  caballeros  jugando,  quienes 
al  ajedrez,  quienes  a  los  naipes,  otros  al  domino  6  al  billar). 

EL  SR.  B.  (Entrando  con  Pepe  y  el  perro).  \  Buenos  di'as, 
caballeros  !  No  les  pregunto  como  lo  pasan.  Los  hombres 
que  se  divierten,  como  VV.  lo  hacen,  6  deben  de  estar  buenos 
y  felices  6  rezando  por  sus  pecados.  (El y  Pepe  se  sientan 
en  una  mesa,  donde  hay  im  polio  puesto  d  lo  Pompadour, 
fnmando  un  cigarro  y  acariciando  un  bigotito  de  los  mas 
delgados).  jMozo! 

EL  Mozo.  |  Ya  voy,  senor !  (D espies  de  breve  rato  se 
acerca  d  la  mesa).  <;  Que  se  le  ofrece  al  senorito  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  Traigme  un  rabo  de  gallo  de  ginebra  y  un 
buen  tabaco.  — Y  tu,  Pepe,  <?  que  tomas  ? 

PEPE.  Lo  mismito.  (Los  caballeros  sueltan  la  carcajada, 
y  Pepe  mira  desconcertado  en  torno  snyo). 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Como  !  j  Fuego  de  Dios  !  j  que  guasa !  Se 
me  cae  la  cara  de  vergiienza.  Verdaderamente  tu  haces 
adelantos.  j  Ayer  un  cigarillo,  y  hoy  un  rabo  de  gallo  y  de 
ginebra ! 

EL  POLLO.    La  cabra  tira  siempre  al  monte.16 

EL  SR.  B.  No,  Pepe,  tu  tomas  una  gaseosa  que  conviene 
mas  a  tu  edad. 

PEPE.  Pero,  papa,  la  gaseosa  no  es  sino  viento  endulzado 
y  no  tiene  nada  de  sustancioso. 

EL  sk.  B.    Pues,  escoge  entre  gaseosa  y  limonada. 

PEPE.    No  las  quiero  ;  son  bebidas  de  nino. 


SPANISH   READINGS  3 1 1 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Caramba  y  caracoles  !  — Ven  aca,  Toto  !  Te 
tomamos  por  juez.  Tu  escogeras  la  bebida  por  tu  amo. 
El  cocktail,  \  dos  golpes  de  cola  en  la  alfombra  !  Gaseosa 
6  limonada,  j  tres  !  j  Ea  !  (El perro  da  tres  golpes}. 

PEPE.  (Furiosd).  \  Fuera  de  aqui,  bruto  !  No  te  quiero 
mas.  {El perro  baja  la  cola  y  se  esconde  debajo  de  la  mesa). 
Me  marcho.  |  Adios,  caballeros  ! 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Vamos,  chiquillo  !  <;  Te  contentaras  con  una 
copa  de  cerveza  blanca  ? 

PEPE.    i  Y  una  cajita  de  cigarrillos  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  Si ;  pero  no  digas  nada  a  la  mama.  (Pepe 
vuelve  a  sentarse  en  la  mesa.  El  mozo  trae  lo  pedido,  y  el 
Sr.  B.  le  entrega  una  propina). 

UN  CABALLERO.  Blanco,  tu  tienes  una  verdadera  joya 
en  ese  chico. 

EL  POLLO.  No  dejaria  de  llevarse  el  primer  premio  en 
una  exhibicion  de  bebes. 

PEPE.  (Ponitndose  cenudo  y  furioso).  Y  usted,  senor, 
con  su  bigote  de' solterona,  se  llevaria  el  primer  premio  de 
vanidad  en  una  exhibicion  de  tontos.  (Algunos  caballeros 
dejando  sus  jitegos  rodean  la  mesa). 

UNO  DE  ELLOS.  (En  chanza).  Pero,  senores,  esto  es  de 
lo  mas  serio.  Este  lance  debe  de  servir  de  base  a  un  duelo 
de  los  mas  formidables.  Mas,  si  cabe,  evitemoslo.  Es  una 
mala  inteligencia,  sin  duda. 

PEPE.  (Meneando  la  cabeza  airadamente).  Yo  no  soy 
un  pollito,  y  no  me  dejo  insultar  por  el  primero  que  venga. 
Desde  que  estoy  aqui',  ese  tipo  no  cesa  de  mirarme  como  si 
yo  tuviera  alguna  danza  de  monos  en  la  cara.17  Al  fin  me 
fatiga.  (El  polio,  viendo  las  risas  supresas  de  los  otros,  no 
sabe  que  semblante  tomar.  Al  fin  cede  a  los  ruegos  burlescos 
del  caballero  y  consiente  en  pedir perdon  a  Pepe). 

EL  POLLO.   (Hablando  en  tono  algo  comico).     Don  Pepe, 


312  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

le  pido  a  V.  perdon,  y  confieso  que  no  tenia  la  menor  inten- 
cion  de  ofender  la  dignidad  de  un  caballero  que  honro  y 
respeto  como  el  que  mas.  (Se  dan  las  manos,  y  Pepe  bebe 
su  cerveza  de  un  trago.  Festivas  risas  entre  los  asistentes). 

UN  CABALLERO.  Alguien  ha  dicho  que  los  refranes  son 
la  sabidun'a  de  las  naciones,  y  podriamos  verificar  el  dicho 
en  este  caso,  si  dijeramos  que  padre  e  hijo  son  lobos  de  la 
misma  camada.18 — Blanco  no  puede  contar  sus  duelos  en 
los  dedos  de  sus  manos.  Ya  recuerdo  uno  de  ellos.  —  El  y 
su  contrario,  que  era  agregado  militar  a  la  legacion  rusa, 
habian  renido  por  una  actriz,  de  la  cual  este  estaba  enamo- 
rado,  y  el  amor  y  la  guerra,  como  es  sabido,  son  una  misma 
cosa.  —  Fuimos  al  campo.  Yo  servia  de  padrino  a  Blanco. 
Se  bati'an  a  espada  y  no  andaban  en  chiquitas.  El  ruso, 
un  loco  de  atar,  se  abalanzaba,  pensando  hender  la  cabeza 
a  Blanco.  Este  paro  el  golpe,  lo  que  hizo  resbalar  a  su 
contrincante ;  y  como  un  rayo  la  espada  de  Blanco  le  atra- 
vesaba  el  corazon. 

OTRO  CABALLERO.  \  Demonio !  j  que  V.  tiene  interesante 
hoja  de  servicio,  don  Jose  ! 

EL  SR.  B.  Diga  V.  mas  bien  :  desgraciada;  porque  yo  no 
ceso  de  sentir  la  muerte  de  aquel  hombre  que  ten/a  familia. 
Al  regresar  nosotros  del  campo,  nos  encontraron  su  mujer 
y  ninita,  y  era  desgarradora  la  escena  que  se  verifico.  — 
Poco  despues  me  case  y  renuncie  al  duelo. 

EL  CABALLERO.  Y  bien  hizo  V.,  visto  que  nuestros  duelos 
no  son  farsas  como  la  mayor  parte  de  los  de  los  franceses. — 
Hoy  mismo  lefa  en  el  Madrid  Comico  un  parte  divertido  de 
un  duelo  frances.  Los  dos  combatientes  estaban  el  uno 
enfrente  de  un  arbol  corpulento  y  el  otro  cerca  de  un  pozo. 
Al  primer  disparo,  £ste  salto  en  el  pozo,  y  aquel,  detras  del 
arbol.  Despues  de  disipado  el  humo,  los  padrinos  miraron 
en  torno  suyo  y,  no  viendo  a  nadie,  exclamaron :  "  j  Muy 


SPANISH   READINGS  313 

bien,  caballeros !  La  honra  esta  satisfecha.  Ustedes  se 
han  aniquilado."  —  Durante  la  escena  algo  violenta  que 
acabamos  de  presenciar,  yo  no  pude  menos  de  recordar 
esto  de  los  franceses  aniquilados,  (en  tono  festivd)  sea  dicho 
con  perdon,  don  Pepe. 

OTRO  CABALLERO.  j  Cuidado,  don  Enrique !  V.  no  va 
sobre  seguro.  Lo  atrevido  de  su  discurso  me  pone  carne 
de  gallina.  For  lo  visto,  don  Pepe  no  es  hombre  de 
aguantar  mofas.  Seria  capaz  de  desafiar  a  todo  un 
regimiento  de  cazadores,  y  aqui  solo  somos  una  docena  de 
pisaverdes. 

EL  POLLO.  (Pensando  que  se  hace  referenda  a  e"l  le  in- 
terrumpe) :  Hable  V.  en  singular,  si  gusta,  caballero. 

PEPE.  (Enfadadd).  Caballeros,  VV.  dispensen.  Yo 
estoy  cansado  de  sus  burlas  y  tonterias.  Ahora  no  soy 
capaz  de  desafiar  un  regimiento  de  cazadores,  pero  un  dfa 
que  otro  lo  estare  bastante  para  batirme  con  todo  el  genero 
humano  ;  y  entonces  j  cuidado  ! 

UN  CABALLERO.  Blanco,  a  tu  estirpe  no  le  faltaran 
guerreros  que  defender  su  honor. 

EL  SR.  B.  j  A  Dios  no  plazca  que  haya  de  que  !  —  Pero 
amigos  mi'os,  echemos  la  platica  a  otra  parte,  si  os  gusta. 
Temo  que  exciteis  demasiado  al  chico.  —  <?  Que  hay  de 
nuevo,  don  Rufino  ? 

DON  RUFINO.  Nada  que  sepa.  <:  V.  sabe  que  hoy  salio 
la  lista  grande  ? 

EL  SR.  B.  Si;  lo  se  por  mi  criada  que  jugo  medio  duro  ; 
pero  no  le  toco  nada,  como  sucede  casi  siempre.  <?  No  es 
de  extranar  cuanta  confianza  tienen  en  la  loteria  aun  per- 
sonas  inteligentes  ? 

DON  R.  Si.  Todos,  quien  mas,  quien  menos,  confian 
en  que  la  suerte  cambie  y  esperan  poder  exclamar  en  pre- 
sencia  de  la  simpatica  lista :  j  Cielos  !  j  por  fin  !  Pero  ya 


314  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

vera  V.  como  les  toca  y  no  les  toca  a  veces.  —  For  de 
pronto,  hay  que  desconfiar  de  la  lista  que  sale  momentos 
despues  del  sorteo.  —  For  ejemplo,  aparece  en  ella  preme- 
diado  el  numero  que  V.  posee.  El  jubilo  se  apodera  de  su 
corazon  y  abraza  V.  a  mujer  y  ninos,  prometiendoles  un 
sinnumero  de  pequeneces  y  placeres.  Amigos  descarrila- 
dos  vienen  a  pedirle  prestado  dinero,  lo  que  no  les  rehusa, 
temeroso  de  ser  considerado  por  un  miserable  rico ;  pero 
al  fin  y  al  cabo  resulta  que  en  la  imprenta  ban  puesto  un 
9  en  vez  de  un  6  6  un  5  en  vez  de  un  cero. 

EL  SR.  B.    j  Que  decepcion  ! 

DON  R.  Si,  decepcion  cuando  esta  equivocada  la  lista ; 
pero  cuando  no  lo  es,  j  que  regocijo !  —  Hace  dos  anos,  a 
mi  mama  politica,  Matilde,  la  toco  el  segundo  premio  y 
cobro  unos  seis  mil  duros ;  y  era  de  ver  como  derrocho 
aquel  dinero.  Entre  bailes  y  tertulias,  y  romerias  y  yo  no 
se  que,  no  le  quedaba  un  maravedf  dentro  de  menos  de  un 
ano.  Cuando  yo  me  burle  de  ella  sobre  su  locura,  se  en- 
cogio  de  hombros  y  me  dio  por  toda  respuesta :  "  Pero, 
hombre,  yo  vivi  mientras  duro." 

EL  SR.  B.  j  Lo  espanola  que  debe  de  ser  dona  Matilde  ! 
Asi  vivimos  los  espanoles  de  dia  en  dia,  dejandolo  todo  a 
Dios  quien  es  viejo  santo.  Viene  la  desgracia,  la  son- 
reimos,  esperando  que  manana  sera  otro  dia;19  y  asi  con- 
tinuaremos  hasta  el  fin  del  tiempo. 

DON  R.  ,;  Y  por  que"  no  ?  Segun  mi  humilde  parecer, 
este  mundo  no  es  sino  un  juguete  del  Eterno  —  una  especie 
de  bola  de  billar  que  tiro  en  el  principio  y  se  divierte  de 
vez  en  cuando  golpeandola  con  el  taco  para  darle  nuevo 
impetu.  Los  hombres,  unos  microbios  arrastrandose  en  la 
superficie,  pensamos  que  el  juego  es  serio.  Pero  el  Todo- 
poderoso  se  rie  de  nosotros  en  su  capote,  y  tiene  razon. — 
Visto  lo  cual  ^  por  qu£  no  gozarnos,  juvenes  dum  sumust 


SPANISH   READINGS  315 

como  cantabamos  en  nuestros  convites  de  la  Universidad  ? 
(Chupa  en  su  pipa).  \  Diantre  !  Mi  cachimba  se  ha  apa- 
gado  mientras  yo  peroraba. 

EL  SR.  B.  Tiene  V.,  don  Rufino,  unas  ideas  estrambo- 
ticas  sobre  nuestras  relaciones  con  esta  bola  en  que  habita- 
mos.  Cuando  un  espanol  de  su  ilustracion  profiere  tales 
opiniones,  no  hemos  de  halagarnos  con  respecto  al  por- 
venir  de  nuestro  pais. 

DON  R.  Creame,  amigo  mio,  no  tiene  porvenir.  En  los 
primeros  meses  de  nuestra  desgracia,*  yo,  como  otros 
muchos,  tuve  momentos  de  expansion  y  esperanza  y  forme 
castillos  en  el  aire.  El  gobierno  prometio  dedicar  todos 
sus  esfuerzos  a  la  regeneracion  del  pais.  Tuvimos  confi- 
anza  en  las  promesas.  Se  reunieron  las  camaras  de 
Comercio  y  de  Productores  para  buscar  solucion  a  la  situa- 
cion  que  atravesabamos.  En  ellas  se  abomino  a  los  ora- 
dores  y  politicos,  y  cada  asambleista  que  se  levanto  para 
hablar  se  convirtio  en  orador,  filosofo,  literato  y  parlanchm 
igual  a  los  que  trato  de  censurar.  —  No  hay  remedio 
humano — y  parece  que,  a  pesar  de  toda  nuestra  religion, 
Dios  nos  ha  abandonado  —  no  hay,  repito,  remedio  humano 
de  conseguir  que  los  espanoles  hablemos  menos  y  obremos 
mas.  Todos  estamos  educados  en  la  misma  escuela  y  no 
podemos  prescindir  de  la  oratoria.  Conozco  que  el  mal  no 
tiene  remedio,  y  por  tanto  no  hago  caso  de  tantos  locos 
que  ahora  tratan  de  regenerarnos.  —  En  cuanto  a  las  pro- 
mesas  de  los  gobernantes,  como  la  gaseosa  de  nuestro 
amiguito,  Pepe,  no  son  sino  viento  endulzado.  Regalan 
un  momento  el  paladar,  eso  si,  pero  despues  de  bebidas 
muchas,  no  contiene  el  estomago  nada  de  sustancioso. — 
Se  ha  dicho  mas  de  una  vez  que  no  se  puede  gobernar  sin 
partidos.  Se%  puede ;  pero  esto  nos  lo  ensena  la  experi- 

*  Reference  to  the  result  of  the  Spanish-American  war. 


316  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

encia,  d  saber,  que  los  partidos  politicos  no  son  sino 
grandes  conspiraciones  organizadas  por  los  politicastros 
en  pro  de  si  mismos  y  en  contra  de  los  demas  de  sus  con- 
ciudadanos.  Por  eso,  nuestras  elecciones  son  meras  farsas, 
porque  no  indican  los  verdaderos  sentimientos  de  los  elec- 
tores  sino  el  poder  del  dinero  corruptor  cuyo  reino  va 
extendiendose  en  todas  partes.  Si,  senores,  estamos  en 
'epoca  en  que  el  becerro  de  oro  y  la  fuerza  bruta  estan 
llegando  a  ser  los  casi  exclusivos  objetos  de  universal 
adoracion.  La  honra  y  la  virtud  se  compran  y  se  venden 
como  los  valores  en  la  bolsa,  y  aun  la  religion  esta  de 
venta  al  mayor  poster.  Una  Virgen  que  no  se  viste  a  la 
ultima  moda  ya  esta  anticuada,  y  tanto  mas  se  venera  un 
Cristo  cuantos  mas  quilates  de  oro  macizo  tenga  su  cruz  y 
mas  diamantes  su  corona.  —  j  Santo  Dios  !  <?  Cuando  ven- 
dra  el  reino  de  tu  hijo?  Y  hasta  que  venga  <J  que 
hemos  los  desheredados  de  esperar  ?  j  Nada !  j  mil  veces 
nada !  Solo  que  podemos  consolarnos  teniendo  presente 
que  la  situacion  en  otros  pai'ses  no  se  diferencia  sino  un 
tantito  de  la  del  nuestro,  y  podemos  aplicarle  el  famoso 
dicho  del  satirico  francos,  -de  que  en  la  desgracia  de 
nuestros  amigos  hay  algo  que  no  nos  desagrada. — (En 
tono  festivd).  En  prueba  de  todo  lo  cual  firmo  la  presente 
con  mi  puno  y  letra  y  la  hago  sellar  con  el  gran  sello 
del  CIRCULO  COLON.  (Se  sienta.  Palmadas  entre  los 
asistentes). 

DON  ENRIQUE.  \  Caballeros  !  Propongo  que  brindemos 
a  la  salud  de  nuestro  afamado  orador.  (Todos,  Pepe  in- 
cluso,  se  levantan  y  chocan  y  vacian,  de  un  trago,  sus  copas. 
Mientras  cae  el  telon,  se  oye  la  primera  estancia  de  la 
camion  estudiantina) : 

Gaudeamus  igitur, 
Juvenes  dum  sumus.  — S.  G. 


SPANISH    READINGS  317 

392.  PROVERBS 

1.  I  must  be  going,  must  be  off. 

2.  He  dares  not  open  his  mouth  at  home. 

3.  Along  that  line  he  loses  more  than  he  gains. 

4.  I,  too,  am  going  to  take  French  leave.* 

5.  She  was  between  the  devil  and  the  deep  sea. 

6.  Listeners  hear  no  good  of  themselves. 

7.  Birds  of  a  feather  flock  together. 

8.  Show  me  your  company,  and  I  will  tell  you  who 
you  are. 

9.  People  are  about  the  same  everywhere. 

10.  Tell  that  to  the  marines. 

11.  He  is  a  man  of  learning,  but  is,  lacking  in  experience 
and  common  sense. 

12.  The  proof  of  the  pudding  is  the  eating  of  it. 

13.  A  burnt  child  fears  the  fire. 

14.  What  can't  be  cured  must  be  endured. 

15.  The  pitcher  goes  to  the  well  until  it  is  broken. 

1 6.  As  the  twig  is  -bent,  the  tree  is  inclined. 

17.  As  if  I  were  a  simpleton. 

1 8.  He  is  a  chip  of  the  old  block. 

19.  To-morrow  we  shall  have  better  luck. 

393.  BATALLA    DE   TETUAN 

A  eso  de  las  diez  se  saludaron  al  fin  los  dos  ejercitos 
Una  de  las  Lanchas  Canoneras  que  subian  por  el  Martin, 

*  Tomar  las  [calzas]  de  Villadiego,  "to  put  on  Villadiego  breeches,"  i.e. 
such  breeches  as  were  worn  by  the  Jews  of  this  village,  which,  by  their  form 
and  color,  showed  that  they  were  specially  protected  by  the  king's  privilege 
(granted  them  by  Ferdinand  III.  in  1223).  Whenever  any  Jew  did  not  have 
on  his  protective  breeches  and  was  threatened  with  persecution,  he  would 
rush  off  to  get  them.  Hence  the  expression,  in  common  parlance,  came  to 
mean :  run  away  hastily.  See  Modern  Language  Notes,  XV.,  64. 


318  SPANISH   GRAMMAR     . 

protegiendo  nuestro  flanco  izquierdo  contra  el  dafio  que  a 
mansalva  hubiera  podido  hacersenos  desde  el  lado  alia  del 
rio,  avisto  algunos  moros  que  venian  por  aquel  lado,  y  les  hizo 
fuego.  —  Este  primer  canonazo  basto  para  alejarlos;  pero, 
como  si  aquella  hubiese  sido  una  senal  aguardada  con 
impaciencia,  a  nuestro  disparo  respondieron  inmediata- 
mente  los  canones  de  las  trincheras  moras,  y  diose  por 
principiada  la  batalla. 

Los  gruesos  proyectiles  que  nos  lanzaba  el  enemigo 
alcanzaban  a  nuestros  batallones,  si  bien  no  les  causabari 
gran  dafio.  Los  artilleros  marroquies  tiraban  por  eleva- 
cion,  y  las  balas  cai'an  en  los  claros  de  nuestras  filas. — 
Seguimos,  pues,  caminando,  sin  atender  a  aquel  mal  diri- 
gido  fuego  ni  contestarle  por  entonces. 

Asi  llegamos  a  situarnos  a  unos  mil  setecientos  metros 
de  las  baterias  contrarias.  —  Su  canoneo  era  cada  vez  mas 
vivo;  la  Torre  de  Jelett  habia.  unido  sus  disparos  a  los  de  la 
llanura;  los  globos  de  plomo  pasaban  zumbando  sobre 
nuestra  frente,  como  aerolitos  atraidos  por  la  tierra;  las 
columnas  de  aire  que  conmovian,  azotaban  a  veces  nuestro 
rostro,  y  el  golpe  brusco  y  ahogado  que  daban  al  sepul- 
tarse  en  el  suelo  se  parecia  al  ultimo  resoplido  del  toro 
cuando  fenece  6  de  la  locomotora  cuando  se  para. 

Los  moros,  entre  tanto,  viendo  que  nuestro  movimiento 
era  siempre  de  frente,  y  con  direccion  al  extremo  Sur  de 
sus  trincheras  comprendieron  en  parte  nuestro  plan ;  y, 
dejando  a  sus  canones  y  a  sus  infantes  el  cuidado  de 
defender  los  amenazados  campamentos,  avanzaron  por 
nuestro  flanco  derecho  en  numero  de  cuatro  6  cinco  mil 
jinetes,  con  el  visible  proposito  de  interponerse  entre  noso- 
tros  y  el  terreno  que  acababamos  de  abandonar,  y  atacar- 
nos  por  retaguardia  cuando  mas  empenados  estuviesemos 
por  el  frente. 


SPANISH    READINGS  319 

Pero  al  General  O'Donnell  no  le  inquieto  aquella  manio- 
bra.  Lo  admirable  de  su  plan  era  haber  adivinado  y  pre- 
venido  todo  lo  que  los  mahometanos  habian  de  intentar 
hoy.  El  CUARTO  CUERPO,  que  permanecia  inmovil  y  sobre 
las  armas  en  el  Reducto  de  la  Estrella,  tenia  precisamente 
otro  encargo  que  evitar :  el  que  los  moros  nos  envolviesen 
de  la  manera  que  ya  procuraban  hacerlo.  Dejo,  pues,  el 
Conde  de  Lucena  al  General  Ri'os  el  cuidado  de  enten- 
derse  con  la  caballeria  marroqui,  y  continue  marchando 
hacia  el  campamento  de  Muley-el- Abbas. 

Llegamos,  en  fin,  a  encontrarnos  a  un  kilometro  de  las 
baterias  enemigas,  y  solo  entonces  se  mando  hacer  alto  a 
nuestras  masas  y  avanzar  a  la  Artilleria  de  Reserva. — 
Diez  y  seis  canones  ocuparon  instantaneamente  la  van- 
guardia,  y  rompieron  vivisimo  fuego  contra  la  posicion 
enemiga.  Densa  cortina  de  humo  nos  robo  un  instante  la 
vista  del  campamento  moro ;  largo  trueno  ensordecio  el 
espacio,  y  la*  salvaje  soledad  de  los  montes  circunvecinos 
se  estremecio  hondamente  con  el  fragor  de  la  descomunal 
batalla. 

j  Magm'fica,  soberbia  sinfonia ;  digno  prologo  de  la 
espantosa  tragedia  que  se  preparaba! 

Ya  en  adelante,  la  ruidosa  tempestad  fue  aumentando 
en  rapido  crescendo.  A  la  Artilleria  de  Reserva,  que  em- 
pezo  a  ganar  terreno,  marchando  por  baterias,  unio  pronto 
sus  barbaros  estampidos  la  Artilleria  Rayada  de  a  cuatro, 
de  la  que  un  regimiento  entero  salio  al  galope  por  nuestra 
izquierda,  principiando  a  batir  el  flanco  derecho  de  los 
atrincheramientos  marroquies. 

Aflojo,  en  su  consecuencia,  un  poco  el  fuego  de  las 
piez?s  enemigas.  El  nuestro,  en  cambio,  se  duplico  en 
breves  instantes.  Dos  nuevos  regimientos  de  artilleria 
entraron  juntos  en  fuego,  vomitando  granadas  encendidas, 


320  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

mientras  que  dos  baterias  mas,  del  Segundo  Regimiento 
Montado,  canoneaban  el  extreme  Norte  del  campamento 
moro  y  rechazaban  las  fuerzas  de  infanteria  y  caballeria 
que  bajaban  a  apoyar  a  los  seis  mil  jinetes  agrupados  en 
torno  de  las  posiciones  del  General  Ri'os. 

For  lo  que  alii  pudiera  acontecer,  mando  entonces  el 
Conde  de  Lucena  al  Brigadier  Villate  que  se  corriese  por 
aquel  lado  con  sus  escuadrones  de  lanceros,  y  obrase  en 
combination  con  el  CUERPO  DE  RESERVA  si  los  moros 
insistian  en  atacar  nuestra  retaguardia;  dispuesto  lo  cual, 
nosotros  continuamos  marchando  por  nuestra  parte  en  el 
seno  de  una  verdadera  tormenta. 

Aun  no  se  habia  disparado  un  tiro  de  fusil  6  de  espin- 
garda.  —  Solo  el  canon  tronaba  reciamente  en  la  llanura. 
—  Asi  llegamos  a  unos  seiscientos  metres  de  las  f ortifica- 
ciones  enemigas. 

En  este  momento  se  presentaron  por  nuestra  izquierda, 
siguiendo  el  curso  del  Guad-el-Jelu,  algunos  moros  de  a  pie 
y  de  a  caballo ;  pero  el  General  Mackenna  se  adelanto  a 
su  encuentro  con  dos  batallones,  y  el  fuego  de  nuestras 
guerrillas  bast6  para  rechazar  a  los  agarenos  hacia  la 
Plaza.  Sin  embargo,  el  bravo  General  (ya  protegido  por 
la  Brigada  de  Lanceros,  que  mandaba  en  persona  el  Gene- 
ral Galiano)  permanecio  hasta  el  fin  del  combate  en 
aquella  comprometida  position,  interpuesto  entre  la  ciudad 
y  el  campo  de  batalla. 

En  el  interin,  el  TERCER  CUERPO  se  adelantaba  al  SE- 
GUNDO, que  habia  vuelto  a  hacer  alto ;  seguia  un  recodo 
del  Martin ;  rebasaba  denodadamente  el  angulo  de  la 
trinchera  enemiga;  hacia  un  cambio  de  frente  sobre  la 
derecha,  y  amenazaba  el  flanco  izquierdo  de  los  moros,  a 
cuatrocientos  metros  de  distancia  de  sus  canones. 

A  igual  altura  se  puso  por  el  frente  el  SEGUNDO  CUERPO. 


SPANISH   READINGS  321 

-  Es  decir,  que  el  campamento  de  Muley- Ahmed  estaba 
medio  envuelto.  j  Acercabase  por  tanto  el  momento  de  la 
suprema  embestida !  .  .  .  Nuestras  columnas  se  pararon 
por  tercera.vez. 

Tratabase  de  apagar  los  f uegos  de  la  artilleria  enemiga 
antes  de  emprender  la  lucha  de  unos  infantes  contra  otros. 
Pero  las  trincheras  de  los  musulmanes,  construidas  con 
tierra  y  arregladas  a  los  adelantos  del  arte,  no  permitian  a 
nuestras  piezas  desmontar  las  suyas.  Causaban,  si,  grandes 
destrozos  en  las  f  ortificaciones ;  introducian  la  muerte  y  el 
espanto  en  los  que  las  custodiaban ;  hacian  callar  a  veces  a 
todas  sus  bocas  de  fuego  .  .  .  mas  al  poco  rato  volvian 
estas  a  bramar  sedientas  de  matanza,  mientras  que  desde 
la  Torre  de  Jelele,  desde  la  Alcazaba  de  Tetudn,  y  desde  las 
artilladas  puertas  de  la  misma  Plaza  nos  enviaban  una 
incesante  lluvia  de  solidos  proyectiles. 

Nuestros  bizarros  artilleros  no  desisten,  sin  embargo,  de 
su  proposito  ;  y,  adelantados  a  todo  el  ejercito,  a  pecho 
descubierto  (y  no  detras  de  espesas  murallas,  como  los 
marroqui'es),  colocan  en  bateria  cuarenta  piezas,  y  rompen 
un  canoneo  horroroso,  cerrado,  incesante,  contra  los  fuer- 
tes  enemigos.  —  j  Nunca  faltan  del.aire  diez  6  doce  grana- 
das  !  —  j  Nunca  se  interrumpe  el  prolongado  trueno  de  los 
bronces ! 

En  esto  principian  a  alzarse  nubes  de  polvo  revueltas 
con  el  humo  de  las  baterias  contrarias.  ...  j  Es  la  trin- 
chera  que  se  derrumba !  —  Ademas,  muchas  granadas 
entran  en  el  campo  contrario  y  revientan  a  nuestra  vista, 
incendiando  las  tiendas  y  destrozando  a  los  hombres, 
cuyos  cuerpos  vemos  volar  en  pedazos.  ...  j  Todo 
inutil,  sin  embargo  !  j  Nada  quebranta  hoy  el  desesperado 
valor  de  los  agarenos  ! 

De  pronto,   elevase  una  anchisima,  densa  y  aplomada 


322  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

columna  de  humo,  que  arrancando  de  entre  las  tiendas 
islamitas,  sube  a  nublar  el  infinite  cielo ;  y  un  estruendo 
nunca  oi'do  superior  al  estampido  de  mil  truenos,  resuena 
al  mismo  tiempo  en  aquel  lugar,  haciendo  Qstremecerse 
hasta  el  humedo  suelo  que  pisamos.  —  j  Oh  ventura !  Es 
que  una  granada  nuestra  ha  cai'do  en  un  repuesto  de 
polvora  y  lo  ha  volado  !  —  j  Que  regocijo  en  nuestras  filas  ! 
j  Como  se  adivinan  los  estragos  que  habra  producido  esta 
catastrofe  en  el  ejercito  enemigo !~ 

Y  nuestra  artilleria  avanza  siempre,  corriendo  y  dispa- 
rando,  estrechando  cada  vez  mas  en  un  circulo  de  bronce 
el  codiciado  campamento.  ...  —  Las  Baterias  de  a  caballo 
se  baten  en  guerrilla.  .  .  .  Hay  una,  la  del  capitan 
Alcala,  que  gallardea  vistosamente  delante  de  los  canones 
marroquies.  ...  En  pos  de  ellas  avanzan  las  restantes 
con  pasmosa  serenidad.  Y  por  los  claros  de  las  piezas 
adelantanse  tambien  los  batallones,  paso  d  paso,  porque  asf 
lo  mandan  los  jefes ;  pero  agitados,  impacientes,  fogosos, 
enardecidos  hasta  el  frenesf  por  el  olor  de  la  polvora, 
por  el  estallido  de  los  canones,  por  la  proximidad  de  la 
presa. 

—  I  Cudndo  f    i  Cudndo  ?  —  parece  que  dicen  nuestros 
soldados,    nuestros   bizarrisimos  infantes,  requiriendo  sus 
bayonetas.  .  .  . 

—  /  Cudndo  ?    i  Cudndo  ?  —  parece  que  preguntan  Ros  de 
Elanof  y  Prim,  refrenando  sus  impacientes  bridones,  a  la 
cabeza  de  las  ordenadas  tropas. 

I  Cudndo  ?  i  Ctidndo  ?  exclama  todo  el  mundo,  viendo 
caer  deshechos  a  algunos  de  nuestros  soldados  bajo  las 
ponderosas  balas  de  los  canones  enemigos. 

—  /  Ahora  !  —  /  Ya  !  —  /  Viva  la  Reina  !      /  A  la  bayo* 
neta  !     /  A  ellos  !  —  grita  de  pronto  el  General  O'Donnell, 
cuando  calcula  que  nuestra  infanteria  puede  llegar  de  un 


SPANISH   READINGS  323 

solo  aliento,  de  una  sola  carrera,  a  las  trincheras  moras,  y 
saltarlas,  y  penetrar  en  los  campamentos. 

—  /A  la  bayoneta !  /  A  ellos !  contestan  veinte  mil 
voces. 

Y  todas  las  musicas,  todas  las  cornetas,  todos  los  tarn- 
bores  repiten  la  serial  de  ataque ;  y  los  treinta  y  dos 
batallones,  y  la  caballeria,  y  el  Cuartel  General,  y  la  arti- 
lleria,  y  los  ingenieros,  j  todos  en  fin  !  acometen  furiosa- 
mente  a  las  posiciones  enemigas,  como  impulsados  por  un 
solo  y  magico  resorte,  como  un  pantano  que  rompe  su 
dique,  como  la  mar,  cuando  la  vuelca  sobre  la  playa  un 
terremoto. 

i  Oh  momento!  jYo  no  se  describirlo !  Su  nero  re- 
cuerdo  inflama  mis  sentidos  y  agolpa  a  mis  ojos  lagrimas 
de  entusiasmo.  ...  —  j  Que  embriaguez  !  j  qu'e  vertigo  ! 
i  que"  locura  aquella !  —  j  La  alegria,  el  furor,  la  soberbia 
espanola,  el  miedo  de  que  los  moros  tuvieran  tiempo  de 
rehacerse  y  nuestros  soldados  para  cansarse ;  la  subita 
aparicion  de  la  Patria,  regocijada  por  tan  hermoso  triunfo ; 
la  admiracion  y  la  gratitud  que  los  unos  sentiamos  hacia 
los  otros ;  la  curiosidad  de  conocer  el  campamento  arabe  *, 
todo  nos  enardecia,  todo  nos  arrebataba  a  tal.  punto,  que 
jovenes  y  viejos,  proceres  y  reclutas,  nos  saludabamos  y 
hablabamos  sin  conocernos,  como  para  transmitirnos  tanta 
felicidad ! 

i  Y,  sin  embargo,  aquel  momento  era  horrible,  rr  ortal, 
desastroso !  Corriendo,  como  ibamos,  entre  musicas  y 
aclamaciones,  entre  vivas  y  jubilosa  fiesta,  mil  y  mil  tiros 
nos  recibian  a  boca  de  jarro.  —  j  Treinta  mil  enemigos 
guarnecian  las  dilatadas  trincheras !  j  treinta  mil  espingar- 
das  nos  apuntaban  al  corazon  ! 

Y  j  como  caian  nuestros  jefes,  nuestros  oficiales,  nues- 
tros soldados  !  \  Cuantos,  cuantos,  Dios  mfo  !  —  Fueron 


324  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

treinta  minutos  de  lucha ;  -treinta  minutos  solamente  .  .  . 
j  y  mas  de  mil  espanoles  se  banaban  ya  en  su  sangre 
generosa ! 

Pero  i  que  importaba  ?  —  <;  Ni  quien  reparo  en  ello  ?  — 
I  One  importaba,  si  nuestras  tropas  habian  acometido  de 
frente  y  de  flanco,  escalade  el  muro  de  tierra  con  manos  y 
pies,  derribado  a  las  numerosas  huestes  que  lo  guardaban, 
tornado  los  canones  a  la  bayoneta  (despues  de  recibir  sus 
ultimos  y  mortiferos  disparos  a  quemarropa),  invadido  el 
campamento  como  una  inunadacion,  luchado  cuerpo  a 
cuerpo  fuera  y  dentro  de  las  tiendas,  sembrado  de  muertos 
su  triunfal  camino,  y  puesto  en  vergonzosa  fuga  a  todo 
el  eje"rcito  mahometano  ? 

I  Y  he  de  decir  quien  merecio  mas,  quien  penetro  el 
primero,  quien  derramo  mas  sangre  enemiga  ?  —  j  Todos 
fueron  iguales  !  j  Todos  eran  uno  solo  !  j  Todos  acome- 
tieron  con  igual  brio  !  j  Nadie  penso  en  si  propio,  sino  en 
el  resto  del  ejercito !  j  Nadie  deseo  triunfar  por  si  mismo, 
sino  que  triunfase  Espana  !  ;  Nadie  trato  de  llegar  al  ter- 
mino  de  aquella  carrera,  sino  de  que  llegase  el  Estandarte 
Nacional ! 

***#*#* 

Y,  con  todo,  ,1  como  pasar  en  silencio  los  mas  culminantes 
episodios  de . la  Jornada  ?  <;  Como  callar  los  hechos  inmor- 
tales  que  he  tenido  la  felicidad  de  ver  ? 

Dire,  pues,  en  primer  lugar,  el  arrojo  y  bravura  del  Gen- 
eral en  Jefe,  de  D.  Leopoldo  O'Donnell,  del  heroe  de  la 
batalla.  ...  —  Desde  el  dia  de  los  Castillejos,  nadie  le  habia 
vuelto  a  ver  convertido  de  ordenador  de  la  lid  en  instru- 
mento  de  ella,  de  jefe  supremo  en  batallador,  de  caudillo 
en  soldado.  .  .  .  —  jHoy,  si!  jHoy  volvio  el  entusiasmo  a 
su  alma,  el  fuego  belico  a  sus  venas,  la  ardiente  poesia  del 
combate  a  su  corazon,  —  j  Hoy,  como  nunca,  inflamado, 


SPANISH   READINGS  325 

vehemente,  impetuoso,  dominaba  con  su  talla  marcial  y 
arrogante  las  masas  de  inf  anteria  y  caballeria ;  hoy,  como 
en  sus  heroicos  tiempos  de  coronel,  de  brigadier  y  de 
mariscal  de  campo,  lanzabase  a  las  balas  con  el  acero 
desnudo,  buscando  al  enemigo,  arengando  a  las  tropas, 
lleno  de  actividad  y  fuerza,  resplandeciente  el  rostro  de 
jubilo  y  ternura,  con  el  llanto  del  amor  patrio  en  los 
ojos  ! 

—  /  En  avant !     /  En  avant  !  (j  adelante  !     j  adelante  !) 
/  Viva  la  Reina  !  —  gritaba,  saltando  la  trinchera,  metiendo 
su  caballo  en  lo  mas  recio  de  la  lid,  y  penetrando  de  los 
primeros  en  el  campamento  enemigo. 

—  /  Soldados  !    /  Viva  Espana  !  —  exclamaba  otras  veces, 
dirigiendose  a  los  que  luchaban  y  a  los  que  morian. 

—  /  Viva  la  Inf  anteria  espanola  !  —  anadi'a  por  ultimo, 
volviendose  hacia  el  Cuartel  General,  tambien  entusiasmado 
al  ver  la  violencia  irresistible  de  nuestros  batallones. 

Y  la  voz,  el  gesto,  la  actitud  del  noble  capitan  nos  arre- 
bataban  a  todos ;  nos  subyugaban  materialmente ;  nos 
hubieran  hecho  despreciar  mil  vidas  que  tuvieramos. 

—  /  Viva  O' Donne  II  /  —  gritaban  Generales  y  soldados. 

—  /  Viva  la  Reina  !  —  gritaba  el  General  en  Jefe. 

—  i  VIVA  EL  DUQUE  DE  TETUAN  !  —  se  oyo  por  primera 
vez  en  las  filas  de  no  se  que  regimiento. 

—  j  VIVA  EL  DUQUE  DE  TETUAN  !  —  repitieron  mil  y  mil 
voces,  saludando  espontanea  y  carinosamente  al  antiguo 
vencedor  de  Lucena,  al  actual  vencedor  del  moro. 

Y  los  acordes  de  la  Marcha  Real,  confundidos  con.  el 
toque  de  ataque  que  resonaba  en  una  extension  de  legua 
y  media,  solemnizaban  aquella  augusta  aclamacion ;  la  mas 
verdadera,  la  mas  legitima  y  soberana  de  cuantas  he  pre- 
senciado  en  toda  mi  vida. 

—  PEDRO  ANTONIO  DE  ALARCON. 


326  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

394. 

PARTE   DEL  COMBATE   DE  SANTIAGO   DE 
CUBA 

EL  ALMIRANTE  (CERVERA)  AL  GENERAL  EN  JEFE  (BLANCO) 

Excmo.  e  Iltmo.  Sr. :  En  cumplimiento  de  las  ordenes 
de  V.  E.  L,  con  la  evidencia  de  lo  que  habi'a  de  suceder  y 
tantas  veces  habi'a  anunciado,  sail  de  Santiago  de  Cuba 
con  toda  la  Escuadra  que  fue  de  mi  mando,  en  la  manana 
del  3  del  corriente  Julio. 

Las  instrucciones  dadas  para  la  salida  eran  las  sigui. 
entes:  El  Infanta  Maria  Teresa,  buque  de  mi  insignia, 
habi'a  de  salir  el  primero,  siguiendole  sucesivamente  el 
Vizcaya,  Colon,  Oquendo  y  destructores.  Todos  los  barcos 
teni'an  todas  sus  calderas  encendidas  y  con  presion.  Al 
salir  el  Teresa  empenaria  el  combate  con  el  enemigo  que 
estuviera  mas  aproposito,  y  los  que  le  seguian  procuranan 
dirigirse  al  Oeste  a  toda  fuerza  de  maquina,  tomando  la 
cabeza  el  Vizcaya.  Los  cazatorpederos  habian  de  man- 
tenerse,  si  podi'an,  fuera  del  fuego,  expiar  un  momento 
oportuno  para  obrar,  si  se  presentaba,  y  tratar  de  escapar 
con  su  mayor  andar,  si  el  combate  nos  era  desfavorable.  — 
Los  buques  salieron  del  puerto  con  una  precision  tan 
grande,  que  sorprendio  a  nuestros  enemigos,  quienes  nos 
han  hecho  muchos  y  muy  entusiastas  cumplimientos  sobre 
el  particular.  Tan  pronto  como  salio  el  Teresa  rompio  el 
fuego  a  las  911  35™  sobre  un  acorazado  que  estaba  proximo, 
pero  dirigie"ndose  a  toda  fuerza  de  maquina  sobre  el 
Brooklyn,  que  se  encontraba  al  SO.  y  que  nos  interesaba 
tratar  de  poner  en  condiciones  de  que  no  pudiera  utilizar  su 
superior  andar.  Los  demas  buques  empenaron  el  combate 
con  los  otros  enemigos  que  acudian  de  los  diversos  puntos 
donde  estaban  apostados.  La  Escuadra  enemiga  constaba 


SPANISH    READINGS  327 

aquel  dia  de  los  siguientes  buques  frente  a  Santiago  de 
Cuba :  New-  York,  insignia  del  Contraalmirante  Sampson, 
Brooklyn  insignia  del  Comodoro  Schley,  Iowa,  Oregon,  In- 
diana, Texas  y  varios  buques  menores,  6  mejor  dicho, 
trasatlanticos  y  yates  armados.  —  Realizada  la  salida  se 
tomo  el  rumbo  mandado,  y  el  combate  se  generalize  con  la 
desventaja,  no  solo  del  numero,  sino  del  estado  de  nuestra 
artilleria  y  municiones  de  14  centimetres  que  conoce  V.  E. 
por  el  telegrama  que  le  puse  al  quedar  a  sus  ordenes. 
Para  mi  no  era  dudoso  el  e"xito,  por  mas  que  alguna  vez 
crei  que  no  seri'a  tan  rapida  nuestra  destruccion. 

Al  Infanta  Maria  Teresa,  un  proyectil  de  los  primeros 
le  rompio  un  tubo  de  vapor  auxiliar,  por  el  que  se  escapaba 
mucho,  que  nos  hizo  perder  la  velocidad  con  que  se  con- 
taba ;  al  mismo  tiempo  otro  rompia  un  tubo  de  la  red  de 
contra  incendios.  El  buque  se  defendia  valientemente  del 
nutrido  y  certero  fuego  del  enemigo,  y  no  tardo  mucho  en 
caer  entre  los  heridos  su  valiente  Comandante  ^Capitan  de 
Navi'o  D.  Victor  M.  Concas,  que  tuvo  que  retirarse,  y 
como  las  circunstancias  no  permitian  perder  un  segundo, 
tome  por  mi  mismo  el  mando  directo  del  buque,  esperando 
ocasion  de  que  pudiera  llamarse  al  segundo  Comandante, 
pero  e"sta  no  llego,  porque  el  combate  arreciaba,  los  muer- 
tos  y  heridos  caian  sin  cesar,  y  no  habia  que  pensar  en 
otra  cosa  que  en  hacer  fuego  en  tanto  que  se  pudiera. 

En  tal  situacion,  teniamos  fuego  en  mi  camara,  donde 
debieron  hacer  explosion  algunos  de  los  proyectiles  que  alii 
habia  para  los  canones  de  57  mm. ;  vinieron  a  participarme 
haberse  prendido  fuego  al  cangrejo  de  popa  y  caseta  del 
puente  de  popa,  al  mismo  tiempo  que  el  incendio  iniciado  en 
mi  camara  se  coma  al  centro  del  buque  con  gran  rapidez, 
y  como  no  contabamos  con  agua,  fue  tomando  cada  vez 
mas  incremento,  siendo  impotentes  nosotros  para  atajarlo. 


328  .    SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Comprendi  que  el  buque  estaba  perdido  y  pense*  desde 
luego  en  donde  lo  vararia  para  perder  menos  vidas,  pero 
continuando  el  combate  en  tanto  que  fuera  posible. 

Desgraciadamente,  el  fuego  ganaba  terreno  con  mucha 
rapidez  y  voracidad,  por  lo  que  envid  uno  de  mis  Ayudantes 
con  la  orden  de  que  se  inundasen  los  pafioles  de  popa, 
encontrandose  este  ser  imposible  penetrar  en  los  call ej ones 
de  las  camaras  a  causa  del  mucho  humo  y  del  vapor  que 
salia  por  la  escotilla  de  la  maquina  donde  tambien  le  fue 
absolutamente  imposible  penetrar,  a  causa  de  no  permitir 
la  respiracion  aquella  abrasadora  atmosf era ;  por  tanto  fue 
necesario  dirigirnos  a  una  playita  al  O.  de  Punta  Cabrera, 
donde  embarrancamos  con  la  salida,  al  mismo  tiempo  que 
se  nos  paraba  la  maquina ;  era  imposible  subir  municiones 
ni  nada  que  exigiera  ir  bajo  la  cubierta  acorazada,  sobre 
todo  a  popa  de  las  calderas,  y  en  tal  situacion  no  habia 
que  pensar  mas  que  en  salvar  la  parte  que  se  pudiera  de  la 
tripulacion,  de  cuya  opinion  fueron  el  segundo  y  tercer 
Comandantes  y  los  Oficiales  que  se  pudieron  reunir,  a  los 
que  consulte  si  creian  que  podia  continuar  el  combate,  con- 
testando  que  no. 

En  tan  penosa  situacion,  habiendo  empezado  las  ex- 
plosiones  parciales  de  los  depositos  de  las  baterias,  di  orden 
de  arriar  la  bandera  e"  inundar  todos  los  pafioles ;  la 
primera  no  pudo  ejecutarse  a  causa  del  terrible  incendio 
que  habia  en  la  toldilla,  habiendose  quemado  al  poco  rato. 
-Ya  era  tiempo:  el  fuego  ganaba  con  mucha  rapidez  y 
apenas  hubo  el  suficiente  para  abandonar  el  buque, 
cuando  ya  el  fuego  llegaba  al  puente  de  proa,  y  eso  ayu- 
dados  por  dos  botes  americanos  que  llegaron  como  tres 
cuartos  de  hora  despues  de  la  embarrancada. 

Entre  los  heridos  estan  el  Teniente  de  Navio  D.  Antonio 
Lopez  Ceron  y  Alferez  de  Navio  D.  Angel  Carrasco  y 


SPANISH    READINGS  329 

faltan  el  Capitan  de  Infanteria  de  Marina  D.  Higinio 
Rodriguez,  al  que  creo  mato  un  proyectil,  el  Alferez  de 
Navio  D.  Francisco  Linares,  el  segundo  Medico  D.  Julio 
Diaz  del  Rio,  el  Maquinista  Mayor  de  primera  clase  D. 
Juan  Montero  y  el  de  segunda  D.  Jose  Melgares,  cuyo 
cadaver  salio  a  la  play  a.  — El  salvotaje  se  hizo  tirandose  al 
agua  los  que  sabi'an  nadar,  intentando  tres  veces  llevar  una 
guia  a  tierra,  lo  que  solo  se  consiguio  a  ultima  hora  y 
ayudados  por  los  dos  botes  americanos  de  que  llevo  hecho 
mention.  Nosotros  arriamos  un  bote  que  parecia  bueno  e 
inmediatamente  se  fue  a  pique,  y  se  echo  al  agua  un  bote 
de  vapor,  que  solo  pudo  hacer  un  viaje,  porque  tambien  se 
fue  a  pique  por  efecto  de  las  averias  que  tenia,  al  intentar 
volver  a  bordo  segunda  vez,  quedando  agarrados  a  el  los 
tres  6  cuatro  hombres  que  lo  llevaban  y  que  se  salvaron 
unos  a  nado  y  otros  los  recogio  un  bote  americano. 

El  Comandante,  ayudado  por  buenos  nadadores,  habia 
ido  a  tierra ;  el  segundo  y  tercero  dirigian  a  bordo  el  em- 
barco,  y  necesitandose  direction  en  tierra,  cuando  ya 
vem'an  los  botes  americanos,  yo  me  fui  a  nado,  ayudado 
por  dos  cabos  de  mar  llamados  Juan  Llorca  y  Andres 
Sequeiro  y  mi  hijo  y  Ayudante,  Teniente  de  Navio  D. 
Angel  Cervera. 

Concluido  el  desembarco  de  la  gente,  fui'  invitado  por  el 
Oficial  americano  que  mandaba  los  botes  de  seguirle  a  su 
buque,  que  era  el  yate  armado  Gloucester,  a  donde  fui 
acompafiado  de  mi  Capitan  de  bandera,  herido,  de  mi  hijo 
ayudante  y  del  segundo  del  buque,  que  fu£  el  ultimo  que 
lo  abandono. 

Durante  este  periodo,  el  aspecto  del  buque  era  imponente, 
porcue  se  sucedian  las  explosiones  y  estaba  para  aterrar  a 
las  almas  mejor  templadas.  —  Nada  absolutamente  creo 
que  pueda  salvarse  del  buque,  y  nosotros  lo  hemos  perdido 


330  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

todo,  llegando  la  inmensa  mayoria  absolutamente  desnudos 
a  la  playa.  —  Pocos  minutos  despues  que  el  Teresa,  emba- 
rrancaba  el  Oquendo  en  una  playa  como  a  media  legua  al 
Oeste  de  el,  con  un  incendio  parecido  al  suyo,  y  se  perdie- 
ron  de  vista  por  el  Oeste  el  Vizcaya  j  el  Colon,  perseguidos 
por  la  Escuadra  enemiga.  —  Segun  me  ha  manifestado  el 
Contador  del  Oquendo,  linico  Oficial  que  esta  en  el  mismo 
buque  que  yo,  la  historia  de  este  desgraciado  buque  y  su 
heroica  tripulacion  es  la  siguiente,  que  tal  vez  se  rectifique 
algo,  pero  solo  en  detalles,  no  en  el  fondo  de  los  hechos. 

El  desigual  y  mortifero  combate  sostenido  por  este  buque, 
se  hizo  mas  desigual  aun  porque  al  poco  tiempo  de  comen- 
zado,  un  proyeetil  enemigo  entro  en  la  torre  de  proa  matando 
a  todo  el  personal  de  ella,  menos  un  artillero  que  quedo 
muy  mal  herido.  —  A  la  bateria  de  14  cm.,  barrida  por  el 
fuego  enemigo  desde  el  principio,  solo  le  quedaron  dos 
canones  utiles  con  los  que  continue  defendiendose  con  una 
energia  incomparable. —  Tambien  la  torre  de  popa  quedo 
sin  su  Oficial-Comandante,  muerto  por  un  proyeetil  del  ene- 
migo que  entro  al  abrir  la  puerta  para  poder  respirar,  porque 
se  asfixiaban  dentro.  —  No  conoce  el  Contador  la  historia 
de  la  bateria  de  tiro  rapido,  y  solo  sabe  que  disparaba, 
seguramente,  lo  mismo  que  toda  esta  valiente  tripulacion.  — 
Hubo  dos  incendios :  el  primero,  que  se  domino,  ocurrio  en 
el  sollado  de  proa,  y  el  segundo,  que  se  inicio  a  popa,  no  se 
pudo  dominar,  porque  ya  no  daban  agua  las  bombas,  quiza 
por  las  mismas  causas  que  en  el  Teresa. 

Los  ascensores  de  municiones  de  14  cm.,  faltaron  desde 
el  principio,  pero  no  faltaron  municiones  en  la  bateria, 
mientras  que  pudo  batirse,  por  los  repuestos,  que  a  preven- 
cion,  se  habian  puesto  en  todos  los  buques.  —  Cuando  el 
valiente  Comandante  del  Oquendo  vio  que  no  podia  dominar 
el  incendio  y  no  tenia  ningun  canon  en  estado  de  servicio, 


SPANISH   READINGS  331 

file*  cuando  se  decidio  a  embarrancar,  mandando  previa- 
mente  disparar  todos  los  torpedos,  menos  los  dos  de  popa, 
por  si  se  acercaba  algun  buque  enemigo,  hasta  que  llegado 
el  ultimo  extreme,  mando  arriar  la  bandera,  minutes  des- 
pues  que  el  Teresa  y  previa  la  consulta  a  aquellos  Oficiales 
que  estaban  presentes.  Los  Comandantes  segundo  y  ter- 
cero  y  tres  Tenientes  de  Navio  habian  ya  muerto.  El 
salvamento  de  los  supervivientes  fue  organizado  por  su 
Comandante,  que  ha  perdido  la  vida  por  salvar  la  de  sus 
subordinados.  Hicieron  una  balsa,  arriaron  dos  lanchitas, 
umcas  embarcaciones  que  les  quedaban  utiles,  y  ultima- 
mente  fueron  auxiliados  por  embarcaciones  americanas,  y 
segun  me  dijo  un  insurrecto  con  quien  hable  en  la  playa, 
tambien  les  auxilio  un  bote  que  e"stos  teni'an. —  Sublime  era 
el  espectaculo  que  presentaban  estos  dos  buques ;  las  con- 
tinuas  explosiones  que  se  sucedian  sin  cesar,  no  acobardaban 
a  estos  valientes,  que  ban  defendido  sus  buques  hasta  el 
punto  de  no  haber  podido  ser  hollados  por  la  planta  de 
ningun  enemigo.  —  Cuando  fui  invitado  por  el  Oficial  ame- 
ricano  a  seguirlo,  segun  digo  a  V.  E.  I.  anteriormente,  df 
instrucciones  para  el  reembarco  al  tercer  Comandante  D. 
Juan  Aznar,  a  quien  no  he  vuelto  a  ver  desde  entonces. — 
Al  llegar  al  buque  americano,  que  era  el  yate  armado 
Gloucester,  encontre"  alii  una  veintena  de  heridos,  pertene- 
cientes  en  su  mayor  parte  a  los  cazatorpederos,  los  Coman- 
dantes de  estos,  tres  Oficiales  del  Teresa,  el  Contador 
del  Oquendo  y  nos  reunimos  entre  todos  hasta  93  per- 
sonas,  pertenecientes  a  las  dotaciones  de  la  Escuadra.  — 
El  Comandante  y  Oficiales  del  yate  nos  recibieron  con  las 
mayores  atenciones,  esforzandose  por  atender  a  nuestras 
necesidades,  que  eran  de  todo  ge*nero,  porque  llegabamos 
absolutamente  desnudos  y  hambrientos ;  me  manifesto  el 
Comandante,  que  como  su  buque  era  tan  pequeno,  no  podia 


332  SPANISH  GRAMMAR 

recibir  aquella  masa  de  gente,  e  iba  a  buscar  un  buque 
mayor  que  los  embarcara.  —  Los  insurrectos,  con  quienes 
yo  habia  hablado,  me  habian  dicho  que  con  ellos  tenian 
unos  200  hombres,  entre  los  que  habia  cinco  6  seis  heridos, 
y  me  anadieron  de  parte  de  su  Jefe  que  si  queriamos  irnos 
con  ellos,  les  siguieramos  y  nos  auxiliarian  con  lo  que  ellos 
tenian,  a  lo  que  les  conteste  que  dieran  las  gracias  a  su  Jefe 
y  le  dijeran  que  nosotros  nos  habiamos  rendido  a  los  ame- 
ricanos ;  pero  que  si  tenian  Medico,  les  agradeceria  que 
curara  a  una  porcion  de  heridos  que  temamos  en  la  playa, 
algunos  de  ellos  muy  graves. 

Al  Comandante  del  yate  le  comunique  esta  conversacion 
con  los  insurrectos  y  le  suplique  reclamara  nuestra  gente, 
lo  que  me  prometio,  enviando  al  efecto  un  destacamento 
con  bandera.  Tambien  envio  algunos  viveres  de  que  tan 
necesitados  estaban  en  la  playa. 

Seguimos  despues  hacia  el  O.  hasta  encontrar  el  grueso 
de  la  Escuadra,  de  la  que  se  destaco  el  crucero  auxiliar 
Paris,  y  nuestro  yate  siguio  hasta  frente  a  Cuba,  donde 
recibio  ordenes,  con  arreglo  a  las  que,  unos  fuimos  trasbor- 
dados  al  Iowa  y  otros  lo  fueron  a  otros  barcos,  de  ellos,  los 
heridos  al  buque  hospital. 

Durante  mi  permanencia  en  el  yate,  pedi  a  los  Coman- 
dantes  de  los  cazatorpederos  noticia  de  la  suerte  que  les 
habia  cabido,  teniendo  el  sentimiento  de  saber  su  triste  fin. 

De  lo  ocurrido  al  Furor,  puede  V.  E.  I.  enterarse  detalla- 
damente  por  la  adjunta  copia  del  parte  de  su  Comandante; 
en  el  encontro  una  muerte  gloriosa  el  Capitan  de  Navi'o  D. 
Fernando  Villaamil,  y  el  numero  de  bajas  acredita  como 
se  ha  conducido  este  pequeno  buque,  cuyo  Comandante 
tambien  fue"  herido  levemente. 

Tambien  acompano  a  V.  E.  I.  copia  del  parte  que  me  ha 
producido  el  Comandante  del  Pluton>  quien  tambien  estd 


SPANISH    READINGS  333 

herido  en  un  pie  y  cuyo  buque  tiene  en  este  dia  una  historia 
tan  gloriosa  como  su  companero,  y  ambos  como  no  puede 
pedir  mas  ni  el  mas  exigente. 

******* 

Restame  decir  a  V.  E.  I.,  para  completar  los  rasgos  ca- 
racteristicos  de  esta  lugubre  Jornada,  que  nuestros  enemigos 
se  han  conducido  y  se  conducen  actualmente  con  nosotros, 
con  una  hidalguia  y  delicadeza  que  no  cabe  mas ;  no  solo 
nos  han  vestido  como  han  podido,  desprendiendose  de 
efectos  no  solo  del  Estado,  sino  de  propiedad  particular, 
sino  que  han  suprimido  la  mayor  parte  de  los  "  hurras  "  por 
respeto  a  nuestra  amargura ;  hemos  sido  y  somos  objeto  de 
entusiastas  felicitaciones  por  nuestra  accion,  y  todos,  a  por- 
fi'a,  se  han  esmerado  en  hacernos  nuestro  cautiverio  lo  mas 
llevadero  posible. 

Ignoro  aun  las  perdidas  de  gente,  por  estar  repartidos  en 
diversos  buques,  pero  estaran  en  las  ideas  que  hace  conce- 
bir  el  telegrama  antes  inserto. 

En  resumen :  la  Jornada  del  3  ha  sido  un  desastre  ho- 
rroroso,  como  yo  habia  previsto ;  el  numero  de  muertos  es, 
sin  embargo,  menor  del  que  yo  tern  fa ;  la  Patria  ha  sido 
defendida  con  honor  y  la  satisfaccion  del  deber  cumplido 
deja  nuestras  conciencias  tranquilas,  con  solo  la  amargura 
de  lamentar  la  perdida  de  nuestros  queridos  companeros  y 
las  desdichas  de  la  Patria. 

******* 

Dios  guarde  a  V.  E.  I.  muchos  anos.  —  En  la  mar,  a 
bordo  del  San  Luis>  9  de  Julio  de  1898. 

—  PASCUAL  CERVERA. 

395.  UN    MONSTRUO    DEL   MAR 

En  Chatham  (Inglaterra)  fue  lanzado  al  agua  ayer  tarde 
un  enorme  acorazado  de  primera  clase,  el  mayor  de  la  flota 


334  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

inglesa.  Bautizole  con  el  n  ombre  de  Magnificent  la  con- 
desa  Spencer,  esposa  del  jefe  del  Almirantazgo. 

Esta  asombrosa  maquina  de  guerra,  cuyas  condiciones 
justifican  su  nombre,  mide  370  pies  de  eslora,  75  de  manga 
y  2J\  de  puntal,  desplazando  14,900  toneladas. 

Su  andar  ordinario  es  de  i6|-  nudos  por  hora,  pero  con 
tiro  forzado  puede  alcanzar  una  velocidad  de  17^. 

En  la  bateria  principal  se  colocaran  cuatro  canones  de  a 
12  pulgadas,  recubiertos  de  alambre,  y  colocados,  dos  en 
barbeta  en  la  parte  anterior  y  dos  a  popa.  La  bateria 
auxiliar  se  compondra  de  seis  canones  de  a  6  pulgadas  de 
tiro  rapido  y  la  bateria  secundaria  de  16  de  a  12  libras  y 
doce  de  a  tres,  tambien  de  tiro  rapido.  Llevara  cinco  tubos 
lanza-torpedos,  cuatro  de  los  cuales  podran  descargarse  de- 
bajo  del  agua.  Los  canones  de  a  12  pulgadas  se  colocaran 
de  modo  que  sea  facil  cargarlos  en  todas  posiciones,  a  mano 
6  por  maquinaria,  y  protegidos  por  planchas  de  tres  pul- 
gadas de  diametro  colocadas  de  modo  que  giren  con  el 
canon.  La  construccion  de  este  buque  empezo  hace  solo 
un  ano  y  los  trabajos  se  ban  llevado  a  cabo  con  rapidez 
notable. 

396.  LA   POLVORA    INGLESA 

La  polvora  infume  que  usan  los  ingleses  es  la  llamada 
"cordita,"  mezcla  mtima  de  58  partes  de  nitro-glicerina,  37 
de  algodon-polvora  y  5  de  vaselina,  y  se  llama  cordita 
porque  para  comprimirla  y  secarla  se  presenta  en  masas 
gelatinosas  en  forma  de  cuerdas.  Se  inflama  en  un  mini- 
mum de  1 80  grados  cuando  esta  en  grano,  y  en  tempera- 
turas  mas  elevadas  cuando  en  forma  de  cuerdas  de  50 
centimetres  de  largo  y  centimetro  y  medio  de  grueso.  La 
fabrica  de  Waltham  Abbey  manufactura  unas  mil  toneladas 
al  ano.  Al  decir  de  un  colega  frances,  la  cordita  se  ase- 


SPANISH   READINGS  335 

meja  a  ia  polvora  francesa  conocida  bajo  la  denomination 
"  B,"  aunque  la  inglesa  tiene  menos  potencia  explosiva  y 
desarrolla  mas  calor,  lo  que  ofrece  el  inconveniente  de  de- 
teriorar  rapidamente  las  piezas.  La  lyddita,  que  segun  el 
mismo  colega,  no  es  otra  cosa  que  la  melinita,  cuyo  secreto 
robaron  los  ingleses  a  Francia,  solo  se  emplea  en  la  carga 
de  bombas  y  granadas. 

397. 

EL   COMERCIO    ESPANOL   EN    AMERICA 

La  Camara  de  Comercio  espanola  de  Buenos  Aires  con- 
tinua  en  su  meritoria  labor  de  abrir  nuevos  mercados  en 
America  a  los  productos  espanoles. 

Al  efecto  ha  dirigido  cartas  a  las  Camaras  de  Comercio 
espanolas  y  a  los  centres  de  production,  manifestandoles 
que  el  Consejo  directive  de  dicha  Camara  insiste  en  su 
laudable  proposito  de  celebrar  en  aquella  republica  una 
exposition  de  productos  espanoles  y  argentinos.  En 
dichas  cartas  se  hace  constar  que  los  argentinos  y  los 
espanoles  alii  residentes,  en  vista  de  las  desgracias  que 
pesan  sobre  Espana  con  la  perdida  de  las  colonias,  quieren 
poner  todo  su  empeno  en  protegerla  y  dan  cabida  en  sus 
regiones  a  los  productos  de  nuestra  patria. 

No  solamente  en  la  Argentina,  sino  en  otras  republicas 
sud-americanas  hay  tambien  el  proposito  de  estrechar  los 
lazos  comerciales  con  Espana,  fomentando  alii  la  venta  de 
los  articulos  espanoles. 

Importantes  casas  de  Valparaiso  estan  decididas  a  pagar, 
para  reembolsarse  despue"s  de  la  venta,  los  derechos  de 
aduanas  y  otros  gastos  que  originen  las  remesas  de  merca- 
denas,  debiendo  ser  enviadas  libres  hasta  el  puerto. 

Creen  los  conocedores  de  aquellos  mercados  que  lo  mas 
rapido  y  seguro  para  abrirlos  a  la  exportation  espanola 


336  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

seria  el  envi'o  de  medianas  remesas  en  consignation,  forma 
que  daria  lugar  a  que  sin  p&rdida  de  tiempo  y  en  terreno 
practice  se  pudieran  hacer  algunas  operaciones. 

Los  articulos  de  mas  facil  y  segura  venta,  segun  la  nota 
enviada,  son :  — 

Aceite  de  oliva,  aguardiente  embotellado,  alambre,  alam- 
brados,  almendras,  alfombras,  arroz,  azucar  refinado,  bara- 
jas,  calzado  para  ninos,  camisas,  cepillos,  chocolate,  clavos 
de  todas  clases,  colchas,  cominos,  conservas,  corbatas,  ta- 
pones,  cortinas  y  transparentes,  cristaleria  surtida,  cueros 
bayos,  charoles,  drogas,  efectos  para  el  culto  divino,  en- 
cordaduras,  escopetas,  cobertores,  generos  de  punto  en 
general,  guitarras,  jabon  comun  y  perfumado,  ladrillos  y 
azulejos,  loza  y  porcelana,  mantas,  mantones,  chales  y 
panuelos,  panos  y  cachemires,  papeleria  en  general,  para- 
guas,  peifumeria,  pimienta,  pistolas  y  revolvers,  rifles  y 
carabinas,  sardinas,  sillas  de  madera  curvada,  sombreros 
de  lana  y  fieltro,  toallas,  velas  de  esperma  y  composicion, 
artfculos  para  cazar. 

398.  BOLSA   DE   MADRID 

Empezo  la  contratacion  de  la  semana  con  alguna  parali- 
zacion  y  pesadez  en  las  operaciones ;  pero  luego  mejoro 
algun  tan  to  el  aspecto  del  mercado,  debido  a  la  mejor  fiso- 
nomia  que  ofrecian  los  del  extranjero. 

Resultado  de  esta  mejor  disposicion  de  los  hombres  de 
negocios  es  el  alza  que  ofrece  el  cuadro  comparativo,  ob- 
servandose  que  se  han  repuesto  los  valores,  siendo  los  mas 
f  avorecidos  los  de  Aduanas,  y  los  que  no  han  tenido  altera- 
cion,  los  de  Filipinas. 

La  situacion  de  la  plaza  no  se  ha  modificado  en  lo  esen- 
cial;  sigue  abundando  el  dinero  para  colocaciones  lucrativas, 
y  no  aspiran  mas  los  capitalistas  que  a  un  interes  que  se 


SPANISH    READINGS  337 

aproxime  al  5  por  100,  admitiendo  hasta  el  4^  siempre  que 
se  cuente  con  firmeza  y  alguna  esperanza  de  alza  que 
aumente  el  capital. 

En  la  semana  ban  circulado  rumores  que  pudieron  alarmar 
a  los  tenedores  de  valores,  como  el  de  que  se  iban  arebajar 
los  intereses  de  las  obligaciones  del  Tesoro  y  de  las  demas 
operaciones  del  mismo  ;  pero  este  rumor  ha  sido  rectificado 
de  un  modo  terminante  por  el  ministro  de  Hacienda,  mani- 
festando  que  no  tiene  semejante  proposito,  entre  otras 
razones,  porque  no  podria  imponerse  por  una  ley  la  rebaja, 
puesto  que  dependera  de  que  los  acreedores  la  admitiesen 
6  que  el  Tesoro  tuviera  fondos  para  reembolsarles  sus  cre- 
ditos,  y  no  ocurre  lo  uno  ni  lo  otro. 

En  cambio,  las  noticias  que  circulan  sobre  las  economias 
efectivas  que  se  introducen  y  de  la  combinacion  financiera 
que  se  prepara,  para  encomendar  a  una  Sociedad  el  pago 
de  los  haberes  de  las  clases  pasivas  mediante  un  canon 
fijo,  permiten  esperar  que  los  gastos  del  presupuesto  se 
rebajaran  en  unos  sesenta  millones,  y  esto  asegura  la  nive- 
lacion  y  aun  la  posibilidad  de  suavizar  los  impuestos  que 
puedan  ser  mas  gravosos,  con  lo  cual  podria  restablecerse 
la  normalidad  financiera  y  darse  alguna  satisfaccion  a  los 
que  piden  alivio  en  los  tributes. 

Sin  embargo,  esta  perspectiva  halagiiena  viene  a  turbarla 
la  actitud  de  resistencia  que  mantienen  los  industriales  de 
Barcelona,  y  que  en  otras  poblaciones  quieren  imitar,  porque 
hasta  que  no  termine  ese  conflicto,  que  puede  hacer  nece- 
sario  el  empleo  de  la  fuerza,  si  no  hay  medio  de  resolverlo 
en  forma  conciliadora,  no  solo  no  habra  tranquilidad  com- 
pleta  en  el  mercado  bursatil,  sino  que  pueden  surgir  altera- 
cionos  violentas,  si  ocurre  algiin  suceso  desagradable. 

Por  eso  la  contratacion  de  valores  se  halla,  al  presente, 
en  circunstancias  especiales,  que  exigen  prudencia  y  no 

SPAN.   GRAM.  —  22 


338 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


dejarse  impresionar  sin  motive  justificado,  teniendo  la  se- 
guridad  de  que  en  definitiva  el  afianzamiento  y  la  mejora 
del  credito  es  un  hecho  que  se  impone  por  el  conocimiento 
que  se  va  teniendo  de  las  f  uerzas  del  pai's  y  por  la  tendencia 
que  existe  de  acometer  empresas  que  desarrollen  la  riqueza 
y  engendren  el  movimiento  industrial. 

Los  valores  mercantiles  siguen  siendo  predilectos,  por- 
que  se  capitalizan  al  5  por  100  y  se  tiene  la  seguridad  de 
que  redituan  mas  con  los  dividendos  que  se  vislumbran. 

El  cambio  internacional  ha  descendido  porque  ha  cesado 
el  acaparamiento  de  oro  para  la  guerra  del  Transvaal,  y  hay 
mas  papel  de  que  disponer  sobre  las  plazas  extranjeras. 
No  sabemos  si  en  esto  habra  influido  tambien  algun  cambio 
en  el  comercio  exterior,  y  habra  que  esperar  a  la  publica- 
cion  de  la  estadistica  para  conocer  ese  dato. 

He  aqui  la  cotizacion  comparada  de  la  semana:  — 


DIA  14 

OCTUBRE 

Df  A  22 

OCTUBRE 

DIFERENCIAS 

EN  LA 

ULTIMA  SEMANA 

VALORES   DEL   ESTADO 

4  por  100  interior     

64..80 

6c  oo 

-j-  O  2O 

4  por  100  exterior    

71  OO 

71   3O 

+  O  3O 

4  por  100  amortizable 

72.3O 

72   cc 

V.JW 

+  o  25 

Billetes  de  Cuba,  1886. 

72  7C 

/*'jj 

72  QO 

+  OI5 

Idem   1890 

60  80 

6l    IO 

+  O  3O 

Obligaciones  de.Aduanas  .     .     .     . 
Idem  de  Kilipinas 

96.10 

78   QO 

9650 

78  QO 

+  0.40 

o 

VALORES   MERCANTILES 

Banco  de  Espana     
Compafiia  de  Tabacos  

424.OO 
348.OO 

427.25 
3C4.OO 

+  3-25 

+  6.00 

Cddulas  Banco  Hip.  al  5  .     .     .     . 
Ce'dulas  al  4    

103.00 

IOO  OO 

102.90 

I  OO  .  OO 

—  O.IO 

o 

CAMBIOS 

Londres      . 

32  4C 

31    ?? 

—  O  QO 

Paris                ....              .     . 

j*«*r3 

28  40 

2C  OO 

—   3  4O 

SPANISH    READINGS  339 

399.  ANUNCIOS 

Fonda  Leones  de  Oro,  stituada  en  la  calle  del  Carmen 
30,  proximo  a  la  Puerta  del  Sol.  Tiene  hospedaje  desde 
20  reaies  diarios,  chocolate,  almuerzo  y  comida,  todo  ser- 
vido  a  la  hora  que  les  convenga.  Hay  restaurant  en  la 
planta  baja,  donde  se  sirven  almuerzos  y  comidas  desde  8 
reaies  en  adelante. 

JORGE   BLANCO   Y   CIA., 
IMPORTADORES,  FABRICANTES  Y  DETALLISTAS. 

GRAN    SURTIDO   DE 

GENEROS   DE   PRIMAVERA   Y  VERANO 

en  estilos  de  alta  novedad  y  absolutamente 
correctos. 

Telas  de  Seda,  Lana,  Lino  y  Algodon, 
Vestidos  para  Sefioras,  Senoritas  y  Ninas. 

Abrigos,  Impermeables,  Encajes,  Corses,  Sombreros,  Calzado  y 

Guantes,  Ropa  Interior,  Manteles,  Frazadas, 

Plateria  y  Tapiceria. 

ROPA   HECHA  PARA   NESTOS 

v 
ARTICULOS   PARA   CABALLEROS, 

PARAGUAS,  SOMBRILLAS 
para  Sefioras  y  Sefioritas. 

Un  escogido  y  elegante  surtido  de  Sedas  para  vestidos,  chaquetas  y  adornos, 

y  ge"neros  blancos  de  todas  clases.     Secci6n  especial  de  confecciones 

para  sefioras  y  niiios.     Precio  fija  invariable.     Hay  ascensor. 

Se  despachan  pedidos  por  Correos  y  por  Expreso. 

Se  envian  rauestras  y  catdlogos. 


340  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

Aranas  bronce  y  cristal,  de  nuestra  fabricaci6n,  para 
iglesias  y  salas.  Objetos  para  regalos  de  utilidad  y  adorno. 
Lamparas  de  comedores,  gabinetes  y  todo  uso.  Mueble- 
citos  y  otros  mil  articulos  de  fantasia.  Instalaciones  de 
campanillas  electricas,  telefonos,  telegrafos,  pararrayos, 
luz  electrica  y  gas  y  construction  de  todo  aparato  de 
alumbrado.  Calle  Mayor  10,  Perez  Hermanos. 

Un  Medico  Especialista  garantiza  la  cura  perfecta  de 
todas  las  enfermedades  de  la  piel,  del  pecho,  del  corazon, 
del  higado,  del  estomago,  dolores  musculares  y  de  la  cabeza, 
falta  de  memoria,  cansancio,  debilidad  organica,  tumores, 
cancer,  palidez,  etc.  Todas  las  enfermedades  nerviosas, 
gota,  reumatismo,  epilepsia,  apoplejia,  etc.  Los  defectos 
de  nacimiento,  lombriz  solitaria,.  todas  las  formas  de  hernia, 
etc.  Emplea  los  mejores  aparatos  electricos  para  el  trata- 
miento  de  las  enfermedades  nerviosas.  Cura 

TODAS    LAS    ENFERMEDADES 

en  pocos  dfas.  El  envenenamiento  de  la  sangre  y  todas  las 
afecciones  cutaneas.  Los  males  de  garganta,  boca,  nariz  y 
oidos. 

GARANTIZA  EN  TODOS  LOS  CASOS  UNA  CURA  PERFECTA. 
TRATAMIENTO  ESPECIAL  DE  LAS  ENFERMEDADES  CRONICAS. 

Examen  y  tratamiento  cientifico. 
EXAMEN   PERSONAL   GRATIS.  CONSULTAS   FOR  CORRESPONDENCIA. 

HORAS   DE   CONSULTA: 

De  9  a  I  y  de  5  a  8.     Domingos,  de  8  a  10  y  de  2  a  4  y  por  convenio. 


SPANISH    READINGS  34! 


400.       LETTERS   AND    BUSINESS    FORMS* 

CARTA  DE  COMERCIO 

CEBALLOS  Y  CIA., 

NEW  YORK. 

Cable:    CEBALLOS. 

Setbre.  9,  1895. 

SRES.  B.  SANCHEZ  Y  CIA., 

Habana. 
Muy  Sres.  nuestros  :  — 

Confirmamos  n/.  anterior  de  5  del  cte.  y  acusamos  recibo 
de  su  apble.  del  i°,  de  cuyo  contenido  quedamos  impuestos 
y  seguiremos  sus  instrucciones  respecto  al  embarque  de  las 
sillas  para  el  Sr.  D.  Julio  Sanchez. 

Ahora  tenemos  el  gusto  de  acompanar  factura  corres- 
pondiente  al  embarque  que  hemos  hecho  en  el  vapor 
City  of  Washington  de  200  rollos  alambre  para  cercas, 
cuyo  importe  de  $646.65  dejamos  cargado  a  VV.  en 
cuenta. 

Somos  sus  muy  atos.  S.  S., 

Q.  B.  S.  M. 

*  See  page  242  for  all  abbreviations  hereinafter  found. 


342 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


FACTURA 


FACTURA  de  lo  siguiente  embarcado  por  CEBALLOS  Y  CIA., 
por  el  vapor  City  of  Washington  con  destino  a  la 
Habana  de  orden  y  cuenta  de  B.  SANCHEZ  y  CIA.  y 
a  la  consignation  de  los  mismos. 


B.  S.  y  Cia. 
Habana. 


No.  598. 


200  rollos  alambre  para  cercas  Brutas 
20,000  Ibs..  Netas  19,000  Ibs.,  ©2.15 
Descuento  2  %  .     .     .     .     .     . 

$408.50 
8  17 

GASTOS 

Seguro  maritime  s/  $715  @  \  %      •     • 
Despacho  de  aduana  y  menudos  .     .     . 
Flete  s/  conocimiento    

$3-57 

3-5° 
220.00 

$400.33 

Factura  consular  

-2.  CQ 

27Q.S7 

oo 

Comisi6n  2\  °fo   

$630.90 

IC.7C 

AL  DEBE  de  la  cuenta  de  los 
SRES.  B.  SANCHEZ  Y  CIA. 

$646.65 

S.  e.  ti.  o. 

NEW  YORK,  9  de  Setbre.,  1895. 


CEBALLOS  &  CIA. 


SPANISH    READINGS  343 


CARTA  DE  COMERCIO 

CEBALLOS    Y   CtA., 
NEW  YORK. 

Cable:   CEBALLOS. 

Agosto  15,  1897. 

SRES.  B.  SANCHEZ  Y  CIA., 

Habana. 
Muy  Sres.  nuestros  :  — 

Confirmamos  n/.  anterior  del  6  de  Julio  ppdo.  y  care- 
cemos  de  sus  apbles.  a  que  referirnos. 

Ahora  tenemos  el  gusto  de  acompanar  la  c/venta  de  1 1 
balas  caucho  y  7  sacos  cafe  por  el  vapor  City  of  Wash- 
ington ,  cuyo  liquido  producido  de  $489.26  dejamos  abonado 
a  VV.  en  cuenta. 

Sentimos  que  no  hayamos  podido  sacar  mejor  partido 
por  el  cafe  pero  su  calidad  era  tan  inferior  que  no  pudimos 
vender  el  articulo  por  mejor  precio. 

Nos  repetimos  sus  muy  atos.  S.  S., 

Q.  B.  S.  M. 


344 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


CUENTA   DE  VENTA 
No.  952. 

CUENTA  DE  VENTA  de  lo  siguiente  recibido  por  vapor 
City  of  Washington  llegado  Julio  7,  1897,  y  vendidos 
por  CEBALLOS  &  CIA.  por  orden  y  cuenta  y  riesgo  de  los 
Sres.  B.  Sanchez  y  Ci'a. 


A  —  A 
A 

J—  s 

7  Balas  caucho  648^7  Ibs.  @  51  J    .     . 
4  idem  idem  3563^5  idem  45  .... 

$322.90 

i55-25 

ft  A  'iR    T  C1 

7  sacos  Caf£  1189  17^  1171!  @  6J  . 
Menos  2  %  descuento  .... 

76.15 
1.52 

#>475'I5 
74.63 

GASTOS 

Seguro  maritime  s/.  $600  a  \  %  .     .     . 
Flete  caucho  y  cafe  ($10.46)   .... 
Gastos  de  Aduana      

$3.00 

3M3 

^?.6o 

$552.78 

Conducci6n  al  almacen  

I.7C 

Almacenaje  y  trabaj  adores  

•  S6 

Pesar  

^6^ 

Seguro  de  incendio    

.CQ 

Corretaje  i  %  s/.  $552.78       .... 
Comisi6n  2%  %     

5-53 
13,82 

6-Z.Z2 

Liquido  producido        .... 

$4.80.26 

AL  HABER  de  la  cuenta  de  los 
SRES.  B.  SANCHEZ  Y  CIA. 

S.  e.  ri.  o. 

NEW  YORK,  Agosto  15,  1897. 


CEBALLOS  &  CIA. 


For  $150.24  cy. 


SPANISH    READINGS  345 

LETRA  DE  CAMBIO 

HABANA,  26  de  Marzo,  1897. 


A  cinco  di'as  vista  de  esta  Primera  de  Cambio  (no  habien- 
dolo  hecho  por  la  Segunda  6  Tercera)  se  serviran  VV. 
mandar  pagar  a  la  orden  de  los  SRES.  CEBALLOS  Y  CIA.  la 
cantidad  de 

Ciento  cincuenta  -ffa  pesos  currency 

valor  recibido  que  cargaran  VV.  en  nuestra  cuenta,  segun 
aviso  de 

A  los  S.  S.    Q.  B.  S.  M. 

SRES.  ALVARO  BAZAN  Y  CiA.. 

563  Pearl  Street,  B'    SANCHEZ    Y    CiA. 

NEW  YORK. 


UN  PAGARE 
Vence  en  23  de  Octubre  de  1903.  Por  $1575.57  oro  americano. 

Pagaremos  en  esta  Ciudad  prefijamente  el  dia  Veintitres 
de  Octubre  de  Mil  Novecientos  tres  a  la  orden  de  los  Sres. 
Ceballos  y  Cia.  la  cantidad  de  Un  mil  quinientos  setenta  y 
cinco  -f-^-Q  pesos  en  oro  americano,  6  su  equivalente  en  oro 
espanol,  valor  por  saldo  de  nuestra  cuenta  corriente,  segun 
convenio,  con  intereses  al  seis  (6  %)  por  ciento  desde  esta 
fecha  hasta  el  dia  de  su  vencimiento. 

HABANA,  23  de  Octubre,  1898. 

B.  SANCHEZ  Y  CiA. 


346  SPANISH   GRAMMAR 

401.  QUIEBRA  INDUSTRIAL 

La  firma  de  A.  D.  &  Son  de  Nueva  York  se  ha  de- 
clarado  en  quiebra  con  un  pasivo  que  se  hace  subir  a 
$500,000. 

Dedicabase  la  sociedad  a  diversos  negocios,  pero  con 
especialidad  a  la  fabrication  de  fieltros  para  pianos  y  cajas 
para  los  mismos. 

En  sus  talleres  trabajaban  unos  mil  obreros,  y  setenta 
empleados  en  sus  almacenes  y  escritorios. 

Atribuyese  la  quiebra  a  la  imposibilidad  en  que  se  en- 
contro  la  firma  de  levantar  fondos  con  su  papel,  pues 
aunque  gozaba  de  buen  cre"dito,  los  rumores  de  guerra 
que  ban  causado  tanta  perturbacion  en  los  negocios,  le 
imposibilitaron  hacerse  con  el  numerario  indispensable. 

Dicese  que  la  firma  espera  poder  continuar  mas  tarde 
sus  operaciones. 


ENGLISH    VOCABULARY 


All -nouns  are  preceded  by  the  definite  article  to  indicate  their  gender.  In 
writing  the  sentences,  this  article  must  be  used  or  omitted,  according  as  it  is 
required  by  the  syntax  or  not. 

A  dash  ( )  means  the  repetition  of  the  English  word  previously  defined 

in  Spanish. 

admiral,  el  almirante. 

admire  (to),  admirar. 

admit  (to),  admitir. 

admittance,  la  entrada. 

adopt  (to),  adoptar. 

advance  (to),  avanzar  (143,  4). 

advice,  el  consejo. 

affair,  el  asunto. 

affliction,  la  afliccion. 

after,  despues  de. 

afternoon,  la  tarde. 

against,  contra. 

age,  la  edad. 

ago,   hace    (before  the  expression  of 
time,  as :  hace  un  afio,  a  year  ago). 

agreeable,  agradable. 

agreed  upon,  convenido,  -a. 

aid  (help},  la  ayuda;    pecuniary) t 


abandon  (to),  abandonar. 

abhor  (to),  detestar. 

able  (to  be),  poder  (209). 

about,  acerca  de. 

absence,  la  ausencia. 

absent,  ausente. 

absolute,  absolute,  -a. 

absolutely,  absolutamente. 

absurd,  absurdo,  -a. 

accept  (to),  aceptar. 

accident,  el  accidente. 

accompany  (to),  acompanar. 

according  to,  segdn. 

account,  la   cuenta;    on  — 
causa  de. 

accuse  (to)  oneself,  acusarse. 

accused,  el  reo. 

accustomed,  acostumbrado,  -a. 

acknowledge  reception,  acusar  recibo. 

acquittal,  el  descargo. 

act,  el  acto. 

act    (to),    obrar;     (discharge  func- 
tions}, actuar. 

action,  la  accion. 

activity,  la  actividad. 

actor,  el  actor. 

adage,  el  adagio. 

adjective,  el  adjetivo. 


Of,  a 


el  auxilio. 
aid  (to),  ayudar. 
air,  el  aire. 
aisle,  la  nave. 

all,  todo,  -a;   all  that,  todo  lo  que. 
allege  (to),  alegar. 
alleviate  (to),  aliviar. 
allow  (to),  dejar. 
almost,  casi. 
alone,  solo,  -a. 
already,  ya. 


348 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


also,  tambien. 

altar,  el  altar. 

although,  aunque. 

always,  siempre. 

American,  americano,  -a. 

amiable,  amable. 

amongst,  entre. 

an,  un,  una. 

ancestors,  los  antepasados. 

anchor  (to),  fondear. 

ancient,  antiguo,  -a;  el  antiguO. 

and,  y  (e  before  i-  and  hi-). 

Anglo-Boer,  anglo-boer. 

animal,  el  animal. 

annual,  anual. 

another,  otro,  -a. 

answer  (to),  responder;  (a  letter), 
contestar. 

Antilles,  las  Antillas. 

antiquity,  la  antigiiedad. 

any  one  (after  negat.},  nadie. 

aphelion,  el  afelio. 

appeal  (to),  apelar. 

appeals,  la  apelacion. 

applaud  (to),  aplaudir. 

applause,  el  aplauso. 

apple,  la  manzana. 

appointed  (to  be),  nombrarse. 

April,  (el)  abril. 

Aragon,  (el)  Aragon. 

area,  el  espacio. 

argue  (to),  argtiir  (186). 

arm  (to),  armar. 

army,  el  ejercito. 

around,  alrededor  de. 

arrange  (to),  componer  (201);  (dis- 
pose} ,  disponer  (201). 

arrival,  la  llegada. 

arrive  (to),  llegar. 

arrogate  to  oneself,  arrogarse. 

art,  el  arte.  [cuanto  a. 

as,    como;     (=so),  tan;    as   to,    en 


ascend  (to),  subir. 

ask  (as  a  question},  preguntar;  ask 
for,  pedir  (181) ;  (=  to  beg},  pedir. 

aspect,  el  aspecto. 

ass,  el  burro. 

assembly,  la  reunion;  (deliberative'}, 
la  asamblea. 

assets,  el  active  (used  in  singular}. 

associate  (to),  acompanarse. 

assure  (to),  asegurar. 

astronomy,  la  astronomia. 

at,  a. 

attack,  el  ataque. 

attack  (to),  atacar. 

attend  (to),  atender. 

attention,  la  atencion. 

attorney,  el  procurador;  ge- 
neral, el  procurador  general. 

audience,  el  auditorio. 

aunt,  la  tfa. 

author,  el  autor. 

await  (to),  esperar. 

awake  (to),  despertar  (164). 

axis,  el  eje. 

axle,  el  eje. 

B 

back-seat,  el  postrer  lugar. 

backward,  atrasado,  -a. 

bad,  malo,  -a  (25). 

badly,  mal. 

bail,  la  fianza. 

balloon,  el  globo. 

bandit,  el  bandido. 

bank,  el  banco. 

bankrupt  (to  be),  estar  en  quiebra. 

banquet,  el  banquete. 

bark  (to),  ladrar. 

basin,  la  jofaina. 

batch,  la  porcion. 

bathroom,  el  cuarto  de  banos. 

battle,  la  batalla. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


349 


be  (to),  ser,  estar  (136); back, 

estar  de  vuelta. 
bear   (to  suffer},   sufrir;    (to   carry}, 

'  llevar. 
bear,  el  oso. 
bear  and  bull  (to)  the  market,  jugar 

(168)  a  la  baja  y  al  alza. 
beat  (to),  batir. 
beaten,  batido. 
beautiful,    bello,    -a;     the  ,  lo 

bello. 

beauty,  la  beldad. 
because,  porque. 
because  of,  a  causa  de. 
become   (to),  llegar  a  ser,  meterse  a 

(226). 

bed,  la  cama. 
Bedeviled,  el  Hechizado. 
bedroom,  la  alcoba. 
beer,  la  cerveza. 
before    (prep.),    antes    de;    (adv.\ 

antes. 

begin  (to),  principiar. 
believe  (to),  creer  (206). 
belong  (to),  pertenecer  (143,  a). 
besieger,  el  sitiador. 
best,  mejor;  best  man,  el  padrino. 
better,  mejor;  is  better,  mas  vale, 
between,  entre. 
big  (earnings},  pingiie. 
bill,  la  cuenta. 
biped,  el  bipedo. 
bird,  el  pajaro. 
bishop,  el  obispo. 
bite  (to),  morder  (170). 
bitten,  mordido,  -a. 
bitter,  amargo,  -a. 
bivouac  (to),  vivaquear. 
blood,  l.i  sangre. 
blundering,  el  desatino. 
bluster,  la  jactancia. 
board,  la  junta;  of  directors,  la 


junta  directiva,  el  consejo  adminis- 
trative; (of  boat},  el  bordo. 

body,  el  cuerpo. 

Boers,  los  boers. 

bold,  osado,  -a. 

boldness,  la  osadfa. 

book,  el  libro. 

bookcase,  la  biblioteca. 

bookkeeper,  el  tenedor  de  libros.     „ 

bookkeeping,  la  teneduria  de  libros. 

bookstand,  el  estante. 

born  (be),  nacer  (143,  a}. 

borrow  (to),  pedir  prestado. 

boss,  el  cacique. 

bossism,  el  caciquismo. 

both,  ambos,  -as. 

box,  la  caja;  (letter},  el  buzon. 

branch  office,  el  sucursal. 

brave,  valiente. 

bravery,  la  valenti'a. 

bread,  el  pan. 

break  (to),  romper,  quebrar  (164); 
(burst,  break  ouf} ,  estallar. 

breakfast,  el  almuerzo. 

breakfast  (to),  almorzar  (143,  4, 
167). 

bride,  la  novia. 

bridegroom,  el  novio. 

bring  (to),  traer  (193). 

broken,  quebrantado,  -a. 

brother,  el  hermano. 

brother-in-law,  el  cunado. 

brush,  el  cepillo. 

bucolic,  bucolico,  -a. 

budget,  el  presupuesto. 

bugle,  la  corneta. 

burning,  abrasador,  -a. 

business,  los  negocios;  house, 

la  casa  de  negocios;  man,  el 

hombre  de  negocios. 

bust,  el  busto. 

but,  pero;  but  for,  a  no  ser  por. 


350 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


butter,  la  mantequilla. 
buy  (to),  comprar. 
by,  por. 
by-laws,  el  reglamento. 


call  (to),llamar;  be  called,  llamarse ; 

be  called    (of  a   meeting},   convo- 
%carse  (143,  i). 
calm,  la  bonanza, 
camellia,  la  camelia. 
camp,  el  campamento. 
campaign,  la  campana. 
can,  poder  (209). 
capable,  capaz,  -ces. 
Cape  Horn,  el  Cabo  de  Hornos. 
capital  (city),  la   capital ;    (money}, 

el  capital. 

captain,  el  capitan. 
card  (playing),  el  naipe. 
cardinal,  cardinal. 
care,  el  cuidado. 
carnivorous,  carnivore,  -a. 
carry  (to),  llevar;    carry  on,  llevar, 

hacer  (197). 
case,  el  caso. 
casket,  la  cajita. 
cat,  el  gato. 
catch  (to),  coger;  a  cold,  res- 

friarse. 

cavalry,  la  caballeria. 
cease  (to),  cesar. 
celebrated,  celebre. 
cellar,  el  sotano. 
cent,  el  centavo. 
center,  el  centre, 
central,  central, 
century,  el  siglo. 
ceremony,  la  ceremonia. 
certain,  cierto,  -a. 
certainly,  por  cierto. 
Chaeronea,  Queronea. 


chain,  la  cadena. 

chair,  la  silla. 

chamber  of  commerce,  la  camara  de 

cotnercio. 
change  (to),  cambiar  de;  one's 

mind,  mudar  de  consejo. 
changing,  el  cambiar. 
charitable,  caritativo,  -a. 
charity,  la  caridad. 
Charles,  Carlos, 
charm,  el  encanto. 
charming,  encantador,  -a. 
charter,  la  escritura  de  fundacion. 
chase  (to),  cazar. 
cheap,  barato,  -a. 
cheek,  el  descaro. 
cheese,  el  queso. 
cherry,  la  cereza. 
chestnut  (color},  castano,  -a. 
chess,  el  ajedrez. 
chickpea,  el  garbanzo. 
child,  el  nifio. 
chin,  la  barba. 
choose  (to),  escoger. 
Christian,  el  cristiano. 
church,  la  iglesia. 
cite  (to),citar. 
city,  la  ciudad ;  government,  el 

ayuntamiento. 
civilization,  la  civilizacion. 
class,  la  clase. 
clerk,  el  dependiente. 
climate,  el  clima. 
close  (to),  cerra  (164). 
closing,  el  cerrar. 
clothes,  los  vestidos. 
clothing,  la  ropa. 
cloud,  la  nube. 

coffee,  el  cafe.  [ci6n. 

coin,  la  moneda;   coinage,  la  acuna- 
COld,  fn'o,  -a. 
collect  (to  get  together},  juntar. 


ENGLISH    VOCABULARY 


351 


colonel,  el  coronel. 

colony,  la  colonia. 

color,  el  color. 

comb,  el  peine. 

come  (to),  venir  (202);  down, 

bajar;   out,  salir  (199);   

up,  subir. 

command  (to),  mandar. 
commercial  paper,  los  valores  endo- 

sables. 
commission  business,  los    negocios 

de  comision. 
commit  (to),  cometer;  suicide, 

el  suicidarse. 

common,  comtin;  (//.)  comunes. 
company,  la  compafiia,  la  sociedad. 
complete  (to),  completar. 
complicated,  complicado,  -a. 
conceal  (to),  ocultar. 
concentration,  la  concentracion. 
concert,  el  concierto. 
conclude  (to),  comprender. 
condition,  el  estado,  la  condicion. 
conduct  (to),  conducir  (207). 
congratulate  (to),  felicitar; each 

other,  felicitarse. 
congress,  el  congreso. 
conjugation,  la  conjugation, 
conscientiously,  concienzudamente. 
consent  (to),  consentir  (174). 
consequence,  la  consecuencia. 
consequently,  por  consiguiente. 
consider  (to),  considerar;    (deliberate 

over},  tener  (136)  sobre  el  tapete. 
considerable,  considerable, 
consolation,  el  consuelo. 
console  (to),  consular  (167). 
conspiracy,  la  conspiracipn. 
constitution,  la  constitution. 
consult  (to),  consultar. 
consumption,  el  consumo. 
contain  (to),  contener  (136). 


contemplate  (to),  contemplar. 
contented,   contento,  -a;  to  be 9 

estar  contento,  -a. 
continue  (to),  continuar. 
contractor,  el  contratista. 
converse  (to),  hablar. 
convince  (to),  convencer. 
cook,  la  cocinera. 
copper,  el  cobre. 
corner  (street},  la  esquina. 
corps,  el  cuerpo. 
corpse,  el  cadaver. 
cost  (to),  costar  (167). 
councilman,  el  vocal, 
country  (general),  el  pais,  (//.)    los 

paises ;    (in   contrast  to  town},   el 

campo;    (fatherland},  la  patria. 
country-seat,  la  finca. 
couple,  el  par. 
coupon,  el  cupon. 
courage,  el  valor, 
course,  el  rumbo;    of  ,  por  su- 

puesto. 

court,  el  tribunal, 
cousin,  el  primo,  la  prima. 
cover  (to),  cubrir  (222). 
cow,  la  vaca. 
cracker,  el  bizcocho. 
crank,  el  chiflado. 
crazy,  loco,  -a. 
Creator,  el  Criador. 
credit,  el  haber. 
creditor,  el  acreedor. 
crime,  el  crimen. 
criminal,  el  reo. 
crisis,  la  crisis, 
critical,  critico,  -a. 
cross  (to),  cruzar. 
crowd,  la  multitud. 
cruiser,  el  crucero. 
cube,  el  cubo. 
cultivate  (to),  cultiva:. 


352 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


cultured,  culto,  -a. 
cup,  la  taza. 
curate,  el  cura. 
custom,  la  costumbre. 
custom-house,  la  aduana. 


dahlia,  la  dalia. 

daily,    cada   dia;     papers,    la 

prensa. 

damage,  el  dano ;  any  d.,  d.  alguno. 
dance  (to),  bailar. 
danger,  el  peligro. 
daughter,  la  hija. 

day,  el  dia;  every ,  todos  los  dias. 

dead,  muerto,  -a. 

dealer,  el  traficante. 

dear,  caro,  -a. 

death,  la  muerte. 

debit,  el  debe. 

debt,  la  deuda. 

deceive  (to),  enganar;  oneself, 

enganarse. 
decide  (to),  decidir. 
declare  (to),  declarar. 
deep,  profundo,  -a. 
defend  (to),  defender  (166). 
defendant,  el  demandado. 
defense,  la  defensa. 
degenerate  (to),  degenerar. 
dejected,  abatido,  -a. 
delay  (to),  delatar. 
deliberation,  la  deliberation. 
delicate,  delicado,  -a. 
delicious,  delicioso,  -a. 
delightful,  delicioso,  -a. 
deliver  (to),  librar. 
demagogue,  el  demagogo. 
demand  (to),  exigir. 
democrat,  el  democrata. 
Demosthenes,  Demostenes. 
deny  (to),  negar  (143,  2,  164). 


depend  (to),  depender. 
depositor,  el  depositante. 
derived  (to  be),  derivarse. 
deserve  (to),  merecer  (143,  a). 
desirable  (to  be),  ser  de  desear. 
desire,  el  deseo. 

desire  (to),  desear,  querer  (209). 
desperation,  la  desesperacion. 
despicable,  despreciable. 
despise  (to),  menospreciar. 
despotism,  el  despotismo. 
detachment,  el  destacamento. 
devil,  el  diablo. 
devise  (to),  inventar. 
devour  (to),  tragar. 
dictate  (to),  dictar. 
die  (to),  morir  (178). 
differ  (to),  diferir  (174). 
different,  distinto,  -a,  diferente. 
difficult,  dificil. 
difficulty,  la  dificultad. 
digestion,  la  digestion. 
dimension,  la  dimension. 
dining-room,  el  comedor. 
dinner,  la  comida. 
direct,  directo,  -a. 
disagreeable,  desagradable. 
disappear  (to),  desaparecer. 
disastrous,  desastroso,  -a. 
discontented,  descontento,  -a. 
discount  (to),  descontar. 
discouraged,  desanimado,  -a. 
discover  (to),  descubrir. 
discovery,  el  descubrimiento. 
discuss  (to),  discutir. 
disease,  la  enfermedad. 
dismiss  (to),  sobreseer. 
dismount  (to),  apearse. 
disposed,  dispuesto,  -a. 
disposition,  la  disposition. 
dissolve  {active  tr.},  disolver  (171) 
(neuter},  disolverse. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


353 


dissuade  (to),  disuadir. 

distance,  la  distancia. 

distant,  distante. 

distinction,  la  distincion. 

distract  (to),  molestar. 

distribute  (to),  distribuir  (185). 

divide  (to),  dividir. 

do  (to),hacer  (197). 

dog,  el  perro. 

dollar,  el  duro,  peso. 

domestic,  domestico,  -a. 

dominoes,  el  domino  (used  in  sing.}. 

done,  hecho,  -a. 

door,  la  puerta. 

double,  doble. 

doubt  (to),  dudar. 

doubt,  la  duda. 

dozen,  la  docena. 

draft,  la  letra,  libranza. 

drama,  el  drama. 

dramatist,  el  dramaturgo. 

draught,  el  golpe. 

drawn,  tirado,  -a. 

dream,  el  suefio. 

dress  (to),  vestirse  (181). 

drink  (to),  beber. 

duck,  el  pato. 

dude,  el  polio. 

durable,  duradero,  -a. 

during,  durante. 

duty,  el  deber. 

dwell  (to),  residir. 

dwelling-place,  la  morada. 

E 

each,  cada. 

early  (very),  con  las  gallinas. 
earn  (to),  ganar. 
earnings,  las  ganancias. 
earth,  la  tierra. 
easily,  facilmente. 
East,  el  este. 


easy,  facil. 

easy- chair,  la  butaca. 

eat  (to),  comer. 

eatables,  los  comestibles. 

edition,  la  edition. 

effect,  el  efecto. 

effrontery,  el  descaro. 

egg,  el  huevo. 

eight,  ocho. 

eighteen,  dieziocho. 

elect  (to),  elegir  (143,  8,  i8i>. 

election,  la  election. 

electric,  electrico,  -a. 

elephant,  el  elefante. 

eleven,  once ;  o'clock,  las  once. 

elliptical,  eliptico,  -a. 

eloquent,  elocuente. 

embalmed,  embalsamado,  -a. 

employment,  el  empleo. 

end,  el  fin. 

end  (to),  terminar. 

ended,  terminado^-a. 

endorse  (to),  endorsar. 

enemy,  el  enemigo. 

engine,  la  maquina.  [el  ingles. 

English,  ingles,  inglesa;    (language*), 

enlightenment,  la  ilustracion. 

enormous,  enorme. 

enter  (to),  entrar  (en  before  object} ; 

an  appeal,   interponer   (201) 

una  apelacion. 

entertaining,  entretenido,  -a. 
entreat  (to),  suplicar. 
envelope,  el  sobre. 
equal  (to),  igualar. 
equal,  igual. 
equality,  la  igualdad. 
equally,  igualmente. 
escape  (to),  escapar. 
especially,  sobretodo. 
establish  (to),  establecer  (143,  a). 
established,  establecido,  -a. 


354 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


establishment,  el  establecimiento. 

esteemed,  estimado,  -a. 

eternal,  eterno,  -a;  the  Eternal, 

Eterno. 

Europe,  (la)  Europa. 
European,  europeo,  -a. 
even,  aun. 
evening,  la  tarde. 
event,  el  suceso. 
ever,  nunca. 
every,    cada;     body,  todo 

man  do. 

evident,  evidente. 
evil,  el  mal. 

evil  (adj.},  malo,  -a  (25). 
example,  el  ejemplo. 
exceedingly,  sumamente. 
excuse  (to)  oneself,  excusarse. 
execute  (to),  ejecutar. 
execution,  la  ejecucion. 
exercise,  el  ejercicio. 
exist  (to),  existir. 
expansion,  la  expansion. 
expect  (to),  esperar. 
experiment,  la  experiencia. 
explain  (to),  explicar. 
explode  (to),  reventar  (164). 
express  (to),  expresar. 
exquisite,  exquisito,  -a. 
extend,  prorrogar. 
extremity,  la  extremidad. 
eye,  el  ojo. 

F 

face,  la  cara,  el  rostro. 
fail  (to),  dejar  de. 
fail,  (la)  falta. 
failure,  la  quiebra. 
faint  (to),  desmayarse. 
faithful,  fiel. 
fall  (to),  caer  (192). 
falling  off.  la  rebaja. 
family,  la  familia. 


el 


famous,  afamado,  -a. 

farmer,  el  labrador. 

fast  (to),  ayunar. 

faster,  mas  de  prisa. 

fat,  grueso,  -a. 

father,  el  padre. 

fault,  la  falta. 

favor,  el  favor. 

fear  (to),  temer. 

fear,  el  miedo,  terror. 

feared,  temido,  -a. 

feasible,  hacedero,  -a. 

fellow-citizen,  el  conciudadano. 

few,  pocos,  -as. 

field,  el  campo. 

fifteen,  quince. 

fifteenth  {date),  el  quince. 

fifth,  quinto,  -a. 

fight  (to),  batirse. 

finale,  el  final. 

finally,  por  terminar. 

find  (to),  encontrar  (167),  hallar. 

fine,  fino,  -a. 

finer,  mas  fino,  -a. 

finish  (to),  acabar. 

fire,  la  lumbre. 

fired,  tirado,  -a. 

firm,  la  razon. 

first,  primero,  -a  (25). 

fish,  el  pez,  los  peces. 

fit  (to),  venir  a  (202). 

fit,  apto,  -a. 

five,  cinco. 

fix  (to),  fijar. 

flag  of  truce,   la  bandera  de  parla- 

mento. 

flank,  el  flanco. 
flatter  (to),  lisonjear. 
flattery,  la  lisonja. 
flee  (to),  huir  (185). 
fleet,  la  escuadra. 
flesh,  la  carne. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


355 


flock  (in  proverb},  la  camada;  (other- 
wise}, el  rebano. 

floor  (in  a  meeting},  la  palabra;  to 
take  the ,  tomar  la  palabra. 

Flora,  Flora. 

flower,  la  flor. 

fly  to  (to),  buscar. 

focus  (pi.  -ci),  el  foco. 

fog,  la  niebla. 

fold,  el  corral. 

follow  (to),  seguir  (143,  10,  181). 

followed,  seguido,  -a. 

following,  siguiente. 

folly,  la  locura. 

food,  el  alimento. 

fool,  el  necio. 

foot,  el  pie. 

for  (prep.},  para. 

for  (=  because},  porque. 

ford,  el  vado. 

forget  (to),  olvidar,  olvidarse. 

fork,  el  tenedor. 

form  (to),  formar. 

former,  aquel,  -la,   aquellos,  -as. 

formerly,  en  tiempos  pasados. 

forsake  (to),  abandonar. 

fortnight,  quince  dfas. 

fortune,  la  fortuna. 

forty,  cuarenta; three,  cuarenta 

y  tres. 

found  (to  be),  encontrarse  (167). 

foundation,  el  fundamento. 

fountain-pen,  la  pluma  de  fuente. 

four,  cuatro;   o'clock,  las  cuatro. 

fourteenth,  decimocuarto,  -a. 

fourth,  cuarto,  -a. 

fracture,  la  fractura. 

fragrant,  fragrante. 

France,  (la)  Francia. 

fraternity,  la  fraternidad. 

fraud,  la  estafa. 

free,  libre. 


French,  frances,  francesa;  (language}  ^ 

el  frances. 

frequent,  frecuente. 
fresh,  fresco,  -a. 
Friday,  el  viernes. 
friend,  el  amigo,  la  amiga. 
from,  de. 

fruit,  el  fruto,  (in  general}  la  fruta. 
fruit-store,  la  fruteria. 
fruit-tree,  el  arbol  frutal. 
full,  lleno,  -a. 
fund,  el  fondo. 
fundamental,  fundamental 
furious,  furioso,  -a. 
furnish  (to),  proporcionar. 


gain  (to),  ganar. 

garden,  el  jar  dm. 

gardener,  el  jardinero. 

gender,  el  genero. 

general,  el  general. 

generally,  generalmente. 

gentleman,  el  caballero. 

Germany,  (la)  Alemania. 

get  (to),  buscar;  oneself,  po- 

nerse  (201);  along,  adelan- 

tarse;  •  drunk,  embriagarse; 

married,  casarse;  out, 

salir  (199);  rich,  enrique- 

cerse;  up,  levantarse. 

gift,  el  regalo,  el  don. 

give  (to),  dar  (189). 

glass,  la  copa,  el  vaso. 

glove,  el  guante. 

gnaw  (to),  roer  (219). 

go  (to),  ir  (214),  andar  (188);  

astray,  enganarse;  — —  away, 
irse; down,  bajar;  driv- 
ing, ir.  andar  en  coche;  to 

bed,  acostarse  (167);  out, 

salir  (199);  up,  subir. 


356 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


God,  Dios;  god,  el  dios  (//.  -es). 

gold,  el  oro, 

golden,  dorado,  -a. 

good,  bueno,  -a  (25);  good  deal  of 
(adj.},  mucho,  -a. 

goodness,  la  bondad. 

goods,  los  generos. 

goose,  el  ganso. 

government,  gobierno ;  -  —  bonds, 
los  valores  del  estado. 

governor- general,  el  gobernador  ge- 
neral. 

grammar,  la  gramatica. 

grand,  grandiose,  -a. 

grant  (to),  conceder. 

grape,  la  uva. 

gravitation,  la  gravitacion. 

gray,  pardo,  -a. 

great,  grande  (25,  c). 

greater,  mayor. 

Greeks,  los  griegos. 

greyhound,  el  galgo. 

grip,  la  maleta. 

groom,  el  novio. 

grow  (to),  crecer  (143,  a}. 

guarantee,  la  garantia. 

guard,  el  guarda. 

guess  (to),  adivinar. 

guitar,  la  guitarra. 

gunner,  el  artillero. 

Gypsy,  (el,  la)  gitano,  -a. 


hair,  el  pelo. 

half   (noun),  la  mitad;     (adj^),  me- 

dio,  -a. 
hall    (room'),  la  sala;    (entrance),  el 

vestibule. 

halt  (to),hacer  (197)  alto, 
hand,    la    mano;     (of  a    watch},   la 

manecilla. 
handkerchief,  el  pafiuelo. 


happen  (to),  acertar  (164);  (imper- 
sonal), suceder. 

happy,  feliz  (//.  -ces). 

harbor,  el  puerto. 

hard,  duro,  -a. 

hare,  la  liebre. 

harm,  el  dano. 

hat,  el  sombrero. 

hatbox,  la  sombrerera. 

hate  (to),  aborrecer;  each 

Other,  aborrecerse. 

have  (to),  tener,  haber  (136);  to 
have  to,  tener  que. 

he,  el;  he  who,  el  que. 

head,  la  cabeza;  of  the  firm,  el 

jefe  de  la  casa. 

health,  la  salud. 

hear  (to),  oir  (194). 

hearing,  el  oi'do. 

heart,  el  corazon. 

heavenly,  celeste. 

held  (to  be),  verificarse;  held  up, 
detenido,  -a  (detener,  136). 

hen,  la  gallina. 

her  (post.  adj.},  su,  sus;  (pronoun), 
ella;  (obj.  of  verb),  la. 

herbivorous,  herbi'voro,  -a. 

here,  aqui. 

herewith,  con  esto. 

higher,  superior. 

highest,  mas  alto,  -a. 

hill,  la  colina. 

him,  el;    (obj.  of  verb},  le. 

his,  su,  sus  (71-72). 

historian,  el  historiador. 

hog,  el  cerdo. 

hold  one's  tongue  (to),  callarse. 


home,  la  casa;  at 

home,  a  casa. 
Homer,  Homero. 
honey,  la  miel. 
honor,  el  honor. 


en  casa;   (to) 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


357 


honor  (to),  honrar;    (a  draft), 

aceptar. 
honorable    (honored),  honrado,  -a; 

honorable. 
hope  (to),  esperar. 
hope,  la  esperanza. 
Horace,  Horacio. 
horrible,  horroroso,  -a. 
horse,  el  caballo. 
horseman,  el  jinete. 
hotel,  la  posada. 
hour,   la   hora;    hour-hand,    el    ho- 

rario. 

house,  la  casa. 
how,  como;  ?  como;  much, 

cuanto, -a;  much?  cuanto,  -a; 

-   many?    cuantos,    -as;    

long?  cuanto  tiempo. 
howl  (to),  aullar. 
hubbub,  el  bullicio. 
human,  humano,  -a. 
humble,  humilde. 
humbug,  el  charlatan, 
hunt  (to),  cazar, 
hunter,  el  cazador. 
hurl  (to),  tirar. 
husband,  el  marido. 
hyena,  la  hiena. 
hypocrite,  el  hipocrita. 

I 

idiom,  el  modismo. 
idle,  ocioso,  -a. 
if,  si. 

ignorance,  la  ignorancia. 
ills,  los^males. 
imagine  (to),  figurarse. 
imitator,  el  imitador. 
immensity,  la  inmensidad. 
immortality,  la'  inmortalidad. 
impetus,  el  fmpetu. 
important,  importante. 
impossible,  imposible. 


imputed  (to  be),  imputarse. 
in,  en. 

incapable,  incapaz  (//.  -ces). 
incident,  el  incidente. 
inclemency,  la  inclemencia. 
inconsiderate,  inconsiderado,  -a. 
individuality,  la  individualidad. 
induce  (to),  inducir  (207). 
indulgent,  indulgente. 
infantry,  la  infanteria. 
influence,  la  influencia. 
inform  (to),  informar. 
inhabitant,  el  habitante. 
inherit  (to),  heredar. 
injury,  la  injuria. 
injustice,  la  injusticia. 
ink,  la  tinta. 
innocent,  inocente. 
insist  (to),  insistir. 
inspiration,  la  inspiracion. 
inspire  (to),  inspirar. 
instant,  del  actual. 
instantly,  en  el  acto. 
instruct  (to),  instruir  (185). 
intelligence,  la  inteligencia. 
intelligent,  inteligente. 
intend  (to),  pensar  (164). 
intention,  la  intencion. 

interest  (to),interesar;  oneself^ 

interesarse. 

interesting,  interesante. 
international,  internacional. 
intimate,  intimo,  -a. 
into,  en. 

intricacies,  las  dificultades. 
intrinsic,  intrinsico,  -a. 
invent  (to),  inventar. 
invention,  la  invencion. 
invest  (to),  invertir  (174). 
involuntary,  involuntario,  -a. 
iron,  el  hierro. 
island,  la  isla. 


358 


SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


it,  m.  le,  lo,/  la;  (neuter},  lo  (when 
obj.  of  a  verb}*  ello  (when  obj.  of  a 
prep.}. 

Italian,  el  italiano;  (adj.),  italiano,  -a. 

its,  su,  sus. 

jewel,  la  alhaja. 
jocularly,  jocosamente. 
joke  (to),  burlarse,  chancear. 
journey,  el  viaje. 
judge,  el  juez. 
juice,  el  jugo. 

jurisdiction,  la  jurisdiccion. 
jury,  el  jurado. 
just,  justo,  -a. 
justify  (to),  justificar. 
justly,  con  justicia. 

K 
keep   (to),  fijar; (word},  cum- 

plir  con;  to  be  kept,  guardarse. 
kicks,  las  coces. 
kidney  bean,  el  frijol. 
kill  (to),  matar;  oneself,  ma- 

tarse. 

kind,  la  clase,  especie. 
kind-hearted,  benevolo,  -a. 
kindness,  la  amabilidad. 
king,  el  rey,  -es. 
kingdom,  el  reino. 
kiss  (to),  besar. 
kitchen,  la  cocina. 
knee,  la  rodilla. 
knife,  el  cuchillo. 
knock  (to),  llamar. 
know  (to),  saber  (211,0);   conocer 

(211,  b}. 

knowledge,  el  conocimiento. 
known,  conocido,  -a. 


labor,  la  labor, 
lack,  la  falta. 


lamb,  el  cordero. 

land,  la  tierra. 

landlady,  la  huespeda. 

language,  la  lengua. 

large,  grande;  {bulky},  grueso,  -a. 

last,    pasado,    -a;    tiltimo,    -a;    last 

night,  anoche. 
last  (to),  durar. 
late,  tarde. 
later,  mas  tarde. 
Latin,  el  lattn. 
latter,  este,  esta. 
laugh  (to),  rei'r  (182,  a}. 
laughing  strain  (in  a),  riendo. 
laundress,  la  lavandera. 
law,  la  ley,  -es. 
lawyer,  el  abogado. 
lay  {to  establish},  echar. 
laziness,  la  pereza. 
lazy,  holgazau,  holgazana. 
lead    (to),    llevar,    conducir    (207); 

(into  temptation},  meter, 
leading,  principal. 
learn  (to),  aprender. 
leave  (to),  dejar;    (by  inheritance}, 

legar. 

left,  izquierdo,  -a. 
leg,  la  pierna. 
lend  (to),  prestar. 
lentil,  la  lenteja. 
Leo,  Leon, 
less,  menos. 
lesser,  menor. 
lesson,  la  leccion. 
letter,  la  carta. 

liabilities,  el  pasivo  (used  in  sing.}. 
liberty,  la  libertad. 
library,  la  biblioteca. 
license,  la  licencia. 
lie  down  (to),  acostarse  (167). 
lieutenant,  el  teniente. 
life,  la  vida. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


359 


lifetime,  la  vida. 

light,  la  luz. 

like,  como. 

lily,  el  lirio. 

line,  la  li'nea. 

lion,  el  Icon. 

lip,  el  labio. 

liquid,  el  Kquido. 

listen  to  (to),  escuchar. 

little  (adj.\  poco,  -a. 

little  (a),  un  poco  (de);  the , 

el  poco  (de). 
little  girl,  la  chiquita,  nifiita,  mucha- 

chita. 

little  mote,  la  motita. 
live  (to),  vivir. 
loan  (to) ,  prestar. 
locomotive,  la  locomotora. 
long,  largo,  -a. 

look  for  (to),  buscar  (143,  i). 
Lord,  (el)  lord. 
lose  (to),  perder  (166). 
loss,  la  perdida. 
lost,  perdido,  -a. 
love  (to),  amar,  querer  (209). 
low,  bajo. 
lower,  inferior. 

M 

machine,  la  maquina. 
made,  hecho,  -a. 
maiden,  soltera. 
mail,  el  correo. 
make     (to),    hacer     (197);     make 

(one's)  hair  stand  on  end,  ponerle 

(201)  (a  uno)  el  cabello  de  punta. 
malady,  la  enfermedad. 
man,    el   hombre;    man-of-war,    el 

buque  de  guerra. 
manager,  el  gerente. 
mandate,  el  precepto. 
manners,  los  modales. 
manuscript,  el  manuscrito. 


many,  muchos,  -as. 

mariner's  compass,  la  brdjula. 

mark  (to),  marcar. 

Mars,  Marte. 

master  (to),  veneer. 

master,  el  sefior;  (teacher),  el 
maestro. 

masticate  (to),  masticar. 

masticated,  masticado,  -a. 

matter  (thing,  affair'},  el  asunto; 
(material),  la  materia. 

may  (to),  poder  (209). 

mayor,  el  alcalde. 

meal,  la  comida. 

mean,  medio,  -a. 

meaning,  la  intencion. 

means,  los  medios. 

measure,  la  medida. 

meat,  la  carne. 

meditate  (to),  pensar  (164). 

meet  (to),  encontrar  (167) ;  (to  assem- 
ble), reunirse. 

meeting,  la  junta. 

member,  el  miembro;  (of  a  council}, 
el  vocal. 

mend  (to),  componer  (201). 

mendicant,  el  mendigo. 

mere,  mero,  -a. 

merely,  meramente. 

merit  (to),  merecer  (143,  a). 

message,  el  mensaje. 

metaphysics,  la  metaffsica. 

method,  el  metodo. 

Mexico,  Mexico  or  Mejico  (spelling 
with  x  is  preferred,  but  pronuncia- 
tion is  always  that  of  j). 

midnight,  (la)  media  noche. 

mineral,  el  mineral. 

minute,  el  minuto. 

minute-hand,  el  minutero. 

misappropriation,  la  malversacion. 

misfortune,  la  desgracia,  el  infortunio. 


360 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


misogynist,  el  misogino. 
miss  (to),  errar  (165). 
mistake,  la  falta. 
mistress,  la  senora. 
mitten  (the),  caiabazas. 
modern,  moderno,  -a. 
modest,  modesto,  -a. 
moment,  el  momento. 
Monday,  el  lunes. 
money,  el  dinero. 
month,  el  mes  (-es). 
moon,  la  luna. 
Moor,  el  moro. 
morality,  la  moralidad. 
more,  mas. 
moreover,  ademas. 
morning,  la  mafiana. 
mortal,  mortal, 
most,  mas. 

motion,  el  movimiento. 
motive,  el  motivo. 
mother,  la  madre. 
motto,  el  mote, 
mountain,  la  montana. 
mourning,  el  luto. 
mouth,  la  boca. 
move  (to),  moverse  (170). 
movement,  el  movimiento. 

much      (adv.},      mu'cho;      so    , 

tanto. 

much,  mucho,  -a. 
murder,  el  asesinato. 
murmur  (to),  murmurar. 
muses,  las  musas. 
museum,  el  museo. 
music-teacher,  el  maestro  de  musica. 
mustache,  el  bigote. 
my,  mi,  mis. 

N 

nail  (of  finger},  la  ufla. 
name,  el  nombre. 
namely,  a  saber. 


napkin,  la  servilleta. 

narrow,  estrecho,  -a. 

nation,  la  nacion. 

national,  nacional. 

native  (adj.},  maternal. 

native,  el  natural. 

nature,  la  naturaleza. 

navigator,  el  navegante. 

Neapolitan,  napolitano,  -a. 

near  (prep.},  cerca  de. 

near  (adj.},  cercano,  -a. 

nearer,  mas  cerca  de. 

necessary,  necesario,  -a. 

need  (to),  necesitar. 

neglect  (to),  descuidar  de. 

negligence,  la  negligencia. 

neighborhood,  el  vecindario. 

neighbor,  el  vecino. 

nephew,  el  sobrino. 

never,  nunca  (verb  preceded  by  no). 

new,  nuevo,  -a. 

news,  la  noticia. 

newspaper,  el  periodico. 

next    (adv.},    despues;      (adj.},    que 

night,  la  noche.          [viene,  entrante. 

nightfall,  la  cafda  de  la  noche. 

nightmare,  la  pesadilla. 

nine,  nueve. 

no  one,  nadie. 

noble,  noble. 

noise,  el  ruido. 

noon,  el  mediodia. 

North,  el  norte. 

northern,  septentrional. 

nose,  la  nariz. 

not,  no. 

note  (promissory),  el  pagare. 

noted,  famoso,  -a. 

nothing,  nada. 

noun,  el  nombre. 

novel,  la  novela. 

novelist,  el  novelista, 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


361 


now,  ahora. 
number,  el  ntimero. 

0 

obey,  obedecer  (143,  a). 

object  (gram.},  el  regimen. 

observe  (to),  observar. 

Obtain  (to),  conseguir  (143,  10,  181). 

occupy  (to),  ocupar. 

ocean,  el  oceano. 

O'clock,  la   (sing.},   las   (followed  by 

the  number  of  the  hour  or  hours}. 
Of,  de. 

offer,  la  oferta. 
offer  (to),  ofrecer  (143,  a}. 
office,  el  despacho. 
officer,  el  oficial. 
often,  a  menudo. 
I  Old,  viejo,  -a;   old-age,  la  vejez. 
on,  sobre;  on  account  of,  a  causa  de. 
once  (at),  en  seguida. 
one,  un(o),  -a;  one's,  su,  sus. 
only  (adv.},  solo. 
open   (to),  abrir  (222);    open  fire, 

romper  el  fuego. 
opening,  el  abrir. 
operation,  la  operacion. 
opinion,  el  parecer. 
oppose  (to),  oponerse  a  (201). 
or,  6;    VL  (before  o  or  ho), 
orange,  la  naranja. 
'•orate"  (to),  orar. 
orator,  el  orador. 
orbit,  la  orbita. 
orchard,  el  huerto. 
order  (to),  mandar. 
organ,  el  organo. 
organize  (to),  formar. 
ornament,  el  adorno. 
orphan,  el  huerfano. 
other,  otro,  -a. 
ought  (to),  deber  (213). 
Our,  nuestro,  -a, 


Outset,  el  principio. 

over,  sobre. 

overcoat,  el  abrigo,  sobretodo. 

overtake  (to),  alcanzar. 

OX,  el  buey. 

P 

painter,  el  pintor. 

palace,  el  palacio. 

palate,  el  paladar. 

pale,  palido,  -a. 

panic,  el  panico. 

pantry,  la  despensa. 

paper  (material},  el  papel;  (news-) 
el  periodico;  paper  money,  el  pa- 
pel  moneda. 

par  (at),  a  la  par. 

parade,  la  revista. 

pardon  (to),  perdonar. 

pardon,  el  perdon. 

parents,  los  padres. 

parlor,  la  sala. 

part,  la  parte. 

particularly,  particularmente. 

partner,  el  socio. 

partridge,  la  perdiz. 

party,  el  partido. 

pass  (to),  pasar;  (a  law},  votar. 

passenger,  el  pasajero. 

passionately,  apasionadamente. 

pastor,  el  pastor. 

path,  la  senda. 

patience,  la  paciencia. 

patrol,  la  ronda. 

pay  (to),  pagar;  (attention}, 

prestar. 

payment,  el  pago. 

pea,  el  guisante. 

peach,  el  melocoton. 

pear,  la  pera. 

pen,  la  pluma. 

pencil,  el  lapiz,  -ces. 

penetrate  (to),  penetrar. 


362 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


people,  el  pueblo. 

per  cent,  por  ciento. 

perfect,  perfecto,  -a. 

perfectly,  absolutamente. 

perform  (to),  cumplir  con. 

perihelion,  el  perihelio. 

perilous,  peligroso,  -a. 

perish  (to),  perecer  (143,  a). 

perpetual,  perpetuo,  -a. 

person,  la  persona. 

personalty  and  realty,  los  bienes 
muebles  e  inmuebles. 

petition,  la  peticion. 

Philippines  (islands),  las  Filipinas. 

photograph,  la  fotografi'a. 

piece,  la  pieza. 

pineapple,  la  pina. 

pink,  el  clavel. 

pistol,  la  pistola. 

pistol-shot,  el  pistoletazo. 

pitcher,  el  jarro. 

pity,  (la)  lastima. 

Pius,  Pio. 

place,  el  lugar,  la  plaza;  (occupation), 
el  puesto. 

plaintiff,  el  demandante. 

plan,  el  plan. 

planet,  el  planeta. 

plate,  el  plato. 

play  (drama),  el  drama. 

play  (to),  tocar  (music);  (a 

game},  jugar  a  (168). 

plead  (to),  abogar. 

pleasant,  agradable. 

please  (to),  agradar,  gustar  a,  corn- 
placer  (143,  a). 

pleasing,  agradable. 

pleasure,  el  placer. 

plum,  la  ciruela. 

pocket,  el  bolsillo. 

poem,  el  poema. 

poet,  el  poeta. 


poetic,  poetico,  -a. 

point,  el  punto. 

pole,  el  polo. 

political,  politico,  -a. 

pond,  el  estanque. 

Pope,  (el)  Papa. 

popular,  popular. 

portion,  -la  porcion. 

Porto-Rican,   portorriquefio,  -a;   the 

Porto-Ricans,  los  portorriquefios. 
position,  la  posicion,  el  puesto. 
possessions,  los  bienes. 
possessive,  posesivo,  -a. 
possibility,  la  posibilidad. 
possible,  posible. 

postage  prepaid,  franco,  -a  de  porte. 
postage-stamp,  el  sello  (de  correo). 
postal-card,  la  tarjeta  postal. 
post-office,  el  correo. 
potato,  la  patata,  papa. 
pour  (to),  derramar. 
practical,  practice,  -a. 
praise,  la  alabanza. 
prank,  la  calaverada. 
pray  (to),  rezar. 
precious,  precioso,  -a. 
predecessor,  el  predecesor. 
prefer  (to),  preferir  (174). 
preparation,  el  preparative. 
prepare  (to),  preparar. 

present,  actual;  to  be ,  asistir. 

present  (to),  presentar. 
preserve  (to),  preservar. 
president,  el  presidente. 
presumptuous  (to  be),  tener  (136) 

presuncion. 
pretty,  bello,  -a. 
prevent  (to),  impedir  (181). 
price,  el  precio. 
primary,  primero,  -a. 
primary,  el  primario. 
prime  minister,  el  primer  ministro. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


363 


prince,  el  principe. 

principal,  principal. 

prisoner,  el  preso. 

privilege,  el  privilegio. 

prize,  el  premio. 

probable,  probable. 

problem,  el  problema. 

proceeds,  el  producto. 

procure  (to),  conseguir  (143, 10, 181). 

produce  (to),  producir  (207). 

produce  exchange,  la  lonja  de  vfveres. 

professor,  el  profesor. 

profitable,  provechoso,  -a. 

progress  (to),  adelantar. 

projectile,  el  proyectil. 

promise  (to),  prometer. 

promissory  note,  el  pagare. 

promoter,  el  promoter. 

pronoun,  el  pronombre. 

pronounce  (to),  pronunciar. 

properly,  debidamente. 

proportional,  proporcional. 

propose  (marriage),  determinarse. 

proposed,  propuesto,  -a. 

proposition,  la  proposicion. 

prosper  (to),  prosperar. 

protest,  la  protesta. 

proud,  orgulloso,  -a. 

proverb,  el  refran. 

Providence,  la  Providencia. 

prudence,  la  prudencia. 

prudent,  cuerdo,  -a. 

publish  (to),  publicar. 

punish  (to),  castigar. 

pupil,  el  discfpulo. 

purchase,  la  compra. 

pure,  puro,  -a. 

purpose,  el  proposito. 

pursue  (to),  perseguir  (143,  10,  181). 

put  (to),  poner  (201),  meter;  to  put 

On,  poner;  to  put  (his),  ponerse. 
Pyrenees,  los  Pirineos. 


quadruped,  el  cuadrtipedo. 
quadruple,  cuadruple. 
quail,  la  codorniz. 
quality,  la  calidad. 
quarter,  el  quarto. 
queen-regent,  la  reina  regente. 
question,  la  cuestion,  or  (simply}  lo. 
quiet,  la  quietud. 
quiet,  tranquilo,  -a. 

R 

rabble,  la  gentuza. 
radius-vector,  el  radio  vector, 
railroad,  el  ferrocarril. 
rain,  la  lluvia. 
rain  (to),  Hover  (158). 
rainbow,  el  arco  iris. 
raise    (—to  lift},  levantar;    (to  col- 
lect], juntar. 

ransack  (to),  revolver  (171). 
rapidly,  rapidamente,  de  prisa. 
rarely,  raras  veces. 
rather,  de  mejor  gana. 
ration,  la  racion. 

rattlesnake,  la  culebra  de  cascabel. 
ravenously,  vorazmente. 
reach  (to),  alcanzar,  llegar  a. 
read  (to),  leer  (206). 
reading-room,  la  sala  de  lectura. 
ready,  servido,  -a. 
ready-made,  hecho,  -a. 
rear  guard,  la  retaguardia. 
reassert  (to),  reafirmar. 
rebel  (to),  rebelarse. 
receive  (to),  recibir. 
receiver,  el  comisario  de  quiebra. 
reception,  la  recepcion. 
recourse,  el  recurso. 
Red  Cross,  la  Cruz  Roja. 
reelection,  la  reeleccion. 
reenforced,  reforzado,  -a. 


364 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


reinforcements,  los  refuerzos. 

Reformation,  la  Reforma. 

refund  (to),  devolver  (171). 

refuse,   rehusar,   negarse    a   (143,    2, 

regiment,  el  regimiento.  [164). 

registered,  certificado,  -a. 

regret  (to),  sentir  (174). 

reject  (to),  rechazar. 

rejoice  (to),  regocijarse. 

rejoicing,  el  regocijo. 

relative,  el  pariente. 

relieve  (to),  aliviar. 

religion,  la  religion. 

religious,  religiose,  -a. 

remain  (to),  quedar;  (to 

manecer  (143,  a). 
remedy,  el  remedio. 
remember  (to),  recordar  (167). 
renewed,  nuevo,  -a. 
repeat  (to),  repetir  (181). 
repent  (to),  arrepentirse  (174). 
repose,  la  quietud. 
represent  (to),  representar. 
reprove  (to),  reprender. 
republic,  la  republica. 
republican,  el  republicano. 
reputation,  la  reputation, 
repute,  la  fama. 
requirements,  las  necesidades. 
reside  (to),  residir. 
residence,  la  casa  morada. 
resignation,  la  resignation, 
respect  (to),  respetar. 
rest  (to),  descansar. 
result,  el  resultado. 
retire  (to),  retirarse. 
retreat  (to),  retirarse. 
return   (to),  volver   (171,  227),   re- 

gresar. 

return  mail  (by),  a  vuelta  de  correo. 
return  ticket,  el  billete  de  ida  y  vuelta. 
reveal  (to),  revelar. 


review,  la  revista. 

revolution,  la  revolucidn. 

revolve  (to),  girar. 

riches,  las  riquezas. 

rift,  el  claro. 

right,  derecho,  -a. 

rise  (to),  levantarse. 

river,  el  no. 

road,  el  camino. 

rob  (to),  robar. 

robber,  el  ladron. 

Romanic,  romance. 

Rome,  (la)  Roma. 

roof,  el  tejado,  techo. 

room,  el  cuarto. 

rose,  la  rosa. 

rout  (to),  derrotar. 

royal,  regio,  -a. 

rub  (to),  frotar,  restregar. 

rule,  la  regla. 

run     (to),     correr;      (to  flee),     huir 

(185);  run  across,  dar  con  (189); 

run  out,  acabarse. 
running  noose,  el  lazo  corredizo. 
Russia,  la  Rusia. 


sad,  triste. 

sailor,  el  marinero. 

salt,  la  sal. 

same,  mismo,  -a;  the  same,lo  mismo. 

satisfaction,  el  contento. 

satisfactory,  satisfactorio,  -a. 

satisfied,  satisfecho,  -a;    to  be  , 

estar  (136)  contento,  -a. 
Saturday,  el  sabado. 
Saturn,  Saturno. 
save  (to),  salvar. 
say  (to),  decir  (195). 
saying,  el  dicho. 
school,  la  escuela. 
schooner,  la  goleta. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


365 


science,  la  ciencia. 

scissors,  las  tijeras. 

scorn  (to),  desdefiar. 

sea,  el,  la  mar. 

season,  la  estacion. 

second,  el  segundo. 

second,  segundo,  -a. 

second-hand,  el  segundario. 

secret,  el  secreto. 

sect,  la  secta. 

secure  (to),  conseguir  (143,  10,  181). 

see  (to),  ver  (205). 

seek  (to),  buscar; shelter,  refu- 

giarse. 

seem  (to),  parecer  (143,  a). 
seen,  visto,  -a. 
select  (to),  escoger. 
self-defense,  la  defensa  propia. 
self-government,  el  gobierno  propio. 
sell  (to),  vender, 
send  (to),  enviar  (143,  3); for, 

mandar  por. 
sense,  el  sentido. 
sentiment,  el  sentimiento. 
servant,  m.  el  criado;  /  la  criada. 
serve  (to),  servir  (181). 
service,  el  servicio. 
set  (to),  poner  (201);    to  set  out, 

partir. 

settled  (to  be),  arreglarse. 
seven,  siete. 
seventh,  septimo,  -a. 
several,  muchos,  -as. 
severe,  severe,  -a. 
severely,  severamente. 
shade,  la  sombra. 
shadow,  la  sombra. 
shameful,  bochornoso,  -a. 
share,  la  accion. 
shareholder,  el  accionista. 
she,  ella. 
Sheep,  la  oveja. 


sheepfold,  el  aprisco. 

shop,  la  tienda. 

shortly,  dentro  de  poco;  -  after, 

poco  despues. 
show  (to),  mostrar  (167). 
shrug    (to)   one's  shoulders,  enco- 

gerse  de  hombros. 
sick  (to  be),  estar  (136)  malo,  -a. 
sick-nurse,  la  enfermera. 
side,  el  lado. 
sight,  la  vista. 
sign,  la  serial. 

l  silencio. 
plata. 


since   (adv.},  puesto   que;     (prep.}, 
sing  (to),  cantar.  [desde. 

single,  solo,  -a. 
sinking  fund,  el  fondo  de  amortiza- 

cion. 

sir,  senor. 
sister,  la  hermana  ;  sister-in-law,  la 

cufiada. 

sit  down  (to),  sentarse  (164). 
situation,  la  situacion. 
six,  seis. 

sixteen,  dieziseis. 
sixth,  sexto,  -a. 
skate  (to),  patinar. 
skillful,  diestro,  -a. 
slander  (to),  calumniar. 
slave,  el  esclavo. 
slavery,  la  esclavitud. 
small,  pequeno,  -a. 
smell,  el  olfato;   (odor},  el  olor. 
smoking  (no),  no  se  fuma. 
snood,  el  cordon. 
snow  (to),  nevar  (158). 
SO,  tan  ;   so  much,  tanto. 
soap,  el  jabon. 
society,  la  sociedad. 
soldier,  el  soldado. 


366 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


solve  (to),  resolver  (171). 

some,  alguno,  -a  (25). 

something,  algo. 

son,  el  hijo. 

soon,  pronto;  as  soon,  tan  pronto. 

soul,  el  alma  (/.}. 

sound  (to),  sonar  (167). 

South,  el  sur. 

South-American,  sud-americano,  -a. 

Spain,  la  Espafia. 

Spaniard,  el  espanol. 

Spanish  (language},  el  espanol. 

Spanish,  espafiol,  -a,  -es,  -as. 

speak  (to),  hablar. 

special,  especial. 

species,  la  especie. 

speculate  (to)  in  stocks,  jugar  (168) 

a  la  bolsa. 
speech  (faculty},  el  habla,/  (n,  b}; 

(oration},  el  discurso. 
spend  (to) ,  gastar. 

spite  (in ),  a  pesar. 

spoon,  la  cuchara. 

spring   (water},   el  manantial;    (sea- 
son}, la  primavera. 
spring  up  (to),  originarse. 

squadron,  el  escuadron. 

square,  cuadrado,  -a. 

square,  el  cuadrado. 

stairs,  la  escalera. 

start  (to),  partir;  up,  saltar. 

State,  el  Estado. 

statement,  la  declaracion. 

statesman,  el  estadista. 

stay  (to),  permanecer  (143,  a}. 

steal  (to),  robar. 

steamer,  el  vapor. 

still,  sin  embargo. 

stock-exchange,  la  bolsa. 

stomach,  el  estomago. 

stop   (—to  cease},  cesar    (325);    (to 
stop  moving},  pararse. 


store,  la  tienda. 
storm,  la  tormenta. 
story  (of  a  house},  el  piso;    (narra- 
tive}, la  historia,  el  cuento. 
stranger,  el  desconocido. 
strawberry,  la  fresa. 
street,  la  calle. 

stretch  oneself  (to) ,  estirarse. 
strewn,  sembrado,  -a. 
strictly,  estrictamente. 
strike,  la  huelga. 
striker,  el  huelguista. 
strive  (to),  esforzarse  (167). 
strong,  fuerte. 
structure,  la  estructura. 
student,  el  estudiante. 
study  (to),  estudiar. 
sty,  la  pocilga.  [los  subditos. 

subject,  el  sujeto ;    (subjects  of  a  king}, 
submit  (to),  someterse. 
subscription,  la  suscripcion. 
succeed  (to),  lograr  (327). 
success,  el  exito. 
successor,  el  sucesor. 
succumb  (to),  sucumbir. 
such,  such  a,  tal,  (//.)  tales, 
suffer  (to),  padecer  (143,  a}. 
suffering,  el  sufrimiento. 

suffice  (to),  bastar. 

sufficient,  bastante. 

sugar,  el  azticar. 

suggest  (to),  sugerir  (174). 

suicide,  el  suicidarse,  el  suicidio. 

suit  (law},  el  pleito,  la  causa. 

suitor,  el  pretendiente. 

sulk  (to),  permanecer  (143,  a}  terco. 

sum,  la  cantidad. 

sun,  el  sol. 

Sunday,  el  domingo. 

sunrise,  la  salida  del  sol. 

supper,  la  cena. 

supply,  la  provision. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


367 


support,  la  ayuda. 

support    (=  to   bear),   soportar;     (to 

maintain),  mantener  (136). 
supreme,  supremo,  -a. 
sure,  seguro,  -a. 
surely,  de  seguro. 
surgeon,  el  medico, 
surplus,  el  excedente,  el  sobrante. 
surprise  (to),  sorprender. 
surrender,  la  rendition. 
surrender  (to),  rendirse  (181). 
suspect  (to),  sospechar. 
suspended,  suspendido,  -a. 
swallow    (to),    tragar;    swallowed, 

tragado,  -a. 
sway  (to),  dominar. 
sweet,  dulce. 
sword,  la  espada. 
sworn,  jurado,  -a. 


table,  la  mesa. 

tablecloth,  el  mantel. 

tactics,  la  tactica. 

take  (to),  tomar;  to out,  sacar; 

to a  bath,  bafiarse,  to a 

walk,  pasear  or  pasearse. 
talk  (to),  hablar. 
tariff,  el  arancel. 
task,  la  tarea. 
taste,  el  agrado,  el  gusto, 
taxes,  las  contribuciones. 
teacher,  el  maestro. 
tear  up  (to),  romper, 
telegram,  el  telegrama. 
tell  (to),  decir  (195);  tell  (  =  relate), 

contar  (167). 
temptation,  la  tentacion. 
ten,  diez  ;  tenth,  decimo,  -a, 
tent,  la  tienda. 
term,  la  condition. 
than,  que. 


that,  ese,  esa  ;  those,  esos,  esas  (88). 
that  (rel.  andconj.),  que;  that  which, 

el,  la  que;  that  (neuter),  eso. 
the,  el,  la,  los,  las. 
theater,  el  teatro. 
thee,  te. 
their,  su,  sus. 
then  (at  that  time),  entonces ;  then 

(in  the  next  place),  luego. 
there,  alia,  alii. 
thing,  la  cosa. 
think  (to),  pensar  (164). 
third,  tercero,.-a  (25).  [nueve. 

thirty,  treinta;   thirty-nine,  treinta  y 
this,  este,  esta;   this   {neuter),  esto; 

these,  estos,  estas. 
thorn,  la  espina. 
thoroughly,  a  fondo. 
three,  tres. 
throat,  la  garganta. 
throne,  el  trono. 
through,  por. 
throw  (to),  arrojar. 
thunder,  el  trueno. 
Thursday,  el  jueves. 
thus,  ast'. 
tiger,  el  tigre. 
time  (duration},  el  tiempo; (at 

law),  el   plazo; (occasion),  la 

vez  (//.  las  veces). 
tired,  cansado,  -a;  fatigado,  -a. 
to,  a. 

tobacco,  el  tabaco. 
to-day,  hoy. 
tomato,  el  tomate. 
to-morrow,  manana. 
tongue,  la  lengua. 
to-night,  esta  noche. 
tooth,  el  diente. 

top  (like  a),  como  una  piedra  (stone). 
touch,  el  tacto. 
towards,  hacia. 


368 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


towel,  la  toalla. 

townhall,  el  ayuntamiento. 

train,  el  tren. 

traitor,  el  traidor. 

transform  (to),  transformar. 

translation,  la  traduccion. 

travel  (to),  viajar. 

traveler,  el  viajero. 

treat  (to),  tratar. 

tree,  el  arbol. 

trench,  la  trinchera. 

trial,  la  pena. 

tribulation,  la  tribulacion. 

trim  (to),  cortar. 

trip,  el  viaje. 

triple,  triple. 

troops,  las  tropas. 

true,  verdadero,  -a;   the  true,  lo  ver- 

dadero. 

trunk,  el  tronco. 

trust  company,  la  liga  mercantil. 
truth,  la  verdad. 
try  (to),  tratar  (325). 
Tuesday,  el  martes. 
tulip,  el  tulipan. 
turkey,  el  pavo. 
turn   out  (to),   resultar;    turn   into 

cash,  convertir  (174)  en  dinero. 
twelve,  doce. 
twenty,  veinte. 
twenty -five,  veinticinco. 
twenty-seven,  veintisiete. 
two,  dos. 

U 

ultimo,  del  proximo  pasado. 
uncle,  el  tio. 
under,  bajo. 

undersigned,  el  infrascrito. 
understand    (to),    entender    (166), 

comprender;    to   give  to  ,  dar 

(189)  a  entender. 
unforeseen,  imprevisto,  -a. 


unfortunately,  desdichadamente. 

united,  unido,  -a. 

United  States,  los  Estados  Unidos. 

universal,  universal. 

university,  la  universidad. 

unnatural,  contranatural. 

unravel  (to),  desenredar. 

unusual,  inusitado,  -a. 

upon,  sobre. 

upper,  superior. 

us,  nos   (obj.  of  verb},  nosotros  (obj 

of  preposition}. 
use  (to),  emplear,  usar;  to  be  used, 

usarse. 
usually,  generalmente. 


vacillate  (to),  vacilar. 

vain,  vano,  -a;  in ,  en  vano. 

valuable,  de  gran  precio. 

value  (to),  valuar. 

value,  el  valor. 

vanguard,  la  vanguardia. 

vaporings,  los  disparates. 

various,  diverse,  -a;   vario,  -a. 

vegetable,  la  legumbre. 

vein,  la  vena. 

verdict,  el  veredicto. 

very,  muy  (before  pos,  degree);  mucho 

(before  comp.  degree};  very  much. 

muchisimo;  very  bad,  pesimo,  -a. 
victory,  la  victoria. 
victuals,  las  viandas. 
village,  el  pueblo,  la  aldea. 
violet,  la  violeta. 
virtue,  la  virtud. 
visit,  la  visita. 
visit  (to),  visitar. 
vitals,  las  entranas. 
voluptuous,  voluptuoso,  -a. 
vulgarity,  la  vulgaridad. 


ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


369 


wages,  el  salario. 

wait,  wait  for  (to),  esperar. 

waiting  room,  la  sala  de  espera. 

Wales,  Gales. 

walk,  el  paseo. 

walk  (to),  andar  (188). 

wall,  la  pared. 

want    (to),    querer    (209);     to    be 

wanted,  desearse. 

want,  la  falta;  for of,  por  falta  de. 

war,  la  guerra. 

warm  (very),  mucho  calor. 

wash  (oneself)  (to),  lavarse. 

washstand,  el  lavabo. 

waste  (to),  disipar,  gastar. 

watch,  el  reloj. 

water,  el  agua  (/). 

wear  (to),  traer  (193). 

weather,  el  tiempo. 

Wednesday,  el  miercoles. 

week,  le  semana. 

welcome  (to),  dar  (189)  la bienvenida. 

well  (adv.} ,  bien. 

West,  el  oeste. 

what?    ique?    what!    ;que!    what 

(=  that  which},  lo  que. 
wheat,  el  trigo. 

when,  cuando;  when?  ,Jcuando? 
where,  donde;  where?  <;d6nde? 
whether  (that},  que;  whether  (if), 
which,  que.  [si. 

while,  mientras  (que). 
who,  que;   who?  £  quien? 
whole,  todo,  -a;    the ,  todo  el, 

toda  la. 
whom,  quien. 
why?  <;  por  que? 
wicked  (the),  el  impio. 
wife,  la  mujer,  esposa. 
wild,  silvestre. 
.  will,  la  voluntad. 


win  (to),  ganar. 

wind    itself    up   (to),  darse    (189) 

cuerda  a  si  mismo. 
window,  la  ventana;   little  ,  la 

ventanilla. 
wine,  el  vino, 
wing,  el  ala  (/). 
winter,  el  invierno. 

wipe  (to),  enjugar ;  to out,  agotar. 

wire,  el  alambre. 

wisdom,  la  sabidurfa. 

wise  (the),  los  sabios. 

wisely,  sabiamente. 

wish  (to),  querer  (209). 

with,  con. 

within,  dentro  de. 

without,  sin. 

witness,  el  testigo. 

witness  (to),  presenciar. 

wolf,  el  lobo. 

woman,  la  mujer. 

woods,  los  bosques. 

word,  la  palabra. 

work,  el  trabajo,  la  obra. 

work  (to),  trabajar. 

world,  el  mundo. 

worse,  peor. 

worst,  peor. 

worth  (to  be)  more,  valer  (200)  mas. 

wounded  (the),  los  heridos. 

write  (to),  escribir  (222). 


year,  el  ano. 

yes,  sf. 

yesterday,  ayer. 

yet,  todavfa. 

you,  usted;  ye,  vosotros. 

young,  joven  (//.  jovenes). 

young  man,  el  joven  (//.  jovenes). 

your,  su,  sus. 

youth,  la  juventud. 


SPANISH    VOCABULARY 

Ch,  11,  and  n,  being  separate  letters,  stand  after  c,  1,  and  n. 

Verbs  should  be  looked  for  under  their  infinitives,  which,  when  irregular, 
are  referred  to  the  sections  where  their  model  verbs  are  conjugated.  All 
forms  so  irregular  as  not  to  be  easily  traceable  to  their  infinitives  are  given. 
In  looking  for  the  infinitives  of  irregular  forms  observe  that  — 

1.  Forms  in  ue  and  u  are  to  be  sought  for  under  0:  puedo,  pude,  from 
poder. 

2.  Those  in  ie  and  i  under  e :  siento,  sintio  from  sentir. 
The  gender  of  nouns  is  indicated  by  the  letters  m  and  f. 
All  references  are  to  sections. 


£,  to,  with,  of,  at,  after,  on,  in,  for,  upon, 
according  to. 

abalanzarse,  to  rush  forward. 

abandonar,  to  abandon. 

abismo,  m.  abyss. 

abnegaci6n  de  si  mismo,  self-abnega- 
tion. 

abogado,  m.  lawyer. 

abominarse,  to  revile. 

abonar,  to  credit ; en  cuenta,  to 

credit  to  one's  account. 

abrasador,  -a,  suffocating,  fiery. 

abrazar,  to  embrace. 

abrigar,  to  entertain. 

abrigo,  m.  overcoat. 

abril,  April. 

abrir  (222),  to  open. 

absolutamente,  absolutely. 

absurdo,  -a,  absurd. 

abundar,  to  abound,  be  plentiful. 

abur,  good-by,  "  so  long." 

aca,  here. 

acabar,  to  finish;  de,  to  have 

just (216). 


acaparamiento,  m.  monopolizing. 

acariciar,  to  caress. 

acci6n,/  action. 

acechar,  to  waylay,  spy  upon. 

aceite  (;«.)  de  oliva,  olive  oil. 

aceptar,  to  accept. 

acerca  de,  about. 

acercarse,  to  approach. 

acero,  m.  steel,  sword. 

acerque  (pres.  sub.  of  acercar),  to 

bring  near  or  to  (143,  i). 
acertar  (164),  to  happen. 
aclamaci6n,  f.  acclamation,  shout. 
acobardar,  to  daunt. 
acometer,  to  attack,  undertake. 
acompanar,  to  send  herewith,  enclose, 

accompany;  se,  to  associate. 

acontecer  (143,  «),  to  happen, 
acorazado,     -a,     armored;     armored 

ship. 

acordes,  m.  strains. 
acreditar,  to  prove. 
acreedor,  m.  creditor, 
actitud,/!  attitude. 
actividad,yC  activity. 


370 


SPANISH    VOCABULARY 


371 


acto,  m.  act. 

actriz,/  actress. 

actual,  instant,  present  (month}. 

actualmente,  at  present. 

acudir,  to  come  or  run  up. 

acunaci6n,/  coinage. 

acusar,  to  acknowledge. 

Adan,  Adam. 

adelantado,  -a,  in  advance  of. 

adelantar,  to  advance,  get  along; 
se,  to  advance. 

adelante  (en),  upward,  onward,  for- 
ward; ya  en ,  from  now  on. 

adelantos,  m.  progress,  most  modern 
improvements. 

ademas,  moreover. 

adi6s,  good-by,  good  day. 

adivinar,  to  guess;  se  to  be 

guessed. 

adjunto,  herewith,  accompanying. 

admirable  (lo),  admirable  part. 

admiraci6n,  /  admiration. 

admitir,  to  admit,  accept. 

ad6nde,  where? 

adoptar,  to  adopt. 

adoraci6n,/  adoration.  , 

adorno,  m.  ornament,  trimming. 

aduana,/  custom-house. 

advertir  (174),  to  warn. 

aerolite,  /«.  aerolite. 

afamado,  -a,  famous. 

afecci6n,/  affection. 

afecto,  *•*.  regards,  affection,  love. 

afectu,  -a,  obedient,  affectionate,  re- 
spectful. 

afianzamiento,  m.  security. 

aficionado,  fond  of,  given  to. 

afirmar,  to  affirm. 

aflojar,  to  relax. 

afortunadamente,  fortunately. 

afuera,  outside;  casa  ,  outside 

the  house. 


agareno,  m.  Mahometan,  Moor  (Jrom 

Agar,  flagar}. 
agarrar,  to  cling  to. 
agitado,  -a,  agitated. 
agolpar,  to  drive,  bring, 
agosto,  August. 
agradable,  pleasant. 
agradar,  to  please. 
agradecer  (143,  «),  to  thank. 
agradecido,  -a,  grateful. 
agradezco     (agradecer,     143,    a\  I 

thank. 

agregado,  m.  attache. 
agrupado,  -a,  grouped, 
agua,/  water. 
aguantar,  to  suffer. 
aguardar,  to  wait  for. 
aguardiente,  ;;/.  brandy, 
aguila,  /   eagle ;   pintar  el  ,  to 

spend  money  freely. 
ah,  ah. 
ahi,  there. 

ahogado,  -a,  dull,  smothered. 
ahora,  now. 

ahuyentar,  to  frighten  away, 
airadamente,  angrily. 
aire,  m.  air;  aires,  airs, 
ajedrez,  m.  chess, 
ajustar,  to  transact. 
al  (=a  el),  at  that. 
al  4,  al  5,  at  4,  at  5  per  cent, 
alambrado,  m.  wire  trellis. 
alambre,  m.  wire. 
alarmar,  to  alarm, 
alcanzar,  to  reach. 
Alcazaba,/  stronghold,  citadel, 
alegrar,  to  delight. 
alegria,  /  joy,  mirth, 
alejar,  to  make  retire. 
alf£rez  de  navio,  junior  lieutenant, 
alf ombra,  f.  carpet. 
algo,  somewhat,  something. 


372- 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


algod6n,  m.   cotton;    p61vora, 

gun  cotton. 
alguien,  some  one. 
algiin,  any,  some. 
alguno,  -a,  some,  few,  any. 
aliento,  m.  breath, 
alimentar,  to  feed. 
alivio,  m.  relief, 
alma,  f.  soul,  heart ;  sentir  en  el , 

to  regret  deeply, 
almacen,  m.  store,  warehouse, 
almacenaje,  m.  storage. 
almendra,/  almond. 
almid6n,  m.  starch. 
almirantazgo,  m.  admiralty. 
almirante,  m.  admiral. 
almuerzo,  m.  breakfast. 
alrededor  de,  around. 
alteraci6n,  f.  change,  commotion, 
alto,  aloud, 
alto,  -a,  high,  latest, 
alto,  m.  halt. 

altura,/  height,  distance  up  stream, 
alumbrado,  m.  illumination, 
alza,/  (el),  rise. 
alzarse,  to  rise, 
alii,  there, 
ama,/  mistress. 
amable,  amiable,  kind, 
amar,  to  love,  like. 
amargura,  f.  bitterness. 
amarillo,  -a,  yellow. 
ambos,  -as,  both. 
amenazar,  to  threaten. 
America,/  America, 
americano,  -a,  American, 
amiga,/  friend, 
amigo,  m.  friend, 
amiguito,  m.  little  friend, 
amo,  m.  master. 
amortizable,  redeemable, 
anciano,  -a,  old  (man,  woman). 


anchisimo,  -a,  very  broad. 

ancho,  -a,  broad. 

andante,  walking. 

andar  (188),  to  go,  walk. 

andar,  m.  speed. 

angel,  m.  angel. 

dngulo,  m.  angle. 

animalucho,  m.  ugly  brute. 

animado,   -a,  animated. 

aniquilarse,  to  annihilate  each  other. 

aniversario,  m.  anniversary. 

anoche,  last  evening,  last  night. 

anterior,  front,  forward. 

anteriormente,  formerly. 

antes,  above,  formerly. 

antes  de,  before. 

antes  de  que,  before. 

anticuado,  -a,  antiquated. 

antiguo,  -a,  ancient,  veteran. 

anunciar,  to  announce. 

anuncio,  m.  advertisement. 

anadir,  to  add. 

anicos  (hacer  ),  to  smash  into 

bits. 

ano,  m.  year, 
apagar,  to  silence,  put  out;  se, 

to  go  out. 

aparato,  m.  apparatus. 
aparecer  (143,  a),  to  appear. 
aparici6n,  apparition. 
aparte,  aside. 
apearse,  to  get  out. 
apenas,  scarcely. 
aplanchadora,  ironer  (woman). 
aplauso  (un),  hurrah! 
aplicar,  to  apply. 
aplomado,  gray,  leaden, 
apoderarse,  to  take  possession. 
apoplejla,/!  apoplexy. 
apostar  (167),  to  station. 
apoyar,  to  support, 
aprender,  to  learn. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


373 


apresurarse,  to  hasten. 

aprop6sito   (mas),  most  convenient, 

nearest. 

aprovechar,  to  take  advantage. 
aproveche  (que a),  may  it  do  you 

good  (said  to  any  one  who  eats,  etc.). 
aproximarse,  to  approach,  be  near, 
apuntar,  to  point. 
aque"!,  the  former. 
aquSlla,  that,  its. 
aquel,  aquella,    aquellos,   -as,   that, 

those. 
aqui,  here, 
arabe,  Arab, 
arancel,  m.  tariff, 
arana,/  chandelier, 
arbol,  m.  tree, 
ardiente,  fiery. 
arengar,  to  harangue, 
argentine,  -a,  Argentine. 
aritme"tico,  -a,  arithmetical, 
arma,/  arm. 

armado,  -a,  armed,  "  converted." 
armonfa,/  harmony, 
arrancar,  to  rush  out. 
arrastrarse,  to  crawl, 
arrebatar,  to  transport. 
arreciar,  to  grow  hotter. 
arreglar,  to  arrange,  make, 
arreglo  (con),  conformably, 
arriar,  to  strike,  lower, 
arrimarse,  to  stick  to,  approach, 
arrogante,  haughty. 
arrojar,  to  knock  down,  throw. 
arrojo,  m.  dash,  boldness, 
arroyo,  m.  brook, 
arroz,  m.  rice. 
arte,  m.  and/  art. 
arteria,  /  artery, 
articulo,  w.  article; s  paracazar, 

hunters'  goods, 
artificial,  artificial. 


artillado,  -a,  fortified. 

artillero,  m.  gunner. 

artista,  m.  artiste  {player). 

asambleista,  ;«.  delegate. 

ascensor,  m.  elevator;  de  muni- 

ciones,  ammunition  hoist. 
asegurar,  to  insure,  assure, 
asemejarse,  to  resemble, 
asfixiarse,  to  be  stifled, 
asi,  so,  thus. 
asir  (190),  to  seize, 
asistentes,  m.  those  present, 
asombroso,  -a,  marvelous, 
aspecto,  m.  aspect. 
aspirar,  to  aspire. 
asunto,  m.  matter,  affair, 
asustar,  to  scare,  frighten, 
atacar,  to  attack, 
atajar,  to  fight,  intercept,  put  out. 
ataque,  m.  attack. 
atenci6n,/  attention,  consideration. 
atender  (166),  to  attend  to,  care  for. 
atenta,/  favor. 
atento,  -a,  obedient,  respectful, 
aterrar,  to  appall,  terrify. 
atm6sf era,  f.  atmosphere. 
atolondrada,/.  rattlepate. 
atormentar,  to  worry, 
atractivos,  m.  attractions. 
atraer  (193),  to  attract. 
atravesar  (164),  to  pass  through, 
atrevido  (lo),  the  daring. 
atribuirse  (185),  to  be  attributed. 
atrincheramiento,  m.  entrenchment, 
augusto,  august. 
aullar,  to  howl, 
aumentar,  to  increase, 
aiin,  even,  yet,  still, 
aunque,  although. 
Aurora,   /    Aurora     (the  goddess  of 

dawn) . 
ausencia,/  absence. 


374 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


austral,  south,  southern. 

autor,  m.  author. 

autoridad,/  authority. 

auxiliar,  to  aid. 

auxiliar,  auxiliary. 

avant  (en),  forward!  {French}. 

avanzar,  to  advance. 

ave,  f.  bird. 

aventurero,  m.  adventurer. 

averia,  /  damage.  - 

averiguar,  to  find  out. 

avestruz,/  ostrich. 

aviso,  m.  advice,  notice. 

avistar,  to  descry. 

ayer,  yesterday. 

ayuda,/  aid. 

ayudante,  /».  aide. 

ayudar,  to  help. 

azotar  (to  whip'},  to  tramp. 

azucar,  m.  sugar. 

azul,  blue. 

azulejo,  m.  Dutch  tile. 

B 

bachiller,  m.  bachelor. 

bailar,  to  dance. 

baile,  m.  ball. 

bajar,  to  descend,  drop,  stoop  down. 

bajas,/  casualties. 

bajo,  -a,  low. 

bajo,  under,  below. 

bala,/ ball,  bale. 

balsa,/  raft. 

bancario,  -a,  banking. 

banco,   m.   bank;    hipotecario, 

bank  that  lends  on  mortgages,  stocks. 
bandera,/  flag,  colors. 
banquero,  m.  banker. 
banarse,  to  be  bathed, 
baraja,/ pack  (of  playing  cards}. 
barba,/  chin, 
barbaro,  -a,  barbarous. 


barbero,  m.  barber. 

barbeta,/  barbette. 

barco,  m.  ship. 

barrer,  to  sweep. 

base,/  basis,  base. 

bastante,  enough. 

bastar,  to  suffice,  be  enough. 

batalla,/ battle. 

batallador,  m.  fighter. 

batal!6n,  m.  battalion. 

bateria,/  battery,  gun  deck. 

batir,  beat,  attack. 

batirse,  to  fight. 

bautizar,  to  baptize. 

bayo,  -a,  russet. 

bayoneta,  /   bayonet;    a    la    , 

charge  bayonets. 
bebe",  m.  baby. 
beber,  to  drink, 
bebida,/  drink. 
becerro  de  oro,  golden  calf. 
Beethoven,  famous  German  musician, 
beldad,/  beauty. 
belicoso,  -a,  warlike, 
bello,  -a,  pretty. 
bendici6n,  /    benediction,    blessing, 

grace. 

beneficio,  m.  benefit. 
besar,  to  kiss;  a  uno  la  mano, 

to  extend  greetings  to  any  one. 
bestia,/  beast,  animal. 

bien,  well,  very;  mas ,  rather. 

bienvenido,  -a,  welcome, 
bigote,  m.  mustache. 
bigotito,  m.  small  mustache, 
billar,  m.  billiards, 
billete,  m.  bill,  note,  warrant. 
bipedo,  m.  biped. 
bisiesto,  leap  (year). 
bizarrisimo,  -a,  very  gallant, 
bizarro,  -a,  gallant. 
bianco,  -a,  white. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


375 


boca,  /  mouth ;  de  f  uego,  can- 
non; a de  jarro,  point  blank. 

bocado,  m.  mouthful. 

boda,/  wedding. 

bodega,  f.  wine-vault. 

bola,/ball. 

bolsa,  f.  stock-exchange. 

bomba,yC  bomb,  pump,  fire  engine. 

bombero,  m.  fireman. 

bondad,/  goodness. 

bonito,  -a,  pretty. 

bordo  (a),  aboard. 

bote,  m.  boat;  de  vapor,  steam 

launch. 

botica,/  drug  store. 

bot6n,  m.  bud,  button. 

bracete  (de),  arm-in-arm. 

bramar,  to  roar,  scream  out. 

bravo,  -a,  brave. 

bravura,  f.  bravery,  gallantry. 

brazo,  m.  arm. 

breve,  short,  few. 

bribonada,/  rascality. 

brid6n,  m.  charger. 

brigada,yC  brigade. 

brigadier,  ///.  brigadier. 

brillante,  shining. 

brillantez,/  brightness. 

brindar,to  drink  (health). 

brio,  m.  dash  and  vigor. 

bronce,  m.  bronze,  cannon  (of  bronze). 

brusco,  -a,  sudden. 

bruto,  m.  brute. 

bruto,  -a,  gross,  brute. 

bub6nico,  -a,  bubonic. 

buen  (bueno),  good. 

bueno.  -a,  well,  good. 

buho,  m.  owl. 

buitre,  /*.  vulture. 

bTique,  m.  ship;  hospital,  hospi- 
tal ship;  de  insignia,  flag- 
ship. 


burla,y?  jesting,  joke, 
burlarse,  to  make  fun  of. 
burlesco,  -a,  burlesque. 
bur!6n,  burlona,  roguish, 
burro,  m.  donkey. 
bursatil,  of  the  stock-exchange, 
buscar,  to  look  for,  seek. 
busques  (pres.  subj.  of  buscar),  look 
for;   no  le ,  don't  look  for  him. 


cabal,  common;  cabal !  exactly,  you 
are  right. 

caballeria,  f.  cavalry. 

caballero,  m.  gentleman. 

caballo,  m.  horse;  de  silla,  rid- 
ing horse;  de  d  ,  horsemen, 

cavalry. 

cabe  (si)  (caber,  204),  if  possible; 

no mas,  leaves  nothing  to  be 

desired. 

cabecera,/  head  (of  the  fable). 

cabello,  m.  hair. 

cabeza,/.  head,  lead. 

cabida,yC  room,  space. 

cabido  (/.  part,  of  caber),  befallen. 

cabo  de  mar,  ship's  corporal;  a  cabo, 
to  a  finish. 

cabra,  f.  goat. 

caciquismo,  m.  bossism. 

cachemir,  m.  cashmere. 

cachimba,/  (familiar),  pipe, 

cada,  every,  each,  all. 

caddver,  m.  corpse. 

caer  (192),  to  fall. 

caf6,  m.  coffee. 

caja,yC  case. 

cajita,  /  package. 

calavera,  /  madcap. 

calcular,  to  calculate. 

caldera,  /  boiler. 

calentura,  f.  fever. 


376 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


calidad,/  quality. 

calor,  m.  heat. 

calzado,  ;«.  shoes. 

calzas,/ breeches. 

callar,  to  hold  one's  tongue,  be  silent 

(abouf) . 
calle,/  street. 
callejero,  tn.  loafer, 
calle j6n,  m.  passage,  gangway, 
cama,  /  bed;   haoer  ,  to  keep 

one's  bed  (from  sickness). 
camada,  /  pack, 
camara,/  cabin,  chamber, 
cambiar,  to  change, 
cambio,    m.    change,   exchange;    en 

,  on  the  other  hand. 

caminar,  to  march  (on) . 

camino,  m.  road. 

camisa,  /  shirt. 

campamento,  m.  camp,  encampment. 

campanilla,/!  bell. 

campana, /.  campaign.  [country. 

campo,  m.  camp,  field,  dueling  ground, 

cancer,  m.  cancer. 

canci6n,  /  song. 

cangrejo,    m.    crab;   de  popa, 

afterdeck. 

canibalismo,  m.  cannibalism, 
canon,  /;/.  rate,  fee. 
cansancio,  m.  lassitude. 
cansar,  to  tire,  be  tired, 
cansarse,  to  get  tired, 
cantar,  to  sing. 
cantaro,  m.  pitcher. 
cantidad,  /  sum,  quantity. 
Can6n,  m.  cannon,  gun. 
canonazo,  m.  cannonade, 
canonear,  to  cannonade. 
canoneo,  m.  cannonading. 
canonera,  mounted  with  cannon, 
capaz,  capable, 
capital,  m.  capital  (wealth*). 


capital,/  (chief  city),  capital. 

capitalista,  m.  capitalist. 

capitalizarse,  to  be  capitalized. 

capitan,  m.  captain,  leader;  de 

navlo,  captain; de  bandera, 

flag  captain;  de  infanteria 

de  marina,  captain  of  marines. 

capricho,  m.  whim. 

cara,  /  face. 

carabina,/  carbine,  rifle. 

cardcter,  m.  character. 

caracteristico,  -a,  characteristic. 

icaramba!  zounds!  \ y  cara- 
coles! thunderation ! 

carcajada,  /  (soltar,  167),  to  burst 
out  laughing. 

cardinal,  cardinal. 

carecer,  to  be  without,  not  to  have  re- 
ceived. 

carga,/  loading^  load. 

cargar,  to  load,  charge. 

caricias,  /  caresses;  hacer  ,  to 

caress. 

carinosamente,  lovingly,  affection- 
ately. 

carinoso,  -a,  affectionate. 

Carmen,  name  of  a  street. 

came,  /.  meat ;  poner de  gallina, 

to  make  one's  flesh  creep,  have 
goose  flesh. 

carnoso,  -a,  fleshy. 

carrera,/!  charge,  run. 

carta,/  letter. 

cartero,  m.  letter-carrier. 

casa,yC  house  ;  de  banca,  bank- 
ing house;  en ,  at  home. 

casar,  to  marry;  se,  to  get  mar- 
ried. 

casco,  m.  helmet. 

caseta  (/)  del  puente  de  popa,  chart 
house. 

casi,  almost. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


377 


caso,  m.  case,  fact,  matter ;  hacer 
de,  to  pay  heed  to. 

castano,  -a,  chestnut  (color}. 

Castillejos.  The  first  skirmishes  with 
the  Moors  took  place  in  the  Plain 
of  Castillejos,  in  the  latter  part  of 
December,  1859. 

Castillo,  m.  castle. 

catalago,  m.  catalogue. 

catastrof e,  /  catastrophe. 

caucho,  m.  caoutchouc  (rubber). 

caudillo,  m.  commander. 

causa,/  cause;  a de,  because  of. 

causar,  to  cause. 

cautiverio,  m.  captivity. 

cay6  (caer,  192),  (he)  fell;  cayeron, 
(they}  fell;  cayeran,  (they)  would 
fall. 

cazador,  m.  chasseur. 

cazatorpedero,  m.  torpedo-boat  de- 
stroyer. 

ceder,  to  yield. 

cedilla,  /  warrant. 

celebrar,  to  hold,  celebrate,  be  glad  of. 

cena,/  supper. 

censura,/  censure. 

censurar,  to  blame. 

centauro,  m.  centaur. 

centimetre,  m.  centimeter. 

centre,  m.  center,  middle,  midships. 

cenudo  (ponerse),  to  scowl.  % 

cepillo,  m.  brush,  plane. 

cerca,/  fence. 

cerca  de,  near. 

cero,  m.  zero. 

cerrado,  stubborn. 

cerrar  (164),  to  close. 

certero,  -a,  sure,  certain. 

certidumbre,  /  certainty. 

cerveza,/beer. 

cesante,  m.  (ex-office  holder},  out  of 
office. 


cesar,  to  cease, 
cielo,  m.  heaven, 
ciencia,/  science, 
cientifico,  -a,  scientific. 

ciento    (cien),   hundred;    por  , 

per  cent. 

cierto,  -a,  certain, 
cigarillo,  in.  cigarette. 
cigarro,  m.  cigarette. 
cinco,  five. 
cincuenta,  fifty. 
circular,  to  circulate, 
circulo,  m.  circle,  club, 
circunstancia, /.  circumstance. 
circunvecino,  -a,  surrounding, 
citas  (darse,  189),  to  have  meetings. 
ciudad,  /  city. 
claro,  clearly. 

claro,  m.  interval,  space  between, 
clase,  /  category,  class,  kind. 
clavo,  m.  nail, 
clima,  m.  climate. 
club,  m.  club. 
cobarde,  m.  coward, 
cobertor,  m.  coverlet,  quilt. 
cobrar,  to  collect. 

COCer  (143,  5  and  a},  to  cook,  boil, 
cociente,  ;//.  quotient, 
cocina,  /  kitchen. 
COChe,  m.  carriage. 
codiciado,  -a,  coveted, 
coger,  to  catch,  take. 
coja  (coger),  I  take.' 
cola,/  tail, 
colear,  to  wag  the  tail, 
colega,  m.  colleague,  contemporary. 
COlcha,/  coverlet,  counterpane. 
colocaci6n,  /  investment. 

colocar,  to  place; se,  to  be  placed. 

Col6n,  Columbus. 
colonia,  /  colony. 
color,  m.  color. 


378 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


columna,  /  column. 

comadrero,  -a,  gossipy. 

comandante,  m.  captain,  commander. 

combate,  m.  fight. 

combatiente,  m.  combatant. 

combinaci6n,  f.  combination,  arrange- 
ment. 

comedor,  m.  dining-room. 

comenzar  (143,  4,  and  164),  to  begin. 

comer,  to  eat;  se,  to  eat, swallow. 

comercial,  commercial. 

comercio,  m.  commerce,  business. 

cometer,  to  commit. 

c6mico,  -a,  comic. 

COmida,  /  dinner,  meal. 

cominos,  m.  cumin  seed. 

comisi6n/  commission. 

como,  like,  as,  about,  as  if;  que, 

as;  el,  la  que  mas,  as  much 

as  any  one. 

<:c6mo?  how? 

comodoro,  commodore. 

companero,  m.  companion. 

companfa,  yC  company. 

comparaci6n,  f.  comparison. 

comparado,  -a,  comparative. 

comparative,  -a,  comparative. 

completamente,  completely. 

completar,  to  complete. 

completo,  -a,  complete. 

compone  (se)  (componer,  201),  is 
composed;  se  compondrd,  will  be 
composed. 

composici6n,  /  (de)  composition. 

compositor,  m.  composer. 

compra,  /  purchase. 

comprar,  to  buy; se,  to  be  bought. 

comprender,  to  understand. 

comprimir,  to  compress. 

comprometido,  -a,  precarious. 

comun,  common. 

comunicar,  to  communicate. 


con,  with,  on. 

concebir  (181),  to  conceive. 

conceder,  to  grant. 

conciencia,  f.  conscience. 

concierto,  m.  concert. 

conciliador,  -a,  conciliatory. 

conciudadano,  m.  fellow-citizen. 

concluir  (185),  to  finish. 

concordar  (167),  to  agree. 

Conde  de  Lucena,  Count  of  Lucena, 
a  title  acquired  by  General  O'Don- 
nell  for  his  valor  in  defending  this 
city  against  the  Carlists,  in  the  civil 
war  of  1834-1839. 

condenar,  to  condemn. 

condesa,/  countess. 

condici6n,  f.  condition,  quality,  state. 

conducci6n,/  cartage. 

conducir  (207),  to  conduct;  condu- 
cirse,  to  behave. 

conf ecci6n,  f.  manufacture,  making  up 
(of  goods} . 

confesar  (164),  to  confess. 

confianza,/  confidence. 

confiar,  to  trust. 

confirmar,  to  confirm,  refer  to. 

conflicto,  m.  conflict. 

confundido,  -a,  mingled  with. 

confundirse,  to  get  confused. 

conmigo,  with  me  (58). 

conmover  (170),  to  stir  up. 

conocedores  (los),  those  acquainted 
with. 

conocer  (143,  a),  to  know. 

conocido,  -a,  known. 

conocimiento,  m.  acquaintance,  knowl- 
edge, bill. 

conozco  (conocer,  143,  a),  I  know. 

consecuencia  (en),  consequently. 

conseguir  (143,  10,  181),  to  bring  it 
about;  conseguirse.  to  be  accom- 
plished. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


379 


consejo  directive,  m.  board  of  direc- 
tors. 

consentir  (174),  to  consent. 

conserva,/  conserve. 

considerar,  to  consider. 

consignaci6n,/  consignment. 

consiguiente  (por),  consequently. 

COnsolarse,  to  console  oneself. 

conspiraci6n,  /  conspiracy. 

constar,  to  consist;  hacerse ,  to 

be  set  forth,  stated. 

construcci6n,  f.  construction. 

construir  (185),  to  construct;  se  con- 
struyen,  are  constructed. 

consular,  consular. 

x,onsulta,  f.  consultation. 

consultar,  to  consult. 

contador,  m.  paymaster. 

contar  (167),  to  relate,  tell,  count, 

count  on;  se,  to  be  counted 

(on) ;  se  hace ,  it  is  stated. 

contener  (136),  to  contain;  contiene, 
contains. 

contenjdo,  m.  contents. 

contentarse,  to  be  satisfied. 

contento,  -a,  happy,  content,  satisfied. 

contento,  m.  delight. 

contestar,  to  answer. 

COntigO,  with  thee  (58). 

continuar,  to  continue. 

COntinuo,  -a,  continuous. 

contra,  against;  en de,  against. 

contraalmirante,  rear  admiral. 

COntrario,  -a,  enemy,  hostile;  m.  oppo- 
nent. 

contrataci<5n,  /  operation,  contract. 

contrincante,  m.  adversary. 

convenio,  m.  agreement,  contract. 

converiir  (202),  to  suit. 

conversaci6n,  f.  conversation. 

convertir  (174),  to  convert;  se, 

to  convert  oneself. 


convite,  m.  banquet. 
copa,/  glass. 
copia,  /  copy, 
coqueta,/  coquette. 
coraz6n,  w.  heart, 
corbata,/  cravat,  neckwear, 
cordita,/  cordite. 
corneja,/  crow, 
corneta,/  bugle, 
corona,/  crown, 
coronel,  m.  colonel. 
corpulento,  -a,  thick  and  large. 
correcci6n,/  correctness, 
correcto,  -a,  correct, 
corredor,  m.  broker, 
correo,  m.  mail. 

correr,  to  run;   d  todo  ,  at  full 

speed;  correrse,  to  run,  fall, 
correspondencia,  /  correspondence. 
correspondiente,   for  {corresponding 

corresponsal,  m.  correspondent. 

corretaje,  m.  brokerage. 

corriente,  instant,  present,  current ; 
i  corriente !  all  right ! 

corrigir,  to  correct. 

corruptor,  corrupting. 

corse",  m.  corset. 

cortedad,  /  shortcomings. 

corte"s,  polite. 

cortesia,/  courtesy. 

cortina,  /  curtain,  cloud. 

corto,  -a,  short. 

cosa,  /  thing. 

costar  (167)  un  ojo,  to  cost  very 
high. 

costumbre,  /  custom;  de  ,  cus- 
tomary; como  de ,  as  usual. 

cotidiano,  -a,  daily. 

cotizaci6n,/  quotations. 

crSdito  m.  credit,  public  credit. 

creer  (206),  to  think,  believe. 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


crescendo,  crescendo  (increase  in 
volume}. 

criada,/".  (ma'i(T)  servant. 

criado,  m.  servant. 

criatura,/  creature. 

crisma,/  pate,  head. 

cristal,  m.  glass. 

cristaleria,/  glassware. 

cristiano,  -a,  Christian. 

Cristo,  Christ  (image}. 

cr6nico,  -a,  chronic. 

crucero,  m.  cruiser. 

cruz,  /  cross. 

cuadro,  m.  list. 

cuadrupedo,  m.  quadruped. 

£  cual  ?  what,  which  ? 

cual,  as. 

cual  (el,  los,  la,  las),  which,  who, 

whom;  lo ,  which;  conlo , 

whereby. 

cualidad,/  qi*ality. 

cuan,  how. 

cuando,  when. 

I  cuando?  when? 

£  cuanto,  -a?  how  much?  how  many? 

cuanto,  -a,  how  much,  how  many;  as 
much,  as  many  ;  en  cuanto  a,  as  to. 

cuarenta,  forty. 

cuartel  general,  m.  general  quarters; 
a/so,  the  general  staff  composed  of 
the  staffs  of  all  the  commands. 

cuarto,  fourth,  quarter. 

cuarto,  m.  quarter,  room. 

cuatro,  four;  de  a ,  of  four  cen- 
timeters. 

cuatrocientos,  four  hundred. 

Cuba,  i.e.  Santiago  de  Cuba,  as  it  is 
commonly  known  by  the  natives. 

cubierta,/  deck. 

cubrir  (222),  to  cover. 

cuchichearse,  to  whisper  to  each 
other. 


cuello,  m.  collar,  neck. 

cuenta,/  account. 

cuentecito,  m.  story. 

cuento,  m.  story. 

cuerda,yT  cord,  rope. 

cuero,  m.  leather. 

cuerpo,  m,  body,  corps;  ese  , 

that  body,  i.e.  you;  cuerpo  a  cuerpo, 
hand  to  hand. 

Cuervo,  m.  raven. 

cuidado,  m.  care;  jcuidado!  look 
out! 

culebra,  /  snake. 

culminante,  culminating. 

cultivo,  m.  worship,  cultivation. 

culto,  m.  worship. 

cumplido,  performed. 

cumplimiento,  m.  compliment,  compli- 
ance. 

cumplir  con,  to  perform. 

cunado.  m.  brother-in-law. 

cura,/.  cure. 

curar,  to  cure,  give  medical  aid  to. 

curiosidad,  f.  curiosity. 

curso,  m.  course. 

curvado,  -a,  bent,  curved. 

custodiar,  to  have  charge  of,  serve. 

cutaneo,  -a,  cutaneous. 

cuyo,  -a,  whose,  which. 

Ch 

chal,  m.  shawl, 
chaleco,  m.  vest. 
chancear,  to  joke. 

chanza,/.  joke  ;  en- ,  jokingly. 

chapurrado,  m.  gibberish. 
chaqueta,  /  jacket,  coat. 

charlar,  to  chatter,  gabble  ;    el 

talking,  prattling. 
charol,  m.  Japan  varnish, 
chica,/  little  girl, 
chico,  m.  boy. 


SPANISH  VOCABULARY 


381 


chiquilla,/.  young  lady, 
chiquillo,  m.  (little  boy),  darling. 

chiquitas  (andar  en ),  to  trifle. 

chismear,  to  gossip,  carry  tales. 

chiste,  m.  pleasantry,  joke. 

chistoso,  -a,  gay,  witty. 

chocar,  to  clink,  touch. 

chocolate,  m.  chocolate. 

chucho,  m.  {familiar  for  dog)>  towser. 

chupar,  to  suck,  draw. 


dale  (dar)  con  Juana,  still  harping  on 

my  daughter. 
dama,/  lady. 
danza,/  dance, 
dano,  in.  harm, 
dar  (189),  to  give,  shake  (hands},  fa\\ 

into,  strike  (clock};   dar  en,  to  be 

getting  into  ;   darse,  to  be  given. 
dato,  m.  datum,  truth,  fact. 
de,  of,  from,  with,  by,  to,  on,  in,  under; 

than,  as  ;  de  a,  of ;  de  entre,  from 

(among) ;  de a,  between. 

debajo,  below  ;  de,  under. 

debe,  /».  debit. 

deber,  m.  duty. 

deber  (see  §  213),  to  owe,  ought,  must. 

debido,  -a,  due,  proper. 

debilidad,  /  weakness. 

decepci6n,  /  deception. 

decidido,  -a,  decided. 

decidirse,  to  be  decided. 

de'cimoquinto,  -a,  fifteenth. 

decir,  m.  statement. 

decir  (195),  to  say,  tell;    por  decirlo 

asi,  so  to  speak;  se,  to  be  said. 

declaraci6n,  f.  declaration, 
declararse,   to  break  out ; en 

quiebra,  to  go  into  bankruptcy. 
dedicar,  to  devote;  se,  to  be  en 

gaged  in. 


dedo,  m.  finger;  de  en  medio, 

middle  finger;    anular,  ring- 
finger,  menique,  little  finger; 

pulgar,  thumb. 

defecto,  m.  defect. 

defender  (166),   to  defend;    se, 

to  defend  oneself. 
definitiva  (en),  ultimately. 
dejar,  to  leave,  allow,  lack;  de, 

to  fail;    (as  an  auxil^t  to  have, 
delante  de,  before. 
delgado,  -a,  fine,  thin, 
delicadeza,/  delicacy. 
delicioso,  -a,  delightful. 
delirio  (con),  rapturously. 
demas  (el,   los,  lo),  the   remaining, 

other. 

demasiado,  too  much,  too. 
democratic©,  -a,  democratic, 
j  demonic  j  the  deuce ! 
denodadamente,  boldly. 
denominaci6n,/  denomination,  name, 
dentadura,  /  set  of  teeth. 
dentro  (de),  within. 
depender,  to   depend. 
dep6sito,     m.  »  deposit,     depository; 

de  las  baterias,  ammunition 

room. 

derecha,  /  right  (hand). 

derecho,  m.  duty,  right. 

derecho,  -a,  right. 

derramar,  to  spill,  pour. 

derribar,  to  knock  over  or  down,  blow 

down. 

derrochar,  to  squander. 
derrumbarse,  to  go  to  pieces, 
desafiar,  to  challenge. 
desagradable,  disagreeable. 
desagradar,  to  displease, 
desarrollar,  to  develop; se,  to  be 

developed. 
desastre,  m.  disaster. 


382 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


desastroso,  -a,  disastrous. 

descargarse,  to  be  discharged. 

descarrilado   (off  the   track},    impe- 
cunious. 

descender  (166),  to  fall. 

descolgar(i43,  2,  and  167),  to  unhang, 
take  down. 

descomunal,  unusual. 

desconcertado,  -a,  disconcerted. 

desconfiar,  to  distrust. 

describir,  to  describe. 

descubierto,  -a,  bare* 

descubrir  (222),  to  discover. 

descuento,  m.  discount. 

desde,  since,  from,  for; que,  since. 

desdicha,/  misfortune. 

deseada,/!  welcome  letter. 

deseado,  -a  (desired),  welcome. 

desear,  to  desire,  like. 

desembarco,  m.  landing. 

desesperado,  -a,  desperate. 

desfavorable,  unfavorable. 

desgarrador,  -a,  heart-rending. 

desgracia,  f.  misfortune. 

desgraciadamente,  unfortunately. 

desgraciado,  -a,  unfortunate,  unhappy, 

deshecho,  -a,  undone,  destroyed. 

desheredado,  -a,  disinherited. 

desigual,  unequal. 

desistir,  to  desist. 

deslumbrante,  dazzling. 

desmontar,  to  dismount. 

desnudo,  -a,  naked,  drawn. 

despacio,  slowly. 

despacharse,  to  be  sent. 

despacho,  m.  office. 

despedir  (181),  to  dismiss. 

desplazar,  to  displace. 

despreciar,  to  despise. 
desprenderse,  to  give  up,  part  with. 

despue"s,  afterward ;   de,   after  ; 

que,  after. 


destacamento,  m.  detachment. 
destacarse,  to  be  detached. 

destine  (con a),  bound  for, 

destrozar,  to  mangle,  tear. 
destrozo,  m.  destruction,  havoc. 
destrucci6n,  /  destruction, 
destructor,    m.    (destroyer)    torpedo 

boat. 

desventaja,  f.  disadvantage. 
detail,  m.  detail,  retail. 
detalladamente,  in  detail, 
detallista,  m.  retailer. 
deteriorar,  to  impair,  injure, 
detras  de,  behind,  after. 
devolver  (171),  to  restore. 
di  (dar,  189),  I  gave. 
di  (decir,  195),  tell  (imp.  2a  sing.}. 

dia,   m.  day;    festive,  holiday; 

buenos  ,    good   morning,    day 

(greeting). 

diablo,  m.  devil ;   de  todos  los t 

as  the  very  devil;  mil  veces, 

by  the  eleven  devils, 
diamante,  m.  diamond. 
diametro,  m.  thickness,  diameter. 

i  diantre !  the  deuce  ! 

diario,  -a,  daily,  a  day. 

diciembre,  December. 

dicha,/  good  fortune. 

dicho,  m.  saying. 

dicho  (/.  part,  decir,  195),  said,  told; 
dichos,  the  same. 

dichoso,  -a,  happy,  fortunate. 

diente,  m.  tooth. 

diera  (dar,  189),  should  give. 

diez,  ten,  ten  o'clock. 

diez  y  seis,  sixteen. 

diferencia,/  difference. 

diferenciarse,  to  differ. 

diferir  (174),  to  differ. 

diga  V.   (decir,    195),   say,  tell  you 
(imp.} ;  no  digas,  do  not  (thou)  tell. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


383 


di6se    por 
se  di6,  was 


digesti6n,yi  digestion. 

dignidad,/  dignity. 

digno,  -a,  worthy. 

digo  (decir,  195),  I  say. 

dije,  dijiste,  dijo  (tret,  decir,  195), 

I  said,  told,  etc.;  dijera,  should  say; 

dijeramos,  we  should  say. 
dilatado,  -a,  extended. 
dime  =  di  me,  tell  me. 
dinamita,/  dynamite. 
dinero,  m.  money. 
di6    (dar,    189),    gave; 

(darse),  was  declared: 

given. 

Dios,  m.  God;   de ,  blessed. 

dique,  m.  dike,  dam. 

dir6  (decir,  195),  I  will  say,  tell  (of). 

direcci6n,/  direction,  guidance. 

directo,  -a,  direct. 

dirigir,  to  direct;    se,  steer,  take 

a  course,  direct  oneself. 
discreci6n,/  judgment, 
discurso,  m.  speech, 
discutir,  to  discuss. 
disiparse,  to  be  dissipated. 

disparar,  to  fire; se,  to  be  fired. 

disparo,  m.  fire,  shot,  discharge. 

dispensar,  to  excuse. 

disponer  (201),  to  dispose,  make  use 

of ;   disponga  de,  consider  at  your 

disposal. 

disposici6n,/  disposition. 
dispuesto,  -a,  arranged, 
distancia,  /  distance, 
distante,  distant, 
distinguir,  to  distinguish. 
distinto,  -a,  different. 
diversi6n,/  amusement, 
diverse,  -a,  various. 
divertido,  -a,  entertaining, 
divertirse  (174),  to  amuse,  enjoy  one- 
self. 


dividendo,  m.  dividend. 

dividir,  to  divide. 

divino,  -a,  divine. 

division,/!  division. 

divisor,  m.  divisor. 

divulgar,  to  divulge. 

diz,  they  say. 

doce,  twelve. 

docena,/ dozen. 

doler  (170),  to  ache. 

dolor,  m.  pain,  ache. 

domSstico,  -a,  domestic. 

dominar,  to  control;  se,  to  be 

controlled. 

domingo,  /«.  Sunday. 

domin6,  m.  dominoes. 

don,  don  (a  title  used  before  the  bap- 
tismal names  of  men} ;  Don  Quijote, 
the  famous  book  of  Cervantes. 

£  d6nde  ?  (en)  where,  in  what  place  ? 

donde,  where,  wherever,  which. 

dona,/  donna. 

dos,  two. 

dotacion,/crew. 

droga,/.  drug. 

duda,/  doubt. 

dudar,  to  doubt. 

dudoso,  -a,  doubtful. 

duelo,  m.  duel. 

dueno,  m.  master. 

dulce,  sweet. 

dum  sumus  juvenes  (Latin),  while 
we  are  young. 

duplicarse,  to  be  doubled. 

durante,  during. 

durar,  to  last. 

d-uro,  -a,  hard,  stiff. 

duro,  m.  dollar. 

E 

6,  and. 

j  ea  !  come,  say. 

economia,/  economy,  saving. 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


echar,    to    pour,    take,    put    forth ; 

se,  be  put,  thrown ;  echar  de 

ver,  to  notice;  -a  perder,  to  spoil, 
edad,/  age. 
educado,  -a,  educated, 
efectivo,  -a,  effective. 

efecto,   m.  purpose,   effect ;   al  , 

with  this  intent ;  por ,  by  rea- 
son of ;  ef ectos,  goods,  effects. 
egoista,  selfish. 

ejecutar,  to  execute ;    se,    to  be 

executed. 

ejemplo,   m.   example ;   por ,  for 

instance. 

ejercer,  to  exercise. 
ejercicio,  m.  exercise. 
ejSrcito,  m.  army, 
el,  the,  that,  the  one  ;  el  que,  he  who, 

el  que,  which ;  del,  than  that. 
61,  he,  him,  it. 
elecci6n,/  election, 
elector,  m.  voter. 
ele"ctrico,  -a,  electric, 
elegante,  elegant. 
elemento,  m.  element. 
elevaci6n  (por),  to  get  the  range, 
elevado,  -a,  high, 
elevarse,  to  rise, 
elocuentemente,  eloquently, 
ella,  she,  her,  it. 
ellas,  they,  them, 
ello,  it. 
ellos,   they,   them;     jd  ellos !    upon 

them ! 

Embajada,  /  embassy. 
embarcacitin,  /  boat, 
embarcar,  to  ship ;  take  aboard, 
embarco,  m.  embarkation,  rescue. 
embargo    (sin),    however,    notwith 

standing. 

embarque,  m.  shipment, 
embarrancada,/  beaching. 


embarrancar,  to  run  aground,  beach. 

mbestida,  /  assault. 

mbotellado,  -a,  bottled. 

mbriagado,  intoxicated. 

mbriaguez,  /  intoxication. 

mpenado,  -a,  hard  pressed. 

mpenar,  to  engage  in. 

mpeno,  m.  diligence,  energy. 

empezar  (143,  4,  164),  to  begin. 

empleado,  m.  employee. 

emplear,  to  employ,  use ;  se,  to 

be  used. 

empleo,  m.  use. 

emprender,  to  undertake. 

empresa,/  enterprise. 

empujar,  to  push. 

en,  in,  on,  at,  to ;   as. 

enamorado,  -a,  in  love. 

enano,  m.  dwarf. 

enardecer  (143,  a),  to  inflame. 

enardecido,  -a,  inflamed. 

encaje,  m.  lace. 

encantador,  -a,  charming. 

encanto,  m.  charm. 

encargado  de  negocios,  m.  charge 
d'affaires. 

encargo,  m.  care,  charge. 

encender  (166),  to  light. 

encendido,  -a,  burning,  lighted ;  in- 
cendiary (as  shells;  i.e.  containing 
inflammable  material). 

encendio,  m.  fire. 

encerrar  (164),  to  enclose. 

encima  (por),  over. 

encogerse  de  hombros,  to  shrug  one's 
shoulders. 

encomendar  (164),  to  entrust, 
encontrar     (167),    to    meet,     find; 

se,  to  be,  find  oneself. 

encordaduras,  f.   strings   for  musical 

instruments, 
encuentro,  m.  encounter. 


SPANISH  VOCABULARY 


.385 


endulzado,  -a,  sweetened. 

enemigo,  m.  enemy. 

enemigo,  -a,  hostile. 

energia,/  energy. 

enero,  January. 

enfadado,  -a,  angry. 

enfermedad,  /.  disease,  sickness,  affec- 
tion. 

enfermizo,  -a,  sickly. 

enfermo,  -a,  unwell,  sick. 

enfrente,  opposite,  in  front. 

engendrar,  to  engender. 

enigma,  m.  riddle. 

enojo,  m.  vexation. 

enorme,  enormous. 

Enrique,  Henry. 

ensaladera,  /.  salad  dish. 

ensenar,  to  teach ;  se,  to  learn, 

be  taught. 

ensordecer  (143,  a),  to  make  a  deaf- 
ening sound  in. 

entender  (166),  to  hear,  understand; 
se,  to  deal  with. 

entendido,  -a,  wise,  intelligent. 

enterarse,  to  inform  oneself. 

entero,  -a,  entire,  whole. 

entonar,  to  intone. 

entonces,  then;  por  ,  for  the 

time,  then. 

entrar,  to  enter. 

entre,  between,  among,  amidst ; 
de ,  from  among. 

entregar,  to  hand,  give. 

entretenido,  -a,  entertaining. 

entusiasmarse,  to  become  or  be  en- 
thusiastic. 

entusiasmo,  m.  enthusiasm. 

entusiasta,  enthusiastic. 

enveneramiento,  m.  poisoning. 

enviar,  to  send  ;   se,  to  be  sent. 

envio,  m.  sending. 

envolver  (171),  to  surround,  involve. 


envuelto,  -a,  surrounded. 

epilepsia,/  epilepsy. 

episodic,  m.  episode. 

6poca,  f.  time,  period ;  en que, 

at  a  time  when. 

equivalente,  m.  equivalent. 

equivaler,  to  be  equivalent. 

equivocado,  -a,  wrong. 

era  (ser,  136),  was ;  eran,  they  were  ; 
era  de  ver,  was  worth  seeing. 

era,/  era. 

eres  (ser,  136),  (thou)  art. 

erigir,  to  erect. 

erizarse,  to  bristle  up. 

escalar,  to  scale. 

escaldado,  -a,  scalded. 

escalera,/  ladder,  stairs. 

escapar,  to  escape  ;  se,  to  slip. 

escape  (a  todo),  with  all  speed. 

escaso,  -a,  chary,  stingy. 

escena,/  scene. 

escoger,  to  choose. 

escogido,  -a,  choice. 

esconderse,  to  hide  oneself. 

escopeta,/  gun. 

escotilla,  f.  hatchway ;  de  la 

maquina,  engine  hatchway. 

escribir,  to  write. 

escritorio,  m.  office,  counting-house. 

escuadra,/  fleet. 

escuadr6n, m.  squadron. 

escuchar,  to  listen. 

escuela,/  school. 

ese,  esa,  esos,  esas,  that,  those. 

esencial  (en  lo),  essentially. 

esforzarse  (143,  4,  and  167),  to  en- 
deavor. 

esfuerzo,  m.  effort. 

eslora,/  length. 

esmeralda,/  emerald. 

esmerarse,  to  strive,  endeavor. 

eso,  that,  this;  a  eso  de,  about;   por 


386 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


,  for  that  reason ;    eso  si,  of 

course ;  eso  si  que  no,  not  by  any 

means, 
esos,  those. 

espacio,  m.  space,  air,  atmosphere, 
espada,  f.   sword ;    &.  espada,  with 

swords. 

espantar,  to  frighten. 
espanto,  m.  fright. 
espantoso,  -a,  frightful. 
Espana,yC  Spain. 
espanol,  -a,  Spanish,  Spaniard ;  d  la 

espanola,  in  Spanish  style. 
especial,  special. 
especialidad  (con),  especially, 
especialista,  m.  specialist. 
especialmente,  especially, 
especie,/.  kind, 
espectaculo,  m.  spectacle. 
espejo,  m.  mirror, 
esperanza,/  hope. 
esperar,  to  hope,  wait  for. 
esperma,/!  sperm, 
espeso,  -a,  thick. 
espingarda,  /.  large  musket  or  small 

piece  of  ordnance, 
espontanea   (mente),  spontaneously 

(234)- 

esposa,/!  wife. 

esposo,  m.  husband. 

estaci6n,yC  season. 

estadistica,/.  statistics. 

estado,  m.  condition,  state,  govern- 
ment. 

Estados  Unidos,  United  States. 

estallar,  to  burst  out. 

estallido,  m.  cracking,  roar. 

estampido,  m.  crack,  crash,  bursting. 

estancia,/  stanza. 

estandarte,  m.  standard. 

estar  (136),  to  be,  stand;  be  at 
home;  para,  to  be  about 


to,  be  enough;  a  no  estarlo  ella> 

if  she  were  not. 
estatua,/  statue, 
este,  esta,    estos,  estas,  this,  these ; 

en  esta,  in  this  city. 
e"ste,  £sta,  e"stos,  6stas,  this,  these, 

the  latter, 
estilo,  m.  style. 
estio,  m.  summer, 
estirar,  to  stretch, 
estirpe,/!  race,  stock. 
esto,  this,  this  matter ;    en  ,  by 

this  time, 

est6mago,  m.  stomach. 
estopa,yi  tow. 
estornino,  m.  starling. 
estoy  (estar,  136),  I  am. 
estragos,  ;;/.  havoc,  ruin. 
estramb6tico,  -a,  strange,  odd. 
estrechar,  to  tighten,  squeeze,  close, 
estrecho,  -a,  narrow. 
estrella,/.  star. 
estremecerse  (143,  a),  to  be  shaken. 

shudder. 

estrepitoso,  -a,  loud. 
estruendo,  m.  noise, 
estudiantino,  -a,  students', 
estudiar,  to  study. 
estudioso,  -a,  studious. 
estuvo  (estar,  136),  was;  estuviera. 

estuviese,  should  or  would  be. 
eternidad,/  eternity. 
Eterno,  m.  Eternal, 
evidencia,/  evidence,  view, 
evitar,  to  avoid,  overcome. 
examen,  m.  examination, 
excelente,  excellent. 
excelentemente,  excellently, 
excitadisimo,  -a,  very  excited, 
excitar,  to  excite. 
exclamar,  to  exclaim, 
exclusivo,  -a,  exclusive. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


3*7 


excmo.  (excelentfsimo)',  most  excel- 
lent. 

excusar,  to  excuse. 

exhibici6n,/  exhibition. 

exigente,  exacting. 

exigir,  to  require. 

existir,  to  exist. 

6xito,  m.  result. 

expansi6n,/  transport. 

experiencia,  /  experience. 

expiar,  to  watch  for. 

explosi6n,/  explosion. 

explosive,  -a,  explosive. 

exportaci6n,  /  exportation. 

exposition,/  exposition. 

expresar,  to  express. 

eapresi6n,/  expression. 

expreso,  m.  express. 

extenderse,  to  extend. 

extensi6n,/  extension,  distance. 

exterior,  foreign,  exterior. 

extirpaci6n,  f.  extirpation. 

extranjero,  -a,  foreign. 

extranjero,  m.  foreign  countries, 
abroad.  \ 

extranar,  to  wonder,  be  surprised. 

extraordinario,  -a,  extraordinary. 

extremidad,  /  extremity. 

extreme,  m.  extremity. 

extreme,  -a,  extreme. 

F 

fabrica,/  factory. 

f abricaci6n,  f.  make,  manufacture. 

fabricante,  m.  manufacturer. 

f acil,  easy. 

factura,/  invoice,  bill. 

falta,/  lack,  want,  fault. 

faltar,  to  fail,  be  wanting,  missing. 

f amilia,  /  family. 

f  amoso,  -a,  famous. 

fantasia,  /  fancy. 


farsa,/  farce. 

fatigar,  to  make  tired. 

favor,  m.  favor. 

favorecer  (143,  a),  to  favor. 

favorecida,/  favor. 

favorecido,  -a,  favored,  favorite. 

febrero,  February. 

fecha,/  date. 

fechado,  -a,  dated. 

felicidad,/  happiness. 

f elicitaciones,  f.  congratulations. 

feliz,  felices,  happy. 

fenecer  (143,  a),  to  die. 

feo,  -a,  ugly  ;  lo  feo,  ugliness. 

ferrocarril,  m.  railroad. 

festivo,  -a,  festive,  gay,  jocular. 

fiarse  (de),  to  trust. 

fidedigno,  -a,  reliable. 

fiebre,/  fever. 

fiel,  faithful. 

fieltro,  m.  felt. 

fiesta,/  rejoicing,  gayety. 

fijar,  to  fix. 

fijo,  -a,  fixed. 

fila,/  file,  rank. 

Filipinas,/  Philippines  (islands). 

filosofia,/  philosophy. 

fi!6sofo,  m.  philosopher. 

fin,  m.  end  ;  al ,  finally  ;  en , 

in  fine  ;  por ,  at  last ;  al 

y  al  fallo,  to  sum  up ;   al  y 

al  cabo,  in  the  end. 

finalizar,  to  end. 

financier©,  -a,  financial. 

fino,  -a,  fine. 

firma,/  firm. 

firmar,  to  sign. 

firmeza,  /  firmness,  certainty, 
fisico,  -a,  physical. 
fisionomia,  /  aspect, 
flanco,  m.  flank. 
flaqueza,/.  weakness. 


333 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


flete,  m.  freight. 

flor,/  flower. 

flota,/  fleet. 

fogoso,  -a,  impetuous. 

fomentar,  to  encourage. 

f onda,  /  inn,  hotel. 

fondo,    m.    essential    part,    essence; 

fondos,  funds. 

forma,/  form,  way,  procedure. 
formar,  to  form,  build. 
formidable,  formidable. 
fortificaci6n,/  fortification. 
f ortuna,  /  fortune. 
forzado,  -a,  forced, 
fragor,  m.  noise, 
fragrancia,/  perfume, 
francos,  -esa,  French. 
Francia,/  France. 

franoo-prusiano,  -a,  French-Prussian, 
franqueza,/  frankness. 
f razada,  /  blanket, 
frecuentar,  to  frequent,  attend. 
freir  (183),  to  fry. 
frenesi,  m.  frenzy, 
f  rente,/  forehead,  front,  head; &., 

in  front  of ;   de ,  to  the  front. 

frio,  m.  cold. 

frio,  -a,  cold. 

f ruta,  /  fruit. 

fruto,  m.  fruit. 

fu6  (ser,  136),  was. 

file"  (ir,  214),  went ;  se a  pique, 

foundered. 
fuego,  m.  fire, 
fuente,/  fountain,  well, 
fuera,  out  of,  without ;  de  aqui ! 

get  out  of  here. 
fuera  (ser,  136),  should  be;    si  no 

,  had  it  not  been. 

fueron  (ser,  136),  there  were, 
fuerte,  strong. 
fuerte,  m.  fort. 


fuerza,/  force,  strength,  resource. 

fuese  (ser,  136),  were. 

fueses  (ser,  136),  thou  shouldst  be. 

fuga,/.  flight. 

fugaz,  fleeting. 

fui  (ser),  I  was;  fui  (ir),  I  went 

fuimos,  fuisteis  (ir,  214),  we  went, 

you  went, 
fumar,  to  smoke. 

f unci6n,  /  entertainment,  "  function." 
furiosamente,  furiously. 
furioso,  -a,  furious. 
furor,  m.  anger,  fury. 
fusil,  m.  gun,  musket. 


gabinete,  m.  drawing-room. 

galope,  m.  galop. 

gallardear,  to  parade,  make  merry. 

gallina,/  hen. 

gallo,  m.  cock. 

gama,  /  scale.  • 

ganancia,  /  gain. 

ganar,  to  earn,  gain. 

garantizar,  to  guarantee. 

garganta,/  throat. 

gas,  m.  gas. 

gaseosa,  /  soda  water. 

gastar,  to  spend,  waste. 

gasto,  m.  expense,  charge,  amount. 

gatito,  m.  kitten. 

gato,  m.  cat. 

gaudeamus   igitur   (Latin),  let    us, 

therefore,  be  jolly. 
gelatinoso,  -a,  gelatinous. 
general,  m.  general. 
general  (en),  in  general. 
generalizarse,  to  become  general. 
gSnero,    m.    kind,     race ;      gSneros 

goods  ;  de  punto,  lace  goods. 

generoso,  -a,  generous. 
gente,  /  people,  men. 


SPANISH  VOCABULARY 


389 


gesto,  m.  gesture. 

gigante,  m.  giant. 

ginebra,/  gin. 

girar,  to  revolve,  turn. 

globo,  ///.  ball,  sphere. 

gloria,/,  glory,  dear. 

glorieta,  f.  summer  house. 

glorioso,  -a,  glorious. 

gobernador,  m.  president,  governor,, 

gobernante,  m.  ruler. 

gobernar,  to  govern,  rule. 

gobierno,  m.  government. 

golondrina,/  swallow. 

golpe,  m.  blow,  rap. 

golpear,  to  strike. 

gorro,  m.  cap. 

gota,  f.  gout,  drop. 

gozar,  to  enjoy;    gozarse,   to  enjoy 

oneself. 
gOZO,  m.  joy. 
gracias,/.  thanks. 
gracioso,  -a,  graceful;    lo  gracioso, 

the  funny  part. 
grado,  m.  degree. 
graduado,  m.  graduate, 
gramatica,/  grammar, 
granada,/  shell. 
grande  (gran),  great,  high, 
grandeza,  f.  grandeur. 
grano,  m.  grain,  lump. 
grata,/,  favor, 
gratis,  gratis. 
gratitud,  f.  gratitude, 
grato,  -a,  pleasant,  agreeable, 
grave,  grave. 

gravoso,  -a,  grievous,  heavy. 
Grecia,/!  Greece, 
gritar,  to  cry,  shout, 
grueso,  m.  thickness,  main  part, 
gnteso,  -a,  large,  thick, 
guante,  m.  glove. 
guapo,  -a,  pretty. 


guardar,    to    guard,  keep,  protect; 

guardarse,  to  beware. 
guarismo,  m.  figure. 
guarnecer  (143,  a),  to  garrison, 
guasa,/.  joke. 
guerra,/  war. 
guerrero,  m.  warrior. 
guerilla,  /  skirmisher;    batirse  en 

• ,  to  skirmish. 

guia,f.  line,  rope. 

guitarra,/  guitar. 

gurrumino,  m.  henpecked  husband. 

gustar,  to    please,    like ;     to    partake 

(said in  inviting  any  one  to  eat}, 
gusto,  m.  taste,  pleasure,, 


ha  (haber,  136)  has;  ha,  ago. 

haba,/bean. 

haber  (136),  to  have,  be;  no  habia 
que,  it  was  impossible,, 

haber,  m.  credit. 

habitaci6n,/  room. 

habitar,  to  inhabit. 

hablador,  m.  chatterer,  talker. 

hablar,  to  talk,  speak. 

habra  (haber,  136),  there  will  be. 

hacer  (197),  to  do,  make  ;  hace,  ago; 
no  le  hace,  no  matter  ;  hacer  gracia, 
to  amuse ;  hacerse  con9  to  procure. 

hacia,  towards. 

hacienda,/  exchequer. 

hago  (hacer,  197),  I  do,  cause,, 

halagarse,  to  flatter  oneself. 

halagiieno,  -a,  flattering. 

hallar,  to  find  ;  hallarse,  to  find  one- 
self, to  be,  be  found. 

hambre  (tener,  136),  to  be  hungry. 

hambriento,  -a,  hungry. 

han  (haber,  136),  have. 

hara  (hacer,  197),  will  make,  do» 

haremos  (hacer,  197),  we  shall  do. 


390 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


harias  (hacer,  197),  thou  wouldst  do. 
hasta,  until,  even,  even  to,  as  far  as  ; 

hasta  que,  until, 
hay  (haber,  136),  there  is,  are;  hay 

que,  it  is  necessary. 
haya  (haber,  136),   has,  may  have, 

should  have,  should  be. 
hayamos  (haber,  136),  we  have,  may 

have. 

haz  (hacer,  197),  do  (thou'). 
hazana,/  exploit. 
hazmerreir,  m.  laughing-stock. 
he  (haber,  136),  I  have. 
he",  behold;   he"  aqui,  here  are. 
hecho,  m.  fact,  deed, 
hecho    (hacer,     197),    made,    done, 

broken;   lo ,  what  is  done. 

hemos  (haber,  136),  we  have. 

hender  (166),  to  split. 

heno,  m.  hay. 

herida,/.  wound. 

herido,  -a,  wounded. 

hermana,/.  sister. 

hermano,  m.  brother. 

hermoso,  -a,  beautiful,  pretty. 

hernia,/  hernia. 

hlroe,  m.  hero. 

heroico,  -a,  heroic. 

hice  (hacer,  197),  I  made ;  hicieron, 

they  made. 

hidalguia,  /  magnanimity. 
hierro,  m.  iron, 
higado,  m.  liver, 
hija,/  daughter. 
hijo,  m.  son  ;  hijos,  children, 
hipocrisia,  f.  hypocrisy. 
historia,  f.  history,  story. 
hizo  (hacer,  197),  made,  did,  opened; 

se ,  was  accomplished,  made. 

hoja  de  servicio,  record. 
hola,  hello, 
holgazdn,  -ana,  lazy. 


hollar,  to  tread. 

hombre,  m.  man ;  de  negocios, 

business  man. 
hombro,  m.  shoulder. 
hondamente,  deeply,  dully. 
honor,  m.  honor, 
honra,  /.  honor. 
honrado,  -a,  honest,  honored, 
honrar,  to  honor, 
hora,/  hour,  o'clock. 
Horacio,  Horace,  a  Roman  poet, 
horizontal,  horizontal  (line). 
horrible,  horrible. 
horroroso,  -a,  horrible. 
hospedaje,  m.  board. 
hoy,  to-day  ;    mismo,  this  very 

day. 
hubiera    (haber,  136),  might   have, 

would  have. 
hubiese,    -es    (haber,    136),    could, 

would  have,  had. 
hubo    (haber,  136),  there  was,  were, 

had. 

hueco,  -a,  hollow,  soft, 
huerto,  m.  orchard. 
hueso,  m.  bone, 
hueste,/  host,  army, 
huevo,  m.  egg. 
humanidad,  /  humanity. 
humano,  -a,  human. 
humeante,  smoking. 
humedad,/  dampness,  wet. 
hiimedo,  -a,  wet,  damp. 
humilde,  humble. 
humo,  m.  smoke, 
huye  (huir,  185),  flees. 


I.  =  ilustrisimo,  most  illustrious. 
iba,  iban  (ir,  214),  was,  were  going, 
ictericia,/  jaundice. 
idea,/  idea,  conception. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


391 


ideal,  /».  ideal, 
idem,  the  same,  ditto, 
ido  (ir,  214),  gone, 
iglesia,/.  church, 
ignorar,  not  to  know, 
igual,  equal. 
igualar,  to  equal. 

iltmo.,  ilustrisimo,  most  illustrious. 
ilustraci6n,  /.  culture. 
imagen,/.  image. 
imitar,  to  imitate, 
impaciencia,  /  impatience, 
impaciente,  impatient, 
impagable,  "  rich,"  too  funny  for  any- 
thing. 

impermeable,  m.  waterproof,  rain-coat, 
impertinencia,  /  impertinence, 
impetu,  m.  impetus. 
impetuoso,  -a,  impetuous. 
imponente,  imposing. 
imponerse  (201),  to  be  imposed, 
importador,  m.  importer. 
importante,  important,  large. 
importar,  to  import,  matter,  concern, 
importe,  m.  amount, 
imposibilidad,  /  impossibility. 
imposibilitar,  to  prevent, 
imposible,  impossible. 
impotente,  powerless, 
imprenta,/  printing-office, 
impresionarse,  to  be  affected. 
imprimir,  to  exert,  give. 
imprudente,  imprudent. 
impuesto,  m.  tax,  duty. 
impulsado,  -a,  impelled, 
incendiar,  to  set  fire  to. 
incendio,  m.  fire, 
incesante,  incessant, 
incidente,  m.  incident, 
incluso,  -a,  included. 
incomparable,  incomparable. 
inconveniente,  m.  objection,  obstacle. 


increible,  incredible. 

incremento,  m.  increase,  proportions. 

independencia,  /  independence. 

indicar,  to  indicate. 

indice,  m.  forefinger. 

indigena,  indigenous. 

indio,  m.  Hindoo. 

indirectamente,  indirectly. 

indiscreto,  -a,  indiscreet. 

indispensable,  indispensable. 

indispuesto,  -a,  indisposed. 

indole,/.  nature,  disposition. 

indulgente,  indulgent. 

industrial,  industrial;  m.  tradesman. 

infante,  m.  foot-soldier. 

infanteria, /.  infantry. 

inferior,  inferior,  lower. 

infinite,  infinite,  very  much. 

inflamado,  -a,  inflamed. 

inflamar,  to  inflame. 

inflamarse,  to  burn,  ignite. 

influencia,/  influence. 

influir  (185),  to  influence,  exert  an 

influence. 

informar,  to  "inform. 
informarse,  to  inform  oneself, 
infume,  smokeless. 
ingeniero,  m.  engineer. 
Inglaterra,/  England, 
ingle's,  -esa,  English. 
iniciado,  -a,  begun, 
inicial,/  initial, 
iniciarse,  to  begin, 
inimitable,  inimitable. 
injuria,/  insult,  injury. 
inmediatamente,  immediately, 
inmenso,  -a,  immense,  great. 
inmortal,  immortal. 
inm6vil,  stationary. 
inocencia  (con),  innocently,  natvely. 
inquietar,  to  disturb, 
insensato,  /«.  fool. 


392 


SPANISH  GRAMMAR 


inserto,  -a,  inserted. 

insignia,  flagship. 

insistir,  to  insist,  persist. 

instalaci6n,  f.  putting  in,  construction. 

instantaneamente,  instantly. 

instante,  m.  instant,  interval;   en  el 
,  at  once. 

instrucci6n,/  instruction. 

instrumento,  nt.  instrument. 

insultar,  to  insult. 

insurrecto,  m.  insurgent. 

inteligencia  (mala),  misunderstand- 
ing. 

inteligente,  intelligent. 

intenci6n,/.  intention;  con ,  sig- 
nificantly. 

intentar,  to  try,  attempt,  undertake. 

interns,  m.  interest. 

interesante,  interesting. 

interesar,  to  interest,  to  be  to  one's 
interest. 

interin  (en  el),  in  the  meantime. 

interior,  domestic,  internal. 

internacional,  international. 

interponerse  (201),  to  get  between. 

interpuesto,  -a,  interposed. 

interrumpir,  to  interrupt;  se,  to 

be  interrupted. 

Intimo,  -a,  thorough. 

introducir  (207),  to  introduce; 
to  be  introduced. 

inundaci6n,  f.  inundation. 

inundar,  to  flood,  overwhelm; 
to  be  flooded. 

inutil,  useless. 

invadir,  to  invade. 

invariable,  invariable. 

invierno,  m.  winter. 

invitaci6n,  /  invitation. 

invitar,  to  invite. 

ironia  (con),  ironically. 

irresistible,  irresistible. 


irse  (214),  to  go  away, 
islamita,  Islamite. 
italiano,  -a,  Italian, 
izquierda,  left  hand. 
izquierdo,  -a,  left. 


ja,  ja,  ja  (laughter). 

jab6n,  m.  soap. 

jamds,  never,  ever. 

jardin,  m.  garden. 

jefe,  m.  chief,  commander. 

Jesus,  Jesus;    j Jesus!    gracious  me. 

Jesucristo,  Jesus  Christ. 

jicara,yC  chocolate  cup. 

jinete,  m.  horse-soldier. 

Jorge,  George. 

Jornada,/!  day. 

joven,  m.  orf.  young  man  or  woman; 

(as  an  adj.},  young, 
joya,/ jewel, 
jubilo,  m.  joy. 
jubiloso,  -a,  joyous. 
juego,  nt.  play,  game,  set;  •   de 

palabra,  pun,  play  on  words, 
jueves,  m.  Thursday, 
juez,  m.  judge;  justice  (of  the  peace), 
jugar  (168),  to  stake,  play. 
juguete,  m.  plaything. 
juicio,  m.  sense,  judgment. 
Julio,  m.  July. 
junio,  June, 
juntos,  together, 
justicia,  /  justice. 
justificado,  -a,  justifiable. 
justificar,  to  justify. 
juvenes  dum  sumus  (Latin),  while 

we  are  young. 


kilome'trico,  -a,  long-winded. 
kil6metro,  m.  kilometer  (3280.8  ft.). 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


393 


la,  her,  you,  it,  that,  the;   que, 

which. 

labio,  m.  lip. 
labor,/  work. 
lado,  m.  side,  line,  score;   alia, 

farther  side. 
ladrar,  to  bark. 
ladrillo,  m.  brick. 
Iadr6n,  m.  robber,  thief, 
lagrima,/  tear, 
lamentar,  to  lament  for. 
lampara,  /.  lamp, 
lana,  /  wool. 
lance,  m.  incident, 
lancero,  m.  lancer, 
lancha,/ launch;  lanchas  canoneras, 

gun    launches    (i.e.    mounted  with 

cannon}. 

lanchita,  f.  small  launch, 
lanzar,  to  launch;  se,  to  rush  to 

meet. 
largo,  -a,  long,  prolonged;  d  la  larga, 

in  the  long  run. 
las,  the,  you,  those;  las  (=calzas), 

the  breeches. 
Idstima,  f.  pity. 
laudable,  laudable, 
lavado,  m.  wash, 
lavandera,/  washwoman, 
lavarse,  to  wash  oneself,  be  washed. 
lazo,  m.  bond. 
le,  you,  to  you,  him,  it,  her,  to  him, 

her. 

Iecci6n,/  lesson, 
leche,/  milk. 
leer  (206),  to  read. 
Iegaci6n,  /  legation, 
legitimo,  -a,  legitimate, 
legua,  /  league. 
legumbres,  /  vegetables. 
lejos,  far. 


lengua,/ language,  tongue;  poner  la 

en,  to  backbite. 

Ie6n,  -es,  m.  lion. 

les,  them,  to  them,  on  them;  you,  to 

you.    " 

letra,  f.   bill    (of    exchange),   hand- 
writing. 
levantar,  to  raise,  clear  off;  se, 

to  rise, 
leve,  light. 
levemente,  lightly. 
ley,  /  law. 
libertad,/ liberty, 
libra,/  pound. 
libranza,/  check,  draft, 
libre,  free ;  libre-cambista,  free-trader, 
libro,  m.  book, 
licencia,/  liberty. 
lid,  -es,/  fight,  contest, 
ligeramente,  lightly, 
limonada,/  lemonade, 
limpiar,  to  clean, 
linea,/  line, 
lino,  m.  linen, 
liquido,  -a,  net. 
lirico,  -a,  lyric, 
lirismo,  m.  grandiloquence  (language 

characteristic  of  high-flown  lyrical 

poetry} . 

lisonjearse,  to  flatter  oneself, 
lista,/  list  (of  prizes);  wash  list, 
listo,  -a,  ready, 
literate,  m.  savant. 
lo,  the,  that,  it,  so,  him;  lo  que,  which, 

what;    por  lo  que,  wherefore;    lo 
—  que,  how;  lo todo,  every' 

thing. 

lobo,  m.  wolf. 
loco,  m.  fool;  de  atar,  hot-headed 

fellow. 

locomotora,/  locomotive. 
locura,/  folly,  madness,  frenzy. 


394 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


lombriz  solitaria,/  tapeworm. 

Londres,  London. 

los,  the,  them,  those;  los  que,  those 
who,  whom. 

loteria,  /  lottery. 

loza,/  crockery,  fine  earthenware. 

Lucena,  a  city  of  Southern  Spain,  in 
the  province  of  Andalucia. 

lucir  (143,  a),  to  wear  (display}. 

lucrative,  -a,  lucrative. 

lucha,/  struggle,  fight. 

luego,  then,  soon;  desde  luego,  from 
then  on. 

lugar,  m.  place;  dar ,  to  make  it 

possible. 

liigubre,  lugubrious,  mournful. 

luna,  /  moon;  de  miel,  honey- 
moon. 

lunes,  m.  Monday. 

tax,/ light 

lyddita,/  lyddite. 

LI 

llama,/  flame. 

llamado,  -a,  so-called. 

llamar,  to  call,  knock,  ring ;  se, 

to  be  called. 

llanto,  m.  weeping,  tears. 
llanura,/  plane. 
llegada,  /  arrival, 
llegar,  to  arrive,  succeed,  get  there  ; 

£  ser,  to  become. 

llegue  (p.  subj.  <?/ llegar),  arrives. 

lleno,  -a,  full. 

llevadero,  -a,  bearable. 

llevar,  to  carry,  wear;  (as  auxil.},  to 

have;  se,  to  carry  away  or  off. 

lluvia,  f.  rain,  shower. 


macizo,  -a,  massive, 
madera,/  wood, 
madre,  /  mother. 


Madrid  C6mico,  a  comic  paper  pub- 
lished in  Madrid. 

mdgico,  -a,  magic. 

magnifico,  -a,  magnificent,  splendid. 

mahometano,  m.  Mahometan. 

majestuoso,  -a,  majestic. 

mal,  badly. 

mal,  m.  evil,  infirmity,  soreness. 

malhadado,  -a,  unfortunate. 

malo,  -a  (mal),   evil,   bad,   wicked, 
sick,  unwell. 

mama,/  mother,  mamma; poli- 

tica,  mother-in-law. 

mandadero,  m.  messenger. 

mandar,  to  send,   command,   order; 
— se,  to  give  orders,  be  ordered. 

mandibula  (a — batiente),  uproari- 
ously. 

mando,  m.  command. 

manera,/  manner;  de ,  so  that. 

manga,/  sleeve,  beam. 

manifestar,  to  inform,  make  known. 

maniobra,/  maneuver. 

mano,/  hand;   a ,  by  hand. 

mansalva  (a),  with  ease. 

manta,/  blanket,  mantilla. 

mantel,  m.  tablecloth. 

mantener  (136),  to  maintain; se, 

to  keep  {oneself). 

mantengo  (mantener,  136),  I  main- 
tain. 

mantequilla,  /  butter. 

mant6n,  m.  large  mantle  or  shawl. 

manufacturar,  to  manufacture. 

manzana,  /  apple. 

manana,/  morning. 

manana,  to-morrow. 

maquina,/  engine,  engine-room. 

maquinaria,/  machinery. 

maquinista  mayor  de  primera  clase, 

chief  engineer; de  segunda, 

assistant  engineer. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


395 


mar,  m.  or/,  sea,  ocean. 

maravedi,  m.  penny,  "  red." 

marcar,  to  mark. 

marcial,  martial. 

marcha,yi  march. 

marchar,  to  march,  walk;  se,  to 

go  away,  along. 

marido,  m.  husband. 

mariscal  de  campo,  m.  field  marshal, 

marroqui,  Moroccan. 

martes,  m.  Tuesday. 

Martin,  name  of  a  river. 

marzo,  March. 

mas,  but. 

mas,  more,  most;  por que,  al- 
though ;  mas  bien,  rather. 

masa, /.  mass,  rank,  force. 

matanza,  /  slaughter. 

matar,  to  kill. 

materialmente  (materially),  irre- 
sistibly. 

Matilde,  Matilda. 

matrimonio,  m.  marriage. 

mayo,  May. 

mayor,  greater,  larger,  greatest,  high- 
est. 

mayoria,  /.  majority. 

me,  me,  myself,  to  me. 

mediado,  m.  middle. 

medianamente,  pretty  well. 

mediano,  -a,  moderate. 

mediante,  by  means  of. 

me'dico,  m.  doctor,  surgeon;  segundo 
,  assistant  surgeon. 

medio,.  m.  middle,  means. 

medio,  -a,  half,  middle. 

mediodia,  m.  midday,  South. 

medir  (181),  to  measure. 

meditabundo,  -a,  meditative. 

mejilla,  f.  cheek. 

mejor,  better,  best. 

mejora,/  improvement. 


mejorar,  to  get  or  be  better;  de 

salud,  to  have  better  health. 

melinita,/  melinite. 

melocot6n,  m.  peach. 

memoria,yC  memory. 

menci6n,/  mention. 

Mendelssohn,  famous  German  musi- 
cian. 

menear,  to  shake,  wag. 

menester,  necessary. 

menor,  less,  least. 

menos,  less,  lesser,  least,  except;  d  lo 
,  por  lo ,  at  least. 

mensualmente,  by  the  month. 

mente,  /  mind. 

mentir  (174),  to  lie  (tell  falsehoods}. 

mentira, /.  (lie},  incredible. 

menudos,  m.  petties  (various  small 
sums). 

mercader  de  vinos,  wine  merchant. 

mercaderia,  /  merchandise. 

mercado,  m.  market. 

mercantil,  mercantile. 

merecer  (143,  a),  to  merit. 

merendar  (164),  to  lunch. 

merienda, /.  lunch. 

meritorio,  -a,  meritorious. 

mero,  -a,  mere. 

mes,  m.  month. 

mesa,  /  table. 

metal,  m.  metal. 

meter,  to  put;  se,  to  meddle. 

metro,  m.  meter  (39.37  inches). 

mezcla,/  mixture,  compound. 

mezclar,  to  mix;  se,  to  meddle. 

mi,  me. 

mi,  mis,  my. 

microbio,  m.  microbe. 

miedo,  m.  fear. 

miembro,  m.  member. 

mientras  (que),  while. 

mie'rcoles,  m.  Wednesday. 


396 


SPANISH   GR'AMMAR 


mil,  one  thousand. 

militar,  military. 

mil!6n,  m.  million. 

minimum,  minimum. 

minino,  m.  pussy  (cat}. 

ministra,/  minister's  wife. 

ministro,  m.  minister,  chancellor;  los 

,  the  minister  and  his  wife. 

minuto,  m.  minute. 

mio,  -a,  my,  mine,  of  mine. 

mirar,  to  look  at,  look;    se,  to 

look  at  each  other, 
miserable,  m.  wretch. 
miserable,  stingy. 
mismito  (lo),  the  same, 
mismo,  -a,  same,  self,  this  very;  una 

misma   cosa,   one    and    the    same 

thing. 

mitad,/  half;  cara , "  better  half." 

mitologia,/  mythology. 

moda,/  fashion. 

modelO,  m.  model. 

modificarse,  to  be  modified. 

modo,  m.  manner;   de  que,  so 

that;   de  todos  modos,  in  any  case, 

absolutely. 

mofa,  /  scoff,  ridicule, 
mojado,  -a,  wet. 
momento,  m.  moment, 
mona,/.  monkey. 
moneda,/!  coin, 
monis,   -es,  /.   (fam.  for   dinero), 

"spondulics." 
mono,  m.  monkey, 
monstruo,  m.  monster. 
montado,  -a,  mounted. 
montana,  f.  mountain, 
monte,  m.  mountain. 
monumento,  m.  monument. 
moral,  moral. 
morder  (170),  to  bite, 
morir  (178),  to  die. 


moro,  Moor. 

mortal,  mortal. 

mortifero,  -a,  deadly. 

mostrar  (167),  to   show;    los 

dientes,  to  growl  at,  show  the  teeth. 
motivo,  m.   motive,  intent;    con   tal 

,  with  this  intent,  therefore. 

movimiento,  m.  movement. 

Jlozart,  famous  Austrian  musician. 

mozo,  m.  waiter. 

muchachito,  m.  little  boy. 

muchacho,  m.  boy. 

muchisimo,  -a,  very  much,  many. 

mucho,  -a,  much,  many. 

mueblecito,  m.  pretty  chamber  suit. 

muela  (/)  del  juicio,  wisdom  tooth. 

muerte,  /  death. 

muerto,  -a  (/.  part,  of  morir,  178), 

died,  dead,  killed, 
muestra,/.  sample, 
mujer,/  woman,  wife, 
mujercita,  m.  little  wife. 
mujeril,  feminine,  woman's. 
mula,/.  mule. 

multiplicador,  m.  multiplier. 
multiplicand©,  m.  multiplicand. 
multiplicar,  to  multiply. 
mundo,  m.  world,  society;    todo   el 

,  everybody. 

municiones,/  ammunition. 

muralla,  /  wall. 

muro,  m.  wall. 

muscular,  muscular. 

musculo,  m.  muscle. 

musica,  f.  music,  band. 

musulmdn,  Mussulman. 

muy,  very,  much,  very  much,  well. 

N 

nacimiento,  m.  birth. 
naci6n,  f.  nation, 
nacional,  national. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


397 


nada,  nothing,  anything,  at  all;  

de  eso,  nothing  of  the  kind;  nada 
y  nada,  not  by  any  means. 

nadador,  m.  swimmer. 

nadar,  to  swim. 

nadie,  nobody,  no  one,  anybody. 

nado  (a),  swimming. 

naipe,  m.  playing  card. 

naranja,/  orange;  media ,  "  bet- 
ter half." 

narig6n,  m.  long  nose. 

nariz,/.  nose. 

naturalmente,  of  course. 

navidad,/  Christmas. 

necesario,  -a,  necessary. 

necesidad,/.  necessity. 

necesitado,  -as,  in  need. 

necesitar,  to  need;  se,  to  be 

needed. 

negar  (143,  2,  and  164),  to  deny. 

negocio,  m.  business. 

negro,  -a,  black,  vile. 

nervioso,  -a,  nervous. 

neto,  -a,  net. 

ni,  nor,  not  even;  ni  . . .  ni,  neither . . . 
nor. 

niebla,  /  mist. 

ningun,  none,  any. 

niSa,/  girl. 

ninita,  /  little  girl. 

nino,  m.  child. 

nirvana,   m.   nirvana    (i.e.   complete 

'  relief  from  the  ills  of  worldly  exist- 
ence in  the  future  life). 

nitro-glicerina,  nitro-glycerine. 

nivelaci6n,  /.  evening  up,  leveling. 

no,  not,  no;  no sino,  only,  but. 

noble,  noble. 

noche,/ night;  de ,  at  night;  esta 

,  to-night. 

nombre,  m.  name. 

normalidad,  f.  equilibrium. 


norte,  m.  north. 

nos,  us,  to  us,  at  us. 

nosotros,  we,  us. 

nota,yC  circular,  memorandum. 

noticia,  f.  notice,  report,  news,  ac- 
count. 

novecientos,  -as,  nine  hundred. 

novedad,/!  novelty. 

novia,/  sweetheart,  bride. 

noviembre,  November. 

novios,  m.  sweethearts. 

nube,  f.  cloud. 

nublar,  to  becloud. 

nudo,  m.  knot,  nautical  mile  (2028.9 
yards) . 

nueces  (nuez),/  nuts. 

nuestro,  -a,  our;  el  nuestro,  ours. 

nueve,  nine. 

nuevo,  -a,  new. 

numerario,  m.  cash  (money), 

numero,  m.  number. 

numeroso,  -a,  numerous. 

nunca,  never; •  jamas,  never. 

nutrido,  -a,  constant,  well  sustained. 


0.  =  oeste,  west. 

6,  or;   6  ...  6,  either  ...  or. 

Objeto,  m.  object,  article. 

obligaciones,/  preferred  bonds; 

de  aduanas,  preferred  claims  against 
the  custom-house  receipts. 

obligado,  -a,  obliged. 

obra,/  work. 

obrar,  to  act. 

obrero,  m.  workman. 

observarse,  to  be  observed. 

obstinarse,  to  be  obstinate. 

ocasi6n,/l  occasion,  opportunity. 

ociosidad,/  ease,  idleness. 

octubre,  October. 

ocupar,  to  occupy. 


398 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


ocurrido  (lo),  what  has  happened. 

ocurrir, se,  to  occur. 

ocho,  eight. 

odioso,  -a,  odious. 

oeste,  m.  west. 

ofender,  to  offend. 

oferta,/  offer. 

oficial,  m.  officer;   comandante, 

captain,  commanding  officer. 
ofrecer  (143,  «),  to  offer;  se,  to 

be  offered;   sele,  to  wish. 

oido,  m.  hearing,  ear. 

oir  (194),  to  hear. 

ojala,  would  that. 

ojo,  m.  eye;  ojos  de  bitoque,  goggle 

eyes;    a  cerrados,  with  eyes 

closed. 

olfatear,  to  smell, 
olfato,  m.  smell  (sense). 
olor,  m.  smell,  odor. 
olvidar,  to  forget. 
6pera,/  opera. 

operaci6n,/  operation,  transaction. 
opinar,  to  believe. 
opini6n,/  opinion. 
opongo  (no  me ),  I  do  not  object 

(oponer,  201). 
oportuno,  -a,  opportune. 
optar,  to  choose, 
orador,  »/.  orator, 
oratoria,/  oratory, 
orden,/  order, 
ordenado,  -a,  well  ordered, 
ordenador,  m.  planner,  orderer. 
ordinal,  ordinal, 
ordinario,  ordinary;  que  de ,  than 

usual. 

oreja,  /  ear. 
organico,  -a,  organic, 
organizar,  to  organize,  arrange. 
6rgano,  m.  organ. 
originar,  to  originate,  cause. 


orilla,/  shore. 

oro,  m.  gold. 

OS,  you. 

osadia,/  boldness,  "cheek." 

osar,  to  dare. 

ostra,/  oyster. 

Otono,  m.  autumn,  fall. 

Otro,  -a,  other,  another;   otro  dia,  an- 

other,  hence  a  better,  day. 
oye  (oir,  194) ,  hears ;  se  oye,  is  heard ; 

se  oy6,  was  heard. 

P 

padre,     m.    father;      politico, 

father-in-law. 
padrino,  m.  second. 

pagar,  to  pay;  se,  to  be  paid. 

pagare^  m.  promissory  note. 

pagO,  ///.  pay,  payment. 

pais,  m.  country. 

pajaro,  m.  bird. 

palacio,  m.  palace. 

paladar,  ?;/.  palate. 

palidez,  /  pallor. 

palmadas,  /  clapping  of  the  hands ; 

dar ,  to  applaud. 

pan,  m.  bread. 

pantano,  m.  pond,  reservoir. 

pa  no,  m.  cloth. 

panol,  m.  magazine,  storeroom;   

de  popa,  after-magazine. 
panuelo,  m.  handkerchief. 
Papa,  Pope, 
papa,  m.  father. 
papagayo,  m.  parrot. 
papel,  m.  paper,  commercial  paper. 
papeleria,  f.  stationery. 
para,  for,  to,  for  to,  in  order  to:   - 

COn,   towards;    -     -  que,  in   order 

that. 

paraguas,  m.  umbrella. 
paralizaci6n,  /  paralyzation. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


399 


parar,  to  stop,  parry ;  se,  to  stop. 

pararrayo,  m.  lightning  rod. 

parcial,  partial. 

pardo,  -a,  gray. 

parecer,  m.  opinion. 

parecer  (143,  a),  to  appear;  — -se, 
to  resemble. 

parecido,  -a,  like. 

pared,  /  wall. 

parentesco,  m.  relationship. 

pariente,  m.  relative. 

Paris,  Paris. 

parlanchin,  m.  jabberer. 

parlero,  -a,  talkative ;  /  chatterbox. 

parque,  m.  park. 

parte,  m.  report. 

parte,/part;  de ,  on  the  part; 

otra  ,  elsewhere;  en  todas 

partes,  everywhere. 

participar,  to  inform. 

particular,  particular,  private. 

partido,  m.  profit,  result,  game,  party. 

pasado,  -a,  last,  passed. 

pasar,  to  pass,  come  in ;  i  c6mo  lo 
pasa  V.  ?  How  are  you?  \  Que  V.  lo 
pase  bien !  I  wish  you  good  day ! 
tii  no  te  pasas  de  cort6s,  you  are 
not  very  polite. 

pasatiempo,  m.  pastime. 

pasear  (pasearse),  to  walk,  prom- 
enade. 

paseo,  m.  promenade. 

pasivo,  m.  liabilities. 

pasivo,  -a,  liable,  hypothecated. 

pasmoso,  -a,  marvelous. 

paso  d  paso,  step  by  step. 

patas  arriba,  topsy-turvy. 

patio,  m.  (back)  yard. 

patria,/  country,  fatherland. 

patrio,  -a,  of  one's  country,  patriotic. 

pavo  real,  m.  peacock. 

pav6n,  m.  peacock. 


paz,yC  peace. 

pecado,  m.  sin. 

pecador,  m.  sinner. 

pechera,/  bosom  (of  a  shirf). 

pecho,  m.  breast,  chest,  courage. 

pedacito,  m.  little  piece. 

pedazo,  m.  piece. 

pedido,  m.  order. 

pedido  (lo),  the  order. 

pedir  (181),  to  beg,  to  ask. 

pegar  un  tiro,  to  shoot. 

peligro,  m.  danger. 

peligroso,  -a,  dangerous. 

pelo,  m.  hair. 

pena,/i  pain,  trouble. 

penetrante,  deep,  penetrating. 

penetrar,  to  penetrate. 

penoso,  -a,  painful,  trying. 

pensamiento,  m.  thought. 

pensar  (164),  to  think,  intend. 

pequenez,  -ces,  f.  trifles. 

pequeno,  -a,  small. 

perder  (166),  to  lose;   echar  d , 

to  spoil. 

pe"rdida,/.  loss. 
perd6n,  m.  pardon. 
perfecci6n,/  perfection. 
perfectamente,  perfectly, 
perfecto,  -a,  perfect. 
perfumado,  -a,  perfumed. 
perfumeria,  /  perfumery. 
peri6dico,  m.  newspaper. 
periodo,  m.  period.  - 
permanecer  (143,  a),  to  remain, 
permanencia,/  stay, 
permitir,  to  permit,  take  the  liberty; 

se,  to  beg  leave. 

pero,  but;  pero  si,  why. 

perorar,  to  declaim,  "  orate." 

perra,  /  female  dog;    perra  chica, 

penny. 
perrito,  m.  little  dog. 


4OO 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


perro,  m,  dog. 

perseguir    (143,    10,   and    181),   to 

pursue. 

persona,/  person, 
personal,  personal. 
personal,  m.  personnel. 
perspectiva,/  view,  prospect, 
pertenecer  (143,  a),  to  belong, 
perteneciente,  belonging. 
perturbaci6n,  /  perturbation. 
pesadez,/  dullness. 
pesar,  m.  weighing. 
pesar,  to  weigh;  a  de,  in  spite 

of. 

pescar,  to  fish, 
pescuezo,  m.  neck. 
peseta,  f.  peseta  (about  20  cents) . 
peso,  m.  dollar, 
peste,/  plague, 
piano,  m.  piano. 
pie,  m.  foot;  de  a  pie,  infantry;  £  los 

pies  de  V.,  your  humble  servant. 
piedra,/.  stone, 
piel,  /  skin.   ^ 
pierde  (perder,  166),  loses, 
pierna,  f.  leg. 

pieza,/  room,  piece  (gun}. 
pimienta,/  pepper. 
pintar  la  mona  (to  paint  the  monkey), 

to  spend  money  lavishly, 
pintura,/  painting. 
pipa,/pipe. 

pique  (se  fue"  a),  foundered, 
pisar,  to  tread,  walk  upon, 
pisaverde,  m.  popinjay,  dude, 
pistola,/  pistol. 
placer,  m.  pleasure. 
plan,  m.  plan, 
plancha,/  plate  (armor). 
planeta,  m.  planet. 
planta,  f.  sole,  foot ;   baja,  lower 

floor,  basement. 


plata,/  silver. 

plateria,/  silverware. 

platica,  f.  chat,  conversation;    echar 

la ,  to  turn  the  conversation. 

playa,/  shore,  beach. 

playita,/  small  beach. 

plaza,  /  the  Place  (fortress),  square, 

market. 

plazca  (a  Dios  no ),  God  forbid. 

plomo,  m.  lead. 

pluguiera  (placer,  208),  would  to. 

pluma,/.  pen. 

poblaci6n,  /  town. 

pobre,  poor. 

pobrecita,  f.  the  poor  girl. 

poco,  .-a,  little,  short,  few. 

pOCO,  m.  little,  short  time. 

poder  (209),  to  be  able,  can,  may;  en 

mi  poder,  at  hand;  (no)  poder  me- 

nos  de,  can  (not)  help;  podra,  will 

be  able;  podria,  I  could. 
poesia,  /  poetry. 
poeta,  m.  poet. 
portico,  -a,  poetic. 

politicastro,    m.  wire-pulling    politi- 
cian. 

politico,  m.  politician. 
politico,  -a,  political. 
polvo,  m.  dust. 
p61vora,/.  powder. 
pollito,  m.  little  dude. 
polio,  m.  dude,  dandy. 
Pompadour  (a  lo ),  in  the  height 

of  fashion. 

pon  (poner,  201),  put  (thou)  on. 
ponderoso,  -a,  ponderous. 
poner  (201),  to  put,  set,  send,  lay ;  po- 

nerse,  to  put  on,  become;  se  pone, 

sets. 
p6ngame  (poner,  201)  a  los  pies  de, 

present  my  regards  to;  queloponga, 

let  him  put  him. 


SPANISH  VOCABULARY 


4OI 


popa,  /  poop;  d  popa,  abaft,  aft;    d 

de,  aft  of;  de ,  after,  rear. 

por,  by,  for,  on,  in,  along,  through,  per, 

in  order  to,  out  of,  on  account  of; 
debajo  (de),  under; si,  in 

case. 

porcelana,  /.  porcelain. 
porci6n,yi  part,  number. 
porfia  (a),  emulously. 
porque,  for,  because. 
portarse,  to  behave. 
p6rtico,  m.  portico. 
porvenir,  m.  future. 
pos  (en),  behind. 
poseer  (206),  to  possess,  have, 
posibilidad,  /  possibility. 
posible,  possible. 
posici6n,yC  position. 
postizo,  -a,  artificial, 
poster,  m.  bidder, 
potencia,/  power,  potency. 
pozo,  m.  well. 
practice,  -a,  practicable. 
precio,  m.  price, 
precioso,  -a,  precious,  valuable, 
precisamente,  precisely,  just. 
precisi6n,/  precision. 
predilecto,  -a,  favorite. 
preferir  (174),  to  prefer. 
prefijamente,   precisely,   i.e.  without 

grace.' 

pregunta,/  question. 
preguntar,  to  ask. 
premiado,  -a,  successful  (in  drawing  a 

prize). 

premio,  m.  prize, 
prender,  to  take,  catch, 
prepararse,  to  be  prepared, 
presa,/  prey,  spoils. 
prescendir,  to  cut   off,  lay  aside,  do 

without. 
presencia,/  presence. 

SPAN.   GRAM. —  26 


presenciar,  to  witness. 

presentar,  to  present;  - — se,  to  pre- 
sent oneself. 

presente,  present;  al ,  at  present; 

tener  (136)  presente,  to  consider. 

presente  (la),  these  presents. 

presidencial,  presidential. 

presi6n,  f.  pressure;  con  ,  with 

steam  up. 

preso,  m.  prisoner. 

prestado  (pedir,  181),  to  borrow. 

prestar,  to  lend,  pay. 

presupuesto,  m.  budget. 

pretender,  to  pretend. 

pretendiente,  m.  suitor. 

prevenci6n,  f.  (d)  by  way  of  precau- 
tion. 

prevenir  (202),  to  anticipate. 

prever  (205),  to  foresee. 

previamente,  previously. 

previo,  -a,  previous;  previa  la  con- 
sulta,  after  consulting. 

prima,/.  cousin. 

primavera,/  spring. 

primero,  -a  (primer),  first. 

principal,  principal. 

principe,  m.  prince. 

principiar,  to  begin. 

principio,  m.  beginning;  d  principles, 
at,  near  the  beginning. 

pro  (en  —  de),  in  behalf,  for  the  ad- 
vantage of. 

proa,/  (de),  forward. 

probar  (167),  to  prove,«.try. 

pr6cer,  m.  person  of  high  estate,  noble. 

procurar,  to  try. 

producci6n,  f.  production. 

producido,  m.  proceeds. 

producir  (207),  to  produce. 

producto,  m.  product. 

productor,  m.  producer. 

proferir  (174),  to  utter. 


402 


SPANISH 


pr61ogO,  m.  prologue,  beginning. 

prolongado,  -a,  prolonged. 

promesa,/.  promise. 

prometer,  to  promise. 

prominencia,  f.  prominence. 

pronto,  -a,  rapid,  quick. 

pronto,  quickly,  soon;  de  ,  sud- 
denly; por  de ,  in  the  first 

place,  right  away. 

pronunciar,  to  deliver. 

propiedad,/  property. 

propina,/!  tip,  gratuity. 

propio,  -a,  self,  own. 

propongo  (proponer,  201),  I  propose. 

prop6sito,  m.  intention,  purpose;  a 
,  by  the  way. 

propuso  (proponer,  201),  proposed. 

proteccionista,  protectionist. 

proteger,  to  protect. 

protegido,  -a,  protected. 

proveer  (206),  to  provide. 

proximidad,  /  nearness. 

pr6ximo,  -a,  near,  next,  near  at  hand. 

proyectil,  m.  projectile. 

prudencia,/  prudence. 

prueba,/  proof. 

publicaci6n,  /  publication. 

piiblico,  -a,  public. 

puchero,  m.  dinner  pot;  hacer s, 

to  snivel. 

pudiera  (poder),- would  be  able. 

puede  (no  se ),  it  is  impossible. 

puente,  m.  deck;  —  de  proa, 
forward  deck. 

puerta  (/)  corrediza,  sliding  door. 

Puerta  del  Sol,  a  street  of  Madrid. 

puerto,  m.  port,  harbor. 

pues,  well,  since,  therefore. 

puesta,/  setting. 

puesto  (ploner,  201),  put,  dressed  up; 
que,  since,  as. 

puesto,  m.  position. 


GRAMMAR 

I 

pulgada,/;  inch. 

pulgas  (tener  malas ),  to  have 

bad  fleas,  i.e.  to  be  irritable. 
pulido,  -a,  polished. 
pulm6n,  m.  lung. 
puntal,  /  depth  of  hold. 
punto,  m.  point, 
punal,  m.  dagger. 
punalada,  /  stab,  thrust. 
puno,  m.  fist,  cuff;  mi y  letra, 

my  hand  (and  writing} . 
puro,  m.  cigar, 
puse  (poner,  201),  I  sent. 
puso  (se)  (poner,  201),  advanced. 


q.  e.  g.  e.,  que  en  gloria  este. 

que,  who,  which,  that,  how,  than,  for, 
because;  que  si,  of  course;  que  no, 
not,  of  course  not;  a  que,  I'll  bet; 
en  que,  de  que,  that;  el,  la,  los,  las 
que,  who,  whom,  which. 

iqu6?  what?  jqu6!  what!  what  a! 
<?qu§  tal?  how,  what  kind?  £qu6 
muclio  si  ?  what  wonder  when  ?  de 
quo",  a  reason  for  it;  £por  que? 
why? 

I  qu6  tal  (sigue  V.)?  how  are  you  ? 

quebrantar,  to  break,  dominate. 

quebrarse  (164),  to  get  broken. 

quedar,  to  remain,  be,  be  put,  place 

oneself; impuesto,  to  have 

noted;  queden  VV.  con  dios,  re- 
main with  God  (said  to  persons  who 
remain) ;  se,  to  remain. 

quehaceres,  m.  duties. 

quejarse,  to  complain. 

quemar,  to  burn. 

quemarropa  (so  as  to  burn  the  clothes), 
i.e.  at  very  close  quarters. 

querer  (209),  wish,  love,  mean. 

querido,  -a,  dear;  querida,  my  dear. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


403 


quiebra,/!  failure,  bankruptcy, 
quien,  who,  whom,  he  who,  him  who. 
qui£n,  who,  some;  £qui6n?  who? 
quilate,  m.  carat, 
quince,  fifteen. 

quinientos,  -as,  five  hundred, 
quinto,  -a,  fifth. 

quisiera  (querer,  209),  would  be  will- 
ing, 
quiza,  quizas,  perhaps. 


rabo  de  gallo  de  ginebra,  m.  gin  cock- 
tail (a  jocular  translation  of  the  Eng- 
lish, used  in  the  West  Indies). 

raices  (raiz),/  roots. 

rapidamente,  rapidly. 

rapidez,/ rapidity. 

rapido,  -a,  rapid;  lo  mas  — —  y  se- 
guro,  the  quickest  and  surest  way. 

rasgo,  m.  feature,  outline. 

rata,/.  rat. 

rato,  m.  short  time,  while;  al  pOCO 
,  after  a  short  time. 

rat6n,  m.  mouse. 

rayado,  rifled. 

rayo,  m.  ray,  thunderbolt. 

raz6n,  /  reason,  right;  tener  (136) 
- ,  to  be  right. 

real,  royal. 

real,  m.  real  (about  jive  cents  in  Spain, 
and  ten  cents  in  the  West  Indies}. 

realizar,  to  accomplish. 

reanudar,  to  renew. 

rebaja,  f.  diminution,  rebate. 

rebajarse,  to  be  curtailed  or  rebated. 

rebasar,  to  pass  by. 

reciamente,  strongjy. 

recibir,  to  receive. 

recibo,  m.  receipt,  reception. 

recien,  recently. 

recio  (lo  mas),  thickest. 


reclamar,  to  reclaim. 

recluta,  m.  recruit. 

recodo,  m.  jutting  angle. 

recoger,  to  pick  up. 

reconocimiento,  m.  gratitude. 

recon6zcame  (reconocer,  143,  a),  con- 
sider me. 

recordar  (167),  to  remember. 

rectificar,  to  rectify,  correct ;  se, 

to  be  rectified. 

recubierto,  -a,  covered,  jacketed. 

recuerdo,  m.  remembrance. 

rechazar,  to  hurl  back. 

redituar,  to  yield. 

redondo,  -a,  round. 

reducir  (207) ,  to  reduce. 

reducto,  m.  redoubt. 

reembarco,  m.  reembarkation. 

reembolsarse,  to  reimburse  oneself. 

referenda,  f.  reference. 

referir  (174),  to  relate,  tell. 

referirse  (174),  to  refer. 

refinado,  -a,  refined. 

reflejar,  to  reflect. 

reformar,  to  make  over. 

refran,  m.  proverb. 

refrenar,  to  curb. 

regalar,  to  regale,  tickle. 

regalo,  m.  present. 

regatear,  to  chaffer,  haggle. 

regeneraci6n,/  regeneration. 

regenerar,  to  regenerate. 

regimiento,  m.  regiment. 

regi6n,/  region,  country. 

regocijado,  -a,  rejoiced. 

regocijar,  to  rejoice. 

regocijo,  m.  rejoicing. 

regresar,  to  return. 

regreso,  m.  return. 

rehabilitar,  to  rehabilitate. 

rehacerse  (197),  to  reform. 

rehusar,  to  refuse. 


404 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


Reina,  queen. 

reinecito,  »/.  little  kingdom. 

reino,  m.  sway,  kingdom. 

reir  (182,  a),  to  laugh;  al  reir,  when 

(they)    laugh;     reirse,    to  laugh; 

en  su  capote,  to  laugh  in  one's 

sleeve. 

reiterar,  to  repeat. 
relaci6n,  f.  relation, 
relatar,  to  relate. 
religi6n,/  religion. 
reloj,  m.  watch, 
remedio,  m.  remedy, 
remesa,/!  remittance, 
remitir,  to  remit,  send, 
rendirse  (181),  to  surrender, 
renombre,  m.  repute, 
renunciar,  to  renounce, 
renir   (143,   c,  and    181),    to  scold, 

quarrel. 

reparar  en,  to  perceive. 
repartido,  -a,  distributed,  scattered. 
repetir,  repetirse  (181),  to  repeat, 
reprender,  to  scold, 
representarse,  to  be  represented, 
republica,/  republic, 
repuesto  (reponerse,  201),  recovered, 
repuesto,^.  supply,  magazine;  repues- 

tos,  extra  stores. 
repugnante,  disgusting. 
requiriendo  (requerir,  174),  holding 

in  readiness,  being  on  guard  with, 
resbalar,  to  slip, 
reserva,/  reserve. 
resfriado,  m.  cold. 
residente,  residing. 
resistencia,  f.  resistance. 
resolver  (171),  to  settle. 
resonar  (167),  to  resound, 
resoplido,  m.  gasp. 
resorte,  m.  spring. 
respecto,  m.  respect. 


respecto  a,  in  regard  to. 

respetar,  to  respect. 

respiraci6n,  /  respiration,  breathing. 

respirar,  to  breathe. 

resplandeciente,  beaming. 

responder,  reply,  answer. 

respuesta,/  answer. 

restablecerse  (143,  a),  to  be  re- 
established. 

restante,  remaining. 

restar,  to  remain. 

restaurant,  m.  restaurant. 

resto,  m.  rest,  remainder. 

resultado,  m.  result. 

resultando,  the  result  being. 

resultar,  to  turn  out. 

resumen  (en),  to  sum  up. 

retaguardia,/  rear  guard. 

retirarse,  to  retire. 

ret6rico,  -a,  rhetorical. 

reumatismo,  m.  rheumatism. 

reuni6n,/  gathering. 

reunir,  to  get  together;  se,  to 

meet,  assemble,  number. 

reventar  (164),  to  burst. 

revestir  (181),  to  take  on. 

rev61ver,  m.  revolver. 

rey,  m.  king. 

rezar,  to  pray. 

rico,  -a,  rich;  un ,  a  rich  man. 

ridiculo  (lo  mas),  most  ridiculous 
kind. 

rien  (reir,  182,  a)  a  carcajadas,  laugh 
uproariously. 

riesgo,  m.  risk. 

rifle,  m.  rifle. 

rigor,  m.  rigor. 

rio,  m.  river. 

ri6  (reir,  182,  a"),  laughed. 

riqueza,/  richness,  riches. 

lisas,/,  laughter. 

robar,  to  deprive,  steal. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


405 


rociar,  to  sprinkle, 
rodear,  to  surround, 
rollo,  tn.  roll. 

romeria,/  picnic,  pilgrimage, 
romper,  to  break,  open. 
ropa,  f.  clothes;  hecha,  ready- 
made  clothing. 
rosal,  m.  rosebush. 
rostro,  m.  face. 

Rousseau  (J.  J.),  French  philosopher, 
rubi,  m.  ruby. 
ruborizarse,  to  blush, 
ruego,  m.  importunity. 
ruido,  m.  noise. 
ruidoso,  -a,  noisy, 
ruin,  vile, 
ruina,  /  ruin, 
ruisenor,  m.  nightingale, 
rumbo,  ;«.  course. 
rumor,  m.  rumor. 
ruso,  -a,  Russian. 

S 

sdbado,  m.  Saturday. 

saber  (209),  to  know,  know  how;  d 

,  namely; se,  to  be  known. 

sabido,  -a,  well  known;  por ,  of 

course. 

sabiduria,  f.  wisdom. 
sabio,  -a,  wise, 
sabio,  m.  wise  man. 
sacar,  to  get,  take  out. 
saco,  m.  sack. 
sacrificar,  to  sacrifice. 
Safo,  Sappho,  a  Greek  poetess, 
sala,  f.  hall,  parlor, 
salario,  m.  salary. 
saldo,  m.  balance. 

salgis  (salir,  199),  thou  wilt  turn  out. 
salida,  f.  going  out,  sortie,  exit,  rising, 

result. 
salir  (199),  to  go,  come,  start  out,  to 


resemble,  turn  out ; con  la  suya, 

to  have  one's  own  way. 
saltar,  to  jump  over,  spring, 
salud,/  health. 
saludable,  healthy, 
saludar,  to  salute,  give  regards; se, 

to  salute  each  other, 
salvaje,  m.  savage. 
salvaje,  wild. 
salvamento,  m.  saving,  rescue. 

salvar,  to  save;  se,  to  be  saved. 

salvotaje,  m.  rescue,  salvage. 

sangre,/  blood. 

sano,  -a,  healthy. 

santo,  m.  saint. 

santo,  -a,  holy,  saintly,  sacred;    que 

santa  gloria  haya,  may  he,  she,  be 

in  glory. 

santidad,yi  sacredness. 
sarampi6n,  m.  measles. 
sardina,^  sardine. 
satirico,  -a,  satirical. 
satirico,  m.  satirist. 
satisfacci6n,  /  satisfaction, 
satisfecho,  -a,  satisfied, 
se  (saber,  209),  I  know, 
se,  to  him,  her,  you,  himself,  herself, 

itself,  yourself,  themselves. 
sea  (ser,  136),  be  you  (imp.}-,  pres. 

subj.  be,  may  be,  will  be ;  sea  lo  que 

fuere,  be  it  whatever  it  may  be. 
secar,  to  dry. 
secci6n,/  department, 
seco  (a),  stranded  ("dead  broke"). 
secreto,  m.  secret. 
secundario,  -a,  secondary, 
seda,/  silk. 

sedientas,/!  thirst,  desires, 
seguida   (en),    immediately,    shortly 

after, 
seguir  (143,  10,  and  181),  to  follow, 

continue,  go  on;   to  be  {of  health). 


406 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


segun,  as,  according  as,  to. 

segundo,  -a,  second. 

segundo,  m.  executive  officer,  second. 

seguramente,  surely. 

seguridad,/  assurance. 

seguro  ( ;«.)  de  incendio,  fire  insurance ; 
—  maritimo,  marine  insurance. 

seguro,  -a,  faithful,  sure;  de ,  cer- 
tainly; sobre  seguro,  on  safe  ground. 

seis,  six. 

seiscientos,  -as,  six  hundred. 

sellar,  to  seal. 

sello,  m.  seal. 

semana,/  week. 

semblante,  m.  face,  look. 

sembrar,  to  sow,  strew. 

semejante,  such. 

senador,  m.  senator. 

sencillo,  -a,  simple. 

seno,  m.  bosom,  midst. 

sentarse,  to  sit  down,  take  a  seat. 

sentido,  m.  sense,  feeling. 

sentimiento,  m.  sorrow,  sentiment. 

sentir  (174),  to  feel,  regret,  be  sorry 
for. 

senal,/  signal,  sign. 

senalar,  to  indicate. 

senor,  m.  sir,  Mr.,  gentleman,  lord. 

senora,/  Mrs.,  ma'am,  lady,  wife. 

senorita,  /  Miss,  young  lady. 

senorito,  m.  (young)  gentleman. 

sepa  Csaber,  209),  I,  he,  may  know, 
knows  (pres.  subj.}. 

separar,  to  separate. 

se(p)tiembre,  September. 

sepultarse,  to  bury  oneself. 

ser,  m.  being. 

ser  (136),  to  be;   a  no ,  were  it 

not. 

serenadad,  /  serenity. 

serio,  -a,  serious. 

servicio,  m.  service. 


servido,  -a,  on  the  table. 

servidor,  m.  servant. 

servir  (181),  to  serve,  thank;  se, 

to  be  pleased,  please,  be  served. 

sesenta,  sixty. 

setecientos,  -as,  seven  hundred. 

setenta,  seventy. 

si,  if,  whether;    bien,  although; 

de ,  whether;    pero ,  why. 

si,  yes,  that's  so;  que,  of  course; 

eso  ,  yes,  of  course;  pero  si, 

but  it  does. 

si  (si  mismo,  -a,  or  si  propio,  -a), 
himself,  herself,  itself,  oneself,  your- 
self, themselves. 

sido  (ser,  136),  been. 

siempre,  ever,  always;  de ,  usual; 

que,  whenever,  provided  that. 

siendo  (ser,  136),  being. 

sienta  (se)  (sentarse,  164),  takes 
his,  her  seat;  sie"ntense  VV.,  be 
(you)  seated. 

siete,  seven. 

siglo,  m.  century. 

significar,  to  mean. 

siguiente,  following. 

silencio,  m. 'silence. 

silla,  /  chair. 

simbolo,  m.  symbol. 

simpatico,  -a,  generous,  sympathetic. 

sin,  without. 

sinf onia,  /  symphony. 

singular,  m.  singular  number. 

sinnumero,  m.  great  number. 

sino,  but;  sino  que,  but  that;  no  ... 
sino,  but,  only. 

sintoma,  m.  symptom. 

siquiera  (ni ),  not  even. 

situaci6n,  f.  situation,  condition,  cir- 
cumstance; en  tal ,  at  this 

critical  juncture. 

situado,  -a,  situated. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


407 


situar,  to  place. 

SO.  =  Sudoeste,  Southwest. 

soberano,  -a,  sovereign,  supreme. 

soberbia,yC  pride. 

soberbio,  -a,  superb. 

sobre,  upon,  on,  above,  over,  in,  about, 
towards,  under. 

sobre,  /;/.  envelope. 

sobrehumano,  -a,  superhuman. 

sobre todo,  m.  overcoat. 

sobretodo,  especially. 

sobrina,/  niece. 

sobrino,  m.  nephew. 

social,  social. 

sociedad,  /  society,  company. 

S6crates,  a  noted  Greek  philosopher. 

sol,  m.  sun. 

solamente,  only. 

solas  (a ),  alone. 

soldado,  m.  soldier. 

soledad,/!  solitude. 

solemnizar,  to  solemnize. 

s61ido,  -a,  solid. 

s61o,  solely,  only;  que,  only. 

solo,  -a,  only,  alone,  one. 

soltar  (167),  to  let  loose;    la 

perra,  to  waste  one's  fortune;  

la  carcajada,  to  burst  out  laughing. 

solterona,/.  old  maid. 

soluci6n,  /.  solution. 

soil  ado  de  proa,  m.  forward  hold. 

sombrero,  m.  hat. 

sombrilla,/  parasol. 

somos  (ser,  136),  we  are. 

sonar  (167),  to  sound,  ring. 

sonreir  (182),  to  smile. 

soplar,  to  blow. 

sordo,  -a,  deaf. 

sorp render,  to  surprise. 

sorteo,  m.  drawing. 

sortija,/  (finger)  ring. 

sostener  (136),  to  sustain. 


soy  (ser,  136),  I  am. 

su,  sus,  his,  her,  its,  their,  your. 

suavizar,  to  lighten. 

subido,  -a,  high. 

subir,  to  rise,  ascend;    to  bring,  get 

up;    to  amount, 
subirse,  m.  the  rising. 
subito,  -a,  sudden. 
sublime,  sublime. 
subordinado,  -a,  subordinate. 
subordinado,  m.  subordinate. 
subyugar,  to  subjugate,  dominate. 
suceder,  to  happen;  se,  to  follow 

each  other. 

sucesivamente,  successively. 
SUCeso,  m.  event,  incident. 
sucio,  -a,  dirty. 
sucursal,  m.  branch  office. 
sud-americano,  -a,  South  American. 
suelo,  m.  ground,  soil,  floor. 
suerte,  /  luck,  lot,  fate, 
suficiente,  sufficient. 
sufrir,  to  suffer,  bear. 
sugerir  (174),  to  suggest. 
sujeto,  m.  subject, 
sumamente,  highly, 
superficie,  f.  surface, 
superior,  m.  superior. 
superior,  upper,  superior,  greater, 
superviviente,  survivor. 
suplicar,  to  beg. 
supremo,  -a,  supreme, 
supreso,  -a,  suppressed, 
suprimir,  to  suppress. 
supuesto  (por),  of  course. 
Sur,  m.  South, 
surgir,  to  arise. 
surtido,  m.  assortment, 
surtido,  -a,  assorted. 
sustancioso,  -a,  substantial. 
suyo,  -a,  his,  hers,  its,  theirs,  yours,  el, 

la,  los,  las ,  his,  hers,  its,  etc. 


408 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


tabaco,  m.  tobacco,  cigar. 

taburete,  m,  stool. 

tacita,/.  cup. 

taco,  m.  cue. 

tal,  such  a,  such;   cual,  so  so; 

para  cual,  tit  for  tat,  even ; 

vez,  perhaps, 
talla,/  form,  figure. 
taller,  m.  (work)  shop. 
tambiSn,  also. 
tambor,  m.  drum. 
tampoco,  neither,  either;  ni ,  nor 

either. 

tan,  so,  as,  such  a. 

tantito,  m.  little  bit. 

tanto,  such,  so  much;    algun  , 

somewhat;   en  que,  in  so  far 

as;   entre  ,  in  the  meantime; 

por  ,  therefore. 

tanto,  -a,   so  much,  so  many;    

mds  .  .  .  cuanto  mas,  the  more  .  . . 

the  more. 

tapiceria,  /  tapestry. 
tap6n,  m.  stopper. 
tardar,  to  be  long,  tarry;  a  mas , 

at  latest. 
tarde,  late, 
tarde,  /  afternoon;  buenas  tardes, 

good  afternoon  (greeting). 
tar j eta,/  card, 
taza,/  cup. 
te,  thee,  to  thee. 
te,  m.  tea. 
teatro,  m.  theater, 
tecla,/  key  (of  piano). 
techo,  m.  roof, 
tela,/  cloth,  fabric, 
telefonar,  to  telephone. 
tele"fono,  m.  telephone. 
telegraf  ia  policiaca,  /  burglar  alarm. 
tele"grafo,  m.  telegraph. 


telegrama,  m.  telegram. 

te!6n,  m,  curtain. 

temer,  to  fear. 

temeroso,  -a,  fearing. 

temperatura,  /.  temperature. 

tempestad,  /.  tempest. 

templado,  tempered,  stout. 

temprano,  early. 

tendencia,/.  tendency. 

tendra  que  (tener,  136),  will  have  to. 

tendrfa  (tener,  136),  would  have. 

tenedor,  m.  fork,  holder. 

tener  (136),  to  have;  tenerse.  to  be 
had,  held. 

tenga  (tener,  136),  have  you  (imp.'}; 
pres.  subj.,  may  have,  has. 

tengo  (tener,  136),  I  have. 

teniente,  teniente  de  navio,  m.  lieu- 
tenant. 

tentar  (164),  tempt. 

tercero,  -a  (tercer),  third;  eltercero, 
third  officer. 

terminante,  conclusive. 

terminar,  to  end,  terminate. 

tSrmino,  m.  end. 

ternura,  /  tenderness. 

Terpsicore,  Terpsichore  (the  muse  of 
choral  song  and  dance). 

terremoto,  m.  earthquake. 

terreno,  m.  ground,  headway,  field, 
sphere. 

terrible,  terrible. 

tertulia,/  party,  entertainment. 

Tesoro,  m.  treasury,  exchequer. 

tf,  thee. 

tfa,/  aunt. 

tiempo,  m.  time. 

tienda,/  tent,  shop. 

tierra,/ land,  earth;  a ,  ashore. 

tieso,  -a,  stiff. 

tijerear,  to  gossip. 

timbre,  m.  bell. 


SPANISH   VOCABULARY 


409 


tio,  m.  uncle. 

tipo,  m.  fellow. 

tirar,  to  throw,  shoot,  fire,  hurl,  draw, 

incline  to;   se,  to  jump. 

tiro,  m.  fire,  shot,  draft. 

toalla,/  towel. 

tocar,  to  play   (music},  fall  to  one's 

lot  -(as  a  prize  in  the  lottery}. 
todavia,  yet. 
todo,  -a,  all,  every,  only,  whole;  del 

,  at   all;     con  ,  and  yet; 

el  mundo,  everybody. 

Todopoderoso,  Almighty. 
toldilla,yC  roundhouse,  poop, 
tomar,  to  take,  capture,  put  on;  

se,  to  be  taken, 
tonelada,  /  ton. 
tono,  m.  tone, 
tonteria,/  nonsense. 
tonto,  m.  fool, 
tonto,  -a,  foolish, 
toque,  m.  signal,  call, 
tormenta,/  storm,  tempest, 
torno  (en),  around;    en suyo, 

around  him,  them, 
toro,  m.  bull. 

torpedero,  m.  torpedo  boat, 
torpedo,  m.  torpedo, 
torre,/  tower,  turret 
torrente,  m.  torrent, 
tos,  /  cough. 
Toto,  dog's  name, 
trabajador,  m.  laborer, 
trabajar,  to  act,  work. 
trabajo,  m.  work,  labor, 
traer   (193),   to   bring,   bring    back, 

carry. 

tragar,  to  swallow, 
tragedia,/  tragedy. 

trago  (de  un ),  at  one  draught. 

traiga  (traer,  193),  bring  you  (imp.'}; 

pres.  subj.,  may  bring  back. 


traje,  m.  costume. 

trancazo,  m.  grippe. 

tranquilidad,  /  tranquillity,  quiet. 

tranquilo,  tranquil,  at  ease,  clear. 

transcurrido,  -a,  passed. 

transmitir,  to  transmit. 

transparente,  m.  cathedral  (stained'} 
glass. 

tranvia,  m.  tramway. 

trapo,  m.  rag,  "  thing." 

trasatlantico,  -a,  transatlantic. 

trasbordar,  to  transfer. 

tratamiento,  m.  treatment. 

tratar,  to  try,  treat;  tratarse,  to  make 
an  effort. 

trece,  thirteen. 

treinta,  thirty. 

tren,  m.  train. 

tres,  three. 

tributo,  m.  tribute,  tax. 

trinchar,  to  carve. 

trinchera,/  trench,  intrenchment. 

tripulaci6n,  f.  crew. 

triscar,  to  frisk. 

triste,  sad. 

triunfal,  triumphant. 

triunfar,  to  triumph. 

triunfo,  m.  triumph,  success. 

tronar  (158),  to  thunder. 

tronco,  m.  trunk. 

tropa,/  troop. 

tropical,  tropical. 

trueno,    m.    thunder,   roar,    thunder- 
bolt. 

tii,  thou. 

tu,  tus,  thy. 

tubo  (w.)  de  vapor,  steam  pipe;  

lanza-torpedos,  torpedo  tube;  — 
de  la  red  de  contra  incendios,  fire 
main  (along  the  nettings}. 

tumor,  m.  tumor. 

turbar,  to  disturb. 


4io 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


turno  (por  tu ),  in  thy  turn. 

tuve,  tuvo  (tener,  136),  I  had,  he 

had. 
tuviera    (tener,   136),    had,    should 

have,  might  have  had. 
tuviere  (tener,  136),  I  shall  have. 


U 

ultimamente,  finally. 

ultimo,    -a,    last,    latest;    por  , 

finally. 

ultra je,  m.  outrage. 
un,  one,  a,  an ;  un  . .  .  que  otro,  some 

...  or  other. 
unico,  -a,  only,  unique. 
unir,  to  join, 
universal,  universal. 
universidad,  /  university. 
uno,  -a,  one,  a;  el  uno,  the  one;  los 

unos,  the  ones;  unos,  -as,  unos  cu- 

antos,  a  few,  some;    los  unos  los 

otros,  each  other, 
una,/.  nail, 
usar  de,  to  use. 
uso,  m.  use. 
usted,  -es,  you. 
litil,  useful,  fit  for  service, 
utilidad,  /  usefulness, 
utilizar,  to  utilize. 


va  (ir,  214),  he,  she  goes,  you  go;  se 
va,  goes  away ;  que  se  va  teniendo, 
which  people  continue  to  have;  vas, 
thou  art  going;  vais,  you  will  (go). 

vaciar,  to  empty. 

vacilar,  to  hesitate. 

vacio,  -a,  empty. 

valer  (200),  to  be  worth;  j  valgame 
Dios !  laws-a-mercy ! 

valiente,  m.  brave  fellow. 


valiente,  valiant. 

valientemente,  valiantly. 

valor,  m.  value,  due  value;  valores, 

stocks  and  bonds;  del  estado, 

government  bonds. 

vamos  (ir,  214),  let  us  go;  jvamos  ! 
come  now ! 

van  (ir,  214),  (they)  are  going. 

vanguardia,  /  vanguard. 

vanidad,/  vanity. 

vapor,  m.  steam,  steamer. 

varar,  to  run  aground. 

vario,  -a,  various. 

vaselina,  /  vaseline. 

vaya  (ir,  214),  go  you  {imp.};  vaya 

V.  con  Dios,  go  with  God,  joy  go 

with  you  (to  persons  taking  leave]  ; 

pres.  subj.t  vaya,  may  go;   que  le 

—  bien,  may  you  be  well. 

veces  (vez),/  times;  a ,  at  times. 

vecindario,  m.  neighborhood. 

vecino,  m.  neighbor. 

vecino,  -a,  next,  neighboring. 

V.  E.  (vuestra  Excelencia),  your  Ex- 
cellency. 

vehemente,  vehement. 

veinte,  twenty. 

veintena,/  some  twenty. 

veinticinco,  twenty-five. 

veintinueve,  twenty-nine. 

veintiocho,  twenty-eight. 

veintitres,  twenty-three. 

vela,/  candle. 

velocidad,/  speed. 

ven  (venir,  202),  come  (imp.  second 
sing.}. 

vena,/  vein. 

vencedor,  m.  conqueror. 

veneer,  to  fall  due. 

vencimiento,  m.  maturity. 

vender,  to  sell;  venderse,  to  be  sold. 

vendrd  (venir,  202),  will  come. 


SPANISH    VOCABULARY 


411 


veneno,  m.  poison,  bane. 

venerarse,  to  be  venerated. 

venga  (venir,  202),  come  you  (««/.) ; 
pres.  subj.,  may  come  along;  venga 
lo  que  viniere,  come  what  may 
come. 

venir  (202),  to  come,  fit,  (with  a  de- 
pendent gerund},  to  have  been. 

venta,  /  sale ;  estar  de ,  to  be 

for  sale. 

veranear,  to  summer. 

verano,  m.  summer. 

verdad,/  truth,  true;  ^verdad?  is  it 
not  so  ? 

verdaderamente,  truly. 

verdadero,  -a,  true,  real. 

vergonzoso,  -a,  shameful. 

vergiienza,/.  shame. 

verificar,  to  verify. 

verificarse,  to  take  place. 

ventana,/  opening,  window. 

ventura,  f.  fortune,  luck. 

ver  (205),  to  see;  se,  to  be  seen. 

vertical,  vertical  (line}. 

vertigo,  m.  giddiness. 

vestido,  -a,  clothed. 

vestido,  m.  dress. 

vestir(iSi),  to  clothe,  dress;  se, 

to  dress  oneself,  be  dressed. 

vez,  /  time;  tal ,  perhaps;  en 

,  instead;  una que,  when 

once;  £  la que,  while;  de  una 

,  right  away;  de  en  cu- 

ando,  from  time  to  time. 

viaje,  m.  trip,  voyage. 

viajar,  to  travel. 

viandas,/  food,  viands. 

vicio,  m.  vice. 

victoria,/  victory. 

vida,/life. 

viejo,  -a,  old. 

viendo  (ver,  205),  seeing. 


viene  (venir,  202),  comes,  fits. 

viento,  m.  wind. 

viernes,  m.  Friday. 

viniere  (venir,  202),  may  come. 

vino    (se),   some   one   came  (venir, 

202). 

vino,  m.  de  pasto,  table  wine. 
vi6  (ver,  205),  saw. 
violar,  to  violate. 
violencia;  /  violence, 
violento,  -a,  violent. 
violin,  m.  violin. 
Virgen,  /  Virgin  (image). 
virtud,/  virtue. 
visible,  visible. 
visi6n,/  vision,  sight, 
visita,/  visit,  visitor, 
vislumbrarse,  to  appear,  promise, 
vista,  /  view,  sight;  hasta  la  , 

good-by  until  I  see  you  again, 
visto,  -a,  considering;    por  lo  visto, 

from  what  we  have  seen;  visto  que, 

seeing  that. 

vistosamente,  beautifully. 
viva  (vivir),  long  live, 
vivas,  m.  hurrahs, 
viveres,  m.  provisions,  victuals, 
vivisimo,  -a,  very  lively. 
vivo,  -a,  lively,  very  lively, 
voces  (voz),/  voices, 
volar  (167),  to  fly,  blow  up. 
volcar  (143,   i,  and  167),  to  upset, 

hurl. 

voluntarioso,  -a,  stubborn. 
voluptuosidad,  /  voluptuousness. 
volver  (171),  to  return;  a  (see 

227) ;   se,  to  turn. 

vomitar,  to  belch  forth. 

voracidad,  /  voracity. 

voy  (ir,  214),  I  go;  me ,  I  am 

going;  ya ,  I  am  coming  right 

away. 


412 


SPANISH   GRAMMAR 


voz,y.  voice. 

vuelta  (estar  de ),  to  return. 

vuelto  a  (volver,  171),  see  227. 
vulgar,  common. 

Y 

y,  and. 

ya,  already,  now;   jya!  now! 


yate,  m.  yacht. 

ygndose  (irse,  214),  going  away. 

yerba  (mala),/  weed. 

yo,  I,  me. 

Z 

zapat6n,  in.  large  shoe. 
zumbar,  to  buzz,  whiz. 


INDEX 


The  references  are  to  the  sections. 


A,  prep.  243. 

abbreviations,  333. 

accentuation,  6-9,  b. 

accusative,  personal,  283~/;  simple,  284- 
285. 

adjectives,  agreement,  24;  positive,  24, 
a,  b,  c\  qualifying  suffixes,  26;  com- 
parison, 27-31 ;  irreg.  comparisons, 
32;  position,  34-37;  syntax,  286-293; 
complements  of,  293. 

adjectives,  indefinite,  116-134. 

adverbial  phrases,  235,  a. 

adverbs,  230;  formation  of,  231-235;  of 
place,  236,  a ;  of  time,  236,  b ;  of  quan- 
tity and  degree,  236,  c\  of  manner, 
236,  d\  of  affirmation  and  negation, 
236,  <?;  comparison,  238. 

ajeno,  117. 

algo,  109. 

alguien,  108. 

alguno,  118. 

alguno  que  otro,  126,  a. 

alphabet,  vowels,  i ;  consonants,  2. 

ambos,  119. 

andar,  as  auxiliary,  148*  meaning,  188, 
Note. 

ante,  antes  de,  248. 

apocopation,  25. 

article,  definite,  n;  syntax,  275-277; 
omission  of,  276-^ 

article,  indefinite,  12 ;  syntax,  278-^ 

atras  de,  264. 

augmentatives,  22. 


Bajo,  debajo  de,  249. 
become,  how  to  translate,  226. 


Caballero,  332,  e. 

caber,  idioms  with,  204. 

cada,  120 ;  cada  uno,  cada  cual,  no 

caer,  idioms  with,  192. 

capitals,  10,  a. 

cierto,  121. 

collectives,  42. 

como,  28,  242,  a. 

con,  251. 

conditional  sentences,  319. 

conditional,  309;  cond.  perfect,  310. 

conjunctions,  267-269. 

conjunctive  phrases,  268-269. 

conmigo,  contigo,  consigo,  58. 

conocer,  uses  of,  211,  b. 

contra,  252. 

cosa,  109. 

cual,  92  Note,  103. 

cualquiera,  122. 

cuan,  105,  242. 

cuanto,  28,  a,  96,  123,  242. 

cuanto,  105. 

cuyo,  95. 

Dar,  idioms  with,  189. 

dative,  282. 

de,  its  uses,  27,  Note,  239/245;  de  a,  250 

deber,  uses  of,  213. 

delante  de,  248. 

dem£s,  25,  <?,  127,  a,  and  Note. 

demonstratives,  78-89. 

desde,  253. 

despues  de,  264. 

detras  de,  264. 

dialectic  peculiarities,  3-4. 

dimension,  292. 


413 


INDEX 


diminutives,  23. 
don,  dona,  332,7. 
donde,  98. 
durante,  254. 

E,  when  used  for  y,  267,^. 

echar,  idioms  with,  228. 

el,  la,  as  demonstratives,  88. 

ello,  55. 

el  que,  el  cual,  94. 

empero,  267,  a. 

en,  its  uses,  244. 

encima  de,  263. 

en  pos  de,  264. 

entre,  255. 

epistolary  formalities,  334-337. 

estar,  conjugation,  136;  uses,  139-140. 

excepto,  256. 

exclamatory  sentences,  320. 

Family  names,  332,  /. 
forms  of  address,  332. 
fractions,  41. 
fulano,  112. 

Gender,  18-19,  d. 
genitive,  281. 
gerund,  329. 

Haber,  conjugation,  136;  uses,  137. 
hacer,  idioms  with,  197. 
hacia,  257. 
hasta,  258. 

Imperative,  311. 

indicative,  present,  301 ;  imperfect,  302-2'; 
preterit,  303;  perfect,  304;  pluperfect, 
305;  past  anterior,  306;  future,  307; 
future  perfect,  308. 

infinitive,  321-327 ;  preceded  by  a  prepo- 
sition, 322 ;  in  questions,  323,  a,  b ;  to 
form  temporal  clauses,  323,  c;  with 
de  and  d,  to  form  conditional  clauses, 

323,  d;  as  imperative,  323,  e;  depend- 
ent, preceded   by  de,  324-325,  by  d, 

324,  b,  and  326 ;  depend,  without  prep- 
osition, 324,  c,  327. 


interjections,  270-274. 
ir,  as  auxiliary,  148 ;  meaning,  188,  Note ; 
idioms  with,  215. 

Juntamente  con,  251. 

Letters,  how  to  begin,  335 ;  how  to  close, 

336;  how  to  address,  337. 
lo  (neuter) ,  uses  of,  55,  89,  and  277, 
lord,  milord,  15,  c. 
los,  las,  lo  demas,  127,  a. 

Mas,  267,  a. 
mediante,  259. 
mengano,  112. 
menos  (prep.),  256. 
mismo,  124. 
mucho,  125. 
multiplicatives,  43. 
muy,  uses,  236,  c,  Note. 


Nada, 

nadie,  113. 

negatives,  position  of,  237. 

ninguno,  126. 

no  obstante,  260. 

nominative,  280. 

nos,  46. 

nouns,  declension,  13;  number,  14-15,  e\ 

compound,  16;  gender,  18-19,  d\  f°r' 

mation  of  feminine,  20;  syntax,  279- 

285. 
numerals,  38;    cardinals,  uses  of,    39; 

ordinals,  uses  of,  40. 

0,  267,  c,  297,  a, 

order  of  words,  294. 

otro,  127;  otro  tanto,  127,  b. 

own,  how  translated,  66. 

Para,  its  uses,  247;   before  dependent, 
infinitive,  247,  a  and  b  ;  para  con,  257. 
participle,  present,  328;  past,  330-331,  c. 
participles,  past,  irregular,  222-225. 
passive  voice,  146-147. 
pero,  267,  a. 


INDEX 


415 


poco,  128. 

poder,  conjugation,  209 ;  uses,  210. 

poner,  idioms  with,  201. 

por,  its  uses,  246;  before  dependent  in- 
finitive, 246,  e. 

possession,  how  expressed,  71-72. 

possessive  adjectives,  63-72. 

prepositional  phrases,  266. 

pronouns,  personal,  44-58;  position  of, 
59-62 ;  possessive,  73-77 ;  demonstra- 
tive, 78-89 ;  relative,  90-98 ;  interroga- 
tive, 99-106;  indefinite,  56,  107-115; 
syntax,  282,  283,  c,  d. 

pronunciation,  1-9. 

proper  names,  plural  of,  15,  b,  and  Note. 

propio,  53,  66. 

punctuation,  10. 

Que,  101 ;  que  tal,  104 ;   que  tanto,  106. 

que,  relative,  91 ;  conjunctions,  que,  a 
que,  de  que,  267,  d~f\  que  with  sub- 
junctive to  express  an  alternative,  314 ; 
in  comparisons,  27~Note. 

quedar,  as  auxiliary,  148. 

querer,  conjugation,  209;  uses,  212. 

quien,  uses  of,  92-93. 

quien,  92,  4th,  100, 102. 

quienquiera,  114. 

Saber,  conjugation,  209;  uses,  211. 
salir,  idioms  with,  199. 
salvo,  256. 
segun,  261. 
sendos,  129. 
senor,  332,  e-h. 
senora,  332,  g-i  and  m. 
seSorita,  332,  c,  d,  and  h. 
senorito,  332,  k. 

ser,  conjugation,  136;  uses,  139. 
si,  267,  h. 
si,  236,  e. 
Vn,  262. 
sino,  267,  b. 


so,  249. 

sobre,  263. 

solo,  linico,  134. 

subjunctive,   present,   312-316;    after  a 

relative,  315 ;   after  conjunctions,  316; 

future  and  future  perfect,  317;    other 

tenses,  318. 
syllabication,  5. 
syntax,  275-331. 

Tal,  130-^;  tal  ...  cual,  96. 

tamano,  131. 

tan,  27,  d,  242. 

tanto,  28,  96,  242. 

tener,    conjugation,    136;     uses,    138; 

idioms  with,  203. 
todo,  132-0 ;  todo  cuanto,  123. 
tras  (de),  264. 
tii,  47- 

U,  when  used  for  6,  267,  c. 
uno,  115;  uno  y  otro,  133. 
usted,  50. 

Valer,  idioms  with,  200. 

venir,  idioms  with,  140,  a,  and  202. 

ver,  idioms  with,  206. 

verbs,  auxiliary,  136 ;  regular,  141 ;  or- 
thographic changes,  143;  formation 
of  tenses,  144-145 ;  reflexive.  149-151 
and  153-157;  reciprocal,  152;  imper- 
sonal, 158-160;  irregular,  162-229; 
defective,  217 ;  syntax,  294-331 ;  agree* 
ment,  295-300. 

volver  a,  227 ;  other  idioms  with,  227. 

vos,  48. 

vosotros,  49. 

¥,267  and  g. 
yo,  45- 

Z  final  becomes  c,  15,  a,  31,  b. 
zutano,  1X2. 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO—  ^      202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  date. 

Books  may  be  Renewed  by  calling     642-3405. 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

MAY  3  1      2D  * 

1 

ffln1     *»  J.    I*A*VI 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKr 
FORM  NO.  DD6  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


)30 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


